1301 College Avenue | Fredericksburg, VA 22401 | umw.edu
UndergradUate academic catalog
2019-2020
2
3
Contents
e University ........................................................................................................... 5
Admission and Enrollment
.................................................................................. 13
Fees and Financial Aid
.......................................................................................... 25
Student Life
............................................................................................................. 35
Academic Resources
.............................................................................................. 41
University Academic Policies and Procedures
................................................... 55
Courses of Study
..................................................................................................... 85
Degree Requirements ..................................................................................... 85
General Education .......................................................................................... 86
College of Arts and Sciences
................................................................................. 97
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Sciences Programs ................................ 99
Bachelor of Liberal Studies Program .......................................................... 228
Bachelor of Science in Nursing .................................................................... 238
College of Business
...............................................................................................246
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration ......................................248
College of Education
............................................................................................ 259
Directory
...............................................................................................................266
Academic Calendar
.............................................................................................306
Index
.......................................................................................................................310
e Undergraduate Academic Catalog includes ocial announcements of academic programs and
major academic policies. Although it was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the
time of publication, students are encouraged to seek the most current information from the appropriate
oces. All students are responsible for knowing the policies of the University.
For educational and nancial reasons, the University reserves the right to change, at any time, any of
the provisions, statements, policies, curricula, procedures, fees, or dates found in this Catalog. Statements
in the Catalog do not constitute an actual or implied contract between the student and the University. is
Catalog is also available online, and the denitive version of the Catalog shall be the electronic HTML
version published on the University website.
e University of Mary Washington is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools Commission on Colleges to award baccalaureate and masters degrees. Contact the Commission
on Colleges at 1886 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia, 30033-4097 or call 404/679-4500 for questions about
the accreditation of the University of Mary Washington.
e address and contact numbers for the Commission on Colleges are published so that interested
constituents can learn about the accreditation status of UMW; le a third-party comment at the time of
UMW’s decennial review; or le a complaint against the institution for alleged non-compliance with a
standard or requirement. Normal inquiries about UMW, such as admission requirements, nancial aid,
educational programs, etc., should be addressed directly to the appropriate oce at UMW and not to the
Commission.
4
5
The UNIVERSITY
C
hartered on March 14, 1908, and originally established as a State
Normal and Industrial School for Women, the institution has
evolved into a state-assisted, coeducational university consisting of
campuses in Fredericksburg, Virginia; Staord County; and King
George County. e University of Mary Washington is recognized as one of
the nation’s best small universities by such authoritative publications as U.S.
News and World Report, Barron’s Proles of American Colleges, e Fiske Guide
to Colleges, and e Princeton Review. In addition, programs in business,
education, and adult degree completion provide a rich diversity of options that
build upon and extend the University of Mary Washington’s excellence in the
liberal arts.
Several factors contribute to the institution’s excellence. Foremost among
these are the expertise and commitment of the faculty. Members of the faculty
are energetically engaged in productive research and scholarship, which lead to
the advancement of their particular disciplines. At the same time, however, it is
teaching that is their primary goal and purpose.
Teaching eectiveness is enhanced by the small size of most classes,
which encourages personal interaction between faculty and students.
Moreover, faculty devote much attention to students’ concerns beyond the
classroom, working closely with them on matters of academic, career, and
personal development. Every institution of higher learning accredited by
the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools possesses a brief, formal
statement of institutional purpose. is statement denes the mission and
role of the institution. It also provides a clear sense of overarching direction
and a benchmark against which institutional eectiveness may be gauged. e
ocial mission statement of the University, adopted by its governing Rector
and Board of Visitors and approved by the State Council of Higher Education
for Virginia, is as follows:
University of Mary Washington
Mission Statement
e University of Mary Washington is one of Virginia’s outstanding
public liberal arts universities, providing a superior education that inspires and
enables our students to make positive changes in the world.
e University is a place where faculty, students, and sta share in
the creation and exploration of knowledge through freedom of inquiry,
6
personal responsibility, and service. UMW regards the provision of high-
quality instruction as its most important function. e University oers
a wide range of undergraduate and graduate programs focusing on both
disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies. ese academic programs aord
students opportunities to integrate and apply their knowledge within broad
educational experiences, to develop their professional interests, and to practice
the habits of mind necessary for life-long learning. rough a professionally
engaged faculty, the University supports ongoing research appropriate to the
development of student abilities and faculty interests. It especially encourages
the participation of undergraduates in research.
UMW’s size, dedicated faculty, and historical commitment to ne teaching
create an institutional culture where both undergraduate and graduate
students benet from strong connections with their faculty and multiple
opportunities for active learning.
Located in Fredericksburg between our nation’s capital and the capital of
the Commonwealth of Virginia, the University of Mary Washington is a nexus
for engagement among diverse communities and is dedicated to supporting
professional advancement and economic development and to improving the
regional quality of life.
We fulll our mission by immersing students, faculty, and sta in local,
regional, national, and international communities, and by inculcating the
values of honor and integrity. UMW graduates are models of adaptive learning,
personal achievement, responsible leadership, service to others, and engaged
citizenship in a global and diverse society.
History and Development of the UNIVERSITY
e institution was founded in 1908 as the State Normal and Industrial
School for Women in Fredericksburg. e name was changed in 1924 to
the State Teachers College at Fredericksburg, and again in 1938 to Mary
Washington College, having transformed over the years to Virginia’s public
liberal arts college for women. en in 1944, Mary Washington College
became aliated with the University of Virginia as its wo men’s undergraduate
arts and sciences division. In 1970 the entire University became coeducational
and in 1972, by action of the General Assembly of Virginia, the College became
an independent, state-supported institution for women and men, with its own
governing board. On July 1, 2004, the General Assembly named the institution
University of Mary Washington.
rough an emphasis on quality, the University attracts students from
all areas of Virginia, particularly the urban areas of Northern Virginia,
Richmond, and Tidewater. Approximately 25 percent of its on-campus
resident students are from other states and foreign countries, with the largest
population coming from Southern, Middle Atlantic, and New England states.
Located in the middle of a rapidly growing Washington-Richmond “urban
7
corridor,” the University of Mary Washington serves the educational needs of
both full-time and part-time students.
To meet the diverse academic goals sought by students in today’s society,
the undergraduate curriculum is organized into three colleges – the College
of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business, and the College of Education.
e various academic departments and disciplines oer more than 30
undergraduate programs. Four undergraduate degrees are awarded: Bachelor
of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Liberal Studies, and Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. Emphasis upon excellence in the pursuit of liberal learning
has traditionally been at the core of the University’s educational philosophy,
and commitment to this tradition will continue.
e University of Mary Washington also awards graduate degrees: Master
of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Geospatial Analysis,
Master of Education, and Master of Science in Elementary Education. Details
about these degree programs are available in the University’s Graduate
Academic Catalog. Because the Master of Science in Elementary Education is a
h-year program that follows directly from the undergraduate degree, details
about it are available in the education section of this Catalog as well.
As the University evaluates its oerings, it will build upon its high-quality
programs and propose curricular additions and adjustments specically
designed to meet new and increased demands.
STATEMENT OF COMMUNITY VALUES
As a public, liberal arts university, the University of Mary Washington
community is dedicated to providing a diverse, accepting, and supportive
environment that holds all of its members to the highest standards of
conduct, scholarship, integrity, inclusiveness, respect, and engagement.
rough a commitment to these values, we strive to transform our academic
community into a place where all will learn, thrive, and grow. As faculty,
sta, and students of the UMW community, we are committed to upholding
these common values:
• Accountability – we promote practices, behaviors, and attitudes where
individuals take responsibility for their actions and decisions.
• Scholarship – we promote intellectual inquiry by engaging ideas and
one another in order to gain better understanding and contribute to
knowledge.
• Personal and Institutional Integrity – we are honorable in our academic
and work endeavors as well as our interactions with others.
• Inclusive Excellence – we strive for all members of the community to
have equitable access to opportunities for participation and the resources
necessary for success.
• Respect and Civility – we foster an environment in which every
8
individual is treated with dignity at all times by valuing the inherent
worth of all identities, abilities, and dierences.
• Engagement – we develop engaged members of our community who
actively participate in the community through responsible leadership
and service.
We ASPIRE to live these values and work to support our collective and
individual successes.
STATEMENT OF GUIDING PRINCIPLES ON
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
At the University of Mary Washington the principles of equal opportunity
and armative action are practiced. e University does not discriminate
on the basis of race, religion, color, sex, gender identity or expression, sexual
orientation, parental status (including pregnancy), national origin, age,
disability, family medical history or genetic information, political aliation,
military service, or other non-merit based factors in recruiting, admitting,
enrolling students or hiring and promoting faculty and sta members.
Complaints of discrimination should be directed to the AA/EEO ocer of
the University (Approved by the Board of Visitors, September 2018)
TITLE IX
In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, UMW
prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex or gender. UMW’s Policy on Sexual
and Gender Based Harassment and Other Forms of Interpersonal Violence
denes Prohibited Conduct under this Policy and outlines reporting options,
UMW’s response, and resources available. e Title IX Coordinator is charged
with monitoring UMW’s compliance with Title IX; ensuring appropriate
education and training; coordinating and reviewing UMW’s investigation,
response, and resolution of all reports under this Policy; and ensuring
appropriate actions to eliminate Prohibited Conduct, prevent its recurrence,
and address its eects. Stefanie Lucas-Waverly serves as Title IX Coordinator;
slucaswa@umw.edu, 540-654-5656; diversity.umw.edu/title-ix.
THE HONOR SYSTEM
Another element basic to the University’s mission is adherence to the
Honor System, which applies to every student enrolled at the University and
constitutes one of the distinctive features of student life at the institution.
is system, based upon the integrity of each student, provides that a student
shall act honorably in all facets of campus life. e Honor Pledge required
on quizzes, examinations, and other course work means that the submitted
work is the student’s own, completed according to requirements for the course
as determined by the instructor. Lying, cheating, and stealing are specic
9
infringements of the Honor Code. In the case of an alleged violation, an
Honor hearing is conducted by an elected Honor Council. When a student is
found "responsible," the student may receive a sanction ranging from honor
education to permanent dismissal from the University, and major sanctions
will be noted on the student’s permanent academic transcript. All students and
faculty should understand that by joining the University of Mary Washington
community they commit themselves to living by and upholding the Honor
System. More information is available on the Honor System website (students.
umw.edu/honor-system/).
THE CAMPUSES
e learning environment of the University of Mary Washington is further
enhanced by the very location and physical characteristics of each campus. e
University is named for the mother of George Washington, who lived most
of her life in Fredericksburg and is buried near the Fredericksburg campus.
Fredericksburg is a place of extraordinary historical signicance in both the
Revolutionary and Civil War eras. Indeed, the original campus is located
on Marye’s Heights, a Confederate artillery position in the 1862 Battle of
Fredericksburg, and major historic sites abound throughout the area.
e spacious Fredericksburg campus, located in an established residential
neighborhood, is exceptionally attractive. Both academic and residential
buildings, consistent in their neoclassical, Jeersonian style of architecture,
are interspersed along a wide brick Campus Walk that extends for more than
a half-mile from one end of campus to the other. With vehicular trac and
parking conned to the edges of campus, the grounds oer extensive park-like
space including substantial stretches of lawn and large wooded areas.
e Staord campus (121 University Blvd., Fredericksburg, VA 22406)
is located seven miles north of the Fredericksburg campus and situated on
a wooded 48-acre site in the heart of one of the region’s rapidly developing
business, technology, and residential corridors. e campus location, parking,
and modern architectural design have been carefully tailored to maximize
convenience and educational quality for working adult commuting students,
while remaining faithful to the high aesthetic standards of the University.
A third campus (4224 University Dr., King George, VA 22485) is located
near the Dahlgren Naval Surface Warfare Station. e UMW Dahlgren
Campus Center for Education and Research is designed to support the
education and continued professional development of the region’s engineers,
scientists and professionals by providing educational programs and services to
the Naval base and the surrounding community.
Two historic sites are also owned and administered by the University of
Mary Washington: Belmont, the home of famed impressionist artist Gari
Melchers, and the James Monroe Museum and Memorial Library, located
on the site of James Monroe’s Fredericksburg law oce. Overlooking the
10
Rappahannock River, Belmont is a carefully restored 18th-century house and
early 20th-century artist’s studio, which now serves as a gallery of Melchers’
work. e James Monroe Museum illustrates and educates about the life
and times of America’s h president and houses artifacts, an archive, and a
presidential library. Working in conjunction with the University’s Department
of Historic Preservation, the Museum promotes education in museum practice,
research, public history, and collections management.
CENTER FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
e Center for Economic Development serves to assist area jurisdictions
in their eorts to promote economic development of the region. e Center
also functions as a central point of contact to connect UMW faculty and
students with regional initiatives and businesses seeking their assistance, such
as through the University’s partnership with the Fredericksburg Regional
Alliance. A number of separate units and initiatives are a part of the Center
for Economic Development. e Small Business Development Center (SBDC)
helps entrepreneurs and small businesses establish, manage, and expand
their organizations. e SBDC provides one-on-one counseling and research
services at no cost, and it oers seminars and training programs in all aspects
of small business management at low costs. ese services are available to any
existing or startup small business or potential entrepreneur. StartUpUMW
is a student entrepreneur education program focused on developing the
essential skills and eective strategies for starting and running a business.
e Oce of Regional Initiatives provides opportunities for area citizens and
groups to collaborate, promote, and advance local economic programs and
opportunities..
THE UNIVERSITY OF MARY WASHINGTON
DIFFERENCE
Whatever degree program students may choose – and whether they reside
on campus or commute – the aim of the University of Mary Washington is
not merely to ensure that its students are well-trained in a discipline and well-
prepared for productive employment. e basic goal of the University is much
broader and ultimately more important: to ensure the development of those
skills of writing, speaking, and critical thinking that make possible a lifetime
of creativity and intellectual development.
In short, the University of Mary Washington – through its rich history,
educational philosophy, and exceptional environment for learning – oers
today’s students a superior opportunity for obtaining a broad, liberal
education based upon honesty, freedom of inquiry, personal responsibility,
and intellectual integrity that will provide the foundation for meeting the
challenges and attaining the potentialities of the 21st century.
11
STATEMENT OF NON-DISCRIMINATION
At the University of Mary Washington the principles of equal
opportunity and armative action are practiced. e University does
not discriminate on the basis of race, religion, color, sex, gender identity
or expression, sexual orientation, parental status (including pregnancy),
national origin, age, disability, family medical history or genetic
information, political aliation, military service, or other non-merit
based factors in recruiting, admitting, enrolling students or hiring and
promoting faculty and sta members. Complaints of discrimination
should be directed to the AA/EEO ocer of the University.
(Approved by the Board of Visitors, September 2018.)
12
13
Admission and
Enrollment
Enrollment Options
T
he University of Mary Washington oers a number of dierent
enrollment options. Each is designed to meet the needs of a particular
student population. All of the University’s degree programs may be
pursued on either a full-time or part-time basis.
e University’s College of Arts and Sciences oers undergraduate degree
programs and course work in the liberal arts and sciences. Most students pursue
the traditional Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree
programs. A rst time, rst year B.A./B.S. student is eligible to declare a major
by submitting the Major/Minor Declaration Form to the chair of the chosen
department at the end of their rst year or upon the completion of 28 credits.
Students are expected to have declared their major at the end of their second year.
Students interested in programs oered by the College of Business or the College
of Education enroll initially as undeclared students and then later apply for
admission to either a Business or Education program. See the specic sections in
this Catalog under College of Business or College of Education for further details.
e Bachelor of Liberal Studies (BLS) program oers a exible degree
option specically designed to meet the needs of adult students who have
substantial college experience and want to complete a bachelor’s degree in the
liberal arts or sciences.
e Bachelor of Science in Nursing completion program (BSN) permits
registered nurses to complete a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Students
transfer credits from a community college or hospital nursing program and are
enrolled in the BSN Completion program upon admission to the university.
Non-degree-seeking students are those who do not necessarily wish to
earn a degree from the University of Mary Washington but who enroll in
limited course work to satisfy particular needs or for general interest. e non-
degree enrollment process is much simpler and less formal than that for degree
programs. Individuals may enroll on a space-available basis as non-degree
students for the regular session or the summer term.
General enrollment procedures for each program are described in the
following sections. Anyone considering applying to the University should
consult the most recent publications of the particular program or contact the
Oce of Admissions for more information.
14
ADMISSION TO THE BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.)
OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.S.) DEGREE PROGRAMS
Admission to the B.A. or B.S. programs is competitive. Candidates for
admission should present evidence of sound academic preparation including
solid performance in a challenging academic program. Standardized test scores,
extra-curricular activities, essays, and other factors such as recommendations
are also considered. e Admissions Committee oers admission to those
candidates who present the strongest overall credentials in the particular
applicant pool.
To be admitted as a degree-seeking student in the B.A. or B.S. programs, an
individual must submit an application, ocial transcripts from all secondary
and post-secondary schools attended, and results of the SAT or ACT or other
standardized tests when required (or provided at the student's option). e
University of Mary Washington uses the Common Application. Non-U.S.
citizens also must submit proof of nancial support and, if English is not the
primary language, ocial results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) or the International English Language Testing System (IELTS). In lieu
of the TOEFL, International students may also demonstrate English prociency
by completing Level 112 oered by ELS Educational Services™ (or other
approved ESL vendor).
ADMISSION FOLLOWING HIGH SCHOOL
A student who wishes to enter Mary Washington as a freshman
immediately aer graduating from high school should submit the Common
Application including UMW supplemental questions, along with the
non-refundable application fee or an ocial fee-waiver form. High school
transcripts should be submitted directly to the University from the school.
Applicants who choose or are required to submit the results of the SAT, ACT,
or any other standardized tests should have those scores sent directly to the
Oce of Admissions at the University of Mary Washington.
High School Preparation. Each applicant must have graduated from
an accredited secondary school or the equivalent with credit for at least
16 academic courses emphasizing college preparatory work. Although
the University does not require specic courses for admission, successful
applicants usually have completed four years of English, three or more years of
mathematics (including Algebra II), three or more years of laboratory sciences,
three or more years of social sciences, and at least three years of one foreign
language or two years each of two foreign languages. In addition to the core
academic courses, elective credits earned in subjects such as art, computer
science, drama, journalism, and music are appropriate. e University strongly
recommends that candidates for admission pursue advanced, honors, dual
enrollment, Advanced Placement (AP), International Baccalaureate (IB), or
Cambridge courses when appropriate. To ensure success at the University of
15
Mary Washington, the senior year in high school 15 is extremely important.
Applicants should enroll in core academic subjects such as English,
mathematics, laboratory sciences, social studies, and foreign language through
the nal term of high school.
Character, Personality, and Interests. e University welcomes
recommendations from appropriate school ocials. e recommendations
should assess academic potential as well as character, personality, or interests.
Activities that reect leadership or intellectual interests are signicant if
they reinforce sound academic achievement. Since the University of Mary
Washington operates under an honor system, assurance of personal integrity is
essential.
Standardized Tests. Students may opt to not provide a standardized test
score as part of the packet of material required for consideration for admission.
Home schooled applicants, candidates applying from schools that provide
written evaluations rather than grades, candidates for merit-based scholarships,
(including the Washington and Alvey Scholarship), and applicants to the pre-
nursing pathway must submit ACT or SAT test results. Tests should be taken no
later than January or February of the senior year of high school.
Admission Plans. Students applying for admission as freshmen may be
considered under one of the following three plans:
Early Decision: Students with strong academic records whose single rst
choice college or university is UMW and who submit their applications by
November 1 will be considered for early admission and early enrollment.
Early Decision admission is binding. Students will submit an Early Decision
Agreement signed by the student, parent and high school counselor indicating
the student will attend the University if oered admission and will withdraw
any application elsewhere. Students will be notied of admission by mid-
December and are expected to make their deposit by January 15.
Early Action. Students with exceptionally strong academic records
who submit their applications by November 15 will be considered for early
notication of their admission. e Committee will admit students under the
Early Action plan on the basis of outstanding high school performance and
standardized test scores. Students who receive Early Action admission will
be notied by late January but need not make a commitment to attend the
University until May 1.
Regular Admission. Most applicants will be considered for admission
under the Regular Admission plan. All freshman applications for fall semester
admission should be submitted by February 1; applicants who meet this
suggested ling date will be notied of the admission decision by April 1.
Applications led aer February 1 will be considered as space permits. Various
deadlines concerning nal transcripts, deposits, and medical examinations
occur following the oer of admission. All students accepted for admission
will be sent the necessary information concerning these requirements. e
University adheres to the May 1 National Candidates’ Reply Date.
16
Deferred Enrollment. Accepted applicants may ask the University for the
option of deferring enrollment for up to two consecutive semesters by notifying
the Oce of Admissions in writing. Any deposits paid by students who
defer enrollment are held as a credit until the student matriculates. In cases
involving military deployment, mobilization, or change in duty assignment,
accepted applicants may request to extend the enrollment deferment for longer
than two consecutive semesters. Any such requests will be considered on an
individual basis. A copy of the person’s military orders must be provided to
the Oce of Admissions to support such a request. Any accepted applicant
who is eventually unable to matriculate to the University of Mary Washington
because of military service will have any deposits fully refunded. ose who
are granted deferred enrollment are subject to rules, regulations, and nancial
charges in eect when they actually matriculate. Students who enroll at
another institution before enrolling at the University of Mary Washington may
not defer and must reapply for admission.
Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate, and Cambridge.
Students may apply for college credit through the examinations in various
academic subjects given by the Advanced Placement Program of the College
Board and through the International Baccalaureate examinations. e
completed IB Diploma will earn a minimum of 15 credits. Prospective students
may consult the University website or contact the Oce of Admissions
to request information on those examination scores required for credit
in particular subject areas. To apply for credit, students must have ocial
examination results forwarded to the Registrar at the University before
matriculation. e University of Mary Washington’s CEEB code is 5398.
Dual Enrollment. Students earning college credit through dual
enrollment while still in high school will have their credits evaluated for
possible application toward degree requirements at the University of Mary
Washington. Students participating in dual enrollment programs are
considered as freshman applicants. Only ocial transcripts sent directly
to Mary Washington from the credit-granting college or university will be
evaluated for the awarding of dual enrollment or transfer credit.
Admission to Special Programs. First year applicants interested in the
following programs should respond armatively to questions within the
application for admission.
Admission to the Honors Program. UMW enrolls sixty to eighty students
annually into our interdisciplinary Honors Program. Consideration generally
begins for students who indicate interest, who are enrolled in the most rigorous
programs available to them, who have earned a 3.9 GPA on a 4.0 scale or
higher, and who have received combined Evidence Based Critical Reading plus
Math SAT scores of 1350 or higher or ACT Composite scores of 29 or higher.
Students may apply test optional and be considered for the Honors Program.
Students not admitted to the Honors Program as new rst year students may
apply directly to the program aer their rst semester at UMW.
17
Admission to the STP Program. Nearly sixty students participate annually
in the Student Transition Program (STP) which begins with a free ve week
residential summer session between high school graduation and the rst
semester at UMW and continues through the rst year of enrollment. Priority
consideration for admission to STP is given to underrepresented populations.
All rst year applicants may be considered for STP regardless of residency
(domicile) or residential/commuter status. Students may be considered for both
the Honors Program and STP or the Pre-Nursing Dual Degree Plan and STP.
Admission to the Pre-Nursing (1+2+1) Dual Degree Path. UMW partners
with Germanna Community College to provide a unique dual degree pathway.
First year applicants must indicate pre-nursing as their primary academic
interest within the application to be considered. Students proceed as a cohort
and are not admitted to the program as new transfer students or continuing
sophomores or juniors. Due to limited spaces, applicants are strongly
encouraged to apply under Early Decision (binding admission) or Early Action
(non-binding admission) application processes for maximum consideration.
Competitive applicants will have earned at least a “B” in high school math and
science coursework including Algebra, Biology, and Chemistry. Students may
not apply test optional for pre-nursing consideration. Minimum scores of 560
on Evidence Based Critical Reading and 550 on the Math sections of the SAT
are required to continue on track within the cohort. Similar ACT scores of
22 will be considered. Admitted students are encouraged to deposit early to
reserve a space. Space is limited to eighteen enrolling students each fall. Pre-
nursing students may be considered for the Student Transition Program but are
not able to participate in the Honors Program.
ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER STUDENT
e Transfer Admission Process. Prospective B.A. or B.S. program transfer
students should submit the Common Application, UMW supplemental
questions and the non-refundable application fee as early as possible. Transfer
applicants must arrange for their secondary schools and all post-secondary
schools attended to send ocial transcripts to the University of Mary
Washington. Standardized tests are not required for applicants who have
completed at least 30 transferable credits (semester hours) at an accredited
post-secondary institution or for applicants that are 5 or more years out of high
school e University should receive all materials by March 1 for the summer
session, April 1 for the fall semester, and October 15 for the spring semester.
Aer these dates, the Admissions Committee will consider applications as
space permits.
ADMISSION BEFORE HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATION
On occasion, the University allows students with exceptional ability to
enroll prior to graduating from high school. ree arrangements cover most
18
circumstances: admission to the summer session; admission to part-time
study during the regular session; or admission aer the junior year. Details are
available from the Oce of Admissions or the Oce of Academic Services.
ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER STUDENT
e Transfer Admission Process. Prospective B.A. or B.S. program
transfer students should submit the Common Application, UMW supplement
and the non-refundable application fee as early as possible.
Transfer applicants must arrange for their secondary schools and all
post-secondary schools attended to send ocial transcripts to the University
of Mary Washington. Standardized tests are not required for applicants who
have completed at least 30 transferable credits (semester hours) at an accredited
post-secondary institution. e University should receive all materials by
March 1 for the summer session, April 1 for the fall semester, and by November
1 for the spring semester. Aer these dates, the Admissions Committee will
consider applications as space permits.
e Admissions Committee considers all aspects of the record in deciding
whether or not to admit a transfer candidate. Factors considered in the
selection process for transfer students include the application for admission,
transcripts of all college work, high school transcripts, and standardized
test scores. e admissions committee will place particular emphasis on the
student’s academic program and record of academic achievement in post-
secondary course work. Candidates may be considered for transfer admission
only if they are in good standing at the last institution they attended. is
includes academic or social probation or suspension as well as satisfactory
nancial standing. Admission to the University does not guarantee admission
to the College of Business or the College of Education.
Transfer Credit. Previous college course work will be evaluated for transfer
credit following an oer of admission. As a rule, transfer credit is granted
for courses of the same type, on the same level, and taught under the same
guidelines as courses oered by the University of Mary Washington. Courses for
which a student requests transfer credit must have a minimum grade of “C” (2.0
on a 4.0 scale) and must not overlap or repeat those which the student takes at the
University. No credit will be awarded for courses taken on a pass/fail basis (except
physical education courses when grades are not given), prior to matriculation.
Transfer applicants should have ocial transcripts from other institutions sent
directly to the Oce of Admissions. Applicants also may be asked to provide
a catalog or course descriptions for evaluating their credits. In order to receive
transfer credit, students must submit ocial transcripts by the deadline.
VIRGINIA STATE POLICY ON TRANSFER
Admission Criteria. e University of Mary Washington is committed
to enrolling transfer students from the Virginia Community College System
19
(VCCS) and Richard Bland College. Admission priority is extended to students
who have completed specic Associate of Arts, of Science, or of Arts and Science
degrees. Preference is also given to students from the local area. Admission to
Mary Washington is competitive and the availability of transfer spaces varies
from semester to semester. Admission criteria for applicants to the Bachelor
of Liberal Studies (BLS) program specied below are dierent from those for
the B.A. and B.S.; however, such applicants also are encouraged to complete an
associate degree.
Acceptance and Application of Credits. Students who have earned a
transfer associate degree (to include the General Studies degree only at certain
approved VCCS campuses) prior to matriculating at Mary Washington will
be considered to have attained junior status (60 or more credit hours) and
usually to have met lower-division general education requirements, although
additional speaking intensive, writing intensive, and foreign language courses
may be required to meet the University’s complete general education program.
e UMW Transfer Credit Guide, available on the University website,
describes in detail the Virginia State Policy on Transfer and the University’s
implementation of that policy.
Guaranteed Admission Agreement. e University of Mary Washington
and the Virginia Community College System (VCCS), recognizing the need to
facilitate the transfer of students from the community college to UMW, have
established a Guaranteed Admission Agreement (GAA). To be guaranteed
admission to UMW, students must complete the requirements to become GAA
students (graduation from a transfer-oriented degree program at a Virginia
community college with a cumulative grade-point average (GPA) of 3.25 or
higher on a four-point scale with intent to transfer to the University of Mary
Washington) and submit an ocial transcript showing completion of the
associate degree to the UMW Admissions Oce. In addition, GAA students
must have earned a grade of “C” or higher in each community college course
applicable to the transfer-oriented associate degree program. Students who
were previously enrolled at UMW and transferred back to a VCCS college to
complete the transfer-oriented associate degree are not eligible for participation
in the GAA. VCCS students who do not meet the terms of the GAA may still
be highly competitive applicants and are encouraged to apply through the
regular transfer admissions process. e University of Mary Washington
reserves the right to deny admission to students who have been suspended or
dismissed, or to those convicted of a crime other than a trac violation. A
similar GAA also exists between UMW and Richard Bland College.
ADMISSION TO BACHELOR OF LIBERAL STUDIES
(BLS) PROGRAM
e Bachelor of Liberal Studies (BLS) program is designed to meet the
needs of non-traditional students who have some college experience and want
20
to complete a bachelor’s degree in the liberal arts or sciences. e program
is intended for students who, for example, have graduated from high school
six or more years ago; are nancially self-supporting; or have signicant
life or professional experiences that translate into academic knowledge that
can contribute to the completion of the Bachelor’s degree. Students in the
BLS program may choose from a multidisciplinary major in Leadership and
Management Cyber Security, or Criminal Justice open only to students in
the Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree program; any of the majors available
to arts and sciences degree students; or they may create a self-designed,
interdisciplinary major (subject to approval by the Bachelor of Liberal Studies
Committee).
To be admitted to the BLS program, applicants must have completed 30
transferable college credits with a minimum grade-point average of 2.5. A
minimum of 15 of these credits should come from college courses taken at a
regionally accredited institution. Non-traditional credits (for example, credits
earned through the College Level Examination Program, credits for military
experience or training, and credits documented by a life/work experience
portfolio) are also accepted in transfer to the BLS program. Students may
begin the program in the fall, spring, or summer. Prospective students should
complete their applications by the April 1 for the fall semester, October 15 for
the spring semester, and March 1 for the summer session. Applicants should
submit the adult degree completion application, a non-refundable application
fee or ocial fee waiver, essay, documentation of high school completion or
the equivalent of an associate degree, and ocial college transcripts from all
institutions attended. Additionally, any standardized test scores or military
course work transcripts may be sent to the Oce of Admissions to be
considered for academic credit.
Students who have registered for classes in the B.A. or B.S. program at
UMW within the past calendar year and who have completed more than
30 credits at the University of Mary Washington may not enroll in the BLS
program. e BLS degree requires 120 semester hours of course work for
graduation distributed in three categories: general education, electives, and
major. Courses that meet BLS Across-the-Curriculum requirements must be
included in the student’s program of study. At least 30 credits must be taken
at the University of Mary Washington aer admission to the program. A
cumulative GPA of 2.00 on all Mary Washington work is also required.
ADMISSION TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
NURSING (BSN) PROGRAM
e Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Completion Program is a
post-licensure degree program and is administered by the College of Arts and
Sciences.
To be considered for admission, applicants must submit a completed Adult
21
Degree Completion Application for Admission (BSN) and:
1. A copy of a current, unencumbered RN license which permits them to
practice nursing in the United States.
2. An ocial transcript from each college or university attended,
including an ocial transcript awarding an associate degree or diploma
from state-approved nursing program.
3. Applicants must have attained a minimum cumulative grade point
average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale on all college work attempted..*
4. Be eligible for readmission to or be in good standing at the last college
attended.
e application and all transcripts must be received by the admissions
oce before a decision can be made. Application documents should be
submitted by the application ling dates April 1 for the fall semester,
October 15 for the spring semester, and March 1 for the summer session. e
admissions oce will notify applicants by letter. Following acceptance, the
student will be contacted by the director of the BSN Completion Program for
advisement and registration.
Agreements with Germanna Community College Nursing Program.
e University of Mary Washington (UMW) and Germanna Community
College (GCC), recognizing the need for registered nurses (RNs) to achieve
baccalaureate degrees in nursing through an education system which promotes
seamless academic progression, have adopted three agreements.
1. Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Completion Program Direct
Transfer Articulation Agreement (BSNCP-DTAA). Commonly referred to
as the 3+1 BSN Plan, this agreement guarantees admission to GCC nursing
students who meet the admissions criteria UMW has established for the BSN
Completion Program. Applicants complete the same admission process for the
BSN Completion Program; in addition, the applicant submits a Letter of Intent
for the plan.
2. Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Concurrent Enrollment Plan
(BSN-CE). is agreement permits GCC nursing students to be concurrently
enrolled in the BSN Completion Program while completing an Associate
of Applied Science (AAS) degree in nursing. Applicants complete the same
admission process for the BSN Completion Program; in addition, the applicant
submits a Letter of Intent for the plan.
3. Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Academic Partnership Plan
(BSN-APP). Commonly referred to as the 1 + 2 + 1 BSN Plan, this agreement
is designed for UMW students who are interested in earning a pre-licensure
Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree in nursing from GCC and a post-
licensure BSN from UMW.
is plan is only available to incoming freshman and is limited to 18
students. e plan does not accept transfer students. Students who are
interested in the program complete the freshman student application process.
In addition, students declare their intended major as “pre-nursing”. To be
22
considered for the pre-nursing program, students must have earned a “B” or
above in high school algebra, biology and chemistry. In addition, students must
present a SAT score of 550 in math, and 560 in critical reading; or ACT scores
of 18 in writing and reading, and 22 in math. ese scores exempt students
from the Virginia Community College (VCCS) English and math placement
exams. erefore, permitting students to enroll in GCC courses in May. Once
all admitting requirements are met, preference is given to students who apply
under the Early Decision (binding) or Early Action (non-binding) application
processes.
Accepted and paid pre-nursing students will be advised by the BSN
Completion Program oce starting in May of the student’s senior year in High
School. Pre-nursing student will be guided through the process of applying
and registering at GCC’s as an Allied Health Preparation Program to complete
the required nursing pre-requisite courses during their rst year. In addition,
students will be enrolled at UMW as pre-nursing students to complete liberal
arts coursework.
ADMISSION AS A NON-DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENT
Non-degree-seeking students are permitted to enroll in courses on any
campus of the University of Mary Washington but are not matriculated in
a degree program. An abbreviated application form is required. Admission
decisions are made by the Registrar at the time of enrollment.
Non-degree-seeking students may register for as many as 11 credits per
semester. Payment is due at the point of registration and the charges are
based upon the number of enrolled credits. Under certain conditions, a non-
degree-seeking student may seek permission from the designated university
ocial to exceed the 11-credit limit. Non-degree students wishing to apply for
admission to a UMW degree program must do so before completing 30 credits
in residence. Enrollment in specic courses is based on eligibility criteria and
availability of space in courses; in certain courses or programs, enrollment may
be restricted or prohibited.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNATIONAL
STUDENTS
In addition to the documents required for the admission process for each
degree program, applicants who are non-US citizens or permanent residents
must submit original academic records and, if those records are not in English,
certied copies of the records translated into English. If the student has been
educated in a non-English speaking country, all transcripts and documents
must be submitted via an approved independent credentials evaluation
service. If English is not the applicant’s native language, the University of
Mary Washington requires the applicant to demonstrate English competency,
normally by submitting results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language
23
(TOEFL) or the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) or by
completing ELS Educational Services™ Level 112 or by completing an approved
ESL program.
Visa Information. Non-U.S. citizens who are not permanent residents
may need to obtain a student visa. To obtain a visa, a student must be accepted
for admission, pay the deposit, and submit an Adavit of Support. Once the
Adavit of Support is accepted by the University, the student is issued the
I-20 Form (Certicate of Eligibility for Non-Immigrant) to present to the U.S.
consul or embassy in the country where the student will be issued an F-1 Visa
to study in the United States. Students who are on F-1 Visas must carry a full-
time course load while enrolled at the University.
24
25
Tuition and fees
T
uition and Fees are approved by the Board of Visitors prior to
each academic year. e yearly tuition and fee schedule can be
found on the Student Accounts website (adminnance.umw.edu/
studentaccounts). Any changes to the schedule of fees will be
announced immediately. Questions about fees and payment procedures should
be directed to the Oce of Student Accounts in Lee Hall (540/654-1250).
Questions about nancial aid or assistance should be addressed to the Oce of
Financial Aid in Lee Hall (540/654-2468).
Residential Fee. e residential fee is the cost per semester for University
housing.
Meal Plans. University of Mary Washington oers a variety of meal plans.
For information about meal plan options, please visit the Student Accounts
web page. Each meal plan comes with ex dollars, which may be used to
purchase additional meals or to eat in the Eagle’s Nest or the Underground.
EagleOne Dollars may also be used for additional dining meals. All residential
students are required to enroll in a meal plan. e meal plan required depends
on where the student resides. All freshmen are required to have the largest
meal plan of those being oered. Commuting students may sign up for any of
the plans oered at UMW.
UMW EAGLEONE CARD
e University of Mary Washington EagleOne Identication Card is
the only card a student needs at the University. e card acts as a form of
identication allowing access to the library, gymnasium, residence halls,
and other University buildings and activities. It contains the students’ meal
plan and ex dollar information for University food service. It is also a debit
card. Money may be added in the form of EagleOne Dollars, which can then
be debited from the balance for use in the University Bookstore, the Eagle’s
Nest, the Underground, dining in the new University Center, Blackstone
Coee at the Convergence Center, UMW Health Center, laundry, vending,
University Tennis Center, theatre productions, pay-to-print and cloud printing,
Copy Center, Post Oce, EagleExpress Cart, and other locations on campus.
Fees and
Financial Aid
26
Fredericksburg area merchants also accept the EagleOne card as payment. A
list of participating merchants is available online at adminnance.umw.edu/
eagleone/eagleone-o-campus-2. EagleOne cardholders may check their
account balances, deposit funds, and download statements at
eagleone-sp.blackboard.com/eAccounts/AnonymousHome.aspx.
OTHER FEES
All other fees vary by academic year. For the most up-to-date fees please
visit the Student Accounts website (adminnance.umw.edu/studentaccounts).
e University does not charge an additional fee for taking online courses.
Mandatory Processing Fee. A mandatory processing fee is charged to any
student who registers for classes.
Audit Fee. is non-refundable fee is incurred when students take a course
for no credit, and is charged to all part-time students who audit a class and any
full-time students whose semester course load exceeds 18 credit hours by virtue
of the audited course. Auditing a course is permitted on a space-available basis
in courses where approval to audit is granted.
Tuition Overload Fee. A full-time student registering for more than 18
semester credit hours is required to pay an additional overload fee based on his
or her residency.
Credit-by-Examination. Degree-seeking students are charged a fee when
taking examinations for which credit may be awarded.
Special Course Fees. Some classes require the payment of a special
instructional fee in addition to the tuition charge.
Education Abroad Fee. All students studying abroad must pay the study
abroad fee. e fee applies to all education abroad programs occurring in the
winter, spring break, summer session, semester, or the full academic year.
Late Payment Fee. A fee, which is 10 percent of the unpaid account
balance (up to $250), will be charged to students whose accounts are not paid
in full by the invoice due date. Interest may also be charged on all past due
accounts.
Returned Payment Fee. ere is a service charge for each check/e-check
returned for insucient funds or similar reasons. A cashier’s check or cash
is then required in place of the returned payment. Payments returned for
insucient funds will be considered as nonpayment and subject to the 10
percent late fee.
Parking Fee. ere is a parking fee and students should visit the Parking
Management oce’s website (adminnance.umw.edu/parking) for more
details.
TERMS and methods OF PAYMENT
University of Mary Washington accepts payments in a variety of ways.
For complete details, see the Oce of Student Accounts web page regarding
27
“Method of Payment,” found at adminnance.umw.edu/studentaccounts/
methods-of-payment.
All fees, including room and board, are billed to students through
EaglePAY within the student’s portal and are payable in advance of the
beginning of the semester. If a student wishes to designate additional
authorized payers, he/she may do so through EaglePAY. is will allow those
authorized by the student to access the student’s bill. For further instructions,
please contact the Oce of Student Accounts.
Room and Tuition Deposits. Aer receiving notice of acceptance for
admission students must make a deposit ($550 for residential students, $300
for non-residential students). Please note that for residential students only $300
will be credited to the account and the other $250 will be held as a contingent
fee to be refunded less any outstanding balance at the point they either
graduate or move o campus.
Statements and Due Dates. e University emails each student a
notication that a bill is available for viewing online well in advance of the
beginning of each semester. Students with an unpaid balance as of the due date
(and who have not set up a payment plan) will have their course registration
administratively cancelled.
Payment plans are oered to degree seeking students through a third party
approved by the University. Additional details about payment plans and the
University’s Payment Policy are available at the Student Accounts website.
roughout the semester, a student may incur additional charges on their
account such as library nes, lost library books, parking tickets, prescriptions,
lost keys, building and equipment damage, and other miscellaneous charges.
Any student whose full account has not been settled may not receive grades
or transcripts, be able to pre-register for classes, or be eligible to return to the
University until the account is settled.
Scholarship and Loan Awards. Normally, one-half of the annual nancial
aid awarded through the Oce of Financial Aid is shown on each semester
statement. If state, federal or UMW grants/scholarships that were awarded
are not credited on the statement, the student may check their student portal
for missing documents and then contact the Oce of Financial Aid. Some
scholarships are not paid until the successful completion of the semester. In
these cases, you may not deduct these scholarships from the amount due.
A student receiving nancial aid from a source other than the University
must make sure that payment is received prior to the start of the semester.
Awards and loans from sources other than the University will not be credited
to the account until they are actually received at the Cashier’s Oce. One
half of the award will be shown on each semester unless otherwise directed in
writing by the granting source.
Delinquent Accounts. Any charge incurred in collecting a delinquent
account will be added to the account. is applies but is not limited to fees
charged by an attorney or collection agency.
28
Refund of Fees. A student who withdraws from the University during the
semester should promptly complete an ocial withdrawal form in the Oce of
the Registrar in Lee Hall (Fredericksburg campus) or on the Staord campus.
A copy of the form must be sent or delivered to the Oce of Student Accounts
and will serve as the basis for withdrawal charges and credits.
Students who are in military service (active duty, reserves, or National
Guard) and withdraw from all courses in a given term as a result of a military
deployment, mobilization, or change in duty assignment will receive a full
refund of all tuition and fees and pro-rated refunds for dining or housing
contracts. Military change orders must be provided to the Oce of Student
Accounts. Any deposits paid by students who discontinue enrollment as a
result of a military service obligation will be fully refunded.
Classification as a Virginia Student
e Code of Virginia, section 23-7.4, governs eligibility for in-state tuition
rates at Virginia public institutions of higher education. Please refer to the
State Council of Higher Education for Virginia website (www.schev.edu/index/
tuition-aid/in-state-residency) for clarication on eligibility and any changes to
the Code of Virginia regarding tuition benet provisions.
In general, an independent student, or the parents or legal guardians of a
dependent student, must have been legally domiciled in the Commonwealth of
Virginia for one full and continuous year immediately before the rst ocial
day of class within the semester or term of the student’s program and must
have paid Virginia state income tax on a full-time salary for that full year.
Living in the state primarily to attend school does not constitute legal domicile.
Certain exceptions are made for military personnel and their dependents.
Detailed questions about domiciliary status are part of each application for
admission. Questions about residency status should be directed to the Oce of
Admissions (540/654-2000), or Oce of Student Accounts (540/654-1250).
Senior Citizens
A legal resident of Virginia 60 years of age or older shall be permitted
under regulations prescribed by the State Council of Higher Education to (1)
register for and enroll free of charge in courses as a full-time or part-time
student for academic credit if such citizen has an individual taxable income
not exceeding $23,850 for federal income tax purposes for the year preceding
the year in which the enrollment is sought, (2) register for and audit courses
oered for academic credit, and (3) register for and enroll in non-credit
courses in any state institution of higher education in this Commonwealth
on a space-available basis.
Senior citizens pay no tuition or fees except fees established for the
purpose of paying for course materials, such as laboratory fees, but shall be
subject to the admission requirements of the institution and a determination
29
by the institution of its ability to oer the course or courses for which the
senior citizen registers.
A legal resident of Virginia 60 years of age or older with Federal taxable
income not exceeding $23,850 may audit credit courses or enroll in non-
credit courses without paying general University fees, but must pay general
University fees to take courses for University credit. Additional information
is available through the oce of the Registrar (540/654-1063).
Virginia Military Survivors and Dependents
Education Program
e Virginia Military Survivors and Dependents Education Program
(VMSDEP) provides education benets to spouses and children of military
members killed, missing in action, taken prisoner, or who became at least 90
percent disabled as a result of military service in an armed conict. VMSDEP
provides educational benets for children of certain Virginians who served
in the Armed Forces of the United States. Eligible children attending public
colleges and universities in Virginia are admitted free of tuition and all
required fees. (See the Code of Virginia, Section 23-7.4:1.)
In addition, VMSDEP students are also eligible for a full-time or part-
time student stipend that is processed through the State Council of Higher
Education of Virginia (SCHEV). SCHEV provides a roster of eligible students
who have identied their intention to attend UMW to the Oce of Financial
Aid who in turn certies that the students are attending and are eligible to
receive the stipend payment. Because there may not be sucient funding to
make full VMSDEP stipends to all eligible students, a priority funding system
is used by SCHEV to determine the order and amount of stipends. Students in
a higher Priority category must receive their full projected annual stipend, as
determined by SCHEV based on student enrollment level, before subsequent
categories are considered for funding.
Only students appearing on the verication rosters released by SCHEV to
the institutions will be funded for the terms specied as authorized, regardless
of certication/verication from any other source. For more information on
the priority dates, visit www.schev.edu.
Additional information is available through the Oce of Student Accounts
(540/654-1250) or the Oce of Financial Aid (540/654-2468).
veterans benefits
Students who have questions about Veteran Aairs (VA) benets prior to
admission should address inquiries to the Veterans Inquiry Unit at the U.S.
Department of Veterans Aairs Regional Oce, 210 Franklin Road S.W.,
Roanoke, VA 24011, 888/442-4551, www.va.gov/gibill. Students who have
questions about VA benets aer admission should address inquiries to the
Oce of the Registrar.
30
Under the provisions of the Veterans Access, Choice, and Accountability
Act of 2014, the following individuals shall be charged a rate of tuition not to
exceed the in-state rate for tuition and fees purposes:
• A Veteran using educational assistance under either chapter 30
(Montgomery G.I. Bill – Active Duty Program) or chapter 33 (Post-
9/11 G.I. Bill), of title 38, United States Code, who lives in the state
in which the institution is located (regardless of his/her formal State
of residence) and enrolls in the institution within three years of
discharge or release from a period of active duty service of 90 days or
more.
• Anyone using transferred Post-9/11 GI Bill benets (38 U.S.C. § 3319)
who lives in the state in which the institution is located (regardless of
his/her formal State of residence) and enrolls in the institution within
three years of the transferor's discharge or release from a period of
active duty service of 90 days or more.
• Anyone described above while he or she remains continuously
enrolled (other than during regularly scheduled breaks between
courses, semesters, or terms) at the same institution. e person
so described must have enrolled in the institution prior to the
expiration of the three-year period following discharge or release as
described above and must be using educational benets under either
chapter 30 or chapter 33, of title 38, United States Code
• Anyone using benets under the Marine Gunnery Sergeant John
David Fry Scholarship (38 U.S.C. § 3311(b)(9)) who lives in the state
in which the institution is located (regardless of his/her formal
State of residence). Individuals using the Marine Gunnery Sergeant
John David Fry Scholarship are no longer required to enroll within
three years of the service member’s death, and there is no longer a
requirement that the deceased service member’s death in the line of
duty followed a period of active duty service of 90 days or more.
• Anyone using transferred Post-9/11 G.I. Bill benets (38 U.S.C.
§ 3319) who lives in the state in which the institution is located
(regardless of his/her formal state of residence) and the transferor is a
member of the uniformed service who is serving on active duty.
• An individual using educational assistance under chapter 31,
Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment (VR&E) who lives in
the Commonwealth of Virginia while attending a school located in
the Commonwealth of Virginia (regardless of his/her formal State of
residence) eective for courses, semesters, or terms beginning aer
March 1, 2019.
For students using Chapter 33 Post 9/11 GI Bill or Chapter 31 Vocational
Rehabilitation benets, even though VA has not yet paid tuition and fees,
UMW will not prevent the student from enrolling, will not assesses a late
31
penalty fee, will not require alternative or additional funding, and will not
deny access to any university resources that are available to other students
that have paid. Students wishing to utilize veteran’s benets must submit
a Request for VA Benets form for each term of enrollment. e form can
be submitted online and is accessible through the Oce of the Registrar’s
website. For Chapter 33 students, a copy of the Certicate of Eligibility will
also be required; for Chapter 31 students, a copy of the Tuition Assistance
form will be required.
FINANCIAL AID
All need-based nancial assistance, including need-based scholarships
and grants, oered through the Oce of Financial Aid requires the results
from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) at www.fafsa.
ed.gov. Meeting published ling dates is critical to receiving nancial aid. All
students must le the FAFSA on or before March 1. e Federal (Title IV)
school code for the University of Mary Washington is 003746.
Priority for all scholarships and grants is given to students who maintain
a minimum 2.0 UMW cumulative grade point average. Many programs
require a higher grade-point average. Students who are Virginia residents
with demonstrated need may be eligible for Virginia state scholarships and
grants. Critical nancial aid information, including general information,
ling instructions, federal loan information, enrollment requirements,
scholarship opportunities, student employment and forms for both campuses
is available at adminnance.umw.edu/nancialaid. Visit the Financial Aid
Oce on Facebook at www.facebook.com/UMWnaid.
All students selected for verication, as well as parents of dependent
students selected for verication, must submit copies of requested documents
to the Oce of Financial Aid by June 1. Students not meeting ling and
submission dates will be considered for assistance AFTER on-time lers.
Since funds are limited, this may result in otherwise eligible students not
receiving awards. Students must be enrolled at least half-time to receive aid.
Detailed information regarding eligibility and enrollment status is available
on-line.
Scholarships. Current students may apply for UMW endowed
scholarships by completing the online Scholarship Application Form on or
before June 1 at umw.scholarships.ngwebsolutions.com. Scholarship selection
is based on academic and/or nancial criteria and some qualications
can include participation in various volunteer and leadership positions.
Students must complete the FAFSA to determine eligibility for need-based
scholarships. Returning student recipients are selected through committee
during the month of June for the following academic year. New students are
reviewed for eligibility and are selected for endowed scholarships prior to the
May 1 National Response Deadline, when possible.
32
Military Deployment. Students who are in military service (active
duty, reserves, or National Guard) and withdraw from all courses in a given
term as a result of a military deployment, mobilization, or change in duty
assignment will receive a full refund of all tuition and fees and pro-rated
refunds for dining or housing contracts. Any deposits paid by students who
discontinue enrollment as a result of a military service obligation will be
fully refunded.
Students receiving nancial aid who withdraw from UMW due to
military deployment will have all of their nancial aid returned to the
appropriate funding source once the tuition and fees are reversed. Student
should notify the Oce of Financial Aid of their deployment and provide
a copy of their orders. For additional information, refer to the Terms and
Methods of Payment section..
Withdrawals and Financial Aid. Federal regulations require that
nancial aid funds be returned to the appropriate programs when a student
receiving nancial aid withdraws from UMW. Students who reduce their
course loads or completely withdraw from UMW may owe refunds to federal,
state, or institutional programs. e return of federal funds is calculated in
accordance with federal guidelines and is prorated based on the actual days
the student attended classes.
For example, a student enrolled in the fall semester has 110 calendar days
in that term. e student withdraws on the 29th day. e student has earned
26.4% of their nancial aid prior to their withdrawal (29/110 rounded to the
nearest tenth of a percentage). eir nancial aid funds for the semester are
multiplied by 26.4% and applied to the student’s account. e remaining
73.6% is returned to the appropriate federal or state program.
Be aware that a return of nancial aid funds may cause a tuition bill that
will need to be paid by the student. It is recommended that a student meet
with the Oce of Financial Aid prior to withdrawing to determine the eect
of the withdrawal on their nancial aid funds.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Federal regulations require institutions of higher education to establish
minimum standards of satisfactory academic progress (SAP) for students
receiving Title IV federal aid. All university course work must be considered,
regardless of whether the student received federal nancial aid at the time.
Financial aid at the University of Mary Washington is awarded to
students for the entire academic year or summer session. If an aid recipient’s
grade point average falls below the minimum standards at the end of the
spring semester, the recipient will be placed on nancial aid suspension.
e student will be ineligible for nancial aid for the subsequent enrollment
period and will not receive consideration for aid again until the standards
have been met. A student may attend summer school to meet the standards
of satisfactory academic progress to regain eligibility. e student should
33
notify the Oce of Financial Aid when standards for satisfactory academic
progress have been met.
e standards for determining progress at the University of Mary
Washington are composed of three separate measurements. ese
measurements are: grade point average (qualitative), incremental progress
(quantitative), and accumulated hours (maximum timeframe). A student
whose average drops below the minimum requirement will be placed on
nancial aid warning for the subsequent semester.
Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA). In order to receive
federal nancial aid or other need-based aid, a student’s cumulative grade
point average (GPA) must meet the minimum requirement as dened below:
Student Level Hours Earned Minimum Required
Cumulative GPA
Undergraduate 0 - 30 1.80
31 - 60 1.90
61+ 2.0
Incremental Progress: Minimum Credit Hour Completion Rate.
University of Mary Washington students must complete at least 70% of all
hours attempted towards graduation. Repeated courses and courses with a
grade of W, WA, F, I, G, UN or FA will count as attempted coursework and not
as completed coursework. Students repeating a course, previously passed may
do so only once. A course repeated more than once will not be included when
determining enrollment status. All students must earn a minimum of 70.0% of
the credit hours that they have attempted.
Withdrawals (W): Courses for which a student has withdrawn and a W
is posted on their transcript, are counted as attempted but not earned credit
hours.
Course Repeats: If a student repeats a course, both the original and the
repeated courses will count toward the earned and attempted credit hours.
Students may only receive federal nancial aid for one repeat of a course that
has been successfully completed with a grade of “D” or higher.
Incomplete Grades (I): Courses for which a student earns a grade of
incomplete (I) are counted as attempted but not earned credit hours. Once
a grade is received it is the student’s responsibility to notify the Oce of
Financial Aid by submitting an appeal.
Maximum Timeframe/Credit Hours. To remain eligible for nancial aid
at the University of Mary Washington, students must complete their degree
program requirements within 150 percent of the published length of their
degree program. All attempted hours are counted, including transfer hours,
whether or not nancial aid was received.
34
Second Degree-Seeking Students. All attempted hours from a prior
degree will not count towards the second degree, unless they are needed for
that degree. A student pursuing a second undergraduate degree is eligible to
receive nancial aid for a maximum of 150% of the hours required for the
second degree (Maximum of 228 hours including hours for rst degree)..
Mid-Year Transfer Students. When a student transfers to the University,
all of their transfer credit hours are counted towards SAP as attempted and
earned hours. Any grades are excluded from the University for SAP purposes.
e GPA starts at 0.00 as a new transfer.
Appeal Process. If a student is denied nancial aid for failure to meet
any of the above standards for satisfactory academic progress, the student
may request an appeal of the decision. Students are permitted to appeal
their nancial aid suspension; however, the right to appeal must be based on
extraordinary, personal circumstances that contributed to student’s inability to
meet the SAP requirements. If the initial appeal is approved, appeals for future
semesters must be based on a dierent circumstance than the previous appeal.
If the appeal is approved, a student will receive nancial aid on a
probationary status and an academic plan may be required. At the end of
the semester, the student will be evaluated according to the SAP Policy to
determine if nancial aid will be awarded for the next semester.
Students who wish to appeal must complete and submit a Satisfactory
Academic Process Appeal Form together with all the required supporting
documents by the posted deadlines. Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals
should be submitted to the Oce of Financial Aid either by mail, fax or in
person to: Lee Hall – Second Floor, University of Mary Washington, 1301
College Avenue, Fredericksburg, VA 22401 or Fax: 540.654-1858.
35
Student Life
student government
I
nternal governance for student life is provided by the Student Government
Association (SGA). Its executive ocers and the members of the Student
Senate are elected each year. SGA Leaders, and appointed students,
serve on a variety of student committees and on nearly all faculty and
administrative committees at the University. A second elected group, Class
Council, is responsible for social programming and many of the University’s
traditional events, including Junior Ring Week and Devil/Goat Day. e
Honor Council, with elected representatives from each class, presides over the
Honor System. e Student Conduct Review Board (SCRIB) is composed of
elected representatives and hears student conduct cases.
STUDENT ACtivities AND ORGANIZATIONS
e University Center, the “living room” of the campus, serves as the home
of Student Activities and Engagement, the Center for Career and Professional
Development, the Center for Community Engagement, the James Farmer
Multicultural Center, and Dining Services. Woodard Hall contains a post
oce and student mailboxes and the Eagle’s Nest food court. Lee Hall is home
to “e Underground,” where entertainment abounds on evenings throughout
the week – from Bingo and trivia games to local bands, Karaoke, and open mic
nights. e Anderson Center oers an expansive venue for sports and major
concerts and performers.
rough the oversight of the Inter-Club Association, the University
recognizes over 150 social, cultural, political, religious, and other special
interest clubs and organizations that oer a wide range of activities throughout
the year. Also, students nd it easy to start new groups. In addition, most
academic departments support interest clubs or honorary societies. Student-
run campus publications and radio provide outlets for students to share their
thoughts and talents. e University has a weekly newspaper, e Blue and
Gray Press; a biannual literary magazine, and a campus radio station, WMWC.
RESIDENCE LIFE AND HOUSING
Students who reside on campus have a variety of living options within
the een traditional residence halls and two apartment-style complexes.
All campus communities are staed with resident assistants who help to
implement the residential curriculum as well as assist students in day-to-day
36
university life. Each residential area is overseen by a professional live-in sta
member. First-year students are assigned to residence halls based on their
First-Year Seminar (FSEM) class and will benet from the rst-year
experience program that gives them the opportunity to connect with fellow
students, peer mentors, and faculty advisors. Upper-class students select
their housing through an online housing selection system and can choose
from a variety of special interest housing options. All traditional residence
halls are equipped with lounges, study areas, microwaves, and common area
refrigerators. Rooms are furnished with extra-long double beds, desks, desk
chairs, and dresser and closet space. Some residence halls have fully equipped
kitchens.
Eagle Landing is an apartment-style residential community for
sophomores, juniors, seniors, and graduate students. e complex features
loable beds, stainless steel appliances, and granite counter tops. e UMW
Apartment complex houses upper-class students in apartments similar to those
one would nd o campus. Both Eagle Landing and the UMW Apartments
remain open during all break periods within the academic year. Students
residing in traditional residence halls may register to stay during breaks, based
on need and availability.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES
O-campus Student Services is committed to fostering a successful UMW
experience for those living o campus. We are dedicated to helping commuters
feel connected and supported. Our programs and services are designed
to provide o-campus students with opportunities to meet other UMW
commuters, be informed of campus events, make connections on campus with
sta and faculty, and have a resource for questions about o-campus living.
O-campus and Transfer Student Services is located in the University Center,
third oor.
MULTICULTURAL STUDENT AFFAIRS
e University of Mary Washington continually and actively seeks a rich
blend of cultural diversity in its faculty and sta, students, curriculum, and
activities. e James Farmer Multicultural Center, named aer the prominent
civil rights leader who taught at the University of Mary Washington,
specically focuses on the academic and social well being of underrepresented
students through programming, mentoring, and leadership opportunities.
e Center also oers a wide variety of cultural programming, including the
Cultural Awareness Series, which spans the academic year. e programs
and activities for the various cultural celebrations highlight and enhance the
education and appreciation of dierences across the campus community.
e series culminates with the Multicultural Fair, which attracts regional
attendance.
37
While inclusion is a goal for all University organizations, several specic
interest groups on campus assist in promoting diversity within the University
community and oer programs and resources that foster an awareness and
understanding of cultural dierences and social justice issues, including the
Asian Student Association, the Black Student Association, Brothers of a New
Direction, the Latino Student Association, Jewish Student Association, Muslim
Student Association, S.E.E.D. (Students Educating and Empowering for
Diversity), PRISM (People for the Rights of Individuals of Sexual Minorities),
and Women of Color. rough these many eorts, the University strives to
achieve greater diversity and inclusion in its population and a full measure of
respect for, and appreciation of, the cultural traditions of all people.
HEALTH CENTER
e Student Health Center oers full-time students a self-care center and
outpatient medical services Monday through Friday during the academic year.
It is staed by a full-time physician, nurse practitioner, and registered nurse.
On site specialty care includes sexual health services, allergy shots, travel and
health consultation. Student health Center visits are free. ere are nominal
fees charged for tests, prescription medications given, immunizations, and
medical supplies.
TALLEY CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
e mission of the Talley Center is to help students meet the demands
of college eectively and to support their personal, social, and intellectual
growth and development. e Talley Center sta includes licensed clinical
psychologists, licensed professional counselors, and masters- and doctoral-
level interns from graduate programs in counseling and psychology. e
Talley Center provides individual and group counseling services to full-time,
undergraduate, degree-seeking students enrolled on the Fredericksburg
campus. e Talley Center also provides limited, short-term psychiatric
services by referral. We oer crisis intervention, consultation, community
referrals, and training and educational outreach programs to the entire UMW
community. All services are condential and free of charge.
Student concerns vary considerably and may range from typical
developmental issues – including University adjustment, relationship concerns,
and stress management – to problems with depression, anxiety disorders,
bereavement, and trauma.
To schedule an appointment or inquire further about services, please call
the Talley Center at 540-654-1053. If this is a crisis that requires immediate
assistance and the Talley Center is not open, please call campus police at 540-
654-4444.
38
CAMPUS RECREATION AND FITNESS CENTER
Students enjoy a comprehensive recreation program with something
for everyone. Intramural sports events range widely from team leagues in
basketball and ag football to events such as dodgeball and kickball. e sport
club program oers opportunities for intercollegiate competition in a variety of
sports.
Working on your wellness is fun and interactive with group tness classes,
personal training, and outdoor recreation programs. Additionally, the Fitness
Center oers cardiovascular, free weight, and circuit equipment for open
recreation use.
COMMUNITY OUTREACH AND RESOURCES (COAR)
Community Outreach and Resources (COAR) is UMW’s most active service
organization. COAR is a diverse group of students serving community needs
through an active exchange of service and learning while continually striving
to nd solutions to problems that challenge the community. COAR sponsors
multiple weekly programs and six major annual events. e purpose of all COAR
programs and events is to build strong community relations between UMW
students and the Greater Fredericksburg community through service. Any
UMW student who has a desire to serve UMW and the Greater Fredericksburg
community can get involved with COAR.
BOOKSTORE
e University Bookstore is dedicated to supporting the academic mission
of UMW and the quality of student life on campus. Competitively-priced course
materials are oered in store and online in the forms of new, used, e-books
and course packs, art supplies and kits, DVDs, and more. Textbooks can also
be rented in-store or online at umw.edu/bookstore. From Art to eater, Apple
accessories to TI scientic calculators, the store has the materials required for
academic success.e store is the nest of Eagle Pride, oering UMW apparel,
gis, insignia and emblematic school supplies; the trade book department
boasts the work of UMW faculty, sta and alumni, and oers a rich array of
local history titles. Snacks and health and beauty items ll the well-stocked
convenience store.e UMW Bookstore is located in Lee Hall. Phone: 540-654-
1017; umw.edu/bookstore.
UNIVERSITY PUBLIC SAFETY
UMW Public Safety includes UMW Police, an accredited police agency,
and the Oce of Emergency Management. e University Police oer around-
the-clock law enforcement and security for the Fredericksburg campus. ey
employ a community policing philosophy that includes outreach eorts to
the University and local community. e 19 full-time sworn ocers and 15
39
security personnel are certied by the Commonwealth of Virginia to enforce
state and local laws and ordinances as well as University rules and regulations.
e University employs security personnel at the Fredericksburg, Staord, and
Dahlgren campuses during class and library hours, with back-up from UMW
Police and Staord or King George County sheris’ departments, as necessary.
OFFICE OF STUDENT CONDUCT AND
RESPONSIBILITY (OSCAR)
e Oce of Student Conduct and Responsibility (OSCAR) supports the
Division of Student Aairs’s overarching mission to promote student success,
learning, and personal wellness. In doing so, it also supports the University's
overall mission, which is to provide students with a superior education that
inspires and enables them to make positive changes in the world.
OSCAR supports these missions by upholding a Code of Conduct, a
set of guidelines for how UMW students are to conduct themselves, and
what conduct they should expect from each other. ese guidelines, based
on principles of student development, are intended to facilitate all students'
learning and personal growth within the University and beyond, and to create
a community of integrity. Students' success, ability to learn, and wellness
should not be negatively impacted by the conduct of other students, or by
their own conduct. Students whose actions are inconsistent with the Code
of Conduct are held accountable through a fair and compassionate process
in which education is a primary value. OSCAR upholds an environment in
which personal growth is facilitated, citizenship is promoted, and sensitivity
to others within the community is balanced against each student's need for
personal expression. Related to their conduct, UMW students have both rights
and responsibilities, and OSCAR assists students in understanding how those
rights and responsibilities benet all members of the UMW community,
including themselves.
ATHLETICS
e University sponsors 23 men’s and women’s NCAA Division III varsity
teams for intercollegiate competition and four team sports. Varsity men’s
teams compete in baseball, basketball, cross country, golf, lacrosse, soccer,
tennis, swimming, and indoor and outdoor track and eld. Varsity women’s
teams compete in basketball, cross country, eld hockey, golf, lacrosse, soccer,
soball, swimming, tennis, volleyball, and indoor and outdoor track and
eld. Men and women compete together in riding. e teams sports programs
include Men’s and Women’s Rowing and Rugby. UMW competes in the six-
member Capital Athletic Conference (CAC).
e Anderson Events Center seats 1,700 spectators for sports, and 2,800
spectators for concerts. e Goolrick physical education building provides
a basketball gymnasium, dance studios, an intercollegiate swimming pool
40
with electronic touch time system, an auxiliary gymnasium, an 8,000-square-
foot weight training room, an indoor golf practice facility, three competitive
volleyball courts, two indoor batting cages, and two athletic training rooms.
A 15,000 square foot tness center is connected to Goolrick and is open seven
days per week during the academic year. A six-court indoor tennis center is a
great resource for student athletes and the campus community. State-of-the-
art outdoor facilities are located at the Battleground Complex on Hanover St.
and include elds for baseball, soccer, lacrosse, soball, and eld hockey; three
articial surface elds (two lighted); cross country courses and a running trail;
12 lighted tennis courts; and a newly completed, state of the art all-weather
track and eld facility.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
Additional information on Student Life will be found in the University of
Mary Washington Student Handbook, updated annually and available at
www.publications.umw.edu/student-handbook.
41
Academic
Resources
UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
T
he UMW Libraries constitute the knowledge center of the university
– a physical and virtual manifestation of the institution's mission of
connected, integrated, and engaged teaching, learning, research, and
service.
During regular semesters, Simpson Library is open with full-service for 90
hours each week. During Reading Days/Exam Week, the Library is open 24/7.
Many of its resources are available at all times via the Internet. e Libraries’
collections contain more than 380,000 cataloged items including books, serials,
audiovisual materials, and an extensive microform collection of newspaper and
periodical back issues. e Libraries provide access to more than 45,000 serial
publications – many of them online – and some 76,000 electronic books. e
Libraries also provide access via the Internet to an extensive array of electronic
databases. e Libraries add 4,000 or more volumes to their collections each
year to support the University’s wide-ranging curriculum. An ocial partial
depository of both Federal and state government publications, the Libraries
also maintain an online digital repository, a rare book collection, and the
archives of the University. e University of Mary Washington is an active
member of VIVA (e Virtual Library of Virginia) a consortium of colleges
and universities in Virginia that provides students and faculty access to a rich
array of electronic resources through the campus network. VIVA resources
range from online encyclopedias and dictionaries to bibliographic databases
and full-text periodical services.
One of the largest buildings on the Fredericksburg campus, Simpson
Library is connected to the Hurley Convergence Center by a bridge leading
from the library’s second oor to the HCC’s third oor. e library stas a
service desk in the HCC that is equipped with a self-service checkout system.
e HCC also includes the library’s Digital Archiving Lab and Digital Gallery.
Simpson Library includes spaces for group and individual study, including
the popular “treehouses” – double-decker study carrels located on the third
oor. UMW’s inkLab maker space is also located in Simpson Library.
e Libraries also provide wireless access to the campus network. e
online catalog provides access to the Libraries’ print and electronic collections.
A full range of instructional services is oered to faculty and students to aid in
42
the use and interpretation of the Libraries’ resources, research methods and the
ecient use of new information technologies. Librarians teach a wide array of
course-related instruction in addition to the provision of reference assistance.
e Libraries also support an ecient interlibrary loan service.
e Staord Campus Library, located on the second oor of the South
Building, is a branch of UMW Libraries that serves the students, faculty, and
sta located at the Staord campus. Working in coordination with Simpson
Library, the Staord Campus Library provides access to physical and online
resources in support of the courses oered at the Staord campus. e
library’s physical collections consist of books, media, and periodicals focusing
on business, education, and information systems. Additionally, a children’s
literature collection, student research projects, and course reserves are also
available.
e Staord Campus Library oers a document delivery service which
allows the faculty and students at the Staord campus to have full access to the
collections available at Simpson Library on the Fredericksburg campus. Open
conversation areas and comfortable seating provide a welcoming environment
for individual and group study, and 20 networked computers provide access
to the Internet, the University’s network, and the Microso Oce Suite.
e library sta is available to provide assistance to groups and individuals,
and librarians are available to provide in-class or online library instruction
sessions. Online tutorials and research guides specic to the Staord campus
community are available on the UMW Libraries’ website. Wireless access,
printing and photocopying are among the other services available at UMW
Libraries’ Staord location.
INTERNSHIPS
Academic departments sponsor internships under the joint direction of
a faculty member and award academic credit for their successful completion.
Guidelines for academic credit vary from program to program; therefore,
students are encouraged to discuss these opportunities with their academic
advisor and review specic internships requirements of the academic program
which sponsors the internship. e Center for Career and Professional
Development maintains an online database of internships and is available to
assist students in researching, identifying, and applying for such opportunities.
In addition, please note the academic policies related to internships on page 72
of this Catalog.
CAREER AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
e Center for Career and Professional Development, located at the
heart of the University Center, assists students and alumni in assessing
their skills, interests, and values; exploring career options; preparing for the
internship, job or graduate school search process; and achieving career goals.
43
Its central placement symbolizes the University’s core belief that the liberal
arts and sciences education prepares students for meaningful post-graduation
opportunities as well as the constantly changing job market. e Center serves
as a place where students, alumni, employers, and academic programs converge
in a variety of programs, opportunities, and services related to career and
professional development.
Career CENTER
e Center for Career and Professional Development assists students and
alumni in assessing their skills, interests, and values; exploring career options;
preparing for the internship, job or graduate school search process; and
implementing career goals. rough individual appointments, workshops and
special events, students clarify their academic and career pursuits. e oce
maintains a website providing students immediate access to resources and to
information on academic and career events.
Handshake is an online resource available for students and alumni to use
in their internship and job searches. is resource allows students and alumni
to search job and internship opportunities as well as post resumes for employer
review. Employers use this site to recruit UMW students and alumni for a
variety of local, national and international job and internship opportunities.
roughout the year, students and alumni have the opportunity to
prepare for the job/internship/graduate school search process and meet with
employers and graduate school recruiters. Career Fairs, held each semester,
provide an opportunity for representatives from businesses, government
agencies, and non-prot organizations to recruit UMW students and alumni
for career opportunities. A Graduate School Fair, held each year, provides
the opportunity for students to explore graduate school options. rough the
on-campus recruiting program, graduating students have the opportunity
to interview with organizations hiring full-time positions. e oce also
maintains credential les for seniors and alumni.
SUMMER SESSION
e Summer Session oers numerous opportunities to enrich and
accelerate a student’s academic program. Additional Summer Session oerings
include internships, study abroad courses, courses that satisfy state teacher
certication requirements, and some oerings that are only available in the
summers. Students attend the summer session for many reasons: to get ahead
on their work toward a degree; to catch up by taking a course the student had
been previously unable to take; or to explore an area of personal or career
interest. Qualied high school students may apply to attend the Summer
Session and may take courses if their application is approved.
44
STUDENT OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT
e University has adopted a comprehensive plan for evaluating the
impact of its programs and services on its students. Developed in response to
guidelines set forth by the State Council of Higher Education for Virginia and
the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, the outcomes assessment
program examines the extent to which the University is meeting its intended
goals for its students. Assessment results are used to evaluate programs and
curricula, not individual students.
Although the data collected are maintained in the institution’s computer
database, they are not included on ocial transcripts, nor are the aggregated
data used for any purpose other than comparative analysis. e long-range
goals of outcomes assessment are to identify and rectify the University’s
shortcomings and build upon its strengths. Only by examining closely the
eects of what it does can the University become a stronger and continuously
improving institution.
e University’s commitment to assessing its eectiveness necessitates
the participation of students, who are required to be involved directly in the
evaluation of the various academic major programs as well as the General
Education curriculum.
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS AND EDUCATION
ABROAD
e University of Mary Washington encourages students to enrich their
liberal arts education through academic programs, research endeavors,
internships, volunteer opportunities and service learning in other countries.
Any currently enrolled student with at least 12 accumulated UMW credits
and a 2.0 GPA may make education abroad part of their Mary Washington
experience.
A wealth of academic programs are available in a variety of locations for
all academic disciplines. Faculty-led programs, based on the expertise and
interests of UMW professors, are oered during the summer and over the
spring and winter breaks. Students may also enroll in summer, semester and
academic year programs approved by the Center for International Education
(CIE).
Students exploring the possibility of education abroad work closely with
the Center for International Education. Preparations must be made well in
advance and include the guidance of CIE as well as the student’s academic
advisor(s). CIE assists students with program selection and approval, transfer
credit, and other administrative and cultural preparations, and supports
them while abroad and upon re-entry to UMW. With careful preparation
and planning in conjunction with CIE and the student’s academic advisor(s),
students may use coursework as well as research endeavors, internships,
45
volunteer opportunities and service learning to fulll degree and major
requirements.
CIE also supports international students, both exchange and degree-
seeking, in their adjustment to the academic, cultural and social aspects of
living and studying in the United States. Serving as the point of contact with
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Department of State, CIE
provides education and guidance to support compliance with the federal
immigration regulations governing international students in the United States.
UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH AND RESEARCH
GRANT PROGRAM
Faculty are committed to the mutually supportive values of undergraduate
teaching and academic research. Seeking to extend those values to its students,
UMW has a well-established and nationally-recognized Undergraduate
Research Grant Program, whereby collaborative teams of faculty member(s)
and students apply for University-funded research project support. is grant
program enables undergraduates to work intensively with faculty members
on a broad range of research topics, work which in many instances leads to
student presentations at state, regional, or national academic conferences. In
some instances, undergraduate research grants support student travel for study,
observation, and performance related to focused individual projects.
Students engaged in undergraduate research earn credits by registering for
individual studies (courses numbered 491 or 492). Every academic discipline
oered at the University has such courses available. Students should check
with the department in which they are interested in doing an individual study
because programs have specic requirements for enrolling in individual study
courses.
Another undergraduate research option is the URES 197 course. In
this case, the student works on the faculty member’s research project and
completes research tasks connected with that project as determined by the
faculty member. Beginning students are eligible to register for URES 197, and
the students who complete URES 197 will likely develop their own individual
study project at a later time, thereby building on initial research experiences.
Individual studies are most oen done by more advanced students (juniors
and seniors) who have the necessary background to successfully formulate an
individual study project.
WRITING CENTER
e Writing Center, located on the Fredericksburg campus, is open to all
Mary Washington students. Operating within the Honor Code, the Writing
Center oers free tutorial assistance to undergraduate and graduate students,
regardless of major or concentration, both for course assignments and for
personal writing needs.
46
e Writing Center works with student writers at every skill level to
improve their writing performance. Staed by a faculty director and well-
trained student tutors, the Center provides advice in getting started on papers,
developing ideas, achieving unity and coherence, reviewing troublesome parts
of papers, learning writing styles such as APA and MLA, understanding and
correcting recurring grammatical and punctuation errors, and overcoming
writer’s block. e Writing Center welcomes students writing research papers,
short essays, letters of application, and laboratory reports. e Center also
provides access to various writing guides.
SPEAKING CENTER
e Speaking Center, located on the Fredericksburg campus, supports
the Speaking Intensive Program by providing free consultations to students
interested in developing oral communication skills. e Center houses a
collection of instructional resources (books, handouts, videotapes, and
equipment) that address a variety of topics ranging from public speaking
anxiety to constructing eective visual aids. Consultants are available to video
record practice presentations and to provide feedback.
e Center adheres strictly to the Honor Code: consultants will not
compose any portion of a presentation for a student, nor will they do research
for a student’s presentations. Consultants also are prepared to oer advice
on special types of oral communication activities such as speeches, group
presentations, debates, or interviews.
DIGITAL KNOWLEDGE CENTER
e Digital Knowledge Center (DKC) provides UMW students with peer
tutoring on digital projects and assignments. Any student at the University can
take advantage of the Center’s services by scheduling an appointment to work
one-on-one or in a small group with a student tutor; when a tutor is available,
the Center also provides walk-in assistance. Tutorials can cover a wide-range of
topics related to common digital systems, technologies, new media, and tools
used in courses at UMW. In addition, the Center provides training for students
interested in using the Advanced Media Production Studio (HCC 115). DKC
tutors adhere to the UMW Honor Code in all tutorials. ey are available to
provide guidance and advice, but they cannot create, produce, or edit work on
a student’s behalf. e DKC is located in HCC 408.
DIGITAL LEARNING SUPPORT
Digital Learning Support (DLS) is a service organization that provides
students and faculty the skills they need to integrate digital technologies into
their teaching, learning and research at the University. Support for students is
provided by the Digital Knowledge Center (DKC) with student peer-tutoring
on a wide variety of digital projects, tools and techniques. Students can sign up
47
for tutorials around dierent technologies used in their classes, or meet with
tutors to discuss projects and learn new skills. For faculty, support is provided
by DLS sta including consultations around integration of digital tools into
courses, creation of digital projects, or design of hybrid or fully online courses.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AT THE UNIVERSITY
e University of Mary Washington is making steady progress toward
status as a national model in the use of technology in teaching and learning.
e divisions of Information Technologies and Teaching and Learning
Technologies focus not only on the construction and maintenance of
networks and information systems, but on the exploration and deployment of
technologies that eectively and eciently promote a rst-rate education.
e University believes that technology helps stimulate creative thinking,
enabling students and faculty to take advantage of all that the current worldwide
information environment has to oer. Technology allows students to view,
learn, assemble, and personalize information and resources from diverse
sources, and enables faculty collaboration with colleagues without geographic
limitations. In every discipline throughout the University, courses make use of
technology to help actively engage students in the learning process.
Student Computing Needs. As a UMW student, a computer is essential
to a successful academic career. While UMW does not require our students
to bring a computer to campus, it is strongly recommend to facilitate access
to the many resources and services available online. For suggested computer
specications, and what to expect in the UMW computing environment,
please visit technology.umw.edu/new/students. Numerous computer labs are
available on the Fredericksburg and Staord campuses, equipped with both PC
and Macintosh computers and specialized soware. Printing is available in labs
and can be charged to the EagleOne card.
Wireless network access is available in all academic and administrative
buildings and many outdoor areas along campus walk. Residence hall rooms
are equipped with both wired and wireless Internet access for each occupant
through subscription ResNet service. University network resources, such as
registration, class schedules, course materials, library oerings, and email, may
be accessed online.
IT Help Desk. Technical support for the entire UMW community is
provided by the IT Help Desk. If you have a technical question or issue, contact
them at 540-654-2255, email at helpdesk@umw.edu, online at technology.umw.
edu/helpdesk, or visit room 112 in the Hurley Convergence Center. Additional
online documentation addressing most common IT issues is available at technology.
umw.edu/info. e Help Desk does not repair student owned computers, but will
assist in attempting to diagnose issues with soware or hardware.
48
ACADEMIC ADVISING
All undeclared B.A./B.S. students are advised by the Oce of Academic
Services. When students choose their major elds they are assigned advisors
from the major department. B.A./B.S. students may also consult the Oce
of Academic Services on a variety of academic situations. BLS students
may contact the BLS oce. Assistance in developing academic skills and in
choosing a major eld is also oered by this oce.
BLS Advising for incoming BLS students is provided by the BLS advisor
and/or director. Aer declaring a major BLS students will be assigned a major
advisor but also continue to be advised in the BLS Oce.
Major Advising is provided by faculty in the student’s major department.
Major advisors are assigned by the department chair. Students will have a
major advisor for each declared major. Students will plan their course work
with their major advisor so that they will be able to meet all graduation
requirements in a timely manner. To change the major advisor, B.A./B.S.
students should contact the chair of the major department. BLS students
should contact advisors in their respective areas for a change in major.
Non-degree students are not assigned to an advisor.
International students are also advised by the Oce of Academic Services
and the Center for International Education.
TUTORING
e Oce of Academic Services oers free tutorial services to degree-
seeking University of Mary Washington students in need of academic
assistance. Although tutors are available in a variety of subjects, tutors are
not available for every course oered at the University of Mary Washington.
Students are encouraged to seek help early in the semester if they feel that they
will have diculty in a course. Students who need assistance should contact
the Oce of Academic Services or their academic advisor on the Staord
campus.
SPECIALIZED ADVISORS
Accounting. Students interested in accounting may focus their study
in this area through electives in accounting. e accounting advisors help
students select courses that meet their individual needs and interests, as well as
develop the communication and critical reasoning skills necessary in today’s
accounting profession. Courses oered at Mary Washington provide students
with an opportunity to prepare for the uniform examinations required
to obtain the designation of certied public accountant (CPA), certied
management accountant (CMA), and certied internal auditor (CIA).
Medicine and Health Sciences. e pre-health advising system provides
academic and career advising to students interested in pursuing careers in
medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, or any of the other health-related
49
elds, such as physician assistant, physical therapy, occupational therapy,
pharmacy, optometry, and others. Pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, pre-veterinary
medicine, pre-physician assistant, etc. are career paths, not majors. e
curricular requirements of each of these career paths t into the curriculum
of any of the major programs at the University. Although most pre-health
students major in one of the sciences, they can easily major in one of the
humanities or social sciences and complete their pre-medical courses as
electives.
e pre-health advisor, Dr. Stephen Gallik, Professor of Biology, serves as
the academic and career advisor for all pre-health students in matters pertaining
to students’ pre-health curriculum and their application to relevant health
professions schools and programs. Admission to professional institutions is, of
course, very competitive, and depends on academic performance and scores on
qualifying examinations. Students thinking about pursuing one of these careers
should contact the pre-health advisor for an advising appointment. e advisor
holds oce hours in the Center for Career and Professional Development located
on the main oor of the University Center.
e pre-health advisor also heads the Pre-medical Advisory Board, a
committee charged with the preparation of an institutional recommendation
for each student to be sent to the medical and dental schools.
Law. e pre-law advising system provides guidelines for students
interested in entering law school. ere is no prescribed “pre-law curriculum,”
and students considering a legal career may focus their studies in any academic
major. Students, however, are encouraged to enroll in courses that develop
written and oral communication as well as critical reasoning. e pre-law
advisor helps students to select courses that meet their individual needs,
foster skills necessary to the legal profession, and prepare for the Law School
Admissions Test (LSAT).
Teacher Education. e Teacher Education Program is approved by the
Virginia State Department of Education. Students who complete an approved
program qualify for licensure/certication in all the states with which Virginia
has reciprocity agreements. Students major in an academic discipline and take
professional education courses as electives. ey have advisors both in their
major discipline and in the University’s College of Education.
Office of Disability Resources
e Oce of Disability Resources (ODR) coordinates reasonable and
appropriate accommodations for qualied students with disabilities. ese
accommodations are based on individual student proles and may include
– but are not limited to – extended time on tests, note-taking assistance,
accessible dorm rooms, sign language interpreters, electronic texts, and
distraction-reduced testing sites.
50
In order to receive services, students must provide professional
documentation of a substantially limiting condition and discuss appropriate
accommodations with the ODR. Documentation guidelines for specic
disabilities may be found on the Disability Resources website at academics.
umw.edu/disability/ or by requesting it from the oce at 540/654-1266.
e ODR veries the disability, determines reasonable accommodations in
collaboration with the student, and acts as a liaison with students, faculty, and
administration as needed on issues relating to services or accommodations.
TESTING
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests are available in
computer-based formats and may be scheduled individually through local
universities. Dierent programs at the University have varying regulations
about the acceptance of CLEP test scores. Students with questions should go to
the Registrar’s website: academics.umw.edu/registrar.
e University’s National Testing program provides a quality testing
environment for the hundreds of teachers, high school students, and graduate
school applicants who live in the Fredericksburg area. On scheduled Saturdays
throughout the year, the PRAXIS Series, the Graduate Record Exam (GRE)
Subject Tests, the ACT, and the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) are given
on the University’s Fredericksburg campus.
To register for a national exam, candidates must contact the national oce
of the exam they plan to take. For more information about these tests and to
register, visit these websites: www.ets.org/praxis for PRAXIS; www.gre.org
for the GRE; www.act.org for the ACT; or www.lsac.org for the LSAT. Testing
announcements, as needed, are posted on the UMW website at
www.umw.edu/nationaltesting.
e Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) is scheduled
individually and is only oered at various computer-based testing (CBT) centers
throughout the country. Students interested in taking the GMAT should consult
the GMAT Bulletin or go to www.mba.com/mba/TaketheGMAT.
CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION
e UMW Center for Economic Education was established in 2011 as
part of the Virginia Council on Economic Education (VCEE). e VCEE
works in partnership with colleges and universities in the Commonwealth of
Virginia through a statewide network of university-based centers for economic
education. e mission of the UMW Center for Economic Education is to build
ongoing partnerships with the region’s school divisions and their teachers,
provide professional development workshops for teachers, and provide creative,
hands-on lesson plans, curriculum and programs for students. ese eorts
are with the goal of eectively infusing economic and nancial education in
grades K-12 to promote economic and nancial literacy.
51
CENTER FOR HISTORIC PRESERVATION
Established in 1979 through a Commonwealth of Virginia Grant for
Excellence, the Center for Historic Preservation has a dual mission, to support
the historic preservation program and to encourage preservation activities
through public outreach programs. e Center enhances students’ opportunities
for employment, research, internships, and public involvement in preservation
by sponsoring lectures, workshops, and conferences, and by conducting research
and service projects in the Fredericksburg region. Preservation organizations,
government agencies, and citizens are the beneciaries of the Center’s second
charge – the support of preservation activities through public programs and
cultural resource management services. Since 1989 the Center annually awards
the nationally competitive Historic Preservation Book Prize to the book that a
professional jury deems to have made the most signicant contribution to the
intellectual vitality of historic preservation in America. rough its website, the
Center hosts the Virginia Local Preservation Reference Collection and the newly
established Historic Buildings of Fredericksburg database.
CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
e mission of the Center for International Education (CIE) is to build an
internationally minded UMW community in order to prepare UMW students
to be globally competent citizens. e Center values diversity and oers an
environment that fosters cross-cultural understanding and international
cooperation and engagement through transformational programs and
experiences. CIE provides support to students interested in education abroad
opportunities and serves the needs of international students.
CIE oversees the numerous Faculty-Led programs abroad and UMW
Approved education abroad programs. Faculty-Led Programs are conducted
by UMW professors during the breaks from the regular academic calendar
(winter and spring breaks) or during summer sessions. Students can study,
intern, research or volunteer abroad through UMW’s Approved Programs
for a summer, semester, or year. Students can plan one program or multiple
as an undergraduate and earn academic credit that counts toward graduation
requirements.
CIE guides international students, both degree-seeking and exchange,
through the process of obtaining their visas and how to maintain status. In
addition, CIE organizes and leads an international student orientation held
at the beginning of each semester to help ease the transition to studying and
living in the United States.
CENTER FOR LEADERSHIP AND MEDIA STUDIES
e Center for Leadership and Media Studies supports the study of
political leadership and of the mass media’s roles in international, national
and Virginia politics. In conjunction with the Department of Political Science
52
and International Aairs, the Center’s programs are designed to give students
a wide range of academic experiences and professional opportunities by
conducting public opinion research and by bringing members of the university
community into contact with political gures and media practitioners at the
international, national, state and local levels.
CENTER FOR SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH
(C
eSAR)
e Center for Spatial Analysis and Research (CeSAR) at the University of
Mary Washington is an interdisciplinary research center focused on education,
research, and application development in the eld of geographic information
science (GISc). e center provides customized educational programs,
innovative solutions, and access to students and intellectual capital at UMW.
CeSAR professionals encompass a wide variety of academic disciplines
and broader GIS experience. To support its mission, CeSAR provides state-of-
the-art technology and facilities. e Center serves as a leader and catalyst for
the advancement of geospatial thinking and analysis for academic institutions,
private industry, and the public sector.
e Center seeks to raise the visibility of existing activity, to encourage
linkages and to stimulate new research and education at UMW in the rapidly
developing eld of GISc. It accomplishes this mission by serving research,
education, and administration with computer infrastructure support;
shared hardware resources; distribution of site licensed soware; specialized
instructional classes and seminars; data development, repository and access;
consulting services; programming support; community building; and
outreach.
LEIDECKER CENTER FOR ASIAN STUDIES
e Leidecker Center for Asian Studies supports interdisciplinary study of
Asia, drawing on the expertise of faculty from across the campus. e Center
sponsors an annual lecture series, seminars, and conferences. In coordination
with the resources of the Center for International Education, the Center also
promotes academic and cultural exchange as well as awareness of Asia and its
place in the world. In addition to promoting the academic study of Asia, the
Center for Asian Studies sponsors public workshops allowing direct familiarity
with various aspects of Asian cultures. e Leidecker Center for Asian Studies
was established by the College’s Board of Visitors in 1998 in honor of Professor
Emeritus Kurt Leidecker (1902 – 1991), a professor of philosophy at Mary
Washington College from 1948 until his retirement in 1973 and a specialist
in Buddhism, who rst developed a program in Asian Studies at Mary
Washington College.
53
CENTER FOR TEACHING
e Center for Teaching actively supports and encourages faculty in
providing a rigorous public, liberal arts education. To fulll its mission, the
Center for Teaching: (1) Oers resources and support for evidence-based
teaching and learning practices that create opportunities for applied, impactful
learning experiences; (2) Cultivates a collegial culture of teaching excellence
on campus; (3) Serves as a hub connecting the university community across
centers, services and departments; and (4) Provides holistic support for faculty
throughout their careers. is mission addresses strategic university goals
while, at the same time, provides the exibility to respond to the changing
needs of faculty and broader campus communities.
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
e UMW Center for Community Engagement works to create a culture
of community engagement at UMW by providing structural support for civic
engagement, volunteerism, and service, and by celebrating the work in the
community done by all members of UMW, including faculty, sta, and students.
e Center works with community members to support eective,
respectful, community-driven, reciprocal partnerships to meet societal needs.
ese partnerships will have measurable, benecial outcomes both for our
community partners and our students.
e Center for Community Engagement works to provide enhanced
learning opportunities for students and help them apply their knowledge and
skills to complex problems in new environments and settings. e Center
also works with faculty to cultivate and support opportunities for community
engagement including community-engaged pedagogy and research.
UNIVERSITY GALLERIES
e Ridderhof Martin Gallery is a high-quality art museum facility. It
displays traveling exhibitions from museums around the country, bringing
to the University the art of the past and present from many cultures. Other
exhibitions draw from the permanent collection for themes such as “e Artist
Looks at Sister Artists” and “Art and 20th-Century War.” e duPont Gallery
features painting, drawing, sculpture, photography, ceramics, and textiles by
art faculty and students as well as other contemporary artists.
e Galleries’ permanent collection of some 6,000 artworks is strongest in
mid-20th century art and Asian art. e Galleries also house much of the life’s
work, as well as the personal papers, of New York surrealist Margaret Sutton
and Los Angeles gurative expressionist Phyllis Ridderhof Martin.
Professors in art history and other elds oen assign class projects and
research in the Galleries. Students study the works on view and in storage, and
delve into the computerized records and paper les. Students also participate in
cataloging the collection and organizing and installing exhibitions.
54
55
University
ACADEMIC POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES
T
he policies and procedures presented in this Catalog are provided
for the convenience of students, faculty, and sta and should not be
interpreted as an irrevocable contract. Each student is responsible
for familiarizing him/herself with and noting changes in policy
or procedures aecting his or her program and adjusting the program
accordingly. Final responsibility for enrolling in appropriate courses in the
right sequence and for meeting all degree requirements rests with the student.
e remainder of this section of the Catalog provides information organized
alphabetically on a number of general academic policies and procedures
applying to all undergraduate students.
Additional academic policies pertaining to degree requirements and
programs of study are provided in the “Courses of Study” section of this
Catalog beginning on page 85. e Academic Procedures Directory, found at the
UMW Provost’s web site, provides additional guidance on the steps one should
take when seeking to execute a particular policy outlined in this section of the
Catalog (how to go about submitting a Leave of Absence request, for example).
e Student Handbook, issued by the Oce of Student Aairs, covers non-
academic policies.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Recognition of Student Academic Achievement. Student achievement
is recognized by the University of Mary Washington in several ways. At
the end of each semester, the University publishes e President’s List and
e Dean’s List of Honor Students. Outstanding student achievement is
also acknowledged at Commencement with a variety of honors and awards,
and other recognitions are presented at annual Convocation ceremonies. In
addition, most academic departments sponsor University chapters of national
honor societies which recognize student achievement in specic disciplines.
ese academic discipline honor societies and their criteria for election to
membership are published annually in the Student Handbook.
Dean’s List and President’s List. At the close of a semester’s grading
56
period, each degree-seeking student who has completed at least twelve credits
of course work on which grade points can be computed and attained a grade-
point average of 3.50 to 3.99 on that work earns a place on the Dean’s List of
Honor Students for the semester.
At the close of a semester’s grading period, each degree-seeking student
who has completed at least twelve credits of course work on which grade points
can be computed and attained a grade-point average of 4.00 on that work earns
a place on the President’s List of Honor Students for the semester.
Academic Distinction. e University recognizes the academic
achievement of graduating bachelor’s degree students who have earned at least
60 resident credits through the awards of Cum Laude (3.25-3.49 cumulative
grade-point average), Magna Cum Laude (3.50-3.74 grade-point average), and
Summa Cum Laude (3.75-4.00 grade-point average). e University recognizes
the academic achievement of all graduating bachelor’s degree students who
have earned at least 30 but fewer than 60 resident credits through the awards
of With Distinction (3.30-3.74 grade-point average) and With Highest
Distinction (3.75-4.00 grade-point average). Students eligible for one set of
awards are ineligible for the other set. ese awards are based solely on the
student’s grade- point average at the University of Mary Washington, and the
requisite hours include only those UMW credits for which grade points can be
computed.
Departmental Honors. Students may earn graduation with honors in
their major subjects. Each department establishes its own requirements for
honors projects or theses. All departments require that a student intending to
undertake an honors project have a specied minimum grade-point average in
the major subject and a minimum grade-point average for all work taken at the
University of Mary Washington.
University Honors. Students fullling all of the requirements for the
University Honors Program (complete a minimum of two honors program
requirements, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.2, complete the required
seminar, service project and capstone project, and participate in required
co-curricular events) will earn University Honors.
Colgate W. Darden, Jr. Award. Established in 1960, this award honors
Colgate W. Darden, Jr., President of the University of Virginia from 1947
to 1959. It consists of a medal designed by Gaetano Cecere, formerly of the
Department of Art, and a cash award. It is presented to the senior having the
highest University of Mary Washington grade-point average. To be eligible, a
student must have earned at least 94 UMW credits on which grade points can
be computed.
Mortar Board. Mortar Board is the national senior honorary recognizing
those students who combine outstanding records of scholarship, leadership,
and service. Founded as a women’s honorary in 1918, it has been open to both
men and women since 1976.
Phi Beta Kappa. e oldest and most prestigious of national academic
57
honor societies, Phi Beta Kappa recognizes the superior achievement of juniors
and seniors in the pursuit of a liberal education. With only some 300 approved
Phi Beta Kappa chapters nationwide, the installation of the University of Mary
Washington’s Kappa of Virginia chapter in 1971 attests to the quality of the
University as well as of its students, elected to membership by the Phi Beta
Kappa members who constitute the present Kappa of Virginia chapter.
ACADEMIC RECORDS POLICIES
e University maintains an ocial academic record in the Oce of
the Registrar for each student. is record contains all completed course
work, grades, grade-point averages, and notes on the student’s academic
status. Access to academic records is allowed in accordance with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act as amended in 1974. Procedures for
student access to the academic record are published annually in the Student
Handbook.
Directory Information. e University may release “Directory
Information” as dened by the University of Mary Washington under the
authority of FERPA, unless the student informs the University’s Oce of the
Registrar that all such information should not be released without the student’s
prior consent. A form is available for this purpose from the Oce of the
Registrar. If this form is not received in the Oce of the Registrar by May 1
preceding the academic year, selected “Directory Information” will appear in
the University’s directory.
“Directory Information” includes a student’s name, campus mailbox,
email address, class level, previous institution(s) attended, major elds of
study, awards, honors (including Dean’s List and President’s List), degree(s)
conferred (including dates), dates of attendance, past and present participation
in ocially recognized sports and activities, and physical factors (e.g., height,
weight of athletes). A request to withhold “Directory Information” must be
made on a form available in the Oce of the Registrar.
In accordance with Code of Virginia §23.1-405(C), UMW will not disclose
the address, telephone number, or email address of a student pursuant to 34
C.F.R. §99.31(a)(11) or the Virginia Freedom of Information Act (§2.2-3700 et
seq.) unless the student has armatively consented in writing to such disclosure.
e request to restrict the release of “Directory Information” remains
in eect until the student noties the Oce of the Registrar, in writing, to
remove the restriction. A restriction on the release of “Directory Information”
will remain in eect even if the individual is no longer a student, unless the
restriction is removed by written request made to the Oce of the Registrar.
Medical and Psychological Services Center records are not included in
that category of records open to inspection; however, such records may be
personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate professional of the
student’s choice.
58
Condential records maintained by the Director of Disability Resources
are open to inspection with limitations. Students may request a copy of
disability documentation which is generated by the oce, but may not request
access to the Director’s personal notes or test protocols or to information
released by private practitioners or by other agencies. Disclosure related to the
student’s disability is released neither to any faculty member nor to another
oce on campus without the student’s permission. With the student’s written
permission, disability documentation generated by the Oce of Disability
Resources may be released to any specied persons and agencies.
Custodians of educational records are not required to give access to
nancial records of parents or any information contained therein, nor
are they required to give access to condential letters and statements of
recommendation that were placed in the educational records prior to January
1, 1975, or to which the student has waived the right of access.
“Directory Information” may not be provided to any individual, company
or entity for commercial purposes unless the release of this information is
specically authorized by the student or approved in writing by the Oce of
the Registrar.
Education Records. Educational records are those records directly related
to a student and maintained by the institution or by a party acting for the
institution.
e permanent academic record, which is maintained by the Registrar,
contains all completed course work, grades, grade-point average, and notes on
the student’s academic status. e student’s application le, which contains
the student’s application and accompanying transcripts, is maintained for ve
years following the student’s last date of enrollment.
e Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) aords students
certain rights with respect to their education records. Online learning creates a
record of student activity; therefore, it is subject to FERPA privacy rights unlike
verbal exchanges in a physical classroom. Distance education courses are
covered by FERPA in the same manner as any other courses.
Students have the right to inspect and review education records within
45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. Students do
not have the right to copies of those records. Students should submit to the
Registrar written requests that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect.
e Registrar or appropriate University ocial will make arrangements for
access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be
inspected. If the records are not maintained by the Registrar, the Registrar
shall advise the student of the correct ocial to whom the request should be
addressed.
Students have the right to request the amendment of the student’s
education records that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading. ey
should write the University ocial responsible for the record, clearly identify
59
the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or
misleading. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested,
the University will notify the student of the decision and advise the student of
his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional
information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the student
when notied of the right to a hearing.
Students have the right to consent to disclosures of personally identiable
information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent
that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.
One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure
to school ocials with legitimate educational interests. A school ocial
is a person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory,
academic, research, or support sta position (including law enforcement unit
personnel and health sta); a person or company with whom the University has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving
on a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school ocial
in performing his or her tasks. A school ocial has a legitimate educational
interest if the ocial needs to review an education record in order to fulll his
or her professional responsibility.
Students have the right to le a complaint with the U.S. Department of
Education concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the
requirements of FERPA. e name and address of the oce that administers
FERPA are:
Family Policy Compliance Oce
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605
e University will not permit access to, or the release of, educational
records without the consent of the student or eligible parent or legal guardian
to anyone other than the following:
1. University ocials who, in order to perform their duties properly,
must have access to ocial records;
2. Ocials pursuant to their statutory responsibilities (the Comptroller
General of the United States, the Secretary of Education, the
Commissioner, the Director of the National Institute of Education
or the Assistant Secretary for Education, and/or state educational
authorities);
3. Any party legitimately connected with a student’s application for, or
receipt of, nancial aid;
4. State and local ocials or authorities to which such information is
60
specically required to be reported or disclosed pursuant to state
statute adopted prior to November 19, 1974;
5. Accrediting organizations, for the purpose of carrying out their
accrediting functions;
6. Parents of dependent students as dened in section 152 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954;
7. Parties acting under authority of a judicial order or pursuant to any
lawfully issued subpoena, upon condition that the students are notied
of all such orders or subpoenas in advance of the compliance therewith
by the educational institution;
8. Appropriate persons in connection with an emergency if the
knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or
safety of a student or other persons.
ATTENDANCE AND CLASS ABSENCES
Class Attendance. A primary responsibility of students is class attendance.
Learning is an experience which requires active participation, and the
University expects participation of students in all their scheduled classes
be they lectures, online collaborations, laboratories, seminars, studios, eld
trips or other types of activities. It is understood that occasional absences
are unavoidable, but the student is responsible for his or her decision to miss
a particular class meeting. In deciding to miss a class, a student must be
aware that he or she is accountable, nonetheless, for any test or quiz and all
assignments, material covered, and announcements made in that class.
Because of the wide variety of courses and teaching methods employed,
requirements for attendance in class and laboratory/studio sessions is not
prescribed on a university-wide basis.
Class participation is an appropriate criterion for grading and a student’s
failure to participate can be expected to aect his or her grade in the course.
e expectations for class participation, the manner in which it is to be
evaluated, and the impact of student absences on a class participation score
should be clearly stated on the course syllabus.
While faculty have discretion about whether or not toallow a student to
make up missed assignments, the following guidelines should be taken into
consideration regarding student absences in a course.
Disability-Related Absences. A student who has a disability-related need
for exibility with regard to attendance expectations may register with the
Oce of Disability Resources (ODR). is accommodation would be listed
as “Disability-Related Absences” on their accommodation letter, and it is the
student’s responsibility to provide their accommodation letter to each faculty
member for whom they wish to receive accommodations. Accommodations
are not retroactive. Please see Disability-Related Absences Guidelines and
contact the Oce of Disability Resources for questions.
61
Religious Observances. Requests by students whose religious observance
precludes class participation on specic days to reschedule graded work will
be honored. Graded work includes nal examinations, scheduled tests, graded
written assignments, graded laboratory projects, and graded oral assignments.
Alternative dates will be set by consulting with the instructor or instructors
and, if necessary, through consultation with the Oce of Academic Services.
It is the student’s responsibility to make alternative arrangements as early as
possible.
Jury duty. UMW students may be summoned to serve as trial jurors.
Jury duty is a legal obligation and those who fail to respond to a summons are
subject to criminal prosecution. e University supports jury service as an
important civic duty and community responsibility. Students who will need
to miss class in order to fulll their jury service obligation should promptly
notify all instructors, provide a copy of the summons as documentation of the
absence (if requested by the instructor), and make arrangements to complete
any missed work. Absences from class because of jury duty service will not be
penalized. Students should contact the Oce of Academic Services if they have
any questions or if they need assistance in making arrangements for missed
class time due to jury duty service.
Military Service. UMW recognizes and appreciates the important
contributions made in service to our country by Active Duty, Reserve, and
National Guard members. Requests to reschedule graded work due to short
term military absence will be honored. Short term military absence will be
recognized either as a result of regularly scheduled drill/training, unexpected
training/drill or short term activation/deployment (e.g., National Guard
activation in response to a natural disaster or civil unrest). Details on the
procedure for Military Service absence can be found in the Directory of
Academic Procedures. (Note: military obligation requiring withdrawal from
the University for the remainder of a term is covered elsewhere.)
Scheduled Absences. Certain absences are oen considered legitimate.
In such cases, students must make arrangements, when possible, to prevent
such absences from aecting their performance in a course. Examples of
such conicts include participation in intercollegiate athletic competitions
and academically-related performance activities. Students must provide
written notication of potential scheduled absences to the faculty by the
rst class meeting. Once notication is made, faculty determine whether
acceptable alternatives exist for completing any missed assignments due to the
scheduled absences. If it is determined that missed academic activities cannot
be rescheduled, the student is advised to either drop the course or alter the
planned scheduled absences.
Unscheduled Absences. Events or activities initially scheduled for one
time, then changed (with limited notice) or unforeseeable unscheduled
absences (compelling, veriable circumstances beyond the student’s control)
may sometimes interfere with the student’s ability to attend class or submit
62
required work on schedule. In these cases, faculty are encouraged to work
with students to reschedule missed assignments or to develop alternative
procedures for completing course requirements. Students must notify
instructors of each unexpected absence within one week of becoming aware
of the projected absence. If required by the faculty member, students must
submit written verication of any unscheduled absence.
Students who face an emergency and/or who expect to be absent for more
than a full week of classes should contact the Oce of Academic Services
to report the absence and request assistance (if necessary) in working with
faculty members to reschedule work or to develop acceptable alternatives
for completing course requirements. If contacted by a student, the Oce of
AcademicServices will contact course instructors. While there are no excused
absences at the University of Mary Washington, the Oce of Academic
Services will provide assistance to students and faculty members in developing
mutually acceptable alternative methods for completing or demonstrating
mastery of missed learning activities. Decisions about make up work are made
by each instructor and require documentation when deemed necessary by the
instructor.
AUDITING A CLASS
A degree-seeking student may audit a class (sit in for no credit), by
completing the Auditor’s Registration Form in the Oce of the Registrar
the day aer the end of the Add Period. Auditing is permitted, by written
permission of the instructor, in non-restricted courses in which space is
available. Non-degree students may also audit a course, provided that the
instructor approves, space is available in the class, and the course is non-
restricted. Full-time students who audit a course that cause their semester load
to exceed 18 credits must pay the audit fee. Students are not allowed to retake a
course for credit once the course has been audited.
CLASS STANDING AND ACADEMIC PROGRESS
If a B.A./B.S. student intends to graduate in eight semesters, normal
progress toward a degree is a minimum of 28 credits completed by the end of
the second semester of the rst year and 15 to 18 credits completed during each
of the remaining six semesters for a total of 120 credits. Under this denition of
normal progress, students are classied as follows:
First Year 1 to 29 credits
Sophomores 30 to 59 credits
Juniors 60 to 89 credits
Seniors 90 or more credits
Students who wish to accelerate their progress and graduate in fewer than
63
eight semesters must consistently take 17 or 18 credits each semester and attend
summer sessions. In this way, a student can graduate in three calendar years.
COMMENCEMENT
UMW holds commencement annually in May. e date for the degree
awarded is the conclusion of the summer, fall or spring terms in which all the
degree requirements were completed. e student is cleared for the degree
award and the degree is posted on the ocial transcript at the conclusion
of the summer, fall or spring terms in which all degree requirements were
completed and all other obligations to the university have been met. Students
submit degree applications during the second semester of the junior year. A
student who requires no more than one course (up to a maximum of 4 credits)
for graduation or faces extraordinary circumstances and plans to complete
the degree requirement following commencement may petition the Oce of
the Registrar for special consideration to participate in the commencement
ceremony no later than the close of business on the Tuesday immediately
preceding commencement for special consideration to participate in the
commencement ceremony.
CONTINUING AT THE UNIVERSITY
Non-attendance does not cancel registration and may result in failing
grades and nancial obligations to the University. Registration must be
cancelled prior to the rst day of class in order to avoid these consequences.
Students planning to discontinue attendance at the University should follow
the procedures outlined under the “Leave of Absence” or “Withdrawing from
the University” policies, as appropriate.
COURSE CHANGES
Course Changes Initiated by Students. Each student is responsible for
his or her course schedule and any changes in it, such as adding, dropping,
or withdrawing. Failure to drop or withdraw from a course that the student
is not attending may result in a nal grade of F. All actions must adhere to
the deadlines. Each student should print and inspect a schedule of his or her
classes aer registration and each time a change (drop, add, etc.) is made. Any
discrepancy should be addressed immediately by making the appropriate
change and verifying it by printing the correction or by contacting the Oce
of the Registrar. No credit is allowed for a course in which the student is not
ocially registered and which is not listed on the student’s printed schedule.
Students may add courses to their schedule by enrolling through Banner.
Banner displays all courses for which a student is enrolled. Credit can be
awarded only for those courses in which the student is enrolled. e end of the
rst week of classes is the last day to add a full-semester course.
Students may drop courses from their schedule. Courses dropped from a
64
student’s schedule will not be displayed on the student’s schedule or transcript,
or on the instructor’s course roster. e end of the third week of classes is the
last day to drop a course.
Aer the third week of the semester, a student may withdraw from a
course by completing the required course withdrawal form (available from the
Oce of the Registrar). Courses from which a student has withdrawn will be
displayed on the student’s record with a nal grade of W. is has no eect on
a student’s GPA calculation and does not satisfy any graduation requirements.
e last day to withdraw from a semester-long course is the Friday of the 9th
week of the semester. e last day to withdraw from an eight-week session
course oered with the fall or spring semester is indicated on the Academic
Calendar, included in this Catalog.
NOTE: Discontinuing attendance in a class does not constitute
dropping the course. A Drop (or Add) is not ocial until the student
successfully completes and veries the action in Banner or completes the
appropriate form and delivers it, in person, to the Oce of the Registrar on
either campus. No student should assume that an instructor has dropped
him/her from a course. Each student is responsible for seeing that his or her
schedule is accurate in Banner.
During the Add/Drop Periods, students may make changes in their
course schedules without written permission from their advisors. Aer the
rst three weeks of the semester, withdrawal from a course requires written
approval of both the advisor and the course instructor (provided on the
Course Withdrawal form). Students living in campus housing are expected to
maintain a course load of at least 12 credits.
Course Changes Initiated by Instructors. An instructor may drop a
student from a class roster if the student fails to come to the rst class meeting
of any class or does not attend the rst class meeting aer the student adds
the class. Students with a legitimate reason for missing the rst class meeting
should make prior arrangements with the instructor. Since instructors are not
required to drop students in this manner, no student should assume that he
or she has been dropped from a class for non-attendance. If a student does
not plan to attend a class, he or she should follow regular drop procedures.
If a student has not logged into a majority online course during the rst
three days aer the start of the semester or term, the instructor may drop this
student from the course. Since instructors are not required to drop students in
this manner, no student should assume that he or she has been dropped from
a class for non-attendance. If a student does not plan to attend a class, he or
she should follow regular drop procedures.
CREDIT THROUGH PLACEMENT AND EXAMINATION
Advanced Placement (AP). Students entering from high school may apply
for college credit by taking examinations given by the Advanced Placement
65
Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Students who have taken
any of these examinations should arrange to have the results forwarded to
the University by the College Board. As determined by the University, credits
will be awarded for AP scores of 3 or higher and awarded credits may count
toward the major program or general education requirements. e University
will determine satisfactory AP scores and how they will be applied to the
degree. Credit awarded for particular tests is posted on the University website.
Questions regarding credit equivalencies should be directed to the Oce of the
Registrar.
Cambridge Examinations. Students may earn course credit for
satisfactory scores (C or higher) on eligible Cambridge A-Level and A/S Level
examinations as determined by the University. Credits awarded may count
toward the major program or general education requirements. Students who
have taken these exams should forward their scores to the University. Credit
awarded for particular tests is posted on the University website. Questions
regarding credit equivalencies should be directed to the Oce of the Registrar.
Credit rough Standardized Testing (CLEP and DANTES). Students
may earn college credit through College Level Examination Placement
(CLEP) or Defense Activity for Non-Tradition Education Support (DANTES).
Examinations must have been taken before the student has been granted
B.A./B.S. degree-seeking status at UMW. B.A./B.S. students cannot receive
CLEP credit for exams taken aer matriculation at UMW. BLS and BSN
degree candidates are eligible for CLEP or DANTES credit any time before
earning 30 credits in alternative credit testing and before earning 90 transfer
credits toward the degree. CLEP and DANTES are designed for the student
who has gained knowledge in a subject area through means other than formal
academic course work. e University grants CLEP credit for selected Subject
Examinations if predetermined satisfactory scores are achieved. B.A./B.S.
credit is not granted for any of the General Examinations. e BLS and BSN
programs award credit for all the General Examinations and appropriate
Subject Examinations when the scores earned are in the 50th percentile or
higher (the TOTAL score must be reected as 50 or higher). A maximum of
30 credits can be earned by examination toward a BLS or BSN degree. Credits
earned through CLEP or DANTES can count toward the major program or
general education requirements, or can be scored as elective credits. Credit
awarded for particular tests is posted on the University website. CLEP and
DANTES credits do not fulll Writing or Speaking Intensive requirements.
Questions regarding credit equivalencies should be directed to the Oce of the
Registrar.
International Baccalaureate (IB). e University awards academic credit
for test scores of four (4) or higher on individual higher-level IB courses and
for scores of ve (5) or higher on individual standard-level IB course. Credit is
also provided for the completion of the IB Diploma. A minimum of 15 credits
will be awarded for the completed IB Diploma. If the IB Diploma student’s test
66
scores results do not result in at least 15 credits, the dierence will be awarded
as elective credit (to add up to a minimum of 15 credits). Credit is awarded
at the time of matriculation and is based on the scores earned on the IB
examinations. All credit awarded will be recorded on the student’s permanent
record and will be included in the credit total toward degree requirements.
Credit will be awarded for 100-and 200-level course work (upper level credit
can be awarded in some language areas). Credits awarded may count toward
the major program or general education requirements. Credit awarded for
particular tests is posted on the University website. Questions regarding credit
equivalencies should be directed to the Oce of the Registrar.
Guidelines Covering the Application and/or Deletion of Transfer
Credits. e following provisions apply to all forms of examination-based
transfer credit (AP, Cambridge, IB, CLEP, DANTES).
1. Transfer credits will be forfeited and removed from the record if
the equivalent course or courses are completed at UMW or another
institution (and transferred into UMW for credit).
2. Transfer credits are counted as completed credits toward graduation,
and thus aect all decisions regarding probation, suspension, and
dismissal.
3. A student may request the permanent deletion of transfer credits from
his or her record at any time except aer academic dismissal.
Credit By Examination at UMW. An enrolled, degree-seeking student
may request a special examination in any course oered by an academic
department other than a seminar, individual study, studio, or laboratory
courses. e department must agree that an examination is appropriate in the
requested course. If the student passes the examination, the course and a grade
of CR will be recorded on the student’s permanent record to indicate credits
earned. No quality points are awarded. If a student fails the examination, a
grade of CI will be recorded. e student must then enroll in the course in the
next semester in which it is oered. e student’s earned grade and attendant
quality points will replace the grade of CI. Should the student not enroll, the CI
is converted to a grade of F. ere is a charge for each examination.
FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Final Examination Policy. All nal examinations or alternative
assessments given in lieu of nal examinations must be given during the
regularly scheduled examination period at the end of each semester or 8-week
session at the time listed for the course in the ocially announced schedule.
Examinations are scheduled for specic periods and should not interfere
with subsequent examinations. Take-home examinations may be distributed as
early as the last day of classes and cannot be due before the regularly scheduled
67
examination period for that class. In accordance with Honor Council
procedures, a student is required to pledge to disclose neither the contents nor
the form of any examination until aer the conclusion of the examination
period. A student who has not taken a required nal examination has not
completed the course requirements and therefore fails the course.
Rescheduling Final Examinations. In instances of multiple sections
of the same course taught by the same instructor (including lab periods), it
is permissible, at the discretion of the instructor, to allow students to take
nal exams in either scheduled exam period. It is the student’s responsibility
to make him/herself aware of the nal examination schedule and to make
arrangements to be available to take the examination at the scheduled time.
Any adjustments to a student’s examination schedule MUST be made by the
FRIDAY PRECEDING THE LAST WEEK OF CLASSES.
Students who have more than two examinations scheduled within a
24-hour period may reschedule until there are only two exams within that
24-hour period. e student shall decide which examination would best be
moved and then should consult with the instructor who teaches that course. If
the instructor deems it inappropriate because of the nature of the examination
to reschedule the examination, the student should then approach the other two
instructors. If none of the instructors is able to reschedule the examination
given in the course, then the student will bring the dilemma to the attention of
the Oce of Academic Services who will then contact the instructors to work
out a solution. It is the responsibility of the student to start this process early
enough in the semester so that it will be completed by the Friday preceding
the last week of classes.
Examination Make-up Dates. e make-up date will be decided by
mutual agreement of the instructor and the student. Alternate examination
dates will be set by consulting with the instructor or instructors and, if
necessary, through consultation with the Oce of Academic Services. In cases
where an examination conicts with a student’s religious observances, students
should follow the procedures with respect to religious holiday observances as
noted in the earlier section titled “Class Attendance.”
FULL-TIME STUDENT
To be considered full-time, an undergraduate student must be enrolled in
12 or more credits for the semester. e U.S. Department of Education and the
Department of Veterans Aairs classies a student enrolled in 9 to 11 credits as
three-fourths time. Six to eight credits is considered half- time, and ve credits
or fewer is less than half-time.
If a student intends to graduate in eight semesters, normal progress
towards a degree is as follows: A minimum of 28 credits completed in the rst
two semesters and 15 to 18 credits completed during each of the remaining
six semesters, for a total of 120 credits (see Class Standing and Academic
Progress).
68
A student who starts with more than 12 credits in a semester may drop
below a 12-credit course load; however, a residential student may not live in
a residence hall while carrying fewer than 12 credits unless special written
permission has been obtained. Students receiving nancial aid should
consult the Oce of Financial Aid before dropping below a full course
load. Students participating in NCAA intercollegiate sports must maintain
a minimum 12-credit course load unless they have been granted a special
written exemption from the Director of Athletics.
Also see the section on overload.
GRADING AND GRADE REPORTS
Grades. Academic performance in any course is rated according to the
following system:
A 4.00 quality points – Excellent
A- 3.70 quality points
B+ 3.30 quality points
B 3.00 quality points – Commendable
B- 2.70 quality points
C+ 2.30 quality points
C 2.00 quality points – Acceptable
C- 1.70 quality points
D+ 1.30 quality points
D 1.00 quality points – Marginal
F 0.00 quality points – Failure
e following grades carry 0.00 quality points:
PA Pass in a Pass/Fail Class
FA Failure in a Pass/Fail Class
SA Satisfactory
UN Unsatisfactory
W Course Withdrawal
I Incomplete
G Delayed Grade
CI Test Incomplete (Failed Credit-by-Examination)
CR Credit-by-Examination
NG Audit
NC No Credit
ZC Zero Credit
Also see the sections on incomplete grades, pass/fail grades, satisfactory/
unsatisfactory grades, and repeating courses.
69
Grade-Point Average. Grade-point averages are computed only on courses
taken at the University of Mary Washington. Each grade, “A” through “D”
carries a numeric quality-point value which, when multiplied by the number
of course credits, produces the number of quality points for the course. e
overall cumulative grade-point average (GPA) is the product of the total
number of quality points divided by the total number of completed UMW
graded credits. For example, a three-credit course with a grade of “A” provides
12 quality points (3 credits times 4.0 quality points = 12 quality points); a
four-credit course with a grade of “A-” would yield 14.8 quality points (4
credits times 3.7 quality points = 14.8 quality points). A student who completed
15 graded credits with a total of 45 quality points would have a grade-point
average of 3.0. Transfer credits (including AP, IB, Cambridge, ACE, DANTES,
and CLEP), credit-by-examination, physical education or 100-level dance
credits, or courses taken for a pass/fail grade for which a pass grade (PA) was
earned are not included in the computation of the grade-point average (GPA).
However, a failing grade (FA) received in a course taken for a pass/fail grade
will be included in this calculation.
Mid-Semester Grade Report. In the middle of each semester, students
are notied by the Oce of the Registrar if their performance in a course
is reported to be unsatisfactory. Although the report is neither entered on a
student’s permanent record nor sent to parents or guardians, mid-semester
unsatisfactory reports are posted in Banner, and sent to advisors. Because a
“U” is a warning that signicant improvement is needed, the student should
consult instructors, advisors, or the Oce of Academic Services, for assistance.
Final Grade Report. Final grade reports are made available to students
at the end of each semester. According to the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 as amended, a federal law, a student’s educational record
may not be disclosed to anyone outside the University, including parents,
without the student’s written permission.
GRADE APPEALS (ACADEMIC DISPUTES)
If there is a dispute between a student and a faculty member concerning
a decision of the faculty member, every eort should be made by them to
resolve the matter. If the disagreement cannot be resolved, the student may
request a review of this decision no later than the end of the following semester,
recognizing that the burden of proof is on the student. In such cases, the
procedure outlined below is followed. Complaints not involving grade disputes
are handled through the General Complaint procedure, outlined in the Student
Handbook and in the UMW Online Policy Manual (policy number D.9.1).
e Academic Disputes policy described below applies to students enrolled
in all UMW courses, including ones oered in fully online formats.
e student will submit a written statement of the grade dispute, with any
supporting material, to the chair of the department of the faculty member
70
concerned, if the grade dispute is with a faculty member in the College of Arts
and Sciences (CAS). For grade disputes in the College of Business (COB) or
College of Education (COE), the written statement is sent to the associate dean
in COB or COE. If the grade dispute is with the chair of a CAS department,
or with the associate dean in COB or COE, the written statement is sent to the
college dean. e student must also send a copy written statement of the grade
dispute (with supporting materials) to the faculty member.
1. Within seven (7) days, the chair of the CAS department or the COB
or COE associate dean will review the dispute, consulting with the
faculty member and student concerned, with other department or
college members as appropriate, and will attempt to settle the dispute.
If agreement is reached at this level, the process ends.
2. If either party does not accept the recommendation of the department
chair or the COB or COE associate dean, the chair or associate dean
will forward all material including his or her recommendation to the
college dean.
3. e college dean will review the material submitted and will
determine whether or not further consideration of the matter would
be fruitful. If the decision is that additional consideration would not
be fruitful, the college dean will render a nal decision. If further
consideration is needed, the matter will be referred to an academic
review board to act as a conciliator between the student and the faculty
member.
4. If the college dean determines that further consideration is needed,
the matter will be referred to an academic review board. e dean of
the college in which the faculty member is housed will determine the
makeup of the academic review board.
5. e academic review board will hear the evidence of both the student
and the faculty member on the matter and, within two weeks of being
convened, communicate its recommendation to the college dean with
copies to the student, faculty member and chairperson involved.
6. e college dean will then render a decision, which will be nal.
7. Either party may appeal the dean’s decision on procedural grounds
only by submitting, within seven (7) days, a written appeal to the
provost outlining the specic procedural irregularities being alleged to
have occurred during the review of the academic dispute. e provost
will determine whether or not a procedural review is warranted, who
should be requested to undertake that review, and the time line for
completing the procedural review and reporting to the Provost. e
appeal process is completed with the provost’s decision.
71
INCOMPLETE GRADE
Incomplete grades are issued on a case-by-case basis when students cannot
complete the assigned work or nal examination for a particular course due to
unforeseen circumstances, e.g., illness, natural disaster, or family catastrophe.
Supporting documentation may be required. A grade of I is issued in lieu of an
actual grade for the course. To secure permission for an incomplete grade, the
student and faculty member must communicate in writing (such as an email),
clearly stating the reason for the incomplete, the work to be completed, and
the due date. e faculty member is required to submit a copy of the terms to
the Oce of the Registrar. In cases where the course is taught by an adjunct or
temporary instructor, the department chair’s approval will be required before
the incomplete grade is recorded. It is the responsibility of the faculty member
to consult with his/her chair before awarding a grade of I. If appropriate,
students must drop any subsequent course for which the incomplete course is a
prerequisite. Students must complete the course work by the specied contract
date which will be no later than the last day of classes of the subsequent
semester, whether enrolled in University course work or not. Should a specied
contract date not have been explicitly agreed upon at the time of granting the
incomplete, the deadline shall default to the last day of classes at the end of the
following semester. A grade of F will be applied automatically to the course
aer the completion deadline has passed if the student fails to complete the
work or the faculty member submits no other grade.
Students who are in military service (active duty, reserves, or National
Guard) may request an incomplete grade for military deployment,
mobilizations, or duty changes occurring in the nal three (3) weeks of
the course. A copy of the military orders must be provided to the Oce
of Academic Services as documentation. e deadline for removing an
incomplete given on the basis of military service is last day of the semester
following the one in which the incomplete was given. Every eort will be made
to work with the student and the faculty member to facilitate completion of the
incomplete. Should military service commitments prevent the student from
fullling the requirements for removal of the incomplete, a grade of W will
replace the incomplete.
As soon as the emergency is over, the student should attempt to make up
the Incomplete by working directly with the instructor. If the course instructor
is not employed during the semester in which the work is to be completed,
then the department chair will oversee the course work and assign the nal
grade. If the work for the course cannot be completed in this way, the Oce
of Academic Services will, by appointment, administer examinations and/or
receive student papers so that the work can be completed as expeditiously as
possible. Within two weeks aer receiving the work or by the last day of classes
for the semester, the instructor (or chair if the instructor is unavailable) must
submit a grade change request and assign a permanent grade for the student’s
72
performance in the course. If these conditions are not met, the grade will be
changed to an F.
INTERNSHIPS
No more than six internship credits may count toward the minimum
number of credits required in a major. No more than twelve credits in
academic internship experiences may be counted toward the credits required
for graduation. Internship credit is based on the work assignment, time
commitment and academic component. e time commitment alone does not
determine the number of credit hours awarded. Each credit hour of internship
requires at least 3 hours of work at the internship site per week as outlined on
the following chart:
Credit Hours On-Site Hours
1 42
2 84
3 126
4 168
5 210
6 252
To be approved for academic credit, the internship experience must be
(1) structured, (2) supervised, (3) approved in advance by the department
awarding credit, and (4) evaluated by a University of Mary Washington faculty
member. A completed internship contract following the requirements outlined
on the Internship Policies web page maintained by the Center for Career and
Professional Development must be submitted to the Oce of the Registrar
before a student is enrolled for internship credit.
To be eligible for internship credit, a student must (a) be a degree-seeking
student at UMW, (b) have at least 12 hours of credit earned at UMW or a
completed Associates Degree, and (c) have a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or better at
the start of the semester in which the internship occurs.
International students should seek prior approval from the Center for
International Education before completing the internship contract.
In certain circumstances, internships may be done at an administrative
oce on campus (but not in an academic department). In all cases, internship
sites and the site supervisor must be approved by the faculty member
evaluating the internship and shall not also serve simultaneously as the site
supervisor. Students may receive academic credit for a paid internship.
73
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Students who will not be attending for a semester, but who intend to return
aer an absence, must le the appropriate request for a leave of absence.
Leave of Absence. Any degree-seeking student who interrupts the
pursuit of the degree must request an ocial Leave of Absence by submitting
the appropriate form prior to the beginning of the rst semester of absence.
A student who drops all courses prior to the drop deadline must apply for
a Leave of Absence. A Leave of Absence may be granted for a maximum
of two consecutive semesters. Students on Leave and those who re-enroll
within one semester aer an approved Leave of Absence will be permitted to
complete the degree program as originally begun. ose who interrupt the
pursuit of the degree for any reason other than approved Leave of Absence
or academic suspension will be required to comply with any changes in
academic regulations and degree requirements made during their absence of
three or more consecutive semesters. ey will be required to complete the
general education and major program requirements in eect at the time of
re-enrollment at UMW.
ere are three types of leave: (1) Personal Leave – for students who do not
plan to take courses for one or two semesters for any reason (health, nances,
etc.); (2) Study Leave – for students who plan to take pre-approved courses at
another college or university in the United States; and (3) Study Abroad Leave
– for students who plan to take courses in another country in a program pre-
approved by the Center for International Education.
For a Personal Leave, B.A./B.S./BPS students must submit a Request for
Personal Leave of Absence form to the Oce of the Registrar. BLS students
submit the form to the BLS Oce.
For a Study Leave, students must submit a Request for Study Leave of
Absence form to the Oce of the Registrar. Study leave will be granted to
any qualied student who plans to enroll in a program, which has been fully
approved by UMW in advance. Aer a student has chosen a program or school,
applied and been accepted, he or she works with his or her major advisor to
develop the most appropriate selection of courses for the semester or year. e
student then obtains the appropriate transfer permission form from the Oce
of the Registrar, secures written approval from his or her major advisor for any
major program courses, and submits this form to the Oce of the Registrar for
nal course approval. is process must be completed prior to enrollment in any
study leave course work or the course(s) will not be transferred to UMW. A BLS
student must seek permission from the BLS Oce and complete appropriate
paperwork prior to taking a Study Leave.
For a Study Abroad Leave, the student must register to study abroad
for a summer, semester or full year, and contact the Center for International
Education to complete the necessary paperwork prior to studying abroad.
74
NON-DEGREE STUDENT
Any student who has not been ocially admitted into one of the
University’s degree programs is a non-degree student. Non-degree students are
governed by the same academic regulations as degree-seeking students. Non-
degree students may register for as many as 11 credits per semester and may
not register for individual study, research, or internship courses.
OVERLOAD
Without special permission, a continuing student in good standing may
take no more than 18 credits. Permission for an overload is given only on the
basis of academic performance. Students with a cumulative GPA of 3.00 for
the most recent semester at UMW are eligible for an overload to 19 credits.
Students with a GPA below a 3.00 or who wish to attempt 20 or more hours
will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Students may request an overload
by completing a request form in the Oce of Academic Services in Lee Hall,
on the Fredericksburg campus or the Oce of the Registrar on the Staord
campus. Students whose petition to exceed 18 credit hours is approved will be
charged additional fees according to the tuition overload rate.
PASS/FAIL GRADE
A student may take one course each semester, or during a complete summer
session, on a pass/fail basis, up to a maximum of eight pass/ fail courses. BLS
students may take a maximum of 20% of courses (electives only) on a pass/fail
basis. For such courses a grade of PA (pass) or FA (failure) is recorded; a grade of PA
does not aect the grade-point average, but a grade of FA counts the same as an F
in a graded course and will lower the grade-point average. Performance required
to “pass” in a pass/fail course is the same as the performance required to “pass”
in a graded course – i.e., D or better. Courses taken pass/fail can be used only for
elective credits; they cannot be used to fulll Major Program or Minor Program or
General Education Goal requirements (with the exception of Experiential Learning
requirement), General Education Across-the-Curriculum requirements, or to fulll
teacher licensure course requirements. Students should be careful about using the
pass/fail option before choosing a major. A student may take up to one pass/fail and
two satisfactory/unsatisfactory courses in the same semester.
e decision to take a course pass/fail must be made no later than the
deadline to withdraw from individual courses. If the decision is not made at
registration, the student must go to the Oce of the Registrar by the deadline
to withdraw from individual courses to change a course from graded to pass/
fail or from pass/fail to graded credit. Before electing to use the pass/fail
option, a student should consider its eect on the opportunity to earn academic
awards, honors, and distinctions, for these are determined, in part, on the basis
of a specied minimum number of graded credits earned, excluding pass/fail
and satisfactory/unsatisfactory credits.
75
PREREQUISITE AND COREQUISITE
Prerequisite Courses. Prerequisite courses must be taken in the
appropriate sequence to count toward graduation. A prerequisite for a course
is the required preparation for that course. If course 101 is specied as a
prerequisite for course 102, then course 101 must be successfully completed
(passed) before the student takes course 102. Course prerequisites are listed in
the course descriptions published in this Catalog, and are also available in the
online Schedule of Courses. Students are responsible for checking their courses
before registering.
As a general rule, no course may be taken for credit that is a prerequisite
for, or introductory to, a course already completed successfully. In rare
instances, and in the event of compelling reasons, a student may need to take
a course out of sequence (e.g., take a course that is a higher-numbered course
before or concurrently taking the lower-numbered, prerequisite course).
Students seeking permission to take a course out of sequence MUST obtain
the permission of the course instructor and the department chair prior to
registration.
Corequisite Courses. A corequisite is a course to be taken at the same time
as another specied course, or courses, as designated by the department. A
corequisite course may also be completed before taking the course or courses
with which it is paired. If one course in the corequisite pair is completed
before the other, the student should call the Oce of the Registrar during the
registration time to be registered in the remaining corequisite course.
PROBATION, SUSPENSION, AND DISMISSAL, ACADEMIC
Students in Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Liberal
Studies degree programs are expected to make satisfactory academic progress
by maintaining a 2.00 overall cumulative UMW GPA, the standard required
for graduation. Students who fall below a 2.00 overall cumulative UMW GPA
are in academic jeopardy and are subject to these probation, suspension and
dismissal policies.
e purpose of probation, suspension and dismissal is to warn students
that they are not doing satisfactory work, to stimulate them to improve their
performance, or, nally, to serve notice that the institution does not choose to
allow them to continue because there is little or no likelihood of their nishing
successfully.
Evaluation of academic standing is based on two factors: the number of
attempted credits at UMW and the minimum overall cumulative GPA. For
both full-time and part-time students, the number of attempted credits is based
on the total of all UMW attempted hours (including UMW graded credits,
PA, SA, UN, W and repeated credits). e minimum overall GPA is calculated
on UMW graded credits (Grades of PA, SA, UN and W are not considered in
calculating the UMW GPA.)
76
Academic Warning and Academic Probation. A student is placed on
academic warning the rst time the student’s overall cumulative UMW
GPA falls below 2.00. Students on academic warning who achieve an overall
cumulative UMW GPA of 2.00 or higher at the conclusion of either the fall
or spring semester will be removed from warning. Any student previously
on warning whose overall cumulative UMW GPA falls again below a 2.00 at
the conclusion of either the fall or spring semester will be placed on academic
probation.
A student is placed on academic probation whenever the student’s
overall cumulative UMW GPA falls below 2.00 for a second time. Students on
academic probation who achieve an overall cumulative UMW GPA of 2.00 or
higher at the conclusion of either the fall or spring semester will be removed
from probation. Any student previously on academic probation whose overall
cumulative UMW GPA falls again below a 2.00 at the conclusion of either the
fall or spring semester will be returned to probation. As appropriate, a notation
of the student’s probation status is entered on the student’s permanent record.
A student placed on academic warning or probation is expected to consult
with his or her faculty advisor and the Oce of Academic Services no later
than the rst week of the ensuing semester. A student placed on “academic
warning or probation” may continue to participate in any extracurricular
opportunities oered by the institution except those activities that require a
specic GPA threshold.
Suspension/Dismissal. Students who do not make satisfactory progress
(please see the following chart) while on probation will be suspended/
dismissed. No student can be suspended aer only one semester at the
University; a period of probation of at least one semester duration will always
precede suspension/ dismissal action. As appropriate, a notation of the
student’s suspension/dismissal status is entered on the student’s permanent
record. A suspended student may not register for any classes at UMW (fall or
spring semester) until his or her term of suspension expires. However, a student
under rst suspension may enroll in UMW’s summer school aer consultation
with the Oce of Academic Services. A student under suspension may take
up to two courses at another college or university for transfer to UMW but
must obtain written approval from Academic Services and the Registrar before
registering for classes during the semester of suspension. A dismissed student
is ineligible to obtain a degree from UMW or to continue enrollment in
courses oered by the University.
e academic records of all students on probation are subject to review
for academic suspension/dismissal at the conclusion of the fall and spring
semesters. All students on probation must have met the appropriate minimum
overall cumulative UMW GPA, based upon their number of credits (including
AP, IB, CLEP, Cambridge, and transfer credits as well as all UMW attempted
GPA hours). All students on probation who have not achieved the requisite
77
minimum overall cumulative GPA at the conclusion of each fall or spring
semester will be suspended/dismissed, according to the terms on the following
chart:
Number of
Attempted Credits
Minimum Overall
Cumulative GPA
12-30 1.25
31-45 1.50
46-60 1.75
61-90 1.85
91-122+ 2.00
FIRST SUSPENSION – One-semester suspension. e student will be
ineligible to attend the subsequent semester, but he or she would be eligible
to return for the semester following the semester away from the University.
However, a suspended student would be eligible to attend UMW’s summer
school aer consultation with the Oce of Academic Services. If a suspended
student’s GPA meets the minimum overall cumulative GPA at the end of the
summer session, that student will be automatically reinstated. Students who
are on a rst suspension at the time of departure may depart on a study abroad
course only aer being advised by the Oce of Academic Services.
SECOND SUSPENSION – Two-semesters suspension. e student will
be ineligible to attend the subsequent summer session, fall semester and
spring semester; but he or she would be eligible to return for the following
summer term and/or fall semester. Students on a second suspension are not
eligible to study abroad. Any student placed on suspension may appeal his or
her suspension to the Committee on Academic Standing. Students cannot be
evaluated for a second suspension until they return from a rst suspension
as either a full-time or part-time student during the fall or spring semester
following the guidelines but not the deadlines in the following section:
Reinstatement aer suspension.
DISMISSAL – Permanent Suspension. A dismissed student is ineligible to
obtain a degree from UMW or to continue enrollment in courses oered by the
University.
NOTE: Courses taken at other institutions while a student is on
disciplinary or honor suspension from UMW are NOT ACCEPTED by
UMW for transfer credit and will not fulll ANY degree requirement. Prior
permission for future transfer course work is automatically revoked when a
student is suspended/dismissed for disciplinary or honor reasons.
Reinstatement aer Suspension. A student returning from suspension
aer the end of the spring semester is eligible to take courses during the
78
subsequent summer term. (See READMISSION/REINSTATEMENT, next
section.)
READMISSION/REINSTATEMENT
Any UMW B.A./B.S., BLS, or BSN Completion degree-seeking student
who remains enrolled each semester, without interruption, is considered a
continuing student. e student maintains this status by completing Advance
Registration each semester through the Oce of the Registrar. Students with
cumulative UMW GPA’s of at least 2.0 who interrupt their enrollment for only
one or two consecutive semesters are still considered degree-seeking students.
Readmission. B.A./B.S., BLS, or BSN Completion students who
discontinue attendance for three consecutive semesters or more are no longer
considered to be in a degree program at the University. Students who wish
to return to study must reapply for admission if their last cumulative GPA
was a 2.0 or better and if they were not on an approved Leave of Absence.
Students who do not return to study within one semester aer the conclusion
of their approved Leave of Absence are also no longer considered to be in a
degree program at the University. Students may begin the readmission process
through the Oce of Admissions by applying for readmission. For student’s
whose last cumulative GPA was less than 2.00, readmission is subject to review
by the Committee on Academic Standing which is administered through the
Oce of Academic Services. Students seeking readmission requiring such
review must rst complete the application for readmission with the Oce of
Admissions and then schedule a readmission advising appointment with the
Oce of Academic Services.
Students seeking such readmission must submit transcripts of any
academic work completed while not in attendance at the University of Mary
Washington for evaluation and consideration of transfer credit. Previously
earned UMW credits will also be reviewed for possible application to the
current curriculum. Further, students who are readmitted must follow the
graduation requirements and major requirements of the Catalog in force at the
time of their readmission.
An undergraduate student who is seeking readmission to the University
may choose to have all University of Mary Washington course work that is at
least seven academic years old not counted in the calculation of the GPA by
declaring Academic Bankruptcy. A student who chooses this option receives
credit for courses in which a grade of at least “C” was earned; the grades
for such courses, however, are not included in the computation of the GPA.
e decision to declare Academic Bankruptcy must be made at the time of
re-enrollment and can be claimed no more than once in a student’s career at
the University.
Students who have completed a B.A., B.S., BLS, or BSN degree who
are continuing their enrollment to complete a second major or to complete
79
requirements for teacher licensure do not need to reapply for admission.
However, students who are resuming attendance aer completing one degree
to complete a second degree must seek admission to the second degree
program through the Oce of Admissions.
Reinstatement of Students Returning from Military Service. Students
who withdrew from the University as a result of military deployment,
mobilizations, or duty changes are entitled to return without having to
re-qualify for admission so long as the student (a) returns aer a cumulative
absence of no more than ve years, and (b) noties the Oce of Admissions
of the intent to return to the University not later than three (3) years aer the
completion of the military service obligation. e student must provide the
Oce of Admissions with a copy of the military orders to substantiate the end
of duty date.
REPEATING A COURSE
Students may repeat certain courses in which their original grades were C-,
D+, D, F or FA. Although both the old grade and the new grade will be shown
on the permanent record, the grade in the repeated course is the grade that
determines the student’s grade-point average and the amount of credit earned
for the course. No additional credits will be earned for repeating courses for
which credits have already been earned (courses in which a grade of C-, D+, or
D was recorded).
Note: e University of Mary Washington does not guarantee that courses
will be available in future semesters. When a course is no longer oered,
another course will not replace the repeated course.
Before registering to repeat a course, the student should verify that he or
she is eligible to do so according to the restrictions listed below. Registration
soware may not block students from registering for courses when not eligible,
but it is the student’s responsibility to adhere to these guidelines regardless of
the technical ability to register. Only courses repeated at UMW can improve
the student’s grade-point average. If a student repeats and passes (with a grade
of C or better) a pre-approved transfer course at another institution that he or
she failed at UMW, he or she will receive transfer credits, but the UMW record
will still include the credits attempted (and therefore the grade-point average
penalty) for the failed UMW course.
Restrictions on Repeating Courses
1. No course may be repeated more than once.
2. No more than three courses may be repeated in a single semester, with
the entire summer session considered a single semester.
3. No more than seven courses altogether may be repeated.
4. No course may be repeated that is prerequisite or introductory to an
already successfully completed, higher-level course.
80
SATISFACTORY/UNSATISFACTORY GRADE
With the exception of PHYD 330 and 499, all other Physical Education
courses and 100-level Dance (DANC) courses are graded as either satisfactory
(SA) or unsatisfactory (UN). With the exception of PHYD 330 and 499, no
more than two credits of physical education (PHYD) courses may be taken in
a single semester (or complete summer session). Excluding PHYD 330 and 499,
a maximum of 8 credits in other physical education (PHYD) courses may be
included in the credits required for graduation. With the exception of PHYD
330 and 499, a BLS student may take a maximum of 6 other PHYD credits
toward the degree. A student may not take two sections of the same PHYD or
DANC course in a semester, regardless of level. A student may take up to one
pass/fail and two satisfactory/unsatisfactory courses in the same semester.
TAKING GRADUATE COURSES AS AN
UNDERGRADUATE
An undergraduate student with 18 or fewer hours of course work
remaining for degree completion may take up to two graduate courses. Such
graduate credit may count as undergraduate electives or toward major program
requirements (if applicable). e student must either be in an undergraduate
program requiring a graduate course as part of the undergraduate degree
requirements (such as the BSN program) or have a minimum 3.0 cumulative
grade-point average and must receive permission from his/her academic
advisor and the chair of the department/program oering the course. e
University also oers Accelerated Degree Programs in which undergraduate
and graduate degrees have a maximum of four common courses. ese credits
are oered at the graduate level, and may be taken by students who apply
for and are conditionally admitted to the graduate program during their
undergraduate studies. Accelerated degree programs are noted in both the
Undergraduate and the Graduate Academic Catalogs. e courses may count
toward both the undergraduate and graduate degrees if formal admission to
the graduate degree program is received within ve years of the award of the
undergraduate degree. All graduate courses applied to the undergraduate
degree will count in the undergraduate grade-point average.
TRANSFER CREDIT
Transfer Credit from Other Institutions. e University considers
awarding transfer credits from other regionally-accredited institutions
on two conditions: (1) the institution’s accreditation is recognized in the
directory Accredited Institutions of Postsecondary Education published by the
American Council on Education (credits from international institutions will be
considered on a case-by-case basis), and (2) the credits are for graded courses
which are deemed appropriate for a liberal arts and sciences degree at the
University of Mary Washington. Regulations governing the consideration of
81
courses for transfer credit vary according to whether the credits are transferred
BEFORE or AFTER matriculation.
BEFORE Matriculation. As a rule, transfer credit is given for courses of
the same type, on the same level, and under the same guidelines as University
of Mary Washington courses. Courses for which transfer credit is awarded
must neither overlap nor repeat those that the student takes at the University,
and a grade of C (2.00) or better must be earned. Previously awarded transfer
credits will be forfeited and removed from the UMW record if the equivalent
course work is later completed at UMW or another university. is does not
apply to students receiving GI Bill® benets; the VA will not pay for courses/
credits that have not been successfully completed and transferred to UMW. For
more information, please see the school Certifying Ocial in the Oce of the
Registrar. Approved transfer credits can count toward the major program or
general education requirements, or can be used as elective credits.
Aer an ocial transcript has been received and evaluated by UMW, a student
will be notied of the transfer credit that can be counted toward a University
of Mary Washington Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science degree, Bachelor of
Nursing degree, or a Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree. B.A./B.S./BSN students
who wish to have their transfer credit award re-evaluated should contact the Oce
of the Registrar to make a specic re-evaluation request. BLS students should
contact the BLS Oce.
AFTER Matriculation. All students at the University of Mary Washington
who wish to earn transfer credit at another university (e.g., during summer
school) must secure written permission from the Oce of the Registrar before
registering for the course. Students seeking transfer credit from a foreign
university as part of an education abroad program must work with the Center
of International Education in order to secure all the necessary transfer credit
approvals prior to the beginning of their abroad program.
Transfer credit will only be awarded for courses completed within the
semester for which approval has been granted by the Oce of the Registrar.
Approved transfer credits can count toward the major program or general
education requirements, or can be used as elective credits. A student wishing to
apply for transfer credits for courses for the academic major must submit a pre-
approval form, signed by the department chair, to the Oce of the Registrar.
is form is available in the Registrar’s Oce or online via the Registrar’s web
page.
e student seeking transfer credit is responsible for seeing that an ocial
transcript, complete with the nal grades for requested course work, is received
by UMW.
Transfer Credit Deadlines. No UMW credit will be awarded for any
transfer work (including all pre-approved transfer work) for which UMW has
not received ocial transcripts by the following deadlines:
• For continuing B.A., B.S., BLS, and BSN students, ocial transcripts
82
for pre- approved transfer credit MUST be received by UMW by
November 15 for spring and summer courses taken in the same
calendar year.
• For continuing B.A., B.S., BLS, and BSN students, ocial transcripts
for approved transfer credit MUST be received by UMW by April 15
for fall courses taken in the previous calendar year.
If the ocial transcript from the other institution is received by UMW
by the appropriate deadline, the pre-approved credits on which the student
has earned a grade of C (2.00) or better, will be recorded on the student’s
permanent record at the University of Mary Washington.
Transfer credit is not awarded for duplicate courses (courses already taken,
either at UMW or another institution). e one exception to this policy is
English 101, Composition. ree hours of transfer credit will be considered
Writing Intensive elective credit if two transfer courses are considered
equivalent to English 101 or if a student earns a grade in English 101 at UMW
aer receiving transfer credit for one course equivalent to English 101. ere is
a limit of six, 100-level English composition credits that can be applied to the
graduation requirement of 120 credits.
Guidelines Covering the Application and/or Deletion of Transfer
Credits. e following provisions apply to transfer courses taken at other
institutions.
1. Transfer credits will be forfeited and removed from the record if
the equivalent course or courses are completed at UMW or another
institution (and transferred into UMW for credit).
2. Transfer credits are counted as completed credits toward graduation,
and thus aect all decisions regarding probation, suspension, and
dismissal.
3. A student may request the permanent deletion of transfer credits from
his or her record at any time except when he or she is on disciplinary
or honor suspension or aer academic dismissal.
UMW LANGUAGE TESTING PLACEMENT CREDIT
Students entering the university in the fall 2018 semester or thereaer may
earn course credit through UMW's language placement testing procedure.
"Back" (or retroactive) credit in the amount of three credits will be awarded
to a student who took the UMW language placement exam, then takes the
same language at the level in which (s)he placed on the exam, and successfully
completes that level (course) with a B- grade or higher. Eligible students
will be notied aer nal grades have been posted. Students must ocially
request that the back (retroactive) credits be added to their academic record by
contacting the Registrar’s oce.
83
WITHDRAWING FROM THE UNIVERSITY
Withdrawal for a term, voluntary. Regardless of the date, students who
wish to drop or withdraw from all of their courses are voluntarily withdrawing
from study for that term. Ceasing to attend classes does not constitute a
withdrawal and may result in failing grades as well as additional charges. Such
withdrawals must be completed by the last day of class for the session or term.
If students have received grades in a completed session of the term, they
are not eligible to withdraw. In this case, students may drop courses registered
for in the upcoming session; however, they are subject to drop policies for the
courses, and grades received for courses in completed sessions will be recorded
as part of the student’s permanent academic record for the term.
Students must complete a withdrawal form. A student who fails to
withdraw properly may incur additional charges and may receive failing
grades. Students are fully responsible for all outstanding charges on their
accounts. Students will not be permitted to return to the University or register
for courses until their account is cleared. Students living in the residence halls
must vacate their rooms if they withdraw for the term.
Military Activation and Withdrawal from the term. Students who
are in military service (active duty, reserves, or National Guard) and will be
unable to complete the courses in which they are enrolled because of a military
deployment, mobilization, or change in duty assignment may withdraw from
all courses as of the eective date on their military orders. Students should
contact the Oce of the Registrar in order to process the course withdrawals,
and a copy of the military orders must be provided as documentation. Students
withdrawing in this manner will receive a full refund of all tuition and fees
and pro-rated refunds for dining or housing contracts. Textbooks purchased
from the UMW Bookstore may be returned for credit in accordance with the
UMW textbook return policy. For withdrawals occurring beyond return policy
end date, students should bring books to the Bookstore for the best available
buyback prices.
Withdrawal from the University. Students who discontinue attendance
for three consecutive semesters or more (including a term in which the student
withdrew from the University) are no longer considered to be in a degree
program at the University and are withdrawn from the University. Students
who wish to return to study must reapply for admission following the process
described in the section on Readmission/Reinstatement.
Administrative Withdrawal (non-academic). Aer the last day to
withdraw from the term has passed, a student may petition the University for
a retroactive administrative withdrawal from all courses in a given term for
substantiated nonacademic reasons. Nonacademic reasons include matters
such as hospitalization, debilitating mental illness, incarceration, or a family
crisis. Administrative withdrawals of this nature are extremely rare and require
appropriate and detailed documentation including a rationale explaining why
84
the student was unable to withdraw by the last day of classes.
Petitions for Non-Academic Administrative withdrawals are initiated by
the student through the Oce of Academic Services on the “General Request
Form.” All petitions for retroactive withdrawals must be made prior to the
last day of classes in the subsequent semester. Partial retroactive withdrawals
(i.e. from only some courses) are not oered and all grades for the semester in
question will be indicated as a W if the petition is approved.
Following receipt of the appeal, the Director of Academic Services
will initiate a formal review of the request. If the retroactive withdrawal
is approved, the faculty members of the courses in which the student was
withdrawn will be notied by the Director of Academic Services. e
explanation provided will indicate simply that the withdrawal was done for
substantiated non-academic reasons and was approved following careful
review of documentation submitted. e nature of the reasons behind the
withdrawal action will not be disclosed.
UMW’s standard refund schedules apply to retroactive administrative
withdrawals and no special refunds or nancial considerations will be oered.
85
Courses of Study
C
ourses numbered below 100 do not carry credit that may be applied
to a degree. ose numbered 100 through 199 are ordinarily
elementary or introductory. Courses numbered 200 through 299
may assume prior study or competence in the subject, acquired in
secondary school or in college. Courses numbered 300 through 498 assume
either previous course work or special competence in the eld. Courses
numbered 499 are internships. Individual study courses oer learning
opportunities in areas or subjects not covered by regular courses. Courses
numbered 500 through 599 are for graduate students. Courses numbered in
the 800s and 900s are non-degree professional development courses at the
pre- or post-baccalaureate level. ese courses cannot be used toward the
completion of degree programs at the University.
No course may be taken for credit that is a prerequisite for, or introductory
to, a course already completed successfully. Course prerequisites are listed in
the course descriptions published in this Catalog, and are also available in the
online Schedule of Courses. Students are responsible for checking their courses
against the list before registering.
Graduate Programs. e University of Mary Washington oers
several graduate programs. Degrees oered include the Master of Science
in Elementary Education, Master of Education (M.Ed.), Master of Business
Administration (MBA), and Master of Science in Geospatial Analysis. e
University maintains a separate catalog for graduate degree programs, and
students interested in learning more about these graduate degrees should
consult that document.
Students enrolled in the undergraduate Education program follow a course
of study that ultimately leads to a Master of Science in Elementary Education
or a Master of Education in one of several "pathways" leading to a particular
initial licensure. Details about those programs may be found in the Education
portion of the “Courses of Study” section of this Catalog.
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
DEGREES
e choice of major program determines which degree one receives.
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degrees are oered in Anthropology, Art History,
Classics (majors in Classical Archaeology, Classical Civilization, and Latin),
86
English (major in English and English: Creative Writing Concentration),
Modern Foreign Languages (majors in French, German, and Spanish),
Geography, Historic Preservation, History, International Aairs, Music,
Performing Arts (major in eatre), Philosophy and Religious Studies (majors
in Philosophy, Philosophy: Pre-Law Concentration, and Religious Studies),
Political Science, Sociology, and Studio Art.
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degrees are oered in Biology, Business
Administration (majors in Accounting, Business Administration, International
Business, and Marketing), Chemistry (majors in Chemistry and Biochemistry),
Computer Science, Economics, Environmental Science and Geology (majors
in Environmental Geology, Geology, Environmental Science: Natural Science
Concentration, and Environmental Science: Social Science Concentration),
Mathematics, Physics, and Psychology.
Both the B.A. and B.S. degrees require 120 credits for completion. Both
degrees also require an overall cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.00
(equivalent to a “C” average) on Mary Washington course work, as well as
a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.00 in each major program on
Mary Washington course work. e residence requirement is as follows: To
be considered a degree candidate, a student must earn at least 30 academic
credits at the University of Mary Washington, including at least half the
credits required for the major program unless more are required by the
major department. Students must also earn at least 15 of the last 21 credits
at Mary Washington. Active duty military students may request a waiver to
the residency requirement that 15 of the last 21 credits be earned at UMW.
(Students should contact the Oce of Academic Services to request the waiver;
a copy of the student's orders is required as documentation.)
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A./B.S.
DEGREES
General education requirements are designed to advance several educational
goals. e requirements involve the development of core skills enabling students
to understand, evaluate, articulate, and advance their ideas and the ideas of
others. General education courses furthermore prepare students to engage
knowledgeably and responsibly with a changing, complicated, and multi-
dimensional world. rough the variety of requirements, students are challenged
to explore issues, solve problems, and learn through multiple methodological
approaches. In the end, the general education program helps students to develop
as individuals and as engaged members of the larger UMW community, and
helps to foster the intellectual curiosity that will inspire students to acquire the
habits of lifelong learners.
e following general education requirements are in eect for all students
who enter the University of Mary Washington seeking a bachelor of arts or
bachelors of science degree. No general education course work, except for the
87
Experiential Learning Requirement, may be completed on a Pass/Fail basis. With
the exception of courses marked as Writing Intensive or Speaking Intensive (WI
or SI), one course taken fullls only one general education requirement, even if
the class is listed as an option in more than one category. A course that is listed
as an option for both Global Inquiry and Human Experience and Society, for
example, will be counted as satisfying only one of these categories. But a course
that is an option in Global Inquiry and is also marked as Writing Intensive would
be counted in both of those categories. It’s helpful for students to remember that
they have four years to fulll all graduation requirements, and they should not
view the completion of general education requirements and the major as two
separate activities. In fact, many of the courses that will satisfy general education
requirements are upper-level courses that one might think about taking aer
selecting a major. In this way, the selected general education courses will connect
well with the intended major course of study.
e B.A./B.S. degree general education requirements are as follows.
See the list beginning on page 91 for the courses that will meet the various
requirements.
First-Year Seminar. One course designated as a rst-year seminar. Transfer
students do not have to meet this requirement.
Quantitative Reasoning. Two courses focusing on the role of quantitative
information in various settings and on the ability to reason abstractly.
Natural Science. One two-course sequence, one course which must include a
laboratory, focusing on the scientic mode of inquiry and the ways in which the
natural sciences aect students’ everyday experiences and choices as citizens.
Global Inquiry. One course focusing on global interconnections related to
economic, political, cultural, social, public health, or environmental issues.
Language. Intermediate competency in a second language.
Arts, Literature, and Performance. Two courses focusing on art, literature,
or performance. One course provides an opportunity for exploring the process
of creating artistic work while the other course encourages the appreciation
and the interpretation of artistic expressions.
Human Experience and Society. Two courses from two dierent
disciplines that explore the forces shaping human activity, relationships, social
structures, institutions, and intellectual systems. At least one of the courses
taken to satisfy this requirement must be selected from one of these disciplines:
Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Linguistics, Political Science,
Psychology, or Sociology.
Experiential Learning. One faculty supervised experience involving a
signicant experiential learning component designed to challenge students to
go outside of the bounds of the typical classroom.
Writing Intensive Requirement. Four courses designated writing intensive
(WI). Any course designated WI, whether taken for general education, for the
major, or as electives will satisfy this requirement.
Speaking Intensive Requirement. Two courses designated speaking
88
intensive (SI). Any course designated SI, whether taken for general education,
for the major, or as electives will satisfy this requirement.
B.A./B.S. MAJOR PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
A major program within a single discipline requires at least 30, but no
more than 48, credits. All must be graded credits. Students must take at least
one-half of the major program at Mary Washington, earning a grade-point
average of 2.00 in the courses. Many students complete two major programs to
satisfy diverse personal or career interests. e details and course requirements
for each major program are described in the “Courses of Study” section of
this Catalog. Students who intend to "double major" should read the section
titled "Second Degree or Post-Baccalaureate Major" starting on page 90
of this Catalog. Also, in the case of double majors, the maximum degree of
overlap permitted between the majors is 9 credits.
A rst time B.A./B.S. student is eligible to declare a major by submitting
the Major/Minor Declaration Form to the chair of the chosen department
at the end of their rst year or upon the completion of 28 credits. Students
are expected to have declared their major at the end of their second year. e
department will assign a major advisor. e student may change to a dierent
major simply by visiting the new academic department of interest.
In addition to majors in the traditional arts and sciences disciplines, the
University oers an interdisciplinary special major program leading to a
general liberal arts and sciences degree (either B.A. or B.S., depending on the
content of the curriculum). A student and faculty advisor may design a special
major program by selecting, from two or more departments, courses that
dene a coherent eld of concentration. Four of these interdisciplinary majors
have their general requirements outlined in this Catalog: American Studies,
Communication and Digital Studies, Interdisciplinary Science Studies, and
Women and Gender Studies, have their general requirements outlined in this
Catalog. In other cases, the student working with a faculty member creates
the outline of an individualized special major. Examples of recently-approved
individual special majors include Biochemistry, Communication, Creative
Non-Fictional Writing, Italian Studies, Linguistics, Medieval Studies, Public
Aairs, and Journalism. Any student interested in developing an individual
special major program must apply to the College of Arts and Sciences
Curriculum Committee prior to completing ve courses in the proposed
special major program. e approval of the Committee is required before an
individually designed special major program can be undertaken. Majors in
American Studies, Communication and Digital Studies, Interdisciplinary
Science Studies, and Women and Gender Studies may be declared through the
regular major declaration process.
89
ELECTIVES
Elective courses are those that are not needed to fulll a general education
requirement or major program requirement but are chosen by the student to
complete the 120 credits required for graduation with a B.A./B.S. degree or the
BLS degree. ese courses may be taken graded or pass/fail (or S/U in the case
of physical education and 100-level dance). No student in a regular B.A./B.S.
program may count more than 60 credits in a single discipline toward the 120
credits required for graduation.
MINORS
To allow students to gain expertise in an area beyond their major eld of
study, a student may elect to pursue programs of studies designated as minors.
Minors are oered by departments and consist of no fewer than 15 and no
more than 28 credits. At least three minor courses must be at the 300-400 level.
Individual courses may count for both a minor and General Education
requirements. In the case of a major and a minor, the maximum degree of
overlap permitted between the major and minor is two courses. In the case of
two minors, the maximum degree of overlap permitted between the minors
is two courses. No minor courses may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis. A student
must earn at least a 2.0 grade-point average in any minor.
Information about specic minors is found in the “Courses of Study in
Arts and Sciences” section of this Catalog (beginning on page 99) and also in
the College of Business section (page 248). Contact the oering department
or college for additional details. A student may declare a minor by visiting the
academic department of interest. To change to a dierent minor, the student
should simply by visit the new academic department of interest.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT COURSES
A number of courses have been designated Community Engagement
(CE) courses, a designation which appears on the transcript. ese are
academic courses that require an out-of-class experience that involves at
least 15 hours of volunteer work for community members or organizations
(including for-prot and not-for-prot community and government agencies).
A Community Engagement course is not necessary for General Education or
major requirements, but students may nd them useful for building additional
skills, further informing one’s academic eld of study, positively impacting the
community, and working collaboratively.
TRANSFER COURSES AFTER MATRICULATION
Students admitted to degree programs at Mary Washington may use
courses taken at other colleges and universities to meet Mary Washington
degree requirements by obtaining prior approval from the Oce of the
Registrar. All courses must be approved in advance for transfer credit. Courses
90
to be counted in the major program must also be approved by the student’s
major advisor or department chair, who helps the student select course work
related to major requirements at Mary Washington. Pre-approved transfer
credit will be applied to an UMW degree only if the Oce of the Registrar
receives an ocial transcript of that course work by the University’s nal deadline.
SECOND DEGREE OR POST-BACCALAUREATE MAJOR
A student who has earned a bachelor’s degree from the University of Mary
Washington and wishes to pursue further undergraduate work may either
complete a post-baccalaureate major and have it noted on the permanent
record (with the date of completion) or earn a second degree if it is dierent
from the rst degree (for example, a subsequent B.A. or BLS, if the rst degree
was a B.S.). Regarding a double (second) major, the maximum degree of
overlap permitted between the majors is 9 credits.
Second Degree. e student must apply for admission to the new degree
program through the Oce of Admissions and must earn at least 30 additional
credits at Mary Washington aer completion of the rst degree. No more
than 14 of these credits can be completed prior to matriculation for the second
degree. e most appropriate 90 credits will be selected to count toward the
second degree. e student must complete the major program and general
education requirements in the Academic Catalog in eect at the time of
matriculation into the second degree.
A student who earned his or her rst degree from another institution
must enter Mary Washington as a transfer student, then complete the major
program and general education requirements of the second degree as dened
in the Academic Catalog in eect at the time of matriculation into the second
degree.
Post-Baccalaureate Major. A student who has earned a degree at UMW
who is completing only an additional major must complete the Major Program
requirements printed in the Academic Catalog at the time of major declaration
if the student has not discontinued enrollment at UMW for more than two
semesters. A student returning aer an absence of more than two semesters
will be required to complete the major program requirements listed in the
Academic Catalog in eect at the time of re-enrollment. Any B.A./B.S. student
wishing to pursue a post-baccalaureate major must apply in the Oce of the
Registrar. A BLS student must apply in the BLS Oce.
91
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE LIST
First-Year Seminar — Any First-Year Seminar 100 course, History 201 or 202.
Quantitative Reasoning
Biology 260 Leadership & Management 316
Computer Science 109, 110, 219, 220,
284, 340
Music eory 181
Data Science 101, 219 Philosophy 151
Decision Sciences 101, 219, 353 Physics 317
Economics 361 Psychology 360
Geography 252 Sociology 364
Mathematics 110, 115, 120, 121, 122,
201, 207
Statistics 180, 280
Natural Science — Students should check the requirements of their
intended major before selecting a natural science sequence.
Biology 121 – 127 Biology 121 – 128
Biology 121 – 132 Biology 125 - 126
Biology 125 – 128 Chemistry 105 – 106
Chemistry 105 – 107 Chemistry 111 – 112
Earth & Environmental Science 110 – 112 Earth & Environmental Science 110 – 120
Earth & Environmental Science 111 – 112 Earth & Environmental Science 111 – 210
Earth & Environmental Science 111 – 221 Geography 110 -111
Geography 110 – 240 Geography 110 – 241
Geography 110 – 325 Physics 101 – 102
Physics 101 – 108 Physics 103 – 104
Physics 105 – 106 Physics 105 – 110
92
Global Inquiry
Anthropology 101 German 317
Art History 118, 356, 470
History 122, 141, 142, 358, 360, 361,
362, 366, 368, 371, 372, 375, 377,
381, 383, 384, 385, 387, 390
Chemistry 331 Geography 101, 102, 236, 332, 338
Classics 103, 105, 380 Linguistics 205
Computer Science 104 Modern Foreign Languages 201
Economics 382, 384 Music History and Literature 154
English 206 Political Science 102
Environmental Science 230 Psychology 399
Spanish 370 Religion 210, 298
Studio Arts 454 Sociology 347
Note: An approved education abroad or other eld program can fulll this
requirement if it includes a satisfactory evaluation of a written reection of
a student’s experience in that program by a University of Mary Washington
faculty member. Contact the Center for International Education in Lee Hall
for details about how to secure the required pre-approval to meet this require-
ment via an education abroad experience/project. Note: the same education
abroad experience may not be used to satisfy both the Global Inquiry and
Experiential Learning requirements.
Language – Intermediate competency in a second language may be
demonstrated by: (1) completion of 202 or higher in a language including ASL;
(2) a score of 620 or higher on any language SAT II subject test; (3) a score of
4 or higher on any language AP Exam or on any Language and Literature AP
Exam; (4) a score of 5 or higher on any group 2 (second language) higher-level
IB Exam; (5) a passing score on the University of Mary Washington language
competency exam; (6) a rating of “Intermediate” on the Sign Communication
Prociency Interview (SCPI); (7) submitting pertinent documents which verify
that a student has had a high school education conducted in a language other
than English or has lived extensively in and become uent in the language of
a non-English-speaking country; or (8) a rating equivalent to “Intermediate
Competency” on the American Council for the Teaching of Foreign Languages
(ACTFL) scale on an approved third-party exam. Students are responsible for
the payment of all required testing fees.
93
Arts, Literature, and Performance – Process
Communication 209
Computer Science 106
Dance 243, 302, 303, 305
English 202, 207, 302, 380
Music Performance 254, 260, 261, 262, 268, 344, 350, 352, 360, 362, 365
Music Technology 170, 370 Music eory 369, 483
Spanish 413
Studio Art 105
eatre 112, 113, 131, 132, 218, 240, 290, 291, 321, 331, 335, 336, 433, 434, 436
Arts, Literature, and Performance – Appreciation
Anthropology 309
Art History 114, 115
Classics 110, 202, 204
Education 311
English 205, 206, 245, 251, 252
French 326, 327,
German 311
Greek 308, 309
Interdisciplinary Studies 204
Latin 305, 307, 353, 354, 358
Music History and Literature 151, 152, 154, 156, 263, 368
Religion 205, 206
Spanish 312
eatre 111, 211, 212
Human Experience and Society: Two courses from two dierent
disciplines that explore the forces shaping human activity, relationships, social
94
structures, institutions, and intellectual systems. At least one of the courses
taken to satisfy this requirement must be selected from one of these disciplines:
Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Linguistics, Political Science,
Psychology, or Sociology.
Anthropology 101, 211, 212
Art History 460
Classics 110, 211, 310
Economics 100, 201, 202
Geography 102, 221, 222, 237, 331
Historic Preservation 100, 105
History 121, 122, 131, 132, 141, 142, 190, 305, 315, 325, 327, 334, 341,
358, 360, 361, 362, 366, 368, 371, 372, 375, 377, 381, 383, 384, 385, 387,
395
Linguistics 101
Math 207
Philosophy 101, 160, 201, 202, 210, 220, 225, 226, 283, 284, 318, 320,
335
Political Science 101, 201
Psychology 100
Religion 101, 102, 103, 205, 206, 208, 210, 211, 250, 251, 277, 278, 283,
284, 298, 305, 318
Sociology 105, 155
eatre 361, 362
Women and Gender Studies 101, 102
Experiential Learning — All courses numbered 491 and 492 (individual
studies) and all Undergraduate Research 197 courses meet this requirement.
e following courses also satisfy this requirement: American Studies 485,
Anthropology 480, Biology 424, Chemistry 493, Classics 485, Communication
481, Computer Science 391, 430, Economics 490, Education 303, 351, 440,
English 314, 380, 399, Environmental Science 360, 481, Geography 360E, 365,
485, Historic Preservation 467, History 485, Honors 201, Interdisciplinary
350M, 483, Music 490, Philosophy 485, Psychology 322, Psychology 350,
Religion 401, Sociology 364, 475, Spanish 301, Studio Art 475, eatre 390,
95
482, and Women and Gender Studies 485. Internships (499) that have a
nal project/paper that is to be evaluated by the sponsoring faculty member
will also meet this requirement. e “community service option” oered by
a number of departments also fullls this requirement (see the following
sections of this Catalog for details: Biology, Psychology, and Spanish). A
summer research experience also fullls this requirement (see the Chemistry,
Environmental Sciences, Geology, and Mathematics department’s section
of this Catalog). A qualifying and approved education abroad experience
may also be used to satisfy the Experiential Learning requirement. Contact
the Center for International Education in Lee Hall for details about how to
secure the required pre-approval to meet this requirement via an education
abroad experience/project. Note: the same education abroad experience may
not be used to satisfy both the Experiential Learning and Global Inquiry
requirements.
Speaking Intensive (SI) — SI courses are indicated in the online schedule
of courses. e course must be designated as SI in the semester in which it is
taken in order to satisfy the requirement. Some sections of a particular course
may be designated as SI while others are not; students should be aware of this
fact when selecting courses for their schedule.
Writing Intensive (WI) — WI courses are indicated in the online schedule
of courses. e course must be designated as WI in the semester in which it is
taken in order to satisfy the requirement. Some sections of a particular course
may be designated as WI while others are not; students should be aware of this
fact when selecting courses for their schedule.
ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM WITH GMU LAW
SCHOOL
e University of Mary Washington and the George Mason University
Antonin Scalia Law School have an accelerated dual degree arrangement
allowing students to earn a baccalaureate degree through UMW and the
Juris Doctor from George Mason University in six years rather than the usual
seven. Students apply in the junior year and admission to Mason’s Scalia Law
School is not guaranteed. e Scalia Law School shall make a holistic review
of UMW's applicants. In order to participate, the UMW student must be able
to complete all general education and major eld requirements for a four-
year baccalaureate degree by the end of the spring semester of their junior
year of undergraduate study (or equivalent) and take the LSAT no later than
December of the junior undergraduate year.
Students admitted shall receive the baccalaureate degree from UMW upon
successful completion of the rst year of the program and in accordance with
UMW’s normal graduation procedures. Students shall receive the Juris Doctor
96
(JD) from Mason’s Scalia Law School upon completion of those requirements,
in accordance with normal law school graduation procedures.
For additional information and details about the application process,
contact the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.
ACCELER ATED DEGREE PROGR AM WITH
SHENANDOAH UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF Pharmacy
e University of Mary Washington and the Bernard J. Dunn School
of Pharmacy at Shenandoah University have an accelerated dual degree
arrangement allowing students to earn a baccalaureate degree through UMW
and the Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) from Shenandoah University in
seven years rather than the usual eight. Students apply in the junior year and
admission is not guaranteed. UMW students seeking admission to BJD must
satisfy all of BJD’s current, at the time of the student’s application, pre-requisite
coursework. UMW students with 84 credits or more aer completion of their
junior year and who have been accepted to pursue a PharmD degree may start
in that program aer the completion of their junior year at UMW. e rst
year of the PharmD program credits would transfer back to UMW to complete
the student’s undergraduate degree. e student would have to earn a grade
of C or better in all courses for them to transfer back. All PharmD credits will
transfer back to UMW as general elective credits (these courses would not be
used to meet major or general education requirements), unless specically
agreed otherwise in writing by UMW. Students who successfully complete
the rst year of the PharmD program at BJD (with a minimum of a 2.0 gpa)
may use 8 credits of the BJD rst year curriculum as elective credits toward
completion of a B.S. in Biology degree at UMW (with the remaining credits
transferred to count as general elective credits).
Students would have to have at least 120 credits total between UMW
credits earned prior to the rst year of the PharmD program and Shenandoah
transferred courses and would have to satisfy all UMW undergraduate
degree requirements in order to receive the UMW undergraduate degree. e
PharmD degree is awarded by Shenandoah University upon completion of that
program's requirements.
For additional information and details about the application process,
contact Dr. Deborah O'Dell, Professor of Biology.
97
College of
Arts and Sciences
Keith E. Mellinger, Dean
Grant R. Woodwell, Associate Dean
THE UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM IN ARTS AND
SCIENCES
T
he University of Mary Washington’s undergraduate curriculum
represents a distinctive academic experience which prepares
graduates to make choices that lead to fullling lives as responsible,
contributing members of local, national, and global communities.
ree interrelated components make up this experience: General Education,
the Major, and Electives.
General Education is the foundation of a liberal arts and sciences
education and is designed to cultivate the skills, knowledge, and habits of
mind that are essential in every eld of study and which enable graduates
to make eective decisions as citizens of a rapidly changing, richly diverse,
and increasingly interconnected world. e University’s General Education
requirements introduce students to a variety of learning perspectives and
methods of inquiry that combine to foster an appreciation for dierent ways
of viewing, knowing, and engaging the world. General Education facilitates
collaborative learning, individual intellectual development, and constitutes the
basis for lifelong learning.
e Major develops expertise in a specialized area of study resulting
from focused investigation in a particular academic discipline or disciplines
(in the case of an interdisciplinary major). Majors are organized areas of
inquiry and knowledge with dened learning goals and methodologies.
Major requirements complement, reinforce, and extend the objectives of
General Education while adding depth of study in course work, individualized
learning, and co-curricular experiences.
Electives oer students opportunities to explore personal interests,
add variety to one’s studies, and advance particular academic, career, or
professional goals (such as preparation for law or medical school). Electives also
enable the study of an area of knowledge in greater depth through individually
selected courses or experiences that build on a Major’s formal requirements.
e combination of experiences provided through General Education, the
Major, and Electives enable students to achieve the following learning goals
and to emerge fully prepared to contribute to the world beyond the University.
98
Learning Goals of the Arts and Sciences
Curriculum
• University of Mary Washington graduates should be able to write and
speak eectively in a variety of contexts;
• University of Mary Washington undergraduates, regardless of major,
should acquire specic knowledge of and appreciation for the problems,
methods, and contributions of the ne and performing arts, humanities,
social sciences, natural sciences, and mathematics;
• e University of Mary Washington academic experience should be
characterized by intellectual rigor, integrity, disciplinary depth, and
attention to the individual student;
• e University of Mary Washington academic experience should include
diverse learning experiences provided by the entire undergraduate
course of study: General Education, the Major, and Electives;
• e University of Mary Washington academic experience should oer
students an informed understanding of and engagement with global
issues, thereby enabling them to graduate fully prepared to contribute
in positive and substantive ways to the complicated and changing world
beyond the university.
• e University of Mary Washington academic experience should provide
students with classroom-based and other educational opportunities
to critically examine issues of identity (such as race, ethnicity, class,
gender, sexuality, and nation), including explorations of how they relate
to value systems, structured inequality, and cultural and institutional
power. In addition to preparing Mary Washington students to contribute
thoughtfully to the world beyond the university, a focus on issues of
power and inequality is a critical component of the University of Mary
Washington’s commitment to campus diversity.
• e University of Mary Washington academic experience should
ensure that students are in command of the technologies that dene not
only 21st-century communication but the emerging tools of dierent
disciplines.
99
AMERICAN STUDIES
Department of History and
American Studies
Krystyn Moon, Program Coordinator and
Career Advisor
Aliated Faculty
Antonio Barrenechea, Department of
English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Erin K. Devlin, Department of History
and American Studies
Joe Dreiss, Department of Art and Art
History
Stephen Farnsworth, Department of
Political Science and International
Aairs
Brad Hansen, Department of Economics
Christine R. Henry, Department of
Historic Preservation
Janie Lee, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Mary Beth Mathews, Department of
Classics, Philosophy, and Religion
Will B. Mackintosh, Department of
History and American Studies
Jerey McClurken, Department of History
and American Studies
Krystyn Moon, Department of History
and American Studies
Melina Patterson, Department of
Geography
Gary N. Richards, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Mara Scanlon, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Jason Sellers, Department of History and
American Studies
Gregg Stull, Department of eatre and
Dance
Danny Tweedy, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
e American Studies Program
American Studies is an interdisciplinary major
leading to a general liberal arts and studies
(Bachelor of Arts) degree. e program enables
students to explore the complex interactions
of peoples, cultures, social structures, and
political institutions that have shaped the
experiences of peoples living in the United
States. In addition to four core courses,
students demonstrate the ability to transcend
disciplinary boundaries by completing ve (5)
thematically-assembled courses from aliated
disciplines approved by an American Studies
advisor and the Program Director. Example
concentrations include, although are not
limited to, the following: gender and sexuality,
race and ethnicity, cultural expression, human
rights, politics and society, and space and
place.
Requirements for the Major
irty-six (36) credits: to include AMST 201,
AMST 202-210 (one course), AMST 302-310
(one course), and AMST 485; and 24 credits
(eight courses) in related disciplines selected
from a pre-approved list of American Studies
electives as well as other courses with relevant
content approved by the Program Director.
Five of the eight elective courses must be
assembled thematically; that is, they must be
organized around a unifying line of inquiry,
which must be approved by an American
Studies advisor and the Program Director.
Internships are encouraged, but only 3 credits
can count toward the major.
e major also has additional requirements
for the eight electives: one elective must deal
with the United States prior to 1900, and
another must deal with race and/or gender.
[e race/gender and pre-1900 requirements
may be met by a single class.] Six of the eight
electives must be at the 300-level or beyond.
To ensure breadth, no more than three of the
eight elective courses may be from one of the
aliated disciplines.
Major Electives for American Studies:
AMST 350, 491, 499; ANTH 211, 212, 341;
ARTH 352, 354, 355; ECON 341, 351, 375;
ENGL 328, 329, 330, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356,
357, 358, 371, 385, 386, 455, 457, 458; GEOG
221, 222, 331, 337; HISP 100, 105, 206, 207, 305,
320, 325; HIST 303, 304, 305, 307,308, 310, 313,
314, 315, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 325, 326,
327, 328, 329, 380, 390, 395, 396, 416, 417, 426,
440, 444; IDIS 203, 205; LING 302, 307; MUHL
156, 368; PSCI 201, 202, 311, 312, 313, 324, 334,
363, 370, 422, 450; RELG 250, 251, 277, 278,
Programs and courses of study in
arts and sciences
100
304, 305; SOCG 304, 313, 315, 320, 331, 332,
341, 411, 421, 440, 442; WGST 101, 102.
American Studies Course Oerings
(AMST)
201- Introduction to American Studies (3)
Introduction to the method and theory of
American Studies, its practice and a survey of
key texts.
202 – Sophomore Special Topics Seminar(3)
Sophomore-level seminar that explores a topic
chosen by the instructor.
203 – American Protest (3)
is seminar explores how social movements
have demanded access to political, cultural,
and economic institutions in order to generate
change and promote social justice.
204 – American Foodways (3)
is seminar looks at the ways in which
foodways relates American society and culture,
and develops many of the skills that are central
to interdisciplinarity.
303 –Junior Special Topics Seminar (3)
Junior-level seminar that explores a topic
chosen by the instructor.
305 – American Gender and Sexuality (3)
is seminar explores the ways in which
various disciplines explore the behaviors and
attitudes tied to gender and sexuality in the
United States.
350 – Topics in American Studies (3)
Exploration of specic topics in American
Studies.
485 – Senior esis (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission
of instructor. A signicant research project
pursued under the supervision of a faculty
mentor.
491 – Independent Study (3)
Directed individual research on problems in
American Studies, as approved by the Director.
No more than three credits can count toward
the major.
499 – Internship (variable credit)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the Director. Six credits
may be taken but only three credits may count
in major.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Department of Sociology and Anthropology
Kristin L. Marsh, Chair
Laura Mentore, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professor
E. Eric Gable
Associate Professors
Jason James
Laura Mentore
e Anthropology Program
e Bachelor of Arts degree in Anthropology
concentrates on cultural anthropology–
providing a foundation in the research
methods, theories, and writing practices that
anthropologists use to study contemporary
and near-contemporary cultures and societies.
rough courses that focus various dimensions
of cultural life or specic socio-geographic
regions, we discuss the methods of cultural
anthropologists; and we critically examine the
theories that have been advanced to explain
human dierences and similarities. Besides
making students more aware of the sheer
complexity of what it means to be human and
less ethnocentric in their evaluation of human
dierences, our courses oer opportunities for
doing rst-hand research in the communities
of Fredericksburg and Richmond, and for
those interested, elsewhere in the world as well.
We also work closely with colleagues in the
Department of Historic Preservation to train
students interested in archaeology.
Anthropology provides an excellent
background for careers in many governmental
and private-sector organizations, among these
museum work, publishing and journalism,
advertising and market research, international
business, human resources, , contract
archaeology, primary or secondary education,
and third-world development, as well as for
graduate work in anthropology and other
related elds.
Requirements for the Anthropology Major
irty-two (32) credits, including ANTH
101, 298, 299, 480, 481; 17 elective credits in
anthropology including up to 4 credits in
ANTH 369. Up to 6 credits in SOCG 300 –
499, HISP 207, and HISP 467 may be taken as
electives in the major.
101
Anthropology Course Oerings (ANTH)
101 – Introduction to Cultural and Social
Anthropology (3)
Introduces the student to various societies
around the world in comparison to western
societies and in the context of contemporary
global trends. It focuses on the sources of
human diversity, and addresses fundamental
questions about what it means to be human.
211 – e Anthropology of “Race” (3)
Explores why current vernacular
understandings of “race” and scientic
understandings of “race” diverge so
dramatically. Looks at the long history of
scientic (mis)understandings of human
biological diversity. Interrogates why racialist
thinking has been a fundamental component
of a western cultural world view.
212 – e Anthropology of Gender (3)
e anthropological approach to gender:
cultural denition and social status of female
and male; other genders; theories of gender
denition and gender hierarchy.
271 – Special Studies in Ethnography (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 298 and 299.
Concentrates on one culture area not
otherwise covered in the curriculum, and
related theoretical concerns. Choice of area
reects both student and instructor interests.
298 – Ethnography (3)
Corequisite: ANTH 299. An exploration of
the methods of anthropological research
and discursive styles of the presentation of
anthropological materials. An introduction to
the practices of cultural anthropology.
299 – Arguments in Anthropology (3)
Corequisite: ANTH 298. Examines the ways
the discipline of anthropology changes as it
enters into arguments about what it means to
be human and about what are the purposes
and goals of the discipline. Explores how
ethnographic data are used, evaluated, and
contested in these arguments. An introduction
to theories of cultural anthropology.
309 – e Anthropology of Art (3)
e anthropological exploration of art from
acomparative perspective. Combines studies
of artin non-western societies with a studies
of how artis produced and consumed in the
West. Exploresthe rise of modern museums
and collecting non-westernart; aesthetics; how
art produces meaningand aect.
316 – Political Anthropology (3)
A survey of the anthropological contribution
to acomparative political science. Focuses on
politicsand political structures in non-state
societies aswell as in nation-states. Includes
an overview ofanthropological studies of
nationalism, colonialism,post-colonialism,
globalization, and politicalritual and protest
movements.
317 – World Economies (3)
Comparative study of the cultural logic and
moral principles of the major economic
systems of the world. Includes barter, trade,
gi exchange, early and late capitalism. Special
attention to global expansion of capitalism into
non-western societies.
318 – Anthropology of Religion (3)
Anthropological study of religious ideas and
practices of selected non-Western peoples:
sacred and profane, spiritual law, morality;
sacrice, shamanism, divination, and prayer;
millenarianism and conservatism. Focus on
the similarities between non-western religions
and so-called world religions; impact of the
missionary presence in non-western societies.
321 – Anthropology of Food (3)
A cross-cultural study of the production and
consumption of food; cultural attitudes and
meanings of food, food-sharing, and eating;
body image and ideal body types; food in a
global context. eoretical concerns include
the denition of food and the edible, the
conceptual relationship between food and
health, and the raw and the cooked. Satises
the “eld-research intensive” requirement for
the anthropology major.
322 – Symbolic Anthropology (3)
e interpretation of symbols as found
in rituals, myths, and everyday life in
both western and non-western cultures.
Relationship between symbols and action;
nature of culture change and persistent
cultural structures.
341 – Practices of Memory (3)
Cultural memory plays a vital role in group
identityand in the way present events are
understood. iscourse examines how
societies remember and forgetthrough shared
narratives, rituals, memorials, museums,lms,
and other media.
342 – Touring Cultures (3)
In this course we examine cultures of tourism,
includinginteractions between tourists,
102
local residents, andinstitutions, and the
ways people, places, and historicperiods
are produced and packaged for tourist
consumption.
343 – Culture and Identity in Europe (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 298 and 299 or
permission of the instructor. e economic and
political integration of Europe has been justied
by the idea of a common European cultural
heritage or “civilization.” In this course we will
read and discuss a range of ethnographic texts
to consider changing cultural forms in Europe
as well as identities focused on class, gender,
ethnicity, and race. We will also examine
attempts to dene the boundaries of Europe,
European citizenship, and European culture
– attempts made all the more signicant and
complex by immigration and cultural diversity
as well as the ambiguity of “Europe” and
“European.”
344 – Urban eory and Ethnography (3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Historical, theoretical, and ethnographic
perspectives on cities, urban life, and
habitation. Also included are ethnographies of
suburbs, gated communities, and new urbanist
developments. Students will practice urban
ethnographic eld methods in a semester-long
research project.
345 – Applied Anthropology (3)
is course highlights examples of how
anthropology is applied outside of academia,
ranging from business management and
marketing to public policy and conict
resolution. Students will learn and rene
research methods while working collaboratively
on a project for a client.
350 – Amazonian Societies (3)
In-depth study of ethnographic literature
on Amazonian societies, including kinship,
economics, politics, gender, shamanism and
other main themes. Western preconceptions
about humanity, power and morality are put
in comparative context alongside indigenous
theories.
365 – Environment and Development
Narratives (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101. is course focuses on
the sub-elds of environmental anthropology
and the anthropology of development. It
examines cross-cultural theories of nature,
space and relationality, with a focus on the
interface between indigenous societies and
Western discourses and practices pertaining to
conservation and socioeconomic development.
369 – Field Research (1)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101. Application of
ethnographic research methods including
observation, interviews, transcription,
interpretation, and analysis.
371 – Special Topics in Anthropology (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 298 and 299 or
permission of the instructor. Concentrates
on an important anthropological topic
not otherwise covered in the curriculum;
comprehensive readings and discussion.
Choice of topic reects both student and
instructor interests.
450 – Ethnographic Field Methods in Guyana (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 350 or permission of
instructor. Faculty-lead, six-week study abroad
course entailing ethnographic eld research in
an indigenous community in Guyana, South
America. Students participate in community
life and develop a research project based
on their interests. Advanced instruction in
ethnographic/qualitative research methods
and indigenous cultures of the Amazon.
480 – Senior Research (3)
Prerequisites: Anthropology major with
senior standing; ANTH 298, 299. Independent
research, guided by the instructor, on a topic of
the student’s choice in preparation for writing
the senior thesis in the second semester.
481 – Senior esis (3)
Prerequisites: Anthropology major with senior
standing; ANTH 298, 299. Under the direction
of one of the anthropology faculty, students
write a 30-35 page thesis based on the research
undertaken during the rst semester in ANTH
480.
491, 492 – Individual Study and Research
(Credits variable)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Individual work under the guidance of the
instructor. At the wish of the student and with
the approval of the instructor, either course
may be designated “eld-research intensive.”
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Supervised o-campus experience developed
in consultation with the instructor. Cannot be
counted in the major program.
103
Students with credit for a higher level course in
Arabic may not take this course.
102 – Beginning Arabic II (3)
An introduction to Modern Standard Arabic
in both its spoken and written form. Equal
emphasis on all ve skill areas: speaking,
listening, reading, writing, and culture.
Required sessions in the language laboratory.
Students with credit for a higher level course in
Arabic may not take this course.
201 – Intermediate Arabic I (3)
e second year of instruction in Modern
Standard Arabic in both its spoken and written
form. Equal emphasis on all ve skill areas:
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
culture. Required sessions in the language
laboratory. Students with credit for a higher
level course in Arabic may not take this course
for credit.
202 – Intermediate Arabic II (3)
e second year of instruction in Modern
Standard Arabic in both its spoken and written
form. Equal emphasis on all ve skill areas:
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
culture. Required sessions in the language
laboratory. Students with credit for a higher
level course in Arabic may not take this course
for credit.
301, 302 – Advanced Arabic (3, 3)
e third year of instruction in Modern
Standard Arabic in both its spoken and written
form. Equal emphasis on all ve skill areas:
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
culture. Required sessions in the language
laboratory.
310 – Topics in Arabic Culture (3)
is is a new course for students who have
completed the intermediate language level
or for students who are native or heritage
speakers of Arabic. Topics will vary according
to students interest and faculty expertise. e
course will be taught entirely in Arabic.
351 – Classical Arabic Literature in
Translation (3)
A survey of the major periods and modes of
classical Arabic literature from the pre-Islamic
to late ’Abbāsid periods. All readings in English
translation. Course emphasizes integration of
scholarly analysis into readings of literature.
Multiple oral presentations required as well as
nal paper.
ARABIC
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Faculty
Lecturer
Maysoon Fayez Al-Sayed Ahmad
e Arabic Program
e Arabic language is a key element for
understanding a group of 22 nations and 200
million native Arabic speakers. ere are also
over 1 billion Muslims who use Arabic as their
liturgical language. e UMW Arabic program
oers courses in beginning, intermediate,
and advanced Arabic language. Students
can complement their study of the Arabic
language with related courses in geography,
history, international aairs, linguistics,
religion, and political science, as well as Arabic
literature in translation. In addition, the Arabic
program at UMW oers summer study abroad
opportunities in Amman, Jordan. Students can
spend eight weeks studying intensive Arabic
in this beautiful city. e program is open to
students in rst, second, or third-year Arabic,
as well as for more advanced study of standard
Arabic.
Minor in Arabic Studies
e minor in Arabic Studies is designed for
students who wish to develop their Arabic
Advanced language prociency and broaden
their knowledge of Arabic literature, history,
politics, and culture. Completion of the minor
requires 18 credits in applicable courses.
Requirements for the Arabic Minor
Required* (12 credits): ARAB 201, 202, 301,
302. Electives (6-12 credits): ARAB 310, 351,
352, 491, 492 (3-6 credits); RELG 210; HIST
337; GEOG 304.
*Native or heritage speakers or any student
who places above the 202 level will be required
to take 2 additional elective courses.
Arabic Course Oerings (ARAB)
101 – Beginning Arabic I (3)
An introduction to Modern Standard Arabic
in both its spoken and written form. Equal
emphasis on all ve skill areas: speaking,
listening, reading, writing, and culture.
Required sessions in the language laboratory.
104
352 – Modern Arabic Literature in
Translation (3)
A survey of the major periods and modes of
modern Arabic literature of the 20th century.
All readings in English translation. Course
emphasizes integration of scholarly analysis
into readings of literature. Multiple short
papers required as well as nal paper.
491, 492 – Independent Study Arabic (3, 3)
Students may undertake further independent
study in Arabic with the permission of the
instructor.
ART HISTORY
Department of Art and Art History
Jon McMillan, Chair
Suzie Kim, Career Advisor, Art History
Faculty
Professors
Julia Anne DeLancey
Joseph Dreiss
Marjorie Och
Assistant Professor
Suzie Kim
e Art History Program
e Bachelor of Arts degree in Art History
provides the background for a life-long
appreciation of art and the intellectual
framework for conducting research in art
history. Our discipline explores the cultural,
philosophical, historical and global contexts
of visual human expressions. Classes focus
on styles, issues, media, and individuals and
give a broad overview of the complexity of art.
Course oerings include both historical periods
and thematic approaches that demonstrate
the interconnectedness as well as diversity of
artistic expression and the rich history of our
discipline. Art History faculty connections to
UMW current and developing programs in
American Studies, Asian Studies, Contemplative
Studies, Disability Studies, Museum Studies, and
Women’s and Gender Studies emphasize our
commitment to working across disciplines and
seeing Art History as central to the Liberal Arts
here at UMW.
e Art History major provides a foundation
for any type of career that requires a strong and
developed ability to read and write, identify and
solve problems, and think critically. Faculty
are teacher-scholars engaged in research and
professional activities. We work closely with
students on student-initiated research topics
and invite students to join us on our research.
University resources in Simpson Library
include strong holdings in Art History and
related disciplines as well as subscriptions to
Jstor, Artstor, and other databases to support
opportunities for expansive and exciting
learning. Department and University resources
also include scholarships and grants that allow
students to conduct on-site research to look at
and study art; grants have allowed our students
to travel throughout the US as well as Mexico,
African nations, and European countries on
research.
Proximity to Washington, D.C., Richmond,
Baltimore, and New York City, give students
rst-hand experiences of art works. Visiting
scholars and artists oer students important
networking opportunities, as well as lectures on
recent developments in the eld. In addition,
UMW Galleries bring exciting exhibitions
and events to campus while advancing the
educational goals of the University through
the collection, exhibition, and interpretation of
works of art. Students may intern with UMW
Galleries as well as the University’s Belmont,
Gari Melchers Home and Studio, and the
James Monroe Museum and Memorial Library
to gain experience as catalogers, researchers,
administrative assistants, and exhibition
installers. Internships allow our students to
gain valuable experience and career contacts
by working in museums and art institutions
not only in Fredericksburg, but in Washington,
D.C., Richmond, and beyond. Many of our
students have gone on for graduate study in
Art History at major institutions and are now
employed by museums, galleries, cultural
centers, and universities. Others have gone into
library science, law, art therapy, publishing,
retail design, and business. Our alumnae/i
are generous supporters to our program and
mentors to current majors.
Requirements for the Art History Major
irty-nine (39) credits to include three survey
classes (ARTH 114, 115, and 118), and ARTH
303; and twenty-seven (27) additional credits
in Art History, including at least one 400-
level seminar course (ARTH 460 or 470) and
courses from the following four areas: Asian/
Global (1 course); Ancient (1 course); Medieval,
Renaissance, Baroque (2 courses from dierent
periods); and Modern and Contemporary (1
course). ARTS 105 may count as an elective in
the major.
105
Art History Course Oerings (ARTH)
114 – History of Western Art I (3)
A survey of Western architecture, painting,
and sculpture from the Prehistoric period to
the late Gothic.
115 – History of Western Art II (3)
A survey of Western architecture, painting,
and sculpture from proto-Renaissance to the
present.
118 – History of Asian Art (3)
A survey of architecture, painting, sculpture,
ceramics, and gardens produced by societies in
Asia from the Prehistoric period to present.
224 – Arts of Japan and Korea (3)
Explores the history of Japanese and Korean
art from the Prehistoric period to the present
day. e works of architecture, gardens,
ceramics, sculpture, painting, and other visual
forms from the major periods of Japanese and
Korean history are examined within social,
cultural, political, and religious contexts.
260 – Topics in Art History (3)
Explores signicant gures, styles, movements,
and topics in Western art. Does not fulll an
area requirement but can count as elective
credit in the major.
270 – Topics in Non-Western and Non-
Eurocentric Art (3)
Major monuments of architecture, sculpture,
and painting of non-Western and/or non-
Eurocentric cultural contexts are explored, as
specied by the topic title. Previous topics have
included: Asian art, African art, Islamic art,
and Pre-Columbian and Latin American art.
303 – Methods of Art History (3)
Prerequisite: Art History major. Permission of
instructor required. Introduces philosophies
of art historical methodologies and principles
and examines the historic development of the
discipline.
305 – Egyptian and Near Eastern Art and
Archaeology (3)
Using the methodologies developed by
archaeologists and art historians, this course
examines the artistic and architectural
traditions of Egypt and the Near East from the
prehistoric through the Greco-Roman periods.
Cross-listed as CLAS 305.
310 – Greek Art (3)
Focuses on the development of Greek art from
the early Aegean Age through the Geometric,
Archaic, Classical, and Hellenistic periods.
311 – Roman Art (3)
A review of the major developments in Roman
art and architecture from the Italo-Etruscan
period to the end of the Roman Empire. Special
attention is devoted to the topography and
major monuments of the ancient city of Rome.
315 – Art Museum Studies (3)
Examines the art museum and its role,
including: developing and managing
collections and exhibits; interpretation and
museum education for diverse audiences;
funding; governance; and ethics and values.
Case studies, eld trips, practice, and readings
included. Does not satisfy the Art History
requirement for the Studio Art major. Does not
count as an elective for the Art History Major.
317 – Laboratory in Museum Studies (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 315 or HISP 200. rough
the creation of an exhibition or hypothetical
museum, students gain experience working
in a team environment as they apply their
knowledge about museum audience,
collections, education, curation, organization
and administration, physical plant, and public
relations. Does not satisfy the Art History
requirement for the Studio Art major. Does not
count as an elective for the Art History Major.
325 – Early Christian, Byzantine, and Early
Medieval Art (3)
is course traces the development of art
and architecture from the beginnings of the
Christian tradition through the Byzantine,
Hiberno-Saxon, Carolingian, and Ottonian
periods. Focus is placed on the major
monuments from these periods and the related
issues of patronage, culture, and liturgy that
inuenced their creation.
326 – Romanesque and Gothic Art (3)
A survey of the visual arts of western Europe
from the 11th through the 15th centuries. e
works of architecture, sculpture, and painting
are studied with attention to the social,
religious, and intellectual frameworks of the
societies that produced them. Special emphasis
is given to the monastic tradition, pilgrimage
and relic cults, and the urban cathedral.
330 – Northern European Art, 1400 to 1600 (3)
An introduction to the artistic traditions of
northern Europe through a focus on such
artists as Jan van Eyck, Rogier van der Weyden,
Bosch, Dürer, and Bruegel. e relations
between patron and image are of particular
interest, as are the connections between
106
northern and southern European art during
this period.
331 – Early Italian Renaissance (3)
A survey of the painting, sculpture, and
architecture of Italy from about 1300 to 1475.
All major gures, including Giotto, Ghiberti,
Donatello, and Botticelli are considered. Works
are examined in terms of setting, patronage,
and cultural context in addition to questions of
style and meaning. Of particular interest is the
relationship between artistic expression and
the personalities and institutions of the city of
Florence.
332 – High Renaissance and Mannerism (3)
A survey of the painting, sculpture, and
architecture of Italy from about 1475
to 1600. Among the High Renaissance
artists considered are Leonardo da Vinci,
Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian. Of special
consideration is the nature of the Papacy as
a patron of the arts and the city of Rome as a
context for artistic activity. e course also
considers the reasons for the dissolution of the
classical tradition during this time by artists
such as Pontormo, Parmigianino, and Giulio
Romano.
340 – Northern Baroque Art (3)
Examines the major works of northern
European art from the late sixteenth century
until around 1700. Issues covered include the
inuence of antiquity, contacts with Italy,
patronage of royal courts as well as the new
“middle class,” and the role of religion. Selected
works by Rubens, Van Dyck, Rembrandt,
Vermeer, Poussin, and others are studied
from a variety of interpretative points of
view including iconography, style, technique,
social and economic circumstances, and the
relationship of the visual arts to other cultural
productions such as literature and music.
341 – Italian and Spanish Baroque Art (3)
Examines the major works of Italian and
Spanish art from the late sixteenth century
until around 1700, with some attention paid to
Islamic inuences in Spain as well as inuences
from the arts of the “New World”. Selected
works by Caravaggio, Bernini, Borromini,
Velazquez, Zurbaran, and others are studied
from a variety of interpretative points of
view including iconography, style, technique,
social and economic circumstances, and the
relationship of the visual arts to other cultural
productions such as literature and music.
350 – Neoclassicism to Impressionism (3)
Focuses on the periods of Neoclassicism,
Realism, and Impressionism in painting and
sculpture in Europe, with emphasis on French
art.
351 – Post-Impressionism to Abstract
Expressionism (3)
Focuses on the periods of Post-Impressionism
to Abstract Expressionism in painting and
sculpture.
352 – American Art (3)
A survey of American painting and sculpture
with emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries.
354 – Pop Art to the Present (3)
Explores the history of art since 1945 and its
critical response.
355 – Modern Architecture (3)
A chronological survey of 20th-century
architecture that focuses on the most noted
architects and their work, as well as the
revolutionary building technologies and
aesthetic theories that made such architecture
possible.
356 – Global Modernism in East Asian Art (3)
A global approach to the transformative art
scenes outside of Europe and America with a
focus on the distinctive, yet intimately related,
modern and post-modern art movements of
China, Japan, and Korea in the 29th century,
including Post-Impressionism, revival of Asian
painting traditions, Expressionism, Abstract
Expressionism, and post-war avant-garde art.
357 –Contemporary Asian Art(3)
Explores diverse contemporary art scenes in
and outside of East, South, and Southeast Asia
in the last two decades. Includes discussion on
experimental art, public art, installation art, new
media art, performance art, pop art, feminist
art, international art biennials, and the global
art market.
360 – Special Studies in Art History (3)
Concentration in lecture and discussion format
on an individual artist, specic problem,
limited time period, geographic area(s), or
theme. Does not fulll an area requirement but
can count as elective credit in the major. May
be oered for study abroad credit by UMW art
history faculty.
450 – Topics in Art and Art History (3)
Prerequisites: ARTH 114 or 115 and ARTS
105; or permission of instructor. Previous
oerings have included: “Mosaics: History
107
and Techniques,” that bridge traditional
boundaries between Art History and Studio
Art.
460 – Seminar: Women and Western Art (3)
Prerequisites: ARTH 114, 115, 303, and
permission of instructor. Examines the roles
women have played in the visual arts in
Western traditions, as well as the literature
by and about these women. Focus is on the
work of women artists, the commissions of
women patrons, the responses of audiences to
these works, meanings placed on the feminine
form, and the work of male artists which has
as its subject the female form. Also looks at
contemporary issues to examine the role of
feminist art as an art which critiques and
creates society.
470 – Seminar: Special Studies in Art
History (3)
Prerequisites: ARTH 114, 115, 303, and
permission of instructor. For Art History
majors and other qualied students.
Concentration, in seminar format, is on an
individual artist, specic problem, limited time
period, or theme.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Art
History (3, 3)
Prerequisites: ARTH 114, 115, at least three
Art History courses in three dierent
chronological periods, and permission of the
department individual study committee and
instructor required. For Art History majors
only. Includes a faculty-approved research
project, oral presentation, and major paper.
Vehicle for those seeking honors in Art
History. Available on a competitive basis.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised experience developed in
consultation with the Art History faculty. May
not be used to satisfy the Art History 400-level
research course requirement. A maximum
of three credits may count toward the major
requirements.
ARTS ADMINISTRATION
Arts Administration Program
Combining a solid foundation of theory and
practice, the Arts Administration minor
creates a pathway of the education and
experience students need to gain access to a
career path in the eld. With strong classroom
experience in business and arts administration
and experiential learning designed to apply
knowledge to practice, the minor is a robust
and exible eld of study that is an ideal
complement to any majors but particularly for
students in the arts.
e minor incorporates key courses in
accounting, management, and marketing in the
College of Business. ese concepts are focused
on the eld in two specialized courses in the
Department of eatre and Dance. Finally,
students develop and strengthen their skills by
pursuing practicum assignments in essential
areas of arts administration to enhance their
experience in the minor.
e faculty encourages students to pursue
and internship to increase their prociency in
arts administration and establish a network of
professional contacts. e University's proximity
to the world-class arts organizations in
Washington, DC, gives students unprecedented
opportunities to work in the eld.
Students interested in the minor in Arts
Administration should consult with the Chair
of the Department of eatre and Dance.
Requirements for the Arts Administration
Minor (15 credits)
ACCT 101, MGMT 301 or MKTG 301; THEA
281, 481, and three (3) credits in DANC 499 or
THEA 390 or 499.
ASIAN STUDIES
e Asian Studies Program
Asian Studies is the interdisciplinary study
of the language, literature, culture, history,
society, politics, philosophy, religion, and
traditions of the rich and diverse countries
of Asia. Courses in more than 10 academic
disciplines contribute to this minor program.
e Leidecker Center for Asian Studies,
established in 1998, annually sponsors
lectures, workshops, concerts, conferences,
and cultural events to promote awareness
and understanding of Asia. ese activities
augment the curricular oerings of the minor.
Study abroad is not required for the Asian
Studies Minor, but it is both recognized and
encouraged. Asian Studies Minor students
are eligible to apply to study abroad for a
semester or year through any of the approved
108
programs listed in the Center for International
Education website under Asian Studies. Aer
consultation with their academic advisors,
students may contact the relevant program
director for more information and are
encouraged to work closely with the sta at the
Center for International Education.
Requirements for the Asian Studies Minor
Twenty-four (24) credits including two
semesters (6 credits) or the equivalent of an
Asian language (the language credits apply
to one language, taken in sequence; the
language may be taken at UMW or at an
outside institution or as part of a study abroad
program for transfer credit); six additional
non-language courses, representing at least
two dierent academic disciplines, of which a
minimum of 9 credits must be at the 300 level
or above. A maximum of 6 credits Individual
Study and/or Internship may count toward
fullling the minor requirements.
Asian Studies Course Oerings
CHIN 101 and 102 – Beginning Chinese
CHIN 201 and 202 – Intermediate Chinese
ARTH 270E – Topics in non-Western and non-
Eurocentric Art: Asian Art
ENGL 353 – Asian American Literature
ENGL 364 – Contemporary Asian Novel
GEOG 307 – Geography of Asia
HIST 141 and 142 – Asian Civilization I and II
HIST 364 – History of Japan
HIST 365 and 366 – History of China
HIST 368 – Gender in Chinese History
HIST 390 – United States and Vietnam
PHIL/RELG 283 – Hinduism
PHIL/RELG 284 – Buddhism
PHIL 440 – Studies in Asian and Comparative
Philosophy
RELG 331- Special Studies in Religion (with
approved topic)
PSCI 354 – Politics of South Asia
PSCI 366 – Government and Politics of China
PSCI 367 – East Asia in World Aairs
Interdisciplinary Studies (in any appropriate
discipline, with approved topic)
Internship (with approved topic)
BIOLOGY
Department of Biological Sciences
Lynn O. Lewis, Chair
Lynn O. Lewis, Career Advisor,
Pre-Veterinary
Stephen G. Gallik, Career Advisor,
Pre-Medical/Dental,
Deborah A. O’Dell, Career Advisor,
Biology and Pre-Physical/Occupational
erapy
Alan B. Grith, Career Advisor, Allied
Health
Faculty
Professor and William M. Anderson, Jr.
Distinguished Chair of Biological Sciences
Rosemary Barra
Professors
Dianne M. Baker
Andrew S. Dolby
Stephen G. Gallik
Alan B. Grith
Lynn O. Lewis
Deborah A. O’Dell
Associate Professors
eresa M. Grana
Abbie M. Tomba
Assistant Professors
Swati Agrawal
Josephine Antwi
Bradley A. Lamphere
Ginny R. Morris
R. Parrish Waters
April N. Wynn
Lecturer
Michael C. Stebar
e Biology Program
Biology encompasses the study of all
living things and their interaction with the
environment. e Department faculty is
dedicated to providing students with a strong
undergraduate education in the fundamental
principles of biology, while oering
opportunities and encouraging students to
pursue specialized areas of interest.
e Bachelor of Science in Biology degree
prepares students for future careers in life
sciences research, teaching, biotechnology,
conservation biology, medicine, dentistry,
and allied health professions. Many graduates
pursue advanced degrees in specialized
areas such as cellular and molecular biology,
bioinformatics, physiology, immunology,
109
entomology, microbiology, ecology, and
environmental engineering.
Within the Biology major, the Conservation
Biology track prepares students for careers
in elds such as habitat conservation,
environmental education, and sheries and
wildlife management. Coursework for this
track emphasizes the biological knowledge and
skills that are most relevant for conservation
practitioners. Due to the interdisciplinary
nature of the eld, this track also includes
courses related to the human dimensions of
conservation, such as environmental science,
GIS, and ethics. Graduates from this track are
qualied for graduate study in conservation
and employment with government agencies,
non-governmental organizations, and
educational institutions.
e biology core curriculum is designed to
ensure thorough command of the scientic
method and access to inquiry-based learning
experiences, while providing a balanced
background in cell and molecular biology,
organismal biology, and ecology. Elective
courses cover a wide variety of specialized
topics to meet students' particular interests
in biology. An array of laboratory and
eld experiences further develop working
knowledge of the scientic method, teach
specic experimental techniques, and promote
on-going development of quantitative and
analytical skills.
All of the equipment and facilities in the
department are available for undergraduate
student use. Collections of microscope slides,
vertebrate and invertebrate specimens and an
herbarium are available to enhance learning.
Advanced laboratory instrumentation, such
as spectrophotometers, thermal cyclers,
ultracentrifuges, and two electron microscopes
allow students to engage in sophisticated
research. e department also has appropriate
eld equipment for collecting biological data
Outstanding junior and senior biology majors
have the opportunity to participate in the
undergraduate research program. Working
with a faculty mentor, the student explores
the literature, denes an original research
problem, and utilizes the appropriate research
and analytical techniques to investigate the
problem. On many occasions this work results
in presentations at state, regional, and national
scientic meetings. Research students who
meet minimum requirements (3.0 overall GPA
and a 3.25 average in biology) may pursue
Honors in Biology by writing and defending
a thesis on their research project. Students
can also gain focused research experience via
participation in the UMW Summer Science
Institute. Financial support for student
research is available. Additionally, biology
faculty oer research opportunities through
the university's undergraduate research (URES
197) program.
e internship program also oers students
an opportunity to gain valuable career related
experience. Internship credits do not count
towards the biology major, but many biology
majors have taken advantage of this program
to gain experience and to conrm their career
objectives.
In addition to the “Experiential Learning”
requirement course list, the department has
established another mechanism by which
biology majors may satisfy the experiential
learning general education requirement.
e Biology service learning option requires
students to apply knowledge and skills
acquired in their formal courses and to reect
upon how such application has augmented
their education. Students will complete a
service-learning contract in which they
will 1) identify the agencies for which they
will conduct their service, 2) indicate the
biology faculty members who will evaluate
the academic component of their activities,
and 3) describe the duties that they will
carry out for these agencies. Students
must complete 40 hours of service within
12 months of submitting their contracts.
Students completing their community service
during their last semester must complete all
requirements by March 1 (November 1 for
those nishing in December). Contact the
biology department chair for additional details.
Students must earn a C- or better in
most BIOL required courses that serve
as prerequisites for other BIOL courses.
Students must also earn a C- or better in
the core courses (BIOL 210, 260, 340, 341) to
graduate with a degree in Biology. See also
the Department of Chemistry’s minimum
grade requirements for CHEM 111, 112.
BIOL 121, 132, or BIOL 125, 126, and CHEM
111, 112 are prerequisites for the biology
major's core curriculum and should be taken
110
in the student's rst year. e core courses
of BIOL 210, 260, 340 and 341 are also
prerequisites for various upper-level courses,
and should be completed during the second
year. All graduating students must participate
in the assessment of the major.
Requirements for the Biology Major
Forty credits (40) in Biology. ese must
include BIOL 132 or 126, 210, 260, 340, 341,
and 451; two laboratory classes, one designated
Research Intensive (BIOL 302, 412, 427, 430,
432, 462, 472, 491). CHEM 317 counts as an
elective in the BIOL major.
Requirements for the Conservation Biology
Concentration
A minimum of 39 credits from the following:
BIOL 132 or 126, 210, 260, 341, 428 and 231 or
311 and GISC 200 or GEOG 250 or EESC 205;
two diversity courses from BIOL 231, 321, 323,
425, 426, 427; one upper-level ecology course
from BIOL 311, 322, 424, 323; one public
policy, economic, and cultural perspectives
course from ANTH 365, ECON 331, EESC
230, EESC 330, GEOG 245, HIST 322, PHIL
330; one capstone course approved by the
department. Other electives that count toward
the Conservation Biology track: BIOL 401, 412,
EESC 210, GEOG 241; some BIOL 471 and 472
courses as approved by the department.
Biology Minor
e biology minor provides a well-balanced
foundation in the core principles of biology,
while allowing students to pursue more
specic interests via upper-level elective
courses. Required laboratory experiences
reinforce biological concepts and teach critical
research processes and skills. e biology
minor is especially suitable for students who
need a strong background in this discipline to
pursue careers in such elds as biochemistry,
biopsychology, or environmental science.
Pre-medical or pre-dental students who major
in disciplines other than biology are also
encouraged to consider the biology minor.
Requirements for the Biology Minor
Twenty-two (22) credits of courses designated
BIOL to include:
• BIOL 210, Introduction to Ecology and
Evolution
• BIOL 340, Cellular Biology
• BIOL 341, General Genetics
• Plus three (3) additional 300-400 level
Biology courses of which 2 must have a
laboratory component.
BIOL 481, 491 and 499 may not be counted for
minor credit.
Biology Course Oerings (BIOL)
121 – Biological Concepts (4)
An introduction to biological concepts
common to all organisms. Includes
discussions of current topics in cellular
biology, genetics, ecology, and evolution.
Laboratory. Does not count toward
the biology major. Credit for only one
introductory biology course (121 or 125) can
be counted toward degree requirements.
125, 126 – Phage Hunters I, II (4,4)
is research course sequence is designed
for freshmen using a “learning by doing”
approach to introductory biology. It is a
hands-on, discovery course with an emphasis
on critical thinking. emes covered will be
similar to BIOL 121, 132 with an emphasis on
microbiology, molecular biology, genomics,
and bioinformatics. In the lab students will
isolate and characterize their own unique
virus. Laboratory. BIOL 126 counts towards
biology major and is a prerequisite for all
other required courses in the major. Credit
for only one introductory biology sequence
(121-132 or 125-126) can count toward degree
requirements.
127 – Human Biology (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 121. is course will
examine the structure and function of
the human body, human genetics and the
inuence of humans on their environment.
It will also examine ethical issues that aect
humans in these dierent areas. Students may
not count credit for both 132 and 127 toward
degree requirements. Does not count towards
biology major.
128 – Current Topics in Biology (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 121. Courses will cover
topics in biology that are of current interest to
non-major students. Topics will be specically
developed to build upon basic biological
concepts and will satisfy the second semester
of the natural science general education
requirement. Does not count toward the
biology major.
111
132 – Organism Function and Diversity (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 121 (C- or better). Survey of
organisms, focusing on structure, physiology,
and diversity. Plant and animal form and
function are emphasized. Laboratory. is
course counts toward the biology major and is
a prerequisite for all other required courses in
the major.
203 – Science in Perspective (3)
Prerequisites: Restricted to students accepted
into the M.S in Elementary Education
program and who have completed their two
semester natural science General Education
sequence requirement. Designed to fulll the
need for non-science majors to have a clear
understanding and appreciation of natural and
scientic phenomenon. Topics will be presented
in a manner that will challenge students to
reason, make appropriate connections between
various science disciplines and to eectively
communicate and apply scientic principles.
e course will consist of lecture/discussions
and student presentations. In addition, emphasis
will be placed on reading and understanding
current scientic literature. Does not count
toward biology major.
210 – Introduction to Ecology and Evolution (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or BIOL 132 and
CHEM 111 (C- or better in each course).
Introduction to ecological principles and
the study of interactions of plants, animals,
and microbes with each other and with their
environment.
231 – Plant Biology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 ( C- or better in
each course). Biological survey of plants, with
a focus on owering plants. Areas of study
include anatomy, physiology, phylogenetics
and evolution, and reproductive processes.
Laboratory.
251 – History of Biology (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 132 or 126 (C- or better
in each course).Chronological development of
selected biological theories and their impact on
contemporary biology.
260 – e Research Process (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 (C- or better
in each course). Survey of research practices
in the biological sciences. Covers statistical
methods for data analysis and interpretation,
design of surveys and experiments, and
scientic communication.
271 – Special Topics (2-4)
Prerequisites: Will be determined for each
specic course. Courses on particular topics in
biology that are of current interest to students
and faculty. Depending on the topic, the
specic course may or may not count toward
the biology major.
301 – Anatomy of the Chordates (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 (C- or better
in each course). e anatomy of selected
Chordates with special emphasis on the
Vertebrates. Lecture also examines the
evolution of the organ systems of vertebrates.
Laboratory.
302 – Developmental Biology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 260, 340 and 341; (C- or
better in each course). An examination of the
cellular and genetic mechanisms which control
the formation of multicellular organisms
during reproduction. Laboratory emphasizes
scientic investigation and development of
research skill in Developmental Biology.
Laboratory.
311 – Plant Ecology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better).
Ecological principles as applied to plants,
including global plant distributions,
physiological adaptations, population
dynamics, and biodiversity. Laboratory focuses
on hypothesis testing and experimental design.
Laboratory.
312 – Plant Physiology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 340 and 341 (C- or better
in each course). Experimental and theoretical
treatment of the functional mechanisms in
plants. Laboratory.
321 – Invertebrate Zoology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better). Survey
of invertebrate phyla emphasizing structural
characteristics, life histories, and evolutionary
relationships. Laboratory.
322 – Animal Ecology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better).
Introduction to sample design, population
demographics, regulatory mechanisms, and
survival strategies of animals. Exercises in data
collection, analysis and communication of
results. Laboratory.
323 – Entomology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 126 or 132 and CHEM 111,
112 (C- or better in each course). Introduction
to structure, function and ecology of insects.
Students prepare insect collections. Laboratory.
112
391 – Immunology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 341 (C- or better).
Introduction to the principles and theories of
host defense with emphasis on humoral and
cell mediated responses. Laboratory.
401 – Animal Behavior (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better).
Integrative survey of the biology of animal
behavior. Includes observations of animal
behavior in laboratory and eld settings.
410 – Neurobiology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 340 (C- or better). Examines
the structure and function of neurons, neural
networks and nervous systems. e laboratory
includes physiological experimentation and
basic human neuroanatomy. Laboratory.
412 – Endocrinology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 340 (C- or better). A study
of the structure and function of mammalian
hormone systems, including the cellular and
molecular mechanisms mediating hormone
action and control. Laboratory.
424 – Tropical Ecology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better). Study
of selected tropical ecosystems; exploration
of these in a tropical setting; consideration of
some problems, uses, and interesting facets of
these ecosystems. Field Trip to Puerto Rico or
other tropical locality.
425 – Vertebrate Zoology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better). A survey
of the vertebrates including their natural
history, evolution and taxonomy. e student
will become familiar with the biological
species concept, speciation and nomenclature
as they apply to the vertebrates. Laboratory.
426 – Biology of Fishes (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better). A
survey of the shes, including their anatomy,
physiology, natural history, and systematics.
e laboratory includes the collection and
identication of local species. Each student
will be required to develop and complete an
independent project. Laboratory.
427 – Ornithology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 and 260 (C- or better
in each course). Comprehensive survey of the
anatomy, physiology, behavior, ecology, and
evolution of birds. Laboratory emphasizes
scientic investigation and development of
research skills in ornithology. Laboratory.
331 – Histology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 340 (C- or better). e
anatomy and physiology of vertebrate
tissues, with an emphasis on human tissues.
Laboratory.
334 – Exercise Physiology (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 340 (C- or better). A study
of the physiologic responses of the metabolic,
cardiovascular, respiratory, muscular, and
skeletal systems to acute and chronic exercise
in the human.
340 – Cellular Biology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 and CHEM
112 (C- or better in each course). Study of cell
structure and function. Laboratory.
341 – General Genetics (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 126 or 132 and CHEM
112 (C- or better in each course). Structure,
function, and transmission of genetic material
using examples from viruses, bacteria, and
eukaryotic organisms. Application of these
principles to human inheritance. Laboratory.
342 – Nutrition and Metabolism (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 340 (C- or better). A
study of the scientic basis for the current
recommendations for a healthy diet. Course
topics include metabolic pathways, macro
and micro nutrients, diet and health, and
controversial topics in nutrition.
371 – Microbiology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 and CHEM
112 (C- or better in each course). Emphasis
is placed on bacteria, their morphology,
physiology, nutrition, and ecology. Laboratory.
372 – Parasitology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 126 or 132 (C- or better in
each course). e structure, life histories, and
host relationships of invertebrate parasitic
forms. Laboratory.
384 – Human Anatomy (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 (C- or better in
each course). e structure of the human body
at the cell, tissue, organ, and system levels of
organization. Laboratory.
385 – Human Physiology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 340 (C- or better). A
systematic study of the physiology of the
nervous system, circulation, respiration,
digestion, kidney function, muscle function,
integument system, homeostasis, hormonal
control, and reproduction in the human body.
Laboratory.
113
428 – Conservation Biology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 210 (C- or better). Study of
social science and natural science approaches
to the conservation of biological diversity.
Course topics include conservation law,
conservation values, population genetics, and
population dynamics. Laboratory.
430 – Molecular Biology of the Gene (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 260 and 341 (C- or better in
each course). e study of gene structure and
function at the molecular level. Laboratory
emphasizes the use of molecular techniques
to carry out original research on the
characterization of the gene.
432 – Virology (4)
Prerequisite: BIOL 260 and 341 (C- or better
in each course). e study of viruses and their
replication cycles. e laboratory emphasizes
scientic investigation and development of
research skills in virology.
434 – Physiological Adaptations (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 210 and 340 (C- or better
in each course). A study of the adaptations
of physiological systems in animals that
have evolved in diverse environments.
Laboratory emphasizes hypothesis-testing and
experimental design. Laboratory.
440 – Biology of Cancer (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 341 (C- or better). Lectures
and discussions focused on various aspects
of cancer including epidemiology, cellular
and molecular characteristics of cancer cells,
carcinogenesis, treatment and prevention.
442 – Evolution (3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 341 (C- or better). Lectures
and discussion center around modern
evolutionary theory and how evolutionary
events are measured and documented.
443 – e Biology and Biochemistry of
Proteins (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 340 (C- or better) and
CHEM 211 or CHEM 317. A study of the
principles of protein structure and active site
function, including the study of the structure
and function of a select group of proteins
representing major protein families. Students
complete a research project involving the use of
major protein databases and on-line analytical
tools.
444 – Bioinformatics (3)
Prerequisites: BIOL 340, and 341 (C- or better
each course). An exploration of the rapidly
growing genomics approach to biological
problems. Areas of study include genome
sequencing, comparative genomics, functional
genomics, and diversity. Students complete
three research projects based on primary
literature and utilize bioinformatics approach
to analyze original data. Class time is spent
on discussions, on student presentations of
research project results, and in collaborative
work.
451 – Seminar (2)
Prerequisites: is course is open only to senior
biology majors. Preparation and presentation
of an oral report on a topic in the biological
sciences. Each seminar section will focus on a
particular area of biology.
462 – Research Practices in Plant Ecology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 210; BIOL 260 (C- or better
in each course). Collaborative investigation
of led and ecology based problem. Requires
a signicant research project conducted in a
small group. Fullls the Research Intensive
(RI) requirement of the biology major.
471 – Topics in Biology (2–4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 (C- or better
in each course); additional prerequisites as
appropriate to specic topic. Specialized topics
not oered on a regular basis. Laboratory
included with certain topics.
472 – Research-Intensive Topics in Biology (4)
Prerequisites: BIOL 126 or 132 and BIOL
260 (C- or better in each course); additional
prerequisites as appropriate to topic).
Specialized topics not oered on a regular
basis. Requires a signicant independent
research project conducted individually or
in groups. Fullls the Research Intensive
requirement of the biology major. Laboratory.
481 – Research Design and Proposal
Development in Biology (1)
Prerequisites: BIOL 260 and permission of
instructor. Students will be guided by a faculty
member to read biological literature and
develop a proposal for an independent research
project.
482 – Literature Research in Biology (1)
Prerequisites: BIOL 260 and permission of
instructor. is individually mentored course
allows students to practice scientic reasoning
and analysis by reading, analyzing, discussing
and writing about the primary literature
in a specic topic area of biology. Students
will then write a comprehensive synthesis
114
paper detailing the state of knowledge in that
particular eld.
491 – Special Problems in Biology (1–3)
Prerequisite: BIOL 260 and 481 and C- or
better in all BIOL courses. Individual
laboratory or eld investigation supervised
by a sta member. Open to junior and senior
majors by permission of Department. No more
than six credits of BIOL 491 may be counted
toward the biology major.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisite: Junior or senior major in good
academic standing. Supervised o-campus
experience, developed in consultation with the
Department. Does not count toward biology
major.
CHEMISTRY
Department of Chemistry
Charles M. Sharpless, Chair
Janet A. Asper, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Janet A. Asper
Charles M. Sharpless
Kelli M. Slunt
Associate Professors
K. Nicole Crowder
Leanna C. Giancarlo
E. Davis Oldham
Assistant Professor
Randall D. Reif
e Chemistry Program
Chemistry, the study of the structure,
properties, and reactivity of matter, has been
called the “central science” because it is central
to a fundamental understanding of biology,
pharmacy, medicine, agriculture, geology,
engineering, and physics. e Bachelor of
Science in Chemistry degree program oers a
modern curriculum for the study of chemistry
within the general framework of a liberal arts
and sciences education. It prepares a student
for graduate, medical, or dental school; for
employment in the chemical industry; or for
secondary school teaching. In addition, several
courses provide an important foundation in
chemical theory and practice for the study of
biology, geology, environmental science, and
the health sciences. e program has been
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to oer certied degrees in Chemistry.
In general, chemistry is a solid major program
around which one can build a career-focused
set of courses from other disciplines, e.g.,
with mathematics and computer science for
chemical engineering or industrial chemistry;
with economics and business administration
for industrial chemistry; with biology for the
health sciences; and with geology for energy
or environmental research. e Biochemistry
track provides students interested in this
interdisciplinary subject a path to explore the
chemical and molecular fundamental that
control the structures and metabolic functions
of living systems.
e department has well-equipped laboratories
to support and reinforce classroom
instruction and to provide opportunities for
research. Instrumentation for spectroscopy
includes ultraviolet-visible and infrared
spectrophotometers; two nuclear magnetic
resonance spectrometers; and atomic
absorption and emission spectrometers with
both ame and inductively coupled plasma
sources. Other major equipment items
include a scanning probe microscope, a gas
chromatograph/mass spectrometer system;
several other gas and liquid chromatographs;
electrochemical analyzers; and a dierential
scanning calorimeter.
Majors are encouraged to fulll the general
education experiential learning requirement
by completing URES 197, CHEM 491, CHEM
493, or CHEM 499. Alternatively, majors
may meet this requirement by participating
in an approved summer research program,
either the UMW Summer Research Program
(or a similar program at another college or
university) or a program in an industrial
laboratory. To complete the experiential
learning requirement through a summer
research experience, contact the department
chair for more details.
During the senior year qualied students may
pursue Honors in Chemistry by completing
an independent research project and writing
and defending a thesis. Students interested
in post-graduate study or industrial careers
in chemistry should pursue an ACS-certied
degree. Students completing the Biochemistry
track will be prepared for careers in medical,
pharmaceutical, or biotechnological elds.
Requirements for the Chemistry Major
Forty (40) credits including CHEM 111, 112,
211, 212, 253, 254, 383, 384, 387, 388, 423, 453.
115
Note: MATH 122 and PHYS 105 and 106 or
101 and 102 are prerequisites to CHEM 383
and should be completed before the junior
year.
Requirements for the ACS-certied
Chemistry Degree
CHEM 111, 112, 211, 212, 253, 254, 317, 319,
343, 345, 383, 384, 387, 388, 423, 453 and
sucient additional laboratory hours to total
500 contact hours..
Requirements for the Biochemistry Track
Forty eight (48) credits as follows: BIOL 121
and 132 or 125 and 126, 340, 341; CHEM
111, 112, 211, 212, 317, 318, 319, 320, 383,
453; one (1) course from BIOL 342, 440, 443,
444, or 471 (approval required). Students
interested in graduate studies in biochemistry
are encouraged to complete additional BIOL
coursework such as BIOL 430. Students wishing
to earn an ACS-certied Biochemistry Track
must complete CHEM 253, 254, 343, and 345.
Note: Mathematics 122 and Physics 105 and 106
are prerequisites to Chemistry 383 and should
be completed before the junior year.
Chemistry Minor
e study of the structure, properties, and
reactivity of matter, Chemistry has been
titled the “central science” because of its focal
position in a fundamental understanding
of other scientic branches, such as biology,
medicine, pharmacy, physics, environmental
studies, and geology. e minor in Chemistry
allows students with interests in these elds to
explore the overlap between their disciplines
and this “central science.” e Chemistry
minor fosters both breadth in appreciation of
the many facets of the chemical sciences and
depth of understanding of each subspecialty.
e exibility aorded by the Chemistry
curriculum frees students to tailor the minor
to their specic interests, while providing a
rigorous academic background for further
study. For instance, an interdisciplinary,
Biochemistry oriented minor can be designed
with the choices of CHEM 211/212, CHEM
317/318 and CHEM 319, while a General
Chemistry minor might include CHEM
211/212, CHEM 317, CHEM 343, and CHEM
383.
Requirements for the Chemistry Minor
Twenty-three to twenty-ve (23 – 25) credits
as follows: CHEM 111, 112; either the 211-212
or 253-254 sequence; and completion of three
courses from 317, 318, 319, 331, 332, 343, 345,
383, 384, 387 totaling 7 – 9 credits. No more
than one of the three 300-level courses may be
a laboratory course.
Chemistry Course Oerings (CHEM)
101 – Foundations of Chemistry (3)
Foundations of Chemistry is designed to
develop fundamental mathematical skills and
introduce foundational chemistry concepts
underlying this central science. e use of
mathematics is stressed in the context of
chemical problems involving measurement,
atoms, molecules, reactions and solutions.
is course prepares students interested in
pursuing a science major for the General
Chemistry course curriculum. is course
does not count toward the chemistry major,
minor nor fulllment of the General Education
requirement in the Natural Science. Students
who have received credit for CHEM 111 may
not enroll in this course.
105, 106 – Chemistry and Society with
Laboratory I, II (4, 4)
A study of societal problems and issues
involving an understanding of important
chemical principles with emphasis on relevant
applications and the enhancement of chemical
literacy for the non-scientist. Laboratory. Does
not satisfy any major program requirements or
serve as a prerequisite to any other chemistry
courses. Credit for only one sequence (CHEM
105–106 or 111–112) can count toward degree
requirements. Only in sequence.
107 – Societal Chemistry (3)
A study of societal problems and issues involving
an understanding of important chemical
principles with emphasis on relevant applications
and the enhancement of chemical literacy for
the non-scientist. CHEM 105, 106 include a
laboratory component. Does not satisfy any
major program requirements or serve as a
prerequisite to any other chemistry courses.
Credit for only one sequence (CHEM 105–106,
105-107, or 111–112) can count toward degree
requirements. Only in sequence (105-106 or
105-107).
111, 112 – General Chemistry I, II (4, 4)
Introduction to the fundamental principles of
chemistry and the more important elements
and their compounds. Laboratory. e entry-
level course for additional work in chemistry,
biology, and environmental science. Credit
116
for only one sequence (Chemistry 105–106,
105–107, or 111–112) can count toward degree
requirements. Only in sequence with a grade of
C- or better in CHEM 111. Completion of the
UMW Chemistry Placement Exam required
prior to registration for CHEM 111. Contact
department for schedule.
211, 212 – Organic Chemistry I, II (4, 4)
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in
CHEM 112. e comprehensive study of the
structure and reactivity of carbon compounds.
Laboratory. Only in sequence with a grade of C
or better in CHEM 211.
253 – Chemical Analysis I (4)
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in CHEM
112. Introduction to principles of chemical
analysis, statistical treatment of measurements,
volumetric and gravimetric analyses, and
electrochemical analysis. Laboratory.
254 – Chemical Analysis II (4)
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in CHEM
112. Introduction to sampling in chemical
analysis as well as instrumental methods.
Laboratory.
317, 318 – Biochemistry I, II (3, 3)
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in CHEM
212. e application of chemical principles to
the study and understanding of the living state.
Only in sequence.
319, 320 – Biochemistry Laboratory I, II (1, 1)
Corequisites: CHEM 317 and 318. CHEM 253
and 254 are highly recommended. Selected
research techniques involving the chemical
composition and properties of cells, tissues,
and organisms.
331 – Environmental Chemistry (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or permission of
the instructor. An introduction to chemical
processes that regulate the composition of
air, water, and soil. Attention will be paid to
understanding chemical equilibrium and
kinetics of natural systems and how they are
inuenced by human actions.
332 – Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Corequisite: CHEM 331. Laboratory
experiments and eld sampling methods
that determine the chemical composition of
environmental samples. Oered in alternate
years.
343 – Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in CHEM
112. Modern theories of atomic structure
and chemical bonding and their applications
to molecular and metallic structures and
coordination chemistry.
345 – Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Corequisite: CHEM 343. Prerequisite: CHEM
253, 254. Selected experiments in the principles
of inorganic chemistry, including preparation
and characterization of selected inorganic
compounds.
383, 384 – Physical Chemistry I, II (3, 3)
Prerequisites: MATH 122, and PHYS 105 and
106 or 101 and 102, and a grade of C or better in
CHEM 112. ermodynamic, kinetic, quantum
mechanical and spectroscopic properties of
chemical systems. Only in sequence.
387, 388 – Physical Chemistry Laboratory I,II
(2, 2)
Corequisite: CHEM 383, 384 sequence.
Prerequisites: CHEM 253, 254. Selected
experiments involving the investigation of the
thermodynamic, electrochemical, kinetic and
spectroscopic properties of chemical systems.
Only in sequence.
423 – Experimental Methods in Chemistry (4)
Prerequisites: CHEM 212 and 253, 254.
Spectroscopic, chromatographic, and
chemical functional group techniques used
in synthesizing and characterizing chemical
systems. Laboratory.
453 – Seminar (2)
Open to graduating majors only with a GPA
of 2.0 or higher, except by permission of the
department. Introduction to the chemical
literature and information retrieval; oral
reports and discussion of selected topics in
chemistry.
471 – Advanced Topics in Chemistry (2–3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Advanced
treatment of selected topics in chemistry.
491 – Individual Study (1–4)
Open to qualied students by permission of
the department. Individual investigation of a
chemical topic or system under the direction
of a member of the department. Students
pursuing Honors in Chemistry register for
4 credits of CHEM 491 each semester of the
senior year.
493 – Chemical Outreach (1-2)
Open to qualied students by permission of
the department. Supervised activities that
share chemical knowledge and activities with
members of the local community (such as K-12
117
all four skill areas: speaking, listening, reading,
and writing. Required sessions in the language
laboratory. Students with credit for a higher
level course in Chinese may not take this
course for credit.
300 – Topics in Chinese Language and Culture
(3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent.
Advanced intermediate instruction in Chinese
language and culture.
301 - Advance Intermediate Chinese I (3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. ird-
year Mandarin Chinese in both its spoken and
written form. Equal emphasis on all four skill
areas: speaking, listening, reading, and writing.
Required sessions in the language laboratory.
302 - Advance Intermediate Chinese II (3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 301 or equivalent. ird-
year Mandarin Chinese in both its spoken and
written form. Equal emphasis on all four skill
areas: speaking, listening, reading, and writing.
Required sessions in the language laboratory.
CLASSICS
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Joseph M. Romero, Chair
Liane R. Houghtalin, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Liane R. Houghtalin
Angela L. Pitts
Joseph M. Romero
e Classics Program
Classics focuses on the study of the languages,
literatures, and civilizations of ancient
Greece and Rome. Since many of the ideas
and principles which emerged in the classical
world are basic to Western culture, courses
in Classics apply to the study of almost all the
liberal arts and sciences.
Students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts
degree in Classics may choose among three
major concentrations: Latin (see Latin);
an interdisciplinary concentration in
Classical Civilization; or an interdisciplinary
concentration in Classical Archaeology.
Students develop their major programs in
consultation with a faculty advisor.
students or teachers) or other UMW groups
(such as James Farmer Scholars).
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisites: permission of the department.
Supervised o-campus experience developed
in consultation with the department.
CHINESE
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Over 1.3 billion people worldwide speak one
of the dialects of Chinese and the language
is becoming increasingly important in the
international context in concert with China’s
emergence an important global economic
and political force. Mandarin Chinese, the
dialect spoken in the Beijing region, is also the
mainland’s standard language in print and
television media. Students pursuing courses in
Chinese can also take related courses in Art,
History, Political Science, and Religion.
Chinese Course Oerings (CHIN)
101 – Beginning Chinese I (3)
An introduction to Mandarin Chinese in both
its spoken and written form. Equal emphasis
on all four skill areas: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Required sessions in the
language laboratory. Students with credit for
a higher level course in Chinese may not take
this course.
102 – Beginning Chinese II (3)
An introduction to Mandarin Chinese in both
its spoken and written form. Equal emphasis
on all four skill areas: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Required sessions in the
language laboratory. Students with credit for
a higher level course in Chinese may not take
this course.
201 – Intermediate Chinese I (3)
Second-Year Mandarin Chinese in both its
spoken and written form. Equal emphasis on
all four skill areas: speaking, listening, reading,
and writing. Required sessions in the language
laboratory. Students with credit for a higher
level course in Chinese may not take this
course for credit.
202 – Intermediate Chinese II (3)
Second-Year Mandarin Chinese in both its
spoken and written form. Equal emphasis on
118
While some Classics majors who choose
a concentration in Classical Civilization
include teacher licensure in their schedule,
others take a second major in a related eld,
such as history, philosophy, religion, English,
business, or modern languages. With such a
background, graduates have a wide range of
opportunities aer college, including museum
work, archaeology, graduate study, teaching,
and translating.
e concentration in Classical Archaeology
oers special preparation to those students
who wish to pursue museum or eld work
in archaeology. A concentration in Classical
Archaeology joined with a related major
such as anthropology, art history, historic
preservation, history, or religion will enable
a student to add depth of knowledge about
the ancient world to his or her study of those
disciplines.
Opportunities for study and excavation
abroad are readily available to the Classics
major. Mary Washington is a member of the
Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in
Rome and the American School of Classical
Studies in Athens. Students are welcome
to consult with the Classics faculty about
programs at these and other institutions.
Qualied students are invited to join Eta Sigma
Phi, the national honor society for Classics,
and to try for departmental honors in their
senior year.
Requirements for Major in Classics with
concentration in Classical Civilization
irty-three (33) credits in Classics 103-499
and approved courses relating to Classical
Civilization, including CLAS 103 and 105, and
LATN 202, GREK 202, or at least 3 credits in
an upper level Latin or Greek course. At least
6 of the 33 credits (in Classics and approved
courses) must be at the level of 299 or above.
Approved courses relating to Classical
Civilization are any course in Greek or Latin;
ARTH 114, 305, 310, 311; CPRD 299; CPRD
301, 302, 331 (all with permission); ENGL
319, 320; HIST 331, 332; ITAL 395, 396;
PHIL 201, 310, 311; RELG 206, 211, 231 (with
permission), 306, 331 (with permission), 341
(with permission). LATN 425 does not count
in the major.
Requirements for Major in Classics with
concentration in Classical Archaeology
irty-three (33) credits, including CLAS 103
and 105; either LATN 202 and GREK 202 or 6
credits in upper-level Latin (or, in exceptional
cases and with approval, upper-level Greek)
courses; at least 6 credits in CLAS/ARTH 305,
ARTH 310, 311; HIST 331, 332; at least 9 credits
in approved archaeology courses, out of which
at least 6 credits must be in Classics.
Approved archaeology courses: ARTH/CLAS
305 (if not already counted as fullling the
requirement listed above);CLAS 351 (with
permission), 352 (with permission), 380,
390, 485, 491 (with permission), 492 (with
permission), 499 (with permission); ARTH 315;
HISP 207, 462, 463, 467. LATN 425 does not
count in the major.
Classics Course Oerings (CLAS)
103 – Ideas and Culture: Greek Civilization (3)
An introduction to ancient Greek literature,
thought, art, drama, architecture, and culture
from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic Era,
with particular focus placed upon h century
Athens.
105 – Ideas and Culture: Roman Civilization (3)
An introduction to ancient Roman literature,
thought, art, architecture, and culture from the
Early Republic to the dissolution of the empire,
with particular focus placed upon the Late
Republic and Early Empire.
110 – Greek and Roman Mythology in Art and
Literature (3)
e principal Greek and Roman myths, with
emphasis on their appearance in literature and
art.
202 – Ancient Tragedy (3)
e dramas of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and
Euripides.
204 – Epic Traditions (3)
A comparative study of epic poetry from the
ancient civilizations of Mesopotamia, Greece,
and Rome.
211 – Greek and Roman Religion (3)
e public, personal, and mystery religions of
the Greeks and Romans, and the development
of classical religious ideas. Cross-listed as
RELG 211.
305 – Egyptian and Near Eastern Art and
Archaeology (3)
Using the methodologies developed by
119
archaeologists and art historians, this course
examines the artistic and architectural
traditions of Egypt and the Near East from the
prehistoric through the Greco-Roman periods.
Cross-listed as ARTH 305.
310 – Women in Antiquity (3)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or
permission of instructor. e nature, roles, and
lives of women in ancient Greece and Rome.
351, 352 – Special Studies in Classical
Civilization (3, 3)
Prerequisite will vary, depending on topic.
Reading and study in a specialized area of ancient
culture.
380 – Archaeology of the Greek and Roman
World (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 114, CLAS 103 or 105.
Study of the archaeological excavation of the
Greek and Roman world, with emphasis on
the history, techniques, and ethics of classical
archaeology.
390 – e Ancient City (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 114, CLAS 103 or 105. e
growth and development of selected urban
centers in the Greek and Roman world, with
emphasis on the archaeological record.
485 – Guided Research in Classics (3)
Prerequisites: senior Classics major or junior
Classics major with permission of instructor.
Preparation of a senior thesis under the
direction of the Classics faculty. Recommended
for all Classics majors; required for graduation
with Honors in Classics.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Classical
Civilization (1–4)
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
department.
499 – Internship (1-4)
Supervised o-campus learning experience,
developed in consultation with the Classics
faculty.
Joint Course Oerings
Classics–Philosophy–Religion (CPRD)
100 – Topics in Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion (3)
Special interdisciplinary oerings in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
104 – Meditation and Contemplative Practices
(3)
is course oers a practical, experiential,
and theoretical introduction to mindfulness
meditation and contemplation. Students learn
and practice meditation techniques daily while
exploring the contemplative practices and
theories of a diverse cultural traditions from
a variety of disciplinary perspectives, such as
philosophy, psychology, and neuroscience.
299 – Mysterium Humanum Studies (3)
Dierent topics of fundamental human
concern are treated at dierent times in
this interdisciplinary course involving the
entire faculty of the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion. Topics covered in
the past include “Wrestling with Death,” “e
Tempest of Time,” “Sex and Society in the
West,” and “Slavery.”
301, 302 – Studies in Ancient Languages (3, 3)
Introduction to the morphology and syntax
of selected ancient languages relevant to the
study of Classics, Philosophy, and Religion
(such as Coptic, Quranic Arabic, and Sanskrit).
By permission of instructor. ese courses
do not satisfy the College’s general education
requirement for prociency in a foreign
language.
304 – Contemplative Practice II (3)
Prerequisite: CPRD 104. Contemplative Practice
II is a continuation of CPRD 104. Students will
further develop and rene their daily meditation
practice by exploring additional techniques and
advanced topics. It also surveys current trends
in psychological and neuroscientic research
on meditation, and deeply engages related
philosophical concepts and debates.
331 – Cross-disciplinary Topics in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion (3)
A consideration of a theme from the
perspective of two or three of the disciplines
taught in the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
120
in persuasive speaking can join the University
debate team and receive academic credit
for participating in regional and national
tournaments.
Students who pursue the Communication and
Digital Studies major will develop the critical
tools to study and use digital technology to
eectively communicate in a dynamic new
media environment. e interdisciplinary
major, which leads to a general liberal arts
and studies degree (Bachelor of Arts), provides
students with the means to navigate the rapidly
changing nature of both communication
networks and the world they live in. e
course work in this major focuses on new
theoretical directions in the eld of digital
studies, and provides students with a dynamic
understanding of how communication practices
currently work through digital means and how
those practices can be adapted to meet their
future needs.
Requirements for the Communication and
Digital Studies Major
e major includes thirty-six (36) credits in
communication and digital studies courses as
follows:
1. Communication core (15 credits)
a. COMM 205
b. COMM 206
c. COMM 340
d. COMM 341
e. COMM 460
2. Digital Studies Core (9 credits)
a. One of the following: ARTS 104, CPSC
106 or 110
b. DGST 101
c. DGST 395
3. Electives (12 credits)
Four of the following, with at least two at the
300 or 400-level: ARTS 219, 226, 316, 341,
454;COMM 209, 353, 357, 370, 491, 499;
DGST 201, 301; ENGL 203, 245, 252, 253,
300, 301, 314, 345, 350, 359, 386, 451; HISP
303; HIST 325, 427, 428; MUTC 100, 170, 320,
330, 370; PSCI 363, 450; or SPAN 413.e
following courses maybe taken as electives
if not used in the Digital Studies Core: ARTS
104, CPSC 106, CPSC 110.
Communication AND
DIGITAL STUDIES
Department of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Gary N. Richards, Chair
P. Anand Rao, Major Program
Coordinator and Career Advisor
Zachary N. Whalen, Minor Program
Coordinator
Faculty
Professor
P. Anand Rao
Associate Professor
Zachary N. Whalen
Assistant Professors
Emily D. Crosby
Adria Y. Goldman
Elizabeth A. Johnson-Young
Senior Lecturer
Jesse Stommel
Aliated Faculty
Rosemary Arneson, Simpson Library
Stephen Farnsworth, Department of
Political Science and International
Aairs
Carole Garmon, Department of Art and
Art History
Rosemary Jesionowski, Department of Art
and Art History
Elizabeth Lewis, Department of Modern
Languages and Literatures
Jerey McClurken, Department of History
and American Studies
George Meadows, College of Education
Carolyn Parsons, Simpson Library
Jason Robinson, Department of Art and
Art History
e Communication and Digital Studies
Program
Communication courses enhance
understanding of and skill in oral
communication by introducing students to
communication theories and by providing
opportunities to practice communication in a
variety of settings. Courses on the 200-level are
performance courses, kept small to allow for
individualized instruction.
Courses on the 300-level oer a historical and
theoretical approach to the study of human
communication behavior and examine how
communication activities aect society.
Students interested in more intensive training
121
Digital Studies Minor
Digital Studies engages students in the
discovery, analysis, and creation of digital
information and media. As an interdisciplinary
minor, students will gain the academic and
technological skills necessary to analyze
information and communicate in an
increasingly digital world. e Digital Studies
Minor requires an introductory course, a
capstone course, and elective courses across
disciplines of study that explore the creation and
use of digital information and the related social,
legal, cultural, epistemological, and historical
issues. Students will gain technological skills
necessary to critically research, evaluate, and
produce digital information and new media.
rough collaborative work with digital
tools, students will produce new information
resources and will apply digital technologies
in meaningful ways across various disciplines
of study. e capstone experience requires
independent research, interdisciplinary analysis,
technological skills, and the production of a
publicly accessible digital studies or new media
project.
e minor incorporates (among others) the
disciplines of American Studies, anthropology,
art and art history, communication, computer
science, English, historic preservation, and
history, Spanish, and Political Science from
which students may select elective courses. e
minor is open to students from any discipline
in the arts and sciences, education, or business
colleges at UMW. Students interested in
enrolling in the minor should contact the
director of the Digital Studies Minor for
additional details.
Requirements for the Digital Studies Minor
Eighteen (18) credits to include one
introductory class (DGST 101); twelve (12)
credits from AMST 204; ARTS 104, 219, 226,
241, 316, 341, 454; COMM 353, 357, 460; CPSC
106; DGST 201, 301, 395, 483 (up to 3 credits);
ENGL 203, 245, 252, 253, 300, 301, 314, 345,
350, 359, 386, 451; GEOG 250; HISP 303; HIST
300AA, 325, 427, 428, 449; MUTC 100, 170,
320, 330, 370; PSCI 363, 450; THEA 433, 481
or other courses as approved by the director,
where the courses chosen reect at least two
disciplines with 6 credits at 300-level or higher,
and a 3-credit capstone from COMM 460,
ENGL 451, HIST 427, HIST 428, individual
studies (491/492), or other courses as approved
by the coordinator.
Communication Course Oerings (COMM)
205 – Public Speaking (3)
Study of the basic principles of public address;
emphasis is on developing a theoretical
and practical understanding of oral
communication through practice in preparing,
delivering, and criticizing speeches in class.
206 – Small Group Communication (3)
Study of the theories and principles of eective
communication and decision making in small
group contexts. Emphasis is on understanding
communication dynamics and on improving
one’s communication capabilities as a
participant in and leader of small groups.
209 – Argumentation (3)
Study of the use of reasoning in persuasive
communication with emphasis on the
construction, evaluation, presentation,
refutation, and defense of oral arguments.
340 – Introduction to Rhetoric and
Communication (3)
Introduction to human communication
studies, focusing on the history, theory,
criticism and mediation of persuasive messages
to discover their roles in human society,
culture, and contemporary life.
341 – Communication Research Methods (3)
Prerequisite: COMM 340 or permission of
instructor. is course introduces students
to the study of the qualitative, quantitative,
and rhetorical methods used to conduct
communication research. Topics covered
include research design, data collection, data
analysis, and a review of the major sources
for publication of academic and professional
research in communication. Students will
complete a communication research project
and present their results.
351 – Communication and Political
Campaigns (3)
Study of persuasive communication in political
campaigns, emphasizing the evaluation and
criticism of campaign speeches, televised
debates, and political advertising.
353 – Visual Rhetoric (3)
Study of the rhetorical use of visual texts with
an emphasis on the development and use of
visual arguments.
357 – Social Media (3)
Study of the communication theory and
practice of social media as used by individuals
and groups.
122
370 – Topics in Speech Communication (3)
Studies in major gures, movements, and
problems in speech communication theory
and practice. Consult Schedule of Courses for
specic topics.
450 – Studies in Rhetoric and Communication
(3)
Study of rhetoric and human communication;
consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
460 – Seminar in Digital Rhetorics (3)
Prerequisite: COMM 340 or permission of
instructor. Study of the contemporary function
of rhetoric in the context of our globally
networked society.
481 – Policy Debate Practicum (1)
Credit for satisfactory work on the
University’s intercollegiate policy debate team.
Enrollment by permission of instructor and
the department. No more than 8 credits of
Practicum (481, 482, 483) may count toward
the 120 hours required for graduation.
482 – Public Debate Practicum (1)
Credit for satisfactory work on the University’s
public debate team. Enrollment by permission
of the instructor and department. No more
than 8 credits of Practicum (481, 482, 483)
may count toward the 120 hours required for
graduation.
483 – Communication Consulting Practicum
(1)
By permission of the instructor. Students
will review, study, and apply the principles of
public speaking, rhetoric, peer tutoring, and
instructional communication. In addition,
students will reect upon, discuss, and write
about the application of these principles to
their tutoring process. No more than 8 credits
of Practicum (481, 482, 483) may count toward
the 120 hours required for graduation.
491 – Individual Study (3)
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
department. Only three credits of individual
study may count toward the Communication
and Digital Studies major.
492 – Individual Study (1-6)
Individual study for variable credit under
the direction of a member of the sta. By
permission of the department. Only three
credits of individual study may count toward
the Communication and Digital Studies major.
499 – Internship (1–6)
Supervised o-campus
experience, typically o-campus, developed
in consultation with the department. Credits
variable. Up to three credits may be counted
toward the Communication and Digital
Studies major.
Digital Studies Course Oerings (DGST)
101 – Introduction to Digital Studies (3)
Introduces an interdisciplinary approach to
using technology and specically provides
a foundation for the Digital Studies Minor.
Coursework may include digital approaches to
creativity, historiography, media analysis and
thinking critically about and through digital
culture.
201 – Tinkering, Hacking, and Making (3)
is course introduces students to the process
of making, from initial design to the nished
product, and to the emerging maker culture.
Students are introduced to a variety of tools and
practices for the development and making of
objects using innovative soware and hardware.
301 – Special Topics in Digital Studies (3)
Variable topics in digital culture, digital
creativity, or digital methodology. Consult the
Schedule of Courses for specic course titles.
395 – Applied Digital Studies (3)
Prerequisite: DGST 101. Apply the skills and
methodologies developed in the Digital Studies
curriculum toward larger-scale, self-designed
digital projects that contribute meaningfully to
some cultural eld, academic discipline, social
issue, or other research questions.
483 – Digital Project Consulting Practicum (1)
Students in the course will develop their
skills with a variety of digital tools and
technologies used at the University for the
purpose of providing peer support on digital
projects. Students will also receive instruction
in eective tutoring techniques and creating
technical documentation and support
materials. No more than 4 credits of DGST
483 may count toward the 120 hours required
for graduation; three may be counted in the
Digital Studies minor.
123
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Department of Computer Science
Ian Finlayson, Chair
Karen Anewalt, Career Advisor
Stephen Davies, Graduate School Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Karen Anewalt
Stephen Davies
Jennifer Polack
Associate Professors
Ian Finlayson
Ron Zacharski
Assistant Professors
Andrew M. Marshall
Veena Ravishankar
Jessica Zeitz Self
e Computer Science Program
e Bachelor of Science degree in Computer
Science provides the kind of dynamic,
interactive work environment few elds can
match. Soware developers and analysts
invariably work in teams to tackle cutting-
edge projects. We join forces with scientists,
doctors, military commanders, social
psychologists, and others to produce solutions
that are bigger than the sum of their parts.
We enjoy the satisfaction of working with
our peers to make a common vision become
reality.
Computer soware is probably the most
malleable medium invented for human
artistry. Unlike the gadgets of the industrial
revolution, which were hardwired to a single
purpose, computer soware essentially
mimics the uidity of the human mind,
making it extensible in any direction the
author sees t. Because of this, in Computer
Science, we don’t just study what “is,” but we
dene what is. Our goal is to invent, create,
and solve problems in exciting new ways.
e major is tailor-made for a challenging and
practical course of study and paves the way for
a dynamic career path and advanced study in
the computing and related elds. We also oer
a minor in Computer Science for students
majoring in other disciplines, and oer
courses in support of the interdisciplinary
Data Science minor and the Cybersecurity
minor. Students have opportunities for
individual study, undergraduate research, and
internships at technical rms, government
oces, or soware development agencies.
Students considering a career with the
federal government should be aware that
the US Department of Operations and
Personnel Management standards require a
minimum of 15 credit hours of mathematics
in order for employees to be classied as a
“Computer Scientist.” Students interested in
federal employment in this classication are
encouraged to take MATH 121, MATH 122,
STAT 180, and any additional MATH course
numbered 300 or higher. A minor in Applied
Mathematics would also provide appropriate
preparation.
Students who are considering a career in IT
or project management or who are interested
in pursuing an MBA should pursue the
Computer Science major and a minor in
Business Administration.
Students who are interested in a career
in Geospatial Systems should consider
completing the requirements for Computer
Science major and the Geographic
Information Science certicate.
Requirements for the Computer Science
Major
Forty-six to forty-eight (46-48) credits as
follows:
A. e following required courses: CPSC 220,
225, 240, 305, 326, 340, 350, 405, and 430.
B. Either CPSC 284 or MATH 201 and 300.
C. Two courses, minimum three credits each,
in CPSC numbered 400 or higher (except
CPSC 499) that were not used to satisfy any of
the preceding requirements. CPSC 491 fullls
this requirement if said course is at least three
credits.
D. One course, minimum three credits, in
CPSC or MATH numbered 300 or higher,
including CPSC 391, 491, or 499 provided the
course is at least 3 credits.
A maximum of 3 credits of CPSC 499 can be
counted toward the Computer Science major.
Computer Science Minor Requirements (20
credits):
Any Computer Science course, of at least 3
credits, numbered 100 or higher; CPSC 220
and 240; any three (3) Computer Science
courses numbered 300 or above, for a total of
at least 9 credits.
124
Computer Science Course Oerings (CPSC)
104 – e Internet: Technology, Information,
and Issues (3)
A survey of the technology and issues
underlying the use of the Internet for
communication, resource discovery,
research, and dissemination of information
in multimedia formats. Topics include an
introduction to Internet protocols, Internet
history and development, electronic mail, use
and functions of a Web browser, accessing
Internet services and resources, using the
Internet for research, Website design and
implementation, and social, legal, and ethical
issues related to using the Internet.
106 – Digital Storytelling (3)
People have been telling stories since the
beginning of time, but how is storytelling
evolving in the digital age? is course
explores how computers are being used to tell
stories. We’ll study text-based technologies
– blogging, the web – and how thosemodels
have changed the way we publish and
disseminate narratives. We’llalso study the
roles of audio, video, and images in narrative:
computeranimation, the ethics of altering
digital images, and the Story Corpsproject.
Students will use technology including
blogs, virtual worlds, and computer games to
create and tell their own stories. No previous
computer experience is necessary.
109 – Introduction to Modeling and
Simulation (3)
is course introduces students to the concepts
of modeling and simulation as tools for solving
problems in the sciences. Students will be
introduced to several modeling and simulation
tools and will learn how to decompose
problems so they can be represented and
solved with the tools. Agent models and
system models will be introduced. Example
problems to demonstrate the modeling and
simulation techniques and tools drawn from a
number of scientic elds and will introduce
basic problems that will not require depth of
knowledge in any particular eld of science.
Examples of these problems include forest res,
predatory problems, transmission of diseases,
chemical reactions, and elementary particle
simulations. Students completing the course
will be able to model complex systems and
have attained programming skills equivalent
to those learned in CPSC 110. No previous
programming experience or computer
background is expected.
110 – Introduction to Computer Science (3)
is course provides a foundation in computer
science for a student who does not have prior
programming experience. It provides sucient
support to permit a student to continue in the
major program. Topics include an introduction
to the algorithm and program development
process using a high-level structured
programming language and the department’s
computing facilities. Supervised hands-on
experience provided. May not be taken for
graded credit aer passing any Computer
Science course numbered 220 or higher.
219 – Foundations for Data Science (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 101. Skills and tools
in acquiring, parsing, manipulating, and
preparing data for statistical analysis. Cross-
listed as DATA 219 and DSCI 219.
220 – Computer Programming and Problem
Solving (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 110 or 219 or successful
completion of the UMW computer science
placement exam. Continued coverage of
disciplined problem-solving and algorithmic
development including emphasis on
procedural and data abstraction. Topics
include elementary data structures such
as arrays, les, and classes. e notions of
data modeling and the linking of data type
denitions with their associated operations is
introduced. Study of program design, coding,
debugging, testing, and documentation in a
higher level language that supports the object-
oriented paradigm. Intended for students who
have had previous programming experience.
225 – Soware Development Tools (1)
Prerequisite: CPSC 220. is course provides
a practical introduction to using common
soware development tools. Topics will
include using the Unix command line, les
and permissions, managing processes, the vim
text editor, version control, and writing shell
scripts.
240 – Object-Oriented Analysis and Design (4)
Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in CPSC
220. eory and practice of the object-oriented
soware development paradigm including
abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance,
polymorphism, aggregation, visibility, modeling
notations, and design patterns. Also covers
issues in collaborative soware development
including communication, code sharing,
diversity, and inclusion. Students work in teams
125
to develop collaborative soware solutions in an
object-oriented language.
270 – Introductory Special Topics in Computer
Science (3)
Prerequisite: Specied by Instructor. Lecture
or seminar class dealing with a topic accessible
without extensive Computer Science
experience. Most recently this has included
topics such as JavaScript Programming. May
be repeated for credit with a change in topic.
284 – Applied Discrete Mathematics (4)
Prerequisite:
CPSC 110, 219, or 220;
or successful completion of the UMW
computer science placement exam. Designed
to prepare beginning Computer Science
majors for advanced study by emphasizing
the components of Discrete Mathematics
especially related to Computer Science. Topics
include number systems, logic, methods of
proof, counting techniques, mathematical
induction, sets, relations, functions, vectors,
matrices, graphs, and trees.
302 – Computer Ethics (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 110 or 220. An examination
of issues and events related to ethics,
professional conduct and social responsibility
as they apply to the eld of Computer Science.
Includes study of ethical responsibilities and
behaviors appropriate for computer scientists.
305 – Computer Systems and Architecture (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 225, a grade of C or better
inCPSC 240, and either CPSC 284 or MATH
201. is course examines the basic operation
of computing systems. It takes a bottom-up
approach covering each major component of
such systems including hardware, logic circuit
design, CPU instruction sets, assemblers,
and compilers. Students will gain experience
programming in assembly language and C.
310 – Computer Information Systems (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 220. is course introduces
the student to the use and implications of
information technology in the business
environment. is course covers such
topics as data management, networks,
analysis and design, computer hardware and
soware, decision support systems, database
management systems, transaction processing
systems, executive information systems, and
expert systems. It also provides activity with
computer-based and non-computer-based
problems/cases and includes real-world
programming projects that are implemented
using a high-level programming language.
318 – System and Network Administration (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 225. A hands-on course
on the fundamentals of system and network
administration with a focus on proper design
and management for ensuring system and
network security.
326 – eoretical Foundations of Computing (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 225, a grade of C or better
inCPSC 240, and either CPSC 284 or MATH
201. Covers structures and concepts relating
to the underlying theory of computation
and mathematical models of actual physical
processes. Also covers a repertoire of advanced
algorithms for data processing, and the
asymptotic analysis of those algorithms
to describe their running time and space
requirements. Topics may include formal
languages, automata theory, Turing machines,
the halting problem, NP-completeness,
searching and traversal algorithms, dynamic
programming, compression algorithms and
random number generation.
340 – Data Structures and Algorithms (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 225, a grade of C or better
inCPSC 240, and either CPSC 284 or MATH
201. Continued study of data modeling and
incorporation of abstract data types including
linked lists, stacks, queues, heaps, trees,
and graphs. Study of advanced sorting and
searching techniques. Provides experience in
the use of algorithm analysis. Continued study
of program design, coding, debugging, testing,
and documentation in an object-oriented
higher level language.
345 – Introduction to Computer Security (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 220 and 225. Provides
an introduction to computer security. e
focus is on providing the students a wide
overview of current computer security. Topics
covered include, but are not limited to, basic
cryptography, network security, system
security, wireless security, and mobile security.
In addition, course labs provide a more
hands-on, in-depth exploration of specic
topics.
348 – Web Application Development (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 220. is course provides
an introduction to topics related to developing
Web applications including: overview of Web
technology; introduction to networks and the
Internet; popular scripting languages such as
PHP, JSP, and JavaScript; electronic payment
systems; databases; and security.
126
350 – Applications of Databases (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 225 and grade of C or
better in CPSC 240. Presents basic techniques
for the design and implementation of
database-driven web applications. Topics
include the design of relational and NoSQL
databases and scaling techniques such as the
use of load balancing and distributed systems.
Programming intensive using a dynamic high-
level general-purpose language.
370 through 377 – Special Topics in Computer
Science (1–4)
Prerequisites: Specied by Instructor. Lecture or
seminar class. Most recently this has included
topics such as Information Visualization and
Computational Linguistics. May be repeated for
credit with a change in topic.
391 – Special Projects in Computer Science (1-4)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Intensive
individual investigation of signicant research
problem under the direction of a faculty
member. GPA and course prerequisites apply.
401 – Organization of Programming Languages (3)
Prerequisites: CPSC 326 and either CPSC 330
or 340. A course in programming language
construction and design emphasizing the
run-time behavior of programs. Alternative
implementations of programming language
constructs are considered. Techniques for
language denition may also be discussed.
405 – Operating Systems (4)
Prerequisites: CPSC 305 and 340. is
course examines the abstractions above the
hardware that make a computer usable to both
programmers and users. ese abstractions
include processes, context switching,
concurrent programming, semaphores, virtual
addressing, transactions, access control, and
virtualization. Many of these abstractions are
the foundation of operating system kernel
development. e abstractions are also
applicable to any large-scale programming
project. Programming intensive.
414 – Network Principles and Applications (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 220 and 225. is course
provides an introduction to the basic principles
of networking. Topics covered in the course
include: network topologies, protocols, the OSI
Model, methods of data transmission, error
detection and correction, TCP/IP, network
security and other topics as time permits. is
course is theoretical and concept-oriented
rather than consisting of the details of specic
network packages.
415 – Articial Intelligence (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 240 and either CPSC 284
or MATH 201. A survey of current articial
intelligence topics including informed search,
knowledge representation, knowledge-based
systems, and machine learning. Other topics
such as image processing, robotics, and
language processing, may also be covered.
Articial intelligence programming projects
are required.
419 – Data Mining (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 219, DSCI 219, CPSC
219, or CPSC 220. Practical knowledge
of data mining, machine learning, and
information retrieval. Students will examine
the theoretical foundations of a variety
of techniques, gain experience with these
techniques using open source soware,
and learn how to apply them to real-world
problems. Topics include decision trees,
Naïve Bayes, probabilistic retrieval models,
clustering, support vector machines,
approaches to web mining, and scalable
machine learning applications. Cross-listed
as DATA 419.
420 – Modeling and Simulation (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 219, DSCI 219, CPSC 219
or 220. A robust introduction to techniques of
mathematical modeling and computational
simulation applied to practical problems.
Topics include system dynamics approaches,
discrete-event simulation, and agent-based
models. Students complete small projects
on topics as diverse as population growth,
epidemic transmission, queuing theory, and
forest re outbreaks. Cross-listed as DATA
420.
425 – Parallel Computing (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 305 or 340. is course
provides an introduction to parallel
computing, covering topics including parallel
architectures, programming techniques
and libraries, the study of existing parallel
computing systems, and performance analysis.
Students will use a variety of hardware to
explore current libraries and methods used for
parallel programming.
430 – Soware Engineering (4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 340 and 350. Techniques
for modeling, designing, implementing, and
managing large-scale computer programs
are studied. Studies include soware process
models, modeling using UML, and application
development with a CASE tool. Continued
127
study of issues in collaborative soware
development including communication, code
sharing, diversity and inclusion. Students work
in groups and apply the techniques studied to
semester-long projects.
435 – Advanced Cybersecurity (3)
Prerequisites: CPSC 225, MATH 253, CPSC
345 or MIST 411. CPSC 435 explores more
advanced cybersecurity related topics including
but not limited to: Data security and forensics,
component security, system security, and
human security.
440 – Game Programming (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 340. Students will
design, develop, and implement computer
games that involve real-time, event-driven,
and multimedia programming techniques.
Students learn the history of computer games
and the elements of video game design and
architecture.
444 – ree Dimensional Computer Graphics (3)
Prerequisites: CPSC 340. e study of three-
dimensional modeling involving the use of
light, color, texture and transformation; visible
surface detection; parallel and perspective
projections; clipping algorithms.
445 – Soware Security (3)
Prerequisites: CPSC 345 or MIST 411. A course
on the intersection of soware and information
security. A programming intensive course.
Topics include but are not limited to:
Programming aws, causes, identication,
exploitation and prevention; malicious
soware, development, identication, and
prevention; soware fuzzing and other aw
identication and testing methods. .
448 – Advanced Web Application
Development (3)
Prerequisite: CPSC 348 or 350 or permission of
the instructor. An examination and application
of contemporary soware technologies
focused on providing Web-based services
and applications. Students work in teams to
design and develop leading-edge projects. In
the recent past this has included developing
advanced data-driven applicationsemploying
AJAX, PHP, and a database management
system.
470 through 477 – Selected Topics in Computer
Science (1-4)
Prerequisite: Specied by Instructor. Treatment
of selected topics in Computer Science. Most
recently this has included topics such as Cloud
Computing, Animation, and Information
Systems Security. May be repeated for credit
with a change in topic.
491 – Individual Study in Computer
Science (1-4)
Prerequisite: Departmental permission.
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the department. GPA and course
prerequisites apply. May be repeated for credit
with a change in topic. Two semesters of 3
credits of study required for graduation with
Departmental Honors.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience with
an academic component, developed in
consultation with the department. Only 3
credits may count toward the major and
minimum GPA and course prerequisites apply.
CONTEMPLATIVE
STUDIES
Dan Hirshberg, Program Coordinator,
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Aliated Faculty
David Ambuel, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
John Broome, College of Education
Joseph Dreiss, Department of Art and Art
History
Caitlin Finlayson, Department of
Geography
Dan Hirshberg, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Miriam Liss, Department of Psychological
Science
Debra O'Dell, Department of Biological
Sciences
Angela Pitts, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Holly Schirin, Department of
Psychological Science
Hilary Stebbins, Department of
Psychological Science
e Contemplative Studies Program
e Contemplative Studies minor is broadly
interdisciplinary, incorporating the humanities,
arts, and sciences to explore the theory,
128
practice, history, and scientic study of diverse
contemplative traditions. In addition to the
critical and intellectual study of these topics,
students train in the daily application of secular
contemplative techniques. Self-reection on
personal experience is a key component, and
both creative expression and individual research
are encouraged and supported.
e minor oers students a foundation in four
primary areas: 1) the theory of contemplation
across traditions and history; 2) the application
of contemplation in various human endeavors,
including philosophy, religion, art, and
performance; 3) the scientic study of
meditation, its cutting-edge technologies, and
the quantiable psychological data gathered to
document its eects on the brain and well-
being; and 4) signicant practical training and
experience in secular meditative techniques
towards the development of concentration,
empathy, stress-reduction, etc..
Requirements for the Contemplative
Studies Minor
Eighteen (18) credits to include CPRD 104,
304, and PSYC 100; and three (3) courses from
the following, with at least six (6) credits at the
300/400-level: ARTH 350, 351,352, 354, 355,
470; BIOL 410; CLAS 202; GEOG 335; PHIL
201; PSYC 273, 274, 305, 351, 372; RELG 283,
284, 340; 342; any 491 (with approved topic).
Special topics courses in related elds (ANTH
271, 371; ARTH 470; CPRD 299; PHIL 231, 331;
RELG 231, 331) as well as other courses with
relevant content may be substituted, including
towards the 300/400-level requirements, with
approval of the program coordinator.
CYBERSECURITY
Andrew Marshall, Program Coordinator,
Department of Computer Science
Aliated Faculty
Randall Helmstutler, Department of
Mathematics
Kimberley Kinsley, College of Business
Michael Lapke, College of Business
Veena Ravishankar, Department of
Computer Science
Mukesh Srivastava, College of Business
e Cybersecurity Program
Cybersecurity is a critical interdisciplinary
field which seeks to mitigate the ever growing
number of cyber threats that we all face in a
more and more connected world. Whether
defending government systems from intrusion,
developing more secure soware, managing
a corporation’s network security, analyzing
new forms of malicious soware, exploring
new soware vulnerabilities, managing user
security, or implementing new cryptographic
methods, there is a wealth of dierent areas in
cybersecurity in need of talented professionals
that can not only handle the tasks of today but
innovate and tackle the security challenges of
tomorrow.
e Cybersecurity major, which leads to
a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer
Science, provides students with a rigorous
and up to date foundation in cybersecurity.
e program starts with a solid foundation in
Computer Science and moves on to cover a
technical and broad program in cybersecurity.
e major also builds in exibility allowing
the student to use elective credits to focus on
an area of cybersecurity that they are the most
passionate about.
e Cybersecurity Minor focuses on the eld
of information security, which deals with
the processes and methodologies that are
designed and implemented to protect data from
unauthorized access, misuse, modication,
and disruption. In today’s highly connected
world our sensitive data and systems are
increasingly in peril, and there is a growing
need for knowledgeable professionals who can
develop, use, and manage best practices and
tools. is presents an opportunity for students
in a variety of majors who are passionate about
cybersecurity.
e minor provides students with a broad
introduction to current cybersecurity topics.
It not only gives the student a solid foundation
in security fundamentals but also exibly
combines with a number of majors, such as
Business, Computer Science, and Mathematics.
is allows the student to position him or
herself for a particular area of the cybersecurity
job market, from managerial to soware
development. e minor includes in-depth
and hands-on exposure to several key areas
of information/cybersecurity such as system/
OS security, penetration testing, and soware
security, thus allowing the student to obtain
hands-on practical experience in these areas.
129
Requirements for the Cybersecurity Major
Forty-four to forty-ve (44 to 45) credits as
follows:
1. e following required courses: CPSC 220,
CPSC 225, CPSC 240, CPSC 318, CPSC 340,
CPSC 414, BLAW 300, MATH 253.
2. One course from each of the following pairs
of courses (four courses total): CPSC 284 or
Math 201, CPSC 302 or PHIL 225, CPSC 345 or
MIST 411, CPSC 435 or MIST 444.
3. Two courses, minimum of three credits each,
of CPSC 445, CYBR 491, CYBR 499, or other
course approved by the program director. A
maximum of 3 credits of CYBR 499 and a
maximum of 6 credits of CYBR 491 may count
towards the major.
Requirements for the Cybersecurity Minor
Seventeen (17) credits to include CPSC 220;
CPSC 225; CPSC 414; 3 elective credits between
CPSC 345 or MIST 411; 3 elective credits
between MIST 444 or CPSC 445; 3 elective
credits from among CPSC 302 or BUAD 464 or
PHIL 225.
Cybersecurity Course Oerings (CYBR)
491 – Individual Study in Cybersecurity (3)
Prerequisite: Department Permission.
Individual study in cybersecurity under the
direction of a faculty member in an aliated
department.
499 – Internship in Cybersecurity (1-4)
A supervised work experience in a sponsoring
organization developed with, and under the
supervision of, a department faculty member.
Only 3 credits may count towards the major.
DANCE
Department of eatre and Dance
Gregg Stull, Chair
Dance classes support the active production
program of the Department of eatre and
Dance. Students interested in dance audition
for roles and work backstage on the plays and
musicals that are a part of the department’s
season. e Goolrick Dance Suite houses two
spacious dance studios with oating oors, and
fully-equipped sound systems.
Dance Course Oerings (DANC)
121, 122 – Beginning Ballet (1, 1)
Note for 122: Prerequisite: DANC 121 or
permission of instructor. Classical ballet
technique for the beginning student,
emphasizing vocabulary, alignment, and
precision of movement. S/U credit only.
123, 124 – Beginning Modern Dance (1, 1)
Note for 124: Prerequisite: DANC 123 or
permission of instructor. Introduction to the
technique of modern dance with a focus on
breath, alignment, balance, and exibility. S/U
credit only.
141, 142 – Beginning Jazz (1, 1)
Note for 142: Prerequisite: DANC 141 or
permission of instructor. Introduction to
jazz technique through an exploration of
alignment, strength, lyricism, and rhythm. S/U
credit only.
225, 226 – Summer Workshop (1-4,1-4)
Prerequisite: Permission of Department. An
intensive course focused on the production of
plays and musicals for the student interested
in developing professional skills in the theatre.
Cross listed as THEA 225, 226.
243 – Dance Improvisation (3)
Exploration of spontaneous dance composition
through manipulation of spatial, temporal, and
dynamic qualities of movement.
301, 302 – Intermediate Ballet (2, 2)
Note for 301: Prerequisite: DANC 122 or
permission of instructor. Note for 302:
Prerequisite: DANC 301 or permission of
instructor. Ballet as a discipline, emphasizing
exactness and precision of line, creative
expression, and historical reference.
303, 304 – Intermediate Modern Dance (2, 2)
Note for 303: Prerequisite: DANC 124 or
permission of instructor. Note for 304:
Prerequisite: DANC 303 or permission of
instructor. Study of the various techniques
emphasizing alignment, strength, exibility,
and the aesthetic elements of dance.
305, 306 – Intermediate Jazz (2, 2)
Note for 305: Prerequisite: DANC 142 or
permission of instructor. Note for 306:
Prerequisite: DANC 305 or permission of
instructor. Study of jazz dance techniques and
exploration of movement as related to jazz
music.
130
491, 492 – Individual Study (1–3 each)
Research, choreography, or composition of an
approved creative project. By permission of the
department.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised, o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department.
DATA SCIENCE
Stephen Davies, Program Coordinator,
Department of Computer Science
Aliated Faculty
Christopher Garcia, College of Business
Debra Hydorn, Department of
Mathematics
Robert Rycro, Department of Economics
Jessica Zeitz Self, Department of
Computer Science
Ron Zacharski, Department of Computer
Science
e Data Science Program
e minor in Data Science teaches principles
and builds skills in the science of how and
why we use data. It is an attractive option that
can enhance the credentials for students in a
wide variety of disciplines. Decision making
across all levels is increasingly shiing away
from subjective human judgment and expert
opinion and is being replaced by superior
evidence-based approaches driven by data
and analytical models. Data Science is the
discipline concerned with developing and
applying analytical models and methods to
gain critical insights from data, understand the
behavior of complex systems, and make non-
trivial decisions optimally, oen in response
to quickly changing conditions. Businesses
and scientists alike use the techniques of this
eld to perform computational simulations in
a multitude of areas where actual experiments
are impractical or impossible. e minor in
Data Science is designed to provide students
with the core fundamental coursework in
mathematics, computer science, and business
to succeed in this area.
Requirements for the Data Science Minor
Eighteen (18) credits to include: (a) three (3)
credits from STAT 280, DSCI 259, ECON
361, PSYC 360, or SOCG 364; (b) DATA 101;
(c) DATA 219; (d) any two DATA courses
numbered 300 or higher, or any DATA course
numbered 300 or higher and STAT 320; and (e)
any additional DATA course numbered 300 or
higher, or any course from the following list:
ECON 462, PSCI 490.
Data Science Course Oerings (DATA)
101– Introduction to Data Science (3)
A hands-on introduction to the eld of Data
Science and its applications. Covers a wide
range of topics to provide an overview of
the use of data in dierent elds. Provides
hands-on practice with basic tools and
methods of data analysis. Prepares students to
use data in their eld of study and in their work
and to eectively communicate quantitative
ndings. Cross-listed as DSCI 101.
219 – Foundations for Data Science (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 101. Skills and tools
in acquiring, parsing, manipulating, and
preparing data for statistical analysis. Cross-
listed as CPSC 219 and DSCI 219.
353 – Analytics II: Optimization Models (3)
Prerequisite: DSCI 352, MIST 201 or equivalent
and STAT 180 or similar statistics course. is
course introduces a variety of Management
Science models for use in analysis of "business"
problems. A computer soware package
provides the computational basics for case
analysis of problems in linear programming,
inventory, waiting lines, PERT/CPM, and
simulation. Cross listed as DSCI 353.
370 – Special Topics in Data Science (3)
Prerequisite: Specied by instructor. Treatment
of selected topics in Data Science. May be
repeated for credit with a change in topic.
401 – Foundation and Applications of Data
Analytics (3)
Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in CPSC
220 or DSCI/DATA 219 or equivalent. is
course provides an introduction to modern
machine learning methods with an emphasis
on application. Traditional algorithms for
classication, clustering, and regression are
covered as well as model development and
performance evaluation. Select deep learning
algorithms, including convolutional and LSTM
networks are also covered. Examples will come
from customer behavior modeling, text and
image classication, and other interesting
domains. Cross-listed as DSCI 401.
131
402 – Analytics Applications and Development
(4)
Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in CPSC 220
or DSCI/CPSC 219 or equivalent. A course
in programming and data manipulation
techniques for constructing analytics-based
applications. Topics include SQL or no-SQL
databases, using web service API’s to acquire
data, introduction to Hadoop and MapReduce,
and use of third-party analytic component
API’s. Cross-listed as DSCI 402. Course
previously taught as BUAD 400.
419 – Data Mining (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 219, DSCI 219, CPSC
219 or 220. Practical knowledge of data
mining, machine learning, and information
retrieval. Students will examine the theoretical
foundations of a variety of techniques, gain
experience with these techniques using
real-world problems. Topics include decision
trees, Naive Bayes, probabilistic retrieval
models, clustering, support vector machines,
approaches to web mining, and scalable
machine learning applications. Cross-listed as
CPSC 419.
420 – Modeling and Simulation (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 219, DSCI 219, CPSC 219
or 220. A robust introduction to techniques of
mathematical modeling and computational
simulation applied to practical problems.
Topics include system dynamics approaches,
discrete-event simulation, and agent-based
models. Students complete small projects
on topics as diverse as population growth,
epidemic transmission, queuing theory, and
forest re outbreaks. Cross-listed as CPSC 420.
491 – Individual Study in Data Science (1-4)
Prerequisite: CPSC 219 or DATA 219 or DSCI
219 or permission of Program Coordinator.
Individual study in Data Science under the
direction of a faculty member in an aliated
department.
Earth and
ENVIRONMENTAL
Sciences
Department of Earth and Environmental
Sciences
Jodie L. Hayob, Chair and Career Advisor,
Geology
Melanie D. Szulczewski, Career Advisor,
Environmental Science
Faculty
Professors
Jodie L. Hayob
Ben O. Kisila
Grant R. Woodwell
Associate Professors
Melanie D. Szulczewski
Charles E. Whipkey
Assistant Professors
Tyler E. Frankel
Pamela R. Grothe
Senior Lecturer
Sarah A. Morealli
e Environmental Science Program
e Environmental Science and Geology
degree (Bachelor of Science) promotes the
study of our environment and the impact that
human activities have on natural systems.
Environmental Science majors choose either a
natural science or a social science perspective
according to their interests. Both tracks
provide a strong background for advanced
study or allow placement directly in a variety
of career areas.
e Natural Science track provides a
background in biology, chemistry, and geology.
Analytical skills acquired in this program,
coupled with an appreciation of socioeconomic
considerations, will prepare the student to
evaluate environmental problems and work on
solutions with the limits of societal resources
in mind.
e Social Science track focuses on the
economic, political, and sociological impact of
humans on the environment. is program,
coupled with an appreciation of the biotic
and physical parameters of the environment,
prepares students to evaluate government,
industry, and environmentalist positions on
environmental issues.
132
e interdisciplinary nature of the
Environmental Science program permits
students to select classes from a wide range of
course oerings in multiple departments in
order to best prepare for personal career goals.
e Geology Program
Geology is the scientic study of the Earth,
including its composition, dynamics, surface
processes, and history. Two geology majors
are oered within the Environmental Sciences
and Geology (Bachelor of Science) degree:
Geology and Environmental Geology. Our
Geology major provides broad training in
a diverse range of courses appropriate for
students interested in pursuing a professional
career or graduate studies in the earth
sciences and related elds. e program also
provides part of the necessary background for
teaching the earth sciences. Because geology
is an interdisciplinary science, students
are encouraged to add courses from other
elds. For example, students interested in
paleontology are advised to take appropriate
biology classes, whereas courses in chemistry
and physics are important in disciplines such
as seismology, geochemistry, hydrology, and
studies of energy and mineral resources.
e Environmental Geology major is
designed for students with a specic interest
in Earth’s surcial processes, especially as
they relate to human interaction with the
landscape and environment. Environmental
geology, therefore, examines topics such as
hydrogeology, soil and water chemistry, and
geomorphology that lie at the interfaces of
the lithosphere, the hydrosphere, and climate
system.
Equipment and Research
e Department has modern laboratories
in the Jepson Science Center equipped
with advanced analytical instruments to
support classroom instruction and to provide
opportunities for research. Equipment for
ecological studies in terrestrial, fresh water,
and marine environments includes live animal
traps, plankton and insect nets, seines, dissolved
oxygen, conductivity, and pH meters, and
fresh and salt water aquaria. Major laboratory
equipment includes petrographic microscopes,
an x-ray diractometer, a magnetic
susceptibility instrument, and dedicated lab
facilities for paleontology, sedimentology, and
geochemistry. e Jepson Science Center has a
variable pressure scanning electron microscope
with chemical capabilities that is shared by
the science disciplines. For environmental
and geological eldwork, the department has
GPS equipment, a small eet of research boats
(including one equipped for trawling, coring,
and dredging), coring and surveying equipment,
and for classroom study, an extensive
collection of rocks, minerals, and fossils. e
department also maintains a computer lab/
classroom equipped with the latest Geographic
Information Systems (GIS) soware.
Majors in all of our programs are encouraged
to do independent study and/or research
during their senior year. Financial support
for student research is available. Qualied
students may also choose to do an internship
with a professional organization during either
their junior or senior year. Students with a
3.00 overall grade-point average and a 3.25
grade-point average in the major may pursue
Honors in Environmental Science, Geology,
or Environmental Geology by completing an
independent research project and writing and
defending a thesis.
All of our majors are encouraged to fulll
the general education experiential learning
requirement by completing Undergraduate
Research (URES) 197, Earth and
Environmental Science (EESC) 481, 491, 493,
or 499. Alternatively, majors may meet this
requirement by participating in an approved
supervised on-campus or o-campus
summer research experience developed in
consultation with the department (such as the
UMW Summer Science Research Program
or a similar program at another college or
university). To complete the experiential
learning requirement through a summer
research experience, contact the department
chair for more details. Core Requirements
for the Natural Science Environmental
Science Major
Forty-one (41) credits, including EESC 110,
111, 120, 315, and 460; EESC 205 or GEOG 250
or GISC 200; BIOL 311 or 322 or EESC 323;
CHEM 211 or 253 or 254 or 331 and 332 (331
must be taken with 332) or EESC 325; and 12
credits from courses in the Natural Sciences
Elective Track list.
Major Electives for the Natural Sciences
Track :
BIOL 231, 260, 311, 312, 321, 322, 323, 340, 341,
133
363, 364, 371, 372, 401, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
434; CHEM 211, 212, 253, 254, 317, 318, 319,
320, 331, 332, 343, 345, 423; ECON 331, 431;
EESC 210, 211, 230, 240, 301, 307, 311, 313, 323,
325, 326, 330, 340, 355, 360, 421, 481, 491, 493,
499*; GEOG 110, 231, 325, 340B, 351A, 355;
GISC 351.
*A maximum of 3 credits may count toward
the major requirements
Core Requirements for the Social Science
Environmental Science Major
irty-nine (39) credits, including EESC 110,
111, 120, and 460; EESC 205 or GEOG 250 or
GISC 200; BIOL 210; CHEM 211 or 253 or 254,
or 331 and 332 (331 must be taken with 332), or
EESC 325; ECON 331; 12 credits from courses
in the Social Sciences Elective Track list.
Major Electives for the Social Sciences
Track:
BIOL 251, 260, 401, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428;
ECON 312, 341, 354, 384, 431; EESC 210, 211,
230, 240, 307, 313, 315, 323, 325, 326, 330, 340,
355, 360, 421, 481, 491, 493, 499*; GEOG 110,
231, 236, 245, 337, 339A, 340B, 351A; GISC 351;
PHIL 330; PSCI 350B, 354A, 355, 362, 366;
SOCG 313, 404.
* a maximum of 3 credits may count toward
the major requirements.
Prerequisite Courses
BIOL 121, 132 (or 125 and 126) and 210
(natural science track), CHEM 111 and 112,
and ECON 201 and 202 (social science track)
are prerequisite to courses in the major
program. PSCI 101 and 102 are prerequisites to
courses that students may include in the major
program. Students expecting to concentrate
in Environmental Science should consider
taking these courses as general education
requirements or as electives
.
Requirements for Geology Major
Forty-two (42) credits, to include EESC
111, 112, 240, 301, 302, 311, 412, and either
EESC 205 or GEOG 250 or GISC 200; and
an additional ten (10) credits in other Earth
and Environmental Sciencecourses
from the
following:
EESC201, 210, 211,307,313, 315,
325, 335, 340, 355, 360, 421, 481, 491, 493, or
499*. CHEM 331 or 332 may be substituted for
up to four (4) of these credits.
Requirements for Environmental Geology
Major
Forty-one to Forty-three (41-43) credits, to
include EESC 111, 112, 240, 301, 307, 311,
315, and 412; and either EESC205 or GEOG
250 or GISC 200. In addition, choose at least
two elective courses (for a minimum of six
credits) from the following: EESC210, 313,
325, 330, 340, 360, 412, 481, 491, 493 or 499*.
* a maximum of 3 credits may count toward
the major requirements.
Environmental Sustainability Minor
Sustainability is usually dened as the ability
to meet the resource needs of the current
generation without compromising the ability
of future generations to meet their own
needs. At UMW, we consider four aspects of
sustainability: environmental, social, economic,
and cultural sustainability. e goal of the
Environmental Sustainability minor is to
encourage students to analyze our natural
and social worlds and to examine approaches
to resolving critical resource issues for the
long-term. e core classes provide a common
introduction to the scientic study of the
environment and issues of sustainability.
Students then add three additional elective
classes that appeal to particular interests and
their respective applications of sustainability
concepts. Completing this minor will
better prepare students for the complex,
interdisciplinary challenges our society faces.
Requirements for the Environmental
Sustainability Minor
Twenty-two to twenty-ve (22 – 25) credits.
Four required core courses: EESC 110, 120,
230, and either 326 or 330. ree or more
elective courses from the following list, totaling
at least nine (9) credits: ANTH 365; EESC 210,
307, 313, 315, 323, 325, 326, 330, 340, 355, 360,
421, 481, 499; BIOL 424, 428; COMM 354;
ECON 324, 351; GEOG 245, 339, 360E; HIST
322; PHIL 330, 430; SOCG 354; SPAN 345.
Earth and Environmental Science Course
Oerings (EESC)
110 – Introduction to Environmental Science (3)
Humans and the environment as viewed from
the social and natural sciences.
111 – Our Dynamic Earth (4)
e modern view of the Earth as a dynamic,
constantly-changing planet and the impact of
geological processes on our lives. Discussions
134
will include the origin of the solar system and
Earth, how earthquakes and volcanoes result
from heat-driven plate tectonic processes
and our ongoing attempts to predict such
hazardous events, and how Earth's rocks and
minerals are ingrained in our everyday lives.
Streams and groundwater processes, and
cycles of mountain upli and erosion that
continuously alter the Earth's surface, will also
be examined. Laboratory.
112 – Evolution of Earth (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 110 or 111.
History of the Earth with emphasis on surcial
processes, evolution of life, energy resources,
and climate change. Laboratory.
120 – Introduction to Environmental Science
II (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 110. Scientic examination
of human impacts on the environment,
including population growth, pollution,
climate change, and other environmental
problems and possible solutions. Laboratory.
201 – Paleontology (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 111 or BIOL 121 or 125.
e course introduces the fundamental
procedures and applications of paleontology
that includes taxonomy, biostratigraphy,
paleoecology and environmental science. e
course format is project oriented with student
opportunities to collect, describe and analyze
fossil specimens retrieve from rock samples
and sediment cores. e lab will provide a
survey of the major fossil groups and introduce
modern analytical procedures. Laboratory.
205 – GIS Applications in Environmental
Science and Geology with Lab (4)
is course emphasizes the acquisition of
spatial data and their display and manipulation
within ArcGIS geographic information
system soware. e class also includes an
introduction to the use of global positioning
system instruments for data collection.
Laboratory.
210 – Oceanography (3)
Prerequisite: EESC 111. An introduction to
the oceans. Physical and chemical processes
aecting seawater; the geology of the seaoor;
biological productivity in the oceans; and
environmental challenges involving the
oceans.
211 – Oceanography Laboratory (1)
Corequisite: EESC 210. Laboratory
investigation of the chemical and physical
properties of seawater; the tides; bathymetric
measurements; coastal navigation; and marine
biological processes. One or more eld trips
may be scheduled.
221 – Environmental Geology (3)
Prerequisite: EESC 111. Interaction of geologic
phenomena and processes with society and the
biosphere.
230 – Global Environmental Problems (3)
Prerequisites: EESC 110 or BIOL 121 or
125. An in-depth analysis of specic global
environmental problems facing society today.
e course connects economic development,
population growth, resource consumption
and environmental degradation with detailed
case studies. e challenges of achieving a
sustainable society today will be investigated
through the lessons learned from these
environmental crises across the world.
240 – Field Methods in Environmental Science
and Geology (4)
Prerequisites: EESC 110 or 111, or GEOG 110.
e Earth & Environmental Sciences rely
heavily on mapping and collection of physical,
chemical, and biological eld data. Students
enrolled in the course will complete weekly
laboratory and hands-on exercises to learn the
essential eld skills necessary to advance their
careers in the earth sciences as technicians,
academics, and/or educators. is introductory
eld course will provide a solid foundation to
prepare students for advanced earth science
study and/or a general introduction to the eld
methods within the discipline.
301 – Mineralogy (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 111; prerequisite or
corequisite; CHEM 111. Study of Earth's
major rock forming minerals, and those of
economic value, in hand sample, microscopic
thin section and through eld studies. Course
is conducted as a mix of lecture and laboratory
activities. Laboratory.
302 – Petrology (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 301; prerequisite or
corequisite: CHEM 112. Study of metamorphic
and igneous processes and important rock
types in hand sample, microscopic thin-section
and through eld studies. Course is conducted
as a mix of lecture and laboratory activities.
Laboratory.
307 – Environmental Soil Science (3)
Prerequisites: EESC 110 or 111, or GEOG 111;
prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 112. An
135
introduction to soil formation processes; soil
classication (both basic classication and
soil taxonomy); physical properties of soil;
soil chemistry; and discussion of soil as an
environmental interface.
311 – Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 111; prerequisite or
corequisite: CHEM 111; recommended: EESC
301. is course provides an overview of the
concepts associated with sedimentary rock
formation, including theoretical sedimentology,
process oriented facies analysis and applied
stratigraphy in the context of cyclic sea level
and climate change through time. Class work
incudes several eld trips to collect samples for
physical and chemical analysis. Laboratory.
313 – Fluvial Geomorphology (4)
Prerequisites: EESC 111 or GEOG 111. Use
of both classical (qualitative) and modern
(quantitative) geomorphological methods to
study and understand uvial processes acting
on the surface of the earth, and how landforms
and landscapes created by these processes
control the global environment. e class will
combine eld-based observations with in-class
instruction. Laboratory.
315 – Hydrogeology (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 111. An introduction
to surface water and groundwater ow; the
hydrologic cycle; aquifer testing; ow to
wells; contaminant transport; and eld and
laboratory instruments. Laboratory.
323 – Aquatic Ecology (4)
Prerequisites: EESC 110 and BIOL 210. A
study of the structure and function of inland
water ecosystems which includes the physical,
chemical, geological and biological interactions
that determine the composition, spatial
and temporal distribution and population
dynamics of aquatic organisms in various
aquatic habitats. Laboratory.
325 – Environmental Geochemistry (4)
Prerequisites: EESC 111 and CHEM 112.
Study of chemical processes operating at or
near the surface of the Earth, in bedrock,
soils, streams, the oceans and the atmosphere.
Particular attention is given to environmental
applications. Laboratory.
326 – Pollution Prevention Planning (3)
Prerequisite: EESC 110. is course provides
an examination of the legislative and scientic
approaches to reduce pollution. Examples
include an evaluation of industry processes,
recycling, wastewater, air and solid waste
treatment.
330 – Environmental Regulations Compliance
(3)
Prerequisite: EESC 110. is course provides
an introduction to environmental laws and
regulations and the techniques that are applied
by environmental professionals to maintain
compliance.
335 – Plate Tectonics (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 111. is laboratory course
oers a comprehensive study lithospheric
plate movements using information derived
from seismology, paleomagnetics, petrology
and tectonics. Selected topics also include
a historical review of the development of
the theory of plate tectonics, geologic an
geophysical events at plate boundaries and an
evaluation of evidence regarding plate-driving
forces. Laboratory.
340 – Energy Resources and Technology (3)
Prerequisite: One from BIOL 132, 126, CHEM
112, EESC 110, 111 or PHYS 106. Intended
primarily for science majors, this course
investigates the basic science and technology
relating to alternative energy sources and
fossil fuels. Students who complete this class
will have a greater technical understanding of
energy sources and the methods used to tap
them.
355 – Icehouse – Greenhouse Earth (3)
Prerequisites: EESC 110 or 111. is course
examines the history of the Earth’s climate
system in the context of the two primary
modes: Icehouse and Greenhouse. rough
critical evaluation of primary literature, written
assignments and oral presentations, students
will gain an appreciation of the magnitude of
temporal and spatial climate reorganizations
through time and develop an in-depth
understanding of both long and short term
cyclic changes that have contributed to the
development of our modern climate system.
360 – Environmental Exploration
(2-4)
Specialized courses with a signicant eld
component not oered on a regular basis.
Study of selected environments along with
relevant geological issues with a focus on active
exploration and research. Overnight trips and
extra fees required. Permission of instructor
required to register.
412 – Structural Geology (4)
Prerequisite: EESC 301. Analysis and
136
interpretation of structural features of
the Earth's crust such as folds and faults.
Laboratory.
421 – Special Topics (2–4)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Specialized topics not oered on a regular
basis.
460 – Environmental Science Seminar (2)
Multidisciplinary evaluation of environmental
problems. Senior-level seminar for
Environmental Science majors; others by
permission of the instructor.
481 – Readings (1–2)
Readings in environmental and/or geologic
literature selected by the student, who is
guided by a faculty member. Open to majors
by permission of the department. A maximum
of two (2) credits count toward the major
requirements.
491 – Individual Study (1–4)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor
and the department. Investigation of a topic
which may include laboratory, eld work, and
literature research. Course of study determined
by supervising instructor and student. A
maximum of four (4) credits may count toward
the major requirements.
493 – Honors Research (4)
Prerequisites: EESC 491 and permission of
instructor and the department. Independent
research project which may include eld and/or
laboratory work. Course of study determined
by supervising research advisor and student.
Successful completion of a written thesis and
oral defense is required, and will result in
the student earning Departmental Honors at
graduation. A maximum of four (4) credits
may count toward the major requirements.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisite: Junior or senior major in
good academic standing with appropriate
background. Supervised o-campus
experience, developed in consultation with the
department.
ECONOMICS
Department of Economics
Margaret A. Ray, Chair
Steven A. Greenlaw, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Steven A. Greenlaw
Bradley A. Hansen
Margaret A. Ray
Robert S. Rycro
Associate Professor
W. Shawn Humphrey
Assistant Professors
Amrita Dhar
Donghyun (Don) Lee
e Economics Program
Economics is a method of analyzing human
behavior in any environment subject to
scarcity. As such, it provides insight into a
wide range of social problems and issues,
including unemployment, ination, poverty,
discrimination, international trade, the
environment, and the role of government in
society.
e Bachelor of Science degree in Economics
oers a contemporary curriculum in
economics within the framework of the liberal
arts. With an emphasis on writing, speaking,
computing, quantitative methods, and other
research skills, graduates of our program are
equipped with a general education to lead
productive lives in the twenty-rst century. e
University’s proximity to Washington, D.C.,
and a supportive local business community
create stimulating internship opportunities.
Economics majors regularly present original
research at professional meetings, and co-edit
the journal of undergraduate research in
economics, Issues in Political Economy.
Students with superior academic records who
complete an original research project are
eligible for honors.
Two organizations that promote the study of
economics are associated with the department.
e Economics Club encourages discussion of
current issues, sponsors speakers and social
events, and kindles interaction among students
and faculty. It is open to all students. Omicron
Delta Epsilon is a national economics honor
society for students with superior academic
records.
137
Each year, the department bestows ve awards.
e Henry W. Hewetson Award is presented
to a graduating senior to honor academic
achievement and service to the department.
e other awards are scholarships to promote
study in economics. e James Harvey
Dodd Award is given to a junior economics
major based on nancial need and academic
achievement. e Adam Smith Award is given
to a graduating senior based on potential for
graduate study. e Fred E. Miller Memorial
Scholarship is awarded annually to a rising
junior or senior who is double-majoring in
Economics and Business Administration.
e Richard George Allgaier Scholarship is
awarded to economics and accounting majors.
e recommended introductory courses are
ECON 201 and 202. ECON 300 introduces
students to the methods of economic analysis
and should be taken as early as possible in
the student’s curriculum. ese three courses
prepare students for 300 and 400-level courses
on a variety of theoretical and applied topics.
ECON 490 (Experiential Learning), ECON 491
(Individual Study in Economics), and ECON
499 (Internship) are department courses that
expose students to the economics profession
through experiential learning in the discipline.
Requirements for the Economics Major
irty-nine (39) credits, to include ECON 201,
202, 300, 303, 304, 361, 462; either ECON 374
or 375; and een (15) additional credits in
upper-level economics courses. No more than
nine (9) hours in experiential learning courses
(ECON 490, ECON 491, and ECON 499) may
count toward the major. No more than six (6)
credits in any one experiential learning course
may count toward the major.
Economics Minor
e minor in Economics allows students
to sample what economics has to oer.
Students are required to take Principles
of Macroeconomics (201), Principles
of Microeconomics (202) and either
Microeconomics (303) or Macroeconomics
(304). ese courses lay out the basic
theoretical framework that economists use to
view the world. Students take Introduction
to Economic Analysis (300) to learn how
economists do research, use statistical analysis,
and present their ndings in either written
or verbal form. Students ll out the minor by
taking 3 courses in the elds of economics that
most interest them.
Requirements for the Economics Minor
Twenty one (21) credits to include ECON 201
and 202; either ECON 303 or 304; ECON
300; and nine additional credits in upper level
economics courses.
Economics Course Oerings (ECON)
100 – Economics of Social Issues (3)
is course surveys contemporary social
issues, while focusing on economic aspects and
using economic approaches.
201 – Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
One half of the two-semester introduction
to economics and economic theory in the
context of a general education course. Survey
of economic activity in the economy as a
whole, focusing on such issues as economic
growth and business cycles, unemployment,
and ination.
202 – Principles of Microeconomics (3)
One half of the two-semester introduction to
economics and economic theory in the context
of a general education course. Economic
analysis of households, rms, and markets.
300 – Introduction to Economic Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202, and major
or minor status. is rst course in a three-
course sequence (including 361 and 462) on the
development of research skills in economics,
students will be introduced to the tools of
economic analysis, including how to develop a
good research question, how to do a literature
search in economics, how to nd and collect
economic data, and how to integrate economic
theory and empirical analysis, as well as oral
and written presentation skills.
301 – Mathematical Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Use of
mathematical methods in economic analysis.
Topics will include equilibrium analysis,
comparative statics, and optimizations.
303 – Microeconomics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Systematic
study of the role of the price system in
organizing economic activity and an
evaluation of its eectiveness.
304 – Macroeconomics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Analysis of
the determinants of macroeconomic activity
including national income, employment, and
the price level. Investigation of the capabilities
and limits of government stabilization and
growth policies.
138
311 – Industrial Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Case
study analysis of dierent types of structural
organization, behavior, and performance of
industry.
312 – Government and Business (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. e
rationale for and impact of government
participation in the marketplace.
321 – Money and Banking (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Analysis
of nancial instruments, markets and
intermediaries and monetary policy.
322 – Investment Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Introduction
to portfolio theory and the evaluation of
investment alternatives. Topics include the
stock market and the valuation of securities.
331 – Environmental and Resource
Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. e
application of economic methods to analysis
of environmental and natural resource issues.
Public policy issues will also be considered.
332 – Economics of Health (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. A survey of
market behavior, institutions, and public policy
in the provisions of health services.
333 – Introduction to Game eory (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Introduction
to the theory of games as applied to the study
of economics, business and international
aairs. Topics include games of complete and
incomplete information and non-cooperative
and cooperative games.
341 – Public Finance (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Economic
analysis of the impact of government spending
and taxation on the allocation of resources and
distribution of income.
342 – Law and Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Economic
analysis of legal rules and institutions.
351 – Poverty, Auence, and Equality (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Economic
analysis of the distributions of income and
wealth, poverty, and discrimination.
352 – Labor Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Economics
of labor force participation, occupational
choice, education and training, mobility,
compensation systems, productivity and
unemployment. Specic topics at discretion of
instructor.
354 – Urban and Regional Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. An
economic analysis of contemporary urban
topics including location theory and economic
structure of cities, growth and development
of central cities and ghettos, housing,
transportation, poverty, crime, and scal
issues.
361 – Introductory Econometrics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, and 300. ECON
361 is the second course of a three-course
sequence (including 300 and 462) on the
development of research skills in economics.
e course provides students with a more
sophisticated understanding of the statistical
methods used in economics and expects
students to produce more sophisticated
economic research.
374 – History of Economic ought (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. A survey of
economic analysis from antiquity to the 21st
century. Focus on the 18th and 19th centuries.
375 – American Economic History (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. e study
of factors contributing to the economic
development of the United States.
381– Mirconance for Development (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Discusses
the economic lives of the poor, provides an
introduction to the theoretical foundations
of micronance, and reviews the relationship
between micronance, household level poverty
and the development process.
382 – International Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. An
introduction to international trade, the balance
of payments, exchange rate determination, and
related issues of international economic policy.
384 – Economic Development (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. An
introduction to theories of economic
development. Focus on current problems of
developing countries.
386 – International Finance (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201, and 202. Survey of
the major topics in contemporary international
nance: exchange rate determination,
international banking, currency speculation,
and European Monetary Union
139
405 – Contemporary Economic Issues (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, 303 and
304. Discussion of contemporary issues in
economic theory and policy.
428 – Economics of Multinational
Corporations (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Introduction
to topics on Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)
and Multinational Corporation (MNC). Topics
include major determinants for FDI and
various economic eects of FDI by the MNCs.
462 – Advanced Economic Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201, 202, 300 and 361.
ECON 462 is the third course in a three-course
sequence (along with 300 and 361) in the
development of research skills in economics.
is course has the highest expectation with
respect to mastery of statistical methods in
economic research and the quality of the
research produced. is course serves as a
capstone to the study of economics at the
University..
485 – New Institutional Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Comparison
of the institutions that govern the production
and distribution of goods and services in
dierent countries. Focus on the evolution of
institutions and their inuence on economic
performance.
488 – Seminar in Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Special
topics of interest to faculty and students.
490 – Experiential Learning (1-3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202 and permission
of the instructor. A faculty supervised
experience designed to challenge students to go
outside of the bounds of the typical classroom.
491 – Individual Study in Economics (1-6)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Directed
individual research on an approved topic in
economics. Required for honors in economics.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202. Supervised
o-campus experience, developed in
consultation with the department.
ENGLISH
Department of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Gary N. Richards, Chair
Maya Mathur, Associate Chair
Marie E. McAllister, Career Advisor
Colin T. Raerty, Career Advisor, Creative
Writing
Faculty
Professors
Antonio Barrenechea
Chris Foss
Teresa A. Kennedy
Jonathan Levin
Eric Lorentzen
Maya Mathur
Marie E. McAllister
Gary N. Richards
Warren G. Rochelle
Mara Scanlon
Associate Professors
Shumona Dasgupta
Mary Katherine Haey
Benjamin LaBreche
Colin T. Raerty
Clarence W. Tweedy III
Zachary N. Whalen
Assistant Professors
Susanne Brenta Blevins
Laura L. Bylenok
Rachel J. Levy
Sushma Subramanian
e English Program
English faculty strive to inspire in students
a love for literature and for writing, to help
students develop analytical and critical skills,
and to guide students in improving their
writing.
e Bachelor of Arts degree in English
oers courses appropriate to students at all
levels. Except for ENGL 295, courses on the
200-level are designed for students from all
disciplines. Courses on the 300-level may
also appeal to a diverse audience but require
a more sophisticated study of texts and more
advanced writing. Courses on the 400-level
oer a seminar experience in which students
study a topic or theme in depth, frequently
take charge of class discussions, and produce a
major paper or project. To facilitate discussion
and individual attention, the department limits
enrollment in many classes to 15 to 25 students.
140
Students who pursue a major in English
become familiar with the language, with
literary theory, and with a variety of literatures
in the language, including works outside the
recognized canons. Students practice literary
and linguistic analysis, and they develop as
writers of dierent modes and genres.
Many juniors and seniors enroll in internships
to test classroom knowledge in the outside
world and to explore career interests. Juniors
and seniors with appropriate academic
standing may also elect to pursue individual
studies. An increasing number of students
choose to study abroad.
Requirements for the English Major
irty-six credits in English and linguistics
courses as follows: LING 101; ENGL 295;
six 300-level literature courses; one 300-level
linguistics course; one 300-level writing course;
one 400-level seminar in literature, composition,
or theory; and three additional credits from
the following: ENGL 200 or any 300- and 400-
level English and linguistics courses, including
department-sponsored internships and
individual studies. e six 300-level literature
courses must include at least: two courses in
pre-1900 literature, at least one of which must
be in pre-1800 literature; one course in post-
1900 literature; and one course in literature of
the historically marginalized groups.
Creative Writing Concentration
e Creative Writing Concentration oers
students the opportunity to focus on the cra
and art of writing, editing, and analyzing their
own original work, the work of established
writers, and peer writers . e concentration
requires thirty-six credits in English and
linguistics courses as follows: LING 101, ENGL
295; ve creative writing courses (including
ENGL 302A, ENGL 314, and a 400-level
seminar in creative writing); one 300-level
linguistics course, three 300-level literature
courses; and three additional credits from
the following: ENGL 200 or any 300- or
400-level English and linguistics courses,
including department-sponsored internships
and individual studies. e three 300-level
literature courses must include at least: one
course in pre-1900 literature, one course
in post-1900 literature, and one course in
literature of historically marginalized groups.
English Literature Minor
e minor in English literature oers
the opportunity to study literature on
an advanced level and to develop critical
thinking, writing, and research skills
alongside the enjoyment of literature.
Students can explore a range of genres,
including poetry, ction, drama, and creative
non-ction; a range of national traditions,
including not only British and U.S. literature
but also literature written in English from
around the globe; and a range of historical
periods, from the Middle Ages to the present.
Courses examine literary works’ diverse
artistic forms and cultural signicances and
introduce students to the most important
historical and contemporary methods of
reading literary texts.
Requirements for the Minor in English
Literature
e minor requires eighteen (18) credits in
English as follows: ENGL 295 and een
credits in literature on the 300- or 400-level,
which must include at least: two courses in
pre-1900 literature, at least one of which must
be in pre-1800 literature; one course in post-
1900 literature; and one course in literature of
historically marginalized groups.
Journalism Minor
e interdisciplinary minor in journalism
teaches students essential skills for working
in a news environment, such us how to
gather facts, evaluate them anddisseminate
them simply and clearly for print and online
audiences, as well as how to critically examine
the institution of mass media.
Requirements for the Journalism Minor
e minor requireseighteen (18) credits. Fieen
(15) are from journalism courses: ENGL 200,
ENGL 300, ENGL 301, ENGL 380 (a 1-credit
course taken three times), and either ENGL
491 or ENGL 499 with a focus in journalism.
Another three (3) credits must be completed
from a list electives.
Electives:ARTS 104, ARTS 219, COMM 341,
COMM 357, CPSC 106, DGST 101, DGST
395, ENGL 312, MUTC 100, PSCI 363.Other
courses with relevant content may be
substituted with approval by the Department
of English, Linguistics, and Communication
141
English Course Oerings (ENGL)
101 – Writing Workshop (3)
Instruction and practice in the fundamental
techniques of expository and argumentative
writing: organization, development, coherence,
research methods, mechanics. Frequent
workshop approach, with group and tutorial
work.
200 – News Journalism (3)
An introduction to the techniques of
newsgathering, including practice in news
judgment, interviewing, and writing various
kinds of news stories.
202—Writing Seminar (3)
Allows students to hone their writing skills
while focusing on writing in a particular
context. Topics vary by section; consult
Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
203 – Writing with Digital Media (3)
A digital writing seminar equipping students
with the rhetorical and technical tools to
engage in contemporary digital discourse
through multimodal composition.
205 – e Art of Literature (3)
An introductory course emphasizing the
development of the genres of poetry, prose
ction, non-ction, and drama. Using a historical
perspective, students study the role of the reader,
the surrounding culture, and the language of
the text. e course oers students the tools of
critical analysis and encourages the pleasures of
close reading and the exchange of ideas.
206 – Global Issues in Literature (3)
An introductory course exploring multiple
perspectives on a selected global theme or issue
as expressed in literature. Attending to the
pleasures of literature, the role of the reader, the
language of the text, and the social context of
literature, the course includes both historical
and contemporary texts in traditional and
non-traditional forms. It explores the contact
zone between Anglo-European perspectives
and disparate world cultures outside Western
Europe and North America.
207 – Literature in Performance (3)
A performance course designed to enhance the
performer’s appreciation and understanding of
the great literature of the world – poetry, prose,
and drama – by translating the printed page
into the spoken word. Experience presenting
material to both adults and children.
245 – Introduction to Cinema Studies (3)
Equips students to analyze and understand the
art of narrative cinema within the Anglophone
tradition.
251 – Issues in Literature (3)
Signicant literary gures, movements, and
topics. Specic topics vary.
252 – Literature and Adaptation (3)
An introduction to media studies focusing on
literary works that have been adapted in non-
textual genres.
253 – Games and Culture (3)
A critical exploration of cultural value in video
games - - including issues of gender, race,
sexuality, class, labor and disability - - and the
ways by which contemporary and historical
games demonstrate, respond to, or represent
those concerns.
295 – Methods of Advanced Literary Studies (3)
is course introduces students to literary
theory and its applications, oers a framework
for understanding the historical evolution of
literary studies, and introduces students to
a range of approaches to the study of texts.
e course includes practice in writing
commentary on literature. is course is
required for English majors and appropriate
for other students strongly interested in the
analysis of literature.
300 – Investigative Journalism (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 200 or permission of the
instructor. Practice in using more advanced
reporting techniques, such as using public
documents and analyzing data to tell news
stories.
301 – Magazine Journalism (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 200 or permission of the
instructor. Practice in reporting and writing
longform magazine stories incorporating
multimedia for online audiences.
302 – Introduction to Creative Writing (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 295 or permission of the
instructor. Introduction to writing ction
and poetry. Primary emphasis on developing
students’ abilities to write creatively,
with periodic attention to examples from
established writers.
304 – Creative Writing: Poetry (3)
Prerequisite ENGL 302 or permission of the
instructor. An intermediate workshop focused
on poetic techniques and writing poetry.
142
305 – Creative Writing: Fiction (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 302 or permission of the
instructor. An intermediate workshop focused
on narrative techniques and writing short
ction.
306 – Topics in Writing (3)
Practice in writing in certain styles and forms.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics
and prerequisites.
307 – Writing Studies (3)
Study and practice of writing as a several-stage
process, development of an understanding
of what is good writing, development of the
ability to criticize constructively one’s own
writing and the writing of others.
308– Writing Studies and Healing (3)
Advanced study of composition introducing
students to research and theory of writing,
with focus on the relationship between writing
and healing. Practice in writing for personal,
academic, and professional purposes.
309 – Chaucer and His Age (3)
e study of popular literature in England
during the middle ages, with emphasis on
Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, Anglo-Saxon
heroic narrative, Piers Plowman, and the
origins of medieval drama.
310 – e Courtly Tradition in Medieval
Literature (3)
Development of courtly literature in medieval
England, including Chaucer’s Troilus and
Creseyde, works of the Gawain poet, love lyrics,
and native Arthurian material.
312 – Creative Writing: Non-Fiction (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 302 or permission of the
instructor. Primary emphasis on developing
students’ abilities to write nonction creatively,
with periodic attention to examples from
established writers.
313 – Special Topics in Creative Writing (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 302 or permission of
instructor. Practice in creative writing in
various styles, genres, and forms. Consult
Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
314 – e Literary Journal: Professional
Practice in Publishing and Editing (3)
Prerequisite: ENGL 302 or permission of
the instructor. A study of the contemporary
national literary journal. Students also design
and produce an online journal.
318 – Sex, Love, and Power in Renaissance
England (3)
Exploration of sexuality, sex, and gender in
the literature and culture of sixteenth-century
England. Special attention to the origins
of and alternatives to twenty-rst-century
conceptions of sexuality and gender, and to the
symbolic and practical roles of sexuality and
gender in Elizabethian society.
319 – Shakespeare: e Early Plays (3)
Shakespeare’s early development, focusing on
the comedies and history plays.
320 – Shakespeare: e Later Plays (3)
Shakespeare’s later development, focusing
on the tragedies, problem plays, and nal
romances.
322 – Seventeenth-Century British Literature (3)
Studies in the non-dramatic literature of
the English Renaissance circa 1600-1667.
Substantial discussion of cultural contexts.
Authors covered will range from Donne
through Marvell.
325 – Restoration and Early Eighteenth-
Century Literature (3)
British literature from 1660-1740. Poetry, plays,
and novels by Dryden, Behn, Swi, Pope,
Defoe, Fielding, or others. Emphasis on satire
and the birth of the novel.
326 – Late Eighteenth-Century British
Literature (3)
Novels, poetry, plays, and nonction by such
writers as Johnson, Burney, Equiano, Sheridan,
Austen, and Blake. Emphasis on cultural
controversies and literary experimentation.
327 – Jane Austen (3)
A study of the six great novels. May also
include attention to the shorter works,
Austen’s predecessors, successors, and/or lm
adaptations.
328 – New World Writing in the Colonial
Period (3)
is course examines writings from
North America, South America, and the
Caribbean during the period of exploration,
settlement, and conquest. Selections
range from 15th-century European travel
accounts to 19th-century declarations of
national independence. Topics include
cultural traditions before European contact,
paradigms of New World encounters, race and
transculturation, Amerindian and African
slavery, and revolutions across the hemisphere.
143
329 – Literature and Nation-Building in the
Americas (3)
is course examines writings from North
America, South America, and the Caribbean
in relation to the establishment of independent
nation-states starting in the late eighteenth
century. Topics include the emergence of national
literary traditions, Native Americans and the
frontier, race and miscegenation, the experience
of industrialization, democracy and dictatorship,
New World plantation cultures, and the rise of
border literature aer the U.S.-Mexican War.
330 – Hemispheric Fiction of the Global Age (3)
is course examines the wide cultural
impact of modernity and postmodernity
on the literatures of North America, South
America, and the Caribbean. Topics include
the construction of American usable pasts, the
impact of immigration into the Americans,
environmentalism and multinational
capitalism among other issues.
332 – British Romantic Women Poets (3)
is course proposes an alternative female
canon to the male pantheon of poets who
traditionally have dominated the study of
British literature from 1770-1840. Writers
include Joanna Baillie, Anna Barbauld,
Felicia Hemans, L.E.L., Caroline Horton,
and Charlotte Smith - all of whom were more
popularly and/or more critically acclaimed
than their now more famous counterparts.
335 – British Romantic Literature (3)
Late 18th- and early 19th-century British
literature. Emphasis on topical focus points
such as the French Revolution and abolition.
Writers include Keats, More, Robinson, P. B.
Shelley, Wollstonecra, and W. Wordsworth.
336 – British Victorian Literature (3)
British literature from 1830-1914. Emphasis
on topical focus points such as e Woman
Question and imperialism. Writers include
E. B. Browning, R. Browning, Dickens, C.
Rossetti, Tennyson, and Wilde.
338 – British Victorian Novel (3)
is reading-intensive course will cover writers
such as the Bröntes, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy.
It also may include signicant precursors (such
as Austen) and/or successors (such as Ford).
340 – Modern British Fiction (3)
Studies in the forms, themes and politics of
British ction, with special emphasis on the
genre of the novel, between approximately
1900 and 1945.
342 – Contemporary British Fiction (3)
Studies in the forms, themes and politics of
British ction, with special emphasis on the
genre of the novel, from approximately 1945 to
the present.
345 – Film, Text, and Culture (3)
Advanced study in narrative and non-narrative
lms, focusing on the analysis of lms as texts
and in relation to other texts (literary, visual,
musical, etc.). Consideration of lm texts as
they originate in, and express, human society.
348 – Literature of the Great War (3)
is class focuses on the literary
representations of World War One (1914-1918)
and its far-reaching eects on individuals,
nations, social hierarchies, ideologies, and
institutions. Reading by both combatants and
non-combatants will cover multiple literary
genres and will articulate the public and
intimate experience of this conict.
350 – Electronic Literature (3)
A survey of born digital literature including:
hypertext ction, interactive ction, playable
media, net.art, and other genres of literary
work produced and experienced through
computers.
352 – African American Literature Pre-1900 (3)
A chronological exploration of poetry, short
stories, plays, slave narratives, autobiographies,
and other forms of non-ction written by
people of African descent in the United
States pre-1900. In addition to its primary
focus on literature, the course also explores
the interconnections between early African
American literature and history, politics,
gender, class, race, psychology, and economics.
353 – Asian American Literature (3)
e study of texts produced by Asian
American authors of diverse national or ethnic
backgrounds. Introduces Asian American
literary criticism and theory.
354 – African American Literature Post-1900 (3)
A chronological exploration of poetry,
autobiographies, non-ction, short stories,
novels, plays, and neo-slave narratives written
by people of African descent in the U.S.
post 1900. In addition to its primary focus
on literature, the course also explores the
interconnections between African American
literature and history, politics, psychology,
popular culture, and economics.
144
355 – American Romanticism (3)
Expressions of and challenges to 19th-century
American romantic ideology in prose and
poetry. May include such writers as Emerson,
Fuller, Hawthorne, Alcott, Melville, Whitman,
and Dickinson.
356 – American Realism (3)
Exploration of literary realism in American
ction of the 19th- and early 20th-centuries.
Includes writers across a spectrum of race,
gender, class, and geographical focus, such as
Rebecca Harding Davis, Henry James, Charles
Chesnutt, Sarah Orne Jewett, and Stephen
Crane.
357 – Southern Literature (3)
A representative survey of the literature of the
U.S. South from the early 19th century until
the present.
358 – Modern American Fiction (3)
Studies in the forms, themes and politics of
American ction, with special emphasis on
the genre of the novel, between approximately
1900 and 1945.
359 – Transmedia Fiction (3)
Surveys transmedia ction: narratives
conveyed simultaneously through distinct but
complementary media, including lm, video
games, comics, or music. Students examine
major and emerging texts in this genre and
engage with current creative practice in the
eld by producing their own transmedia work.
360 – Postcolonial Studies (3)
Studies in contemporary postcolonial literature
from Africa, the Caribbean, and South Asia
representing the impact of colonialism and its
aermath on individuals, communities, and
culture.
364 – Contemporary Asian Novel (3)
Studies in themes, movements, signicant
literary gures and problems in 20th-century
ction of Asia.
365 – Modern Drama (3)
Studies in the development of modern
dramatic literature and its aesthetic, political,
and performative contexts. e course
examines the work of individual dramatists,
directors, theorists, and theater scholars.
366 – Modern Poetry (3)
Transatlantic study of the themes,
techniques, and forms of modern poets from
approximately 1880-1945.
369 – Women and Modernism (3)
A study of women’s literature in the period
called Modernism (roughly 1890-1945),
positioned in its sociohistorical context.
We will also consider gendered theories
of the traditional Modernist aesthetic and
the usefulness of codied denitions of
Modernism in reading women’s writing.
371 – Contemporary Poetry (3)
Studies in poetic themes, techniques, forms,
and theories or movements since 1945,
including discussion of social and historical
contexts.
378 – Science Fiction (3)
A study of the development of science ction
as literature in a social and historical context,
with an emphasis on contemporary works.
Students will explore the genre through
the major themes and motifs, and as a
phenomenon of popular culture.
379 – Fantasy (3)
A study of the development of fantasy as
literature in a historical and sociocultural
context, with an emphasis on contemporary
works. Students will explore the genre
through major themes and motifs, and as a
phenomenon of popular culture.
380 – Practicum in Journalism (1)
Practice writing, taking photos, editing
stories and other activities for the University
of Mary Washington's student newspaper,
an experience that will help students learn
the principles of sound journalism and how
news helps to form community. May be
repeated for a total of eight credits; four may
be counted in the English major.
381 – British Literature to 1800 (3)
Prerequisite: sophomore standing or
permission of the department chair. Survey of
British literature from the Anglo-Saxon period
to roughly 1800, not including Romanticism.
382 – British Literature from 1800 to the
Present (3)
Prerequisite: sophomore standing or
permission of the department chair. Survey
of British literature from Romanticism to the
present.
384 – Disability and Literature (3)
is course takes for its focus the complex
intersection(s) of disability and literature.
roughout the semester we will consider the
various ways in which literary representations
145
399 – Community Service Learning (1)
Prerequisite: 12 hours in any English,
Linguistics, or Communication course work.
Community service learning at approved sites.
May be repeated up to three times for credit
in the major. Fullls Experiential Learning
requirement.
400 – Grellet and Dorothy Simpson Summer
Institute in Medieval Studies (6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An
intensive summer institute in a seminar
format, this course provides the opportunity
for independent undergraduate research on a
variety of topics appropriate to medieval studies.
Intensive discussion sessions directed by a
variety of scholars from inside and outside the
University faculty will guide students, ensuring
the timeliness and currency of their research.
406 – Advanced Studies in Composition:
History and eory (3)
Prerequisites: ENGL 295 and 307. A survey of
the historical roots of the eld of composition
from its classical roots to the present day, and
an examination of contemporary theories and
how they are put into practice.
411 – Studies in Drama (3)
Major problems, themes, movements, or
gures in drama. Consult Schedule of Courses
for specic topics.
413 – Studies in Poetry (3)
Major problems, themes, movements, or
gures in poetry. Consult Schedule of Courses
for specic topics.
415 – Studies in the Novel (3)
Major problems, themes, movements, or
gures in the novel. Consult Schedule of
Courses for specic topics.
445 – Studies in English Literature to 1600 (3)
Signicant gures, movements, themes, or
problems in English literature to 1600. Consult
Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
447 – Studies in English Literature, 1600–1800
(3)
Signicant gures, movements, themes, or
problems in English literature, 1600–1800.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
449 – Studies in English Literature, 1800–
Present (3)
Signicant gures, movements, themes, or
problems in English literature, 1800 to the
present. Consult Schedule of Courses for
specic topics.
of disability from the nineteenth century to the
present have embodied a range of pejorative,
enabling, and/or ambivalent possibilities.
385 – Contemporary American Fiction (3)
Studies in the forms, themes and politics of
American ction, with special emphasis on the
genre of the novel, from approximately 1945 to
the present.
386 – e Graphic Novel (3)
A study of the graphic novel form, including
the analysis of graphic novel texts, the
integration of related critical theory, and
experimentation with producing graphic
narrative. Specic topics and themes may
include formal approaches to the medium,
as well as issues of race, class, and gender as
represented in graphic novels.
387 – South Asian Literature and Cinema (3)
Explores contemporary South Asian literature
and lm from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh,
and its diasporas. We will analyze emerging
ideas of nationhood, and the changes in gender
dynamics and the structures of class and caste
through the course of the twentieth and twenty-
rst centuries.
390 – Special Studies in Pre-1800 Literature (3)
Studies in signicant literary gures,
movements, and topics in pre-1800 literature.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
391 – Special Studies in Pre-1900 Literature (3)
Studies in signicant literary gures,
movements, and topics in pre-1900 literature.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
392 – Special Studies in Post-1900 Literature
(3)
Studies in signicant literary gures,
movements, and topics in post-1900 literature.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
393 – Special Studies in Literature of
Historically Marginalized Groups (3)
Studies in literature of historically
marginalized groups that center on the
intersection of literature with age, class,
disability, gender, postcoloniality, race,
religion, and/or sexuality. Consult Schedule of
Courses for specic topics.
394 – Special Studies in Literature and Culture
(3)
Studies in signicant literary gures,
movements, and topics in literature and
culture. Consult Schedule of Courses for specic
topics.
146
students. May be repeated for a total of four
credits.
491, 492 – Individual Study (3, 3)
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
department. Only three credits of individual
study may be counted toward the English major.
499 – Internship (1–6)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. Up
to three credits may be counted toward the
English major.
FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR
Students enrolling in the Bachelor of Arts/
Bachelor of Science degree program are
required to take one rst-year seminar course
during their rst semester at the University as
part of their general education requirements.
Students transferring to UMW with credits
earned aer the student had matriculated to
another college or university (in other words,
not through high school “dual enrollment”
courses) do not have to meet the rst-year
seminar requirement. Transfer students with
fewer than 30 credits may take a rst-year
seminar course as an elective, if so desired.
Students who do not complete the FSEM
course in which they were registered during
their rst semester aer matriculation must
enroll in it during their second semester of
enrollment. ese students are eligible to
replace their failing grade by enrolling in
any other FSEM 100 course. However, HIST
201/202 is not considered equivalent to FSEM
100 for this repeat and replacement provision.
Any course listed as FSEM 100 (First-Year
Seminar) fullls the rst-year seminar
requirement, as does HIST 201, First-Year
Seminar in European History, or HIST 202,
First-Year Seminar in American History. (See
the History section of this Catalog).
100 – First-Year Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Freshman standing (30 credits
or less). e rst-year seminar introduces
students to the pursuit of intellectual inquiry.
Students will study a non-traditional topic
in a non-traditional way while exploring the
concept of a liberal arts education. Specic
topics will vary from course to course. Transfer
451 – Seminar in New Media (3)
Signicant gures, genres, movements and
texts in contemporary and emerging new
media. Consult the Schedule of Courses for
specic topics.
455 – Studies in American Literature to
1900 (3)
Signicant gures, movements, themes, or
problems in American literature through the
19th century. Consult Schedule of Courses for
specic topics.
457 – Studies in American Literature, 1900–
Present (3)
Signicant gures, movements, themes, or
problems in American literature of the 20th
century. Consult Schedule of Courses for
specic topics.
458 – Seminar in American Long Poems (3)
Study of long poems by primarily modern
and contemporary American writers and of
their complex relationship to epic, lyric, novel,
and drama. Includes among its theoretical
approaches an overview of genre theory.
460 – Seminar in Critical eory (3)
Prerequisites: ENGL 295 or permission of the
instructor. Signicant gures, movements,
themes, and methodologies in critical theory.
Consult Schedule of Courses for specic topics.
470 – Seminar in Creative Writing (3)
Prerequisites: ENGL 304 or permission of
instructor for ENGL 470A (Poetry); ENGL
305 or permission of instructor for ENGL
470B (Fiction); ENGL 312 or permission of
instructor for ENGL 470C (nonction); ENGL
304, 305 or 312 or permission of instructor
for ENGL 470D (multi-genre). Advanced
workshop in creative writing.
474 – Seminar in John Milton (3)
A study of the writing of John Milton, from his
earliest works to Paradise Lost.
478 – Seminar in Oscar Wilde (3)
Study of the majority of Wilde’s works across
the many genres in which he wrote, including
his famous plays.
480 – e Peer Tutoring of Writing (1)
Prerequisites: One writing course or Writing
Intensive course beyond ENGL 101, and
permission of the instructor. e review and
study of principles of eective writing, study of
writing formats and expectations for various
disciplines, and training in tutoring fellow
147
e Beauty Dierence Gives Us
e Grail Legend
Who am I is Time?
Writing for a Wounded Planet: Literature and
Environment in the US and Latin America
FRENCH
Department of Modern Languages and
Literature
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Marie A. Wellington, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Brooke E. Di Lauro
Scott M. Powers
Marie A. Wellington
Associate Professor
Leonard R. Koos
e French Program
e French major leads to a Bachelor of Arts
degree in Modern Foreign Languages. rough
courses in French, students gain linguistic
prociency, as well as understanding of the
literatures and cultures of the French-speaking
world. Laboratory facilities are used extensively
to supplement classroom instruction. Classes
are conducted in French.
Double majors are possible, and non-majors
may also take advantage of the language
program. Students have the opportunity to
reside in a campus residence area in which
French is spoken and which sponsors various
intercultural programs each year. e resident
language director of this area is a native speaker
of French.
e Department of Modern Languages
and Literatures cooperates with a variety
of overseas study programs, advises and
encourages students wishing to study
abroad, and helps in planning their foreign
study programs. Credits can be accepted
from abroad to fulll major requirements.
e French program runs two four-week,
six-credit UMW faculty-led summer study
abroad programs in France – one in Paris and
the other in Aix-en-Provence and Paris. e
French program also runs a faculty-led spring
break experience in Quebec.
In addition, French majors can take advantage
of a number of internship opportunities in
businesses, government oces, and non-prot
students enrolling at UMW with more than 30
credits may not take this course.
List of FSEM 100 topics approved for fall
2019.
Note: some of these topics may not actually
be oered in the 2019-2020 academic year.
Other topics may be developed.
American Ideal of Equality
Architecture Now
Art and Science of Human Caring
Autism in Contemporary Literature and Film
Beatles in the 21st Century
Booking It
Borders, Barrios, and Biases
Climate Change and Energy Resources
Cold Case: eatre Mysteries
Communities of Engagement
Comparing Reel to Real
Consuming News: A User's Guide
Creating Arts and Ideas
Dracula from Page to Screen
Endurance Sports
Finding Fashion
Forbidden Texts
French New Wave: Cinema and Society
History of Genocides
Holocaust in German and U.S. Cultures
Game eory
Get Happy: Science of Positive Psychology
Inequality and the American Dream
Infographics
Inventions that Rocked Our World
It's Alive: Horror on Stage
Jane Austen: Film/Text/Web
Leadership and Social Justice
Life Auditing: Fiscal Fitness
Mathematics of Chaos
Mechanisms of Storytelling
Multilingual Communities
Numbers Rule Your World
Past, Present, and Future Trends in Commerce
Physics for Future Presidents
Plants and Literature
Race and Revolution
See the USA: History of Road Trips
Science and Technology: Because We Can,
Should We?
Sinatra's America
Solo Mio: Solo Performance and You
So You ink You Want to Be a Teacher?
Stued and Starved: Geography of Food
e Addicted World
e Bad Seed
148
agencies located in the Fredericksburg and
Washington, D.C. area.
Graduates in French may pursue careers in
government or in private elds in which the
knowledge of this language and culture is
essential, including interpreting, translating,
research, social services, education, or
international business.
Requirements for the French Major
irty-six (36) credits, including FREN 311,
312, 326, 327, 411 or 412, and 481; six additional
courses chosen from all remaining upper-level
courses (300-level or above).
French Minor
e French minor is designed to provide the
student with an advanced level of language
prociency augmented by a basic knowledge
and familiarity with the cultures and
literatures of France and the francophone
world. In addition to the minor’s required
French language classes or their equivalents,
students are able to select 300- and 400-level
courses in francophone culture, literature,
and applied language. Students may also
include individual study (FREN 491, 492) and
three-credit internships (FREN 499) as part
of their minor programs. Approved French
courses from study abroad programs may also
be included among the electives of the French
minor.
Requirements for the French Minor
Twenty-four (24) credits. Students must
complete FREN 201 and 202, or FREN 205, or
additional French classes at the 300-level or
above to equal six credits, FREN 311, FREN
312, and any four (4) additional French classes
at or above the 300-level.
Business French Minor
e Business French minor is an
interdisciplinary program of study that
combines courses in French language and
culture with selected courses in Business
and/or Economics. e Business French
minor provides the student with a basic
understanding of business and economics as
well as the ability to communicate about them
in French in a professional context. Students
also include a three-credit internship as part
of their minor programs. Approved French
courses from study abroad programs may also
be included among the electives of the French
minor.
Requirements for the Business French
Minor
Twenty-four (24) credits, including FREN 311,
312, and 313; 3 credits from FREN 330 - 335; 3
credits from FREN 411, 412, or 499; and one of
the following sequences: a) ACCT 101, ACCT
102, and one College of Business course at the
300-level or higher; or b) ECON 201, ECON
202, and one Economics course at the 300-level
or higher. Business French minors can take
no more than 29 credits in Business without
declaring a Business major.
French Course Oerings (FREN)
101 – Beginning French I (3)
Grammar, composition, conversation, reading,
laboratory use. Students with credit for a
higher level course in French may not take this
course for credit.
102 – Beginning French II (3)
Grammar, composition, conversation, reading,
laboratory use. Students with credit for a
higher level course in French may not take this
course for credit.
105 – Intensive Beginning French (6)
Grammar, composition, conversation, reading,
oral work, laboratory use. Students with credit
for a higher level course in French may not take
this course.
201 – Intermediate French I (3)
Grammar review, reading, composition,
laboratory use, oral work. Students with credit
for a higher level course in French may not take
this course for credit.
202 – Intermediate French II (3)
Grammar review, reading, composition,
laboratory use, oral work. Students with credit
for a higher level course in French may not take
this course for credit.
205 – Intensive Intermediate French (6)
Prerequisite: FREN 102 or equivalent.
Grammar review, reading, composition,
laboratory use, oral work. Students who have
taken French 201 are not eligible to take this
class. Students with credit for a higher level
course in French may not take this course.
311 – Composition (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 202. Advanced grammar,
composition, reading.
149
travel expands our horizons, allowing us both
to examine directly the beliefs, values, and
customs of another culture, and to compare
them indirectly to our own.
334 – Women and Gender in Society (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. is course examines
women and gender roles, and the power
individuals do and do not have in their
personal relationships, their vocational niche
in society, and in the arenas of politics and
religion.
335 – Topics in French Art, Literature, and
Culture (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. French and
Francophone Literature and Culture. Topics
will vary.
336 – French and Francophone Literature in
Translation (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. Taught in English.
Topics will vary.
411 – Stylistics (3)
Prerequisites: FREN 311 and 312. Analysis and
practice of written French styles.
412 – Translation (3)
Prerequisites: FREN 311 and 312. Translation
theories and techniques.
481 – Senior Seminar (3)
Selected topics. Required of and limited to
senior majors.
491, 492 – Individual Study (3, 3)
Intensive study of one or more authors selected
in consultation with instructor. By permission
of the department.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. No credit
toward major or minor.
312 – Oral Communication and Phonetics (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 202. Oral skills, phonetics,
listening comprehension, conversation.
313 – Business French (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 311 or 312. Especially
designed for those who may be connected
with businesses dealing in and with France or
French-speaking countries.
319 – French Cinema (3) Prerequisite: FREN
311 or 312, or permission of the instructor.
A study of the major movements of French
cinema, including silent lms, surrealism and
the Avant-Garde, lms of the Occupation, the
New Wave, the “cinema du look,” neo-realism,
and lms that have come to be described as
postmodern and post-nationalist.
326 – Introduction to Pre-Revolutionary
French Literature (3)
A chronological study of French Literature
from the Medieval Period to 1798.
327 – Introduction to Post-Revolutionary
French Literature (3)
A chronological study of French Literature
from 1798 to the present.
330 – Power, Conict and Revolution (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. is course examines
the interrelationships of power and conict in
the creation of imbalances on the social and
political stage.
331 – Representations of Good and Evil (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. From literature to
lm, Evil has consistently preoccupied the
cultural imagination. Equally prevalent has
been the preoccupation with the Good. is
course examines how the struggle between the
two is rooted in religious, social, and political
conicts.
332 – Text and Image (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. e visual and written
arts have always inuenced each other in
productive ways. is course investigates the
ever-changing reciprocal dynamics between
text and image.
333 – Travel and Cultural Relativity (3)
Prerequisite: Two of the following courses:
FREN 311, 312, 326, 327. Journeys, whether
real or imagined, physical or emotional,
contribute to one's conception of the Self and
the Other. is course examines ways in which
150
GEOGR APHY
Department of Geography
Jacqueline Gallagher, Chair
Joseph W. Nicholas, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Dawn S. Bowen
Stephen P. Hanna
Farhang Rouhani
Associate Professors
Caitlin C. Finlayson
Jacqueline Gallagher
Joseph W. Nicholas
Melina A. Patterson
Brian R. Rizzo
Ping Yin
Assistant Professor
Marco Millones Mayer
e Geography Program
e Geography Department hosts two
programs, a traditional degree program and a
certicate program in Geographic Information
Science. In the Bachelor of Arts degree
program, students study the interactions
between people and their environments,
both human and natural. Geographers
examine the places and regions resulting
from such interactions and analyze the spatial
characteristics of all manner of natural,
cultural, economic, and political processes and
relationships. e Geography program at Mary
Washington has three areas of emphasis:
Community, Development, and Culture:
A focus on how people living in specic
places and regions experience and aect
social, cultural, economic, and environmental
processes. Includes course work in planning
and urban geography, local and international
development, race and place, human-
environment relationships, and regional
geographies.
Globalization:
A focus on the geographies of globalization and
its political, cultural, and economic dimensions.
Includes course work in geopolitics, economic
and cultural globalization, international
development, migration, and regional
geographies.
Nature and Society:
A focus on the physical and social processes
that shape the natural environmental and
aect human life. Includes course work in
landforms, climatology, human-environment
relationships and regional geographies.
All geography majors acquire spatial
thinking skills by studying research methods
appropriate for their area of emphasis. ese
include: geographic information systems (GIS),
cartography, remote sensing, eld methods,
quantitative, and qualitative methods. Majors
are also encouraged to engage in internships,
study abroad programs, and undergraduate
research.
e facilities for geographic studies at
Mary Washington include well-equipped
laboratories for the study and practice of
physical geography, GIS, cartography, and
remote sensing. e department hosts
a chapter of Gamma eta Upsilon, the
International Geography Honorary Society.
Requirements for the Geography Major
A minimum of 35 credits in Geography,
Geographic Information Science, and related
disciplines, including no more than two
courses not designated GEOG or GISC.
1) Introductory Courses
GEOG 101 or 102 (3 credits), and GEOG 110
AND 111 (8 credits). EESC 112 can substitute
for GEOG 111.
2) Intermediate Course
One course in geography (3 credits) chosen
from GEOG 200 – GEOG 249. ese will be
chosen by the student in consultation with her/
his academic advisor to reect the student’s
area of emphasis.
3) Research Methods
Two courses in methods and techniques (6-8
credits), at least one of which must be either
a GEOG or GISC course, and at least one of
which must be at the 300 level. Students may
choose from GEOG 250, 252, 340, 351, 355,
363, 365; GISC 200, 351. ANTH 298, SOCG
364, or 365 may substitute for one geography
methods course.
4) Advanced Courses
Two courses in geography (6 credits) chosen
from GEOG 300-339, 360, 410, 485, or
491. ese will be chosen by the student in
consultation with her/his academic advisor to
reect the student’s area of emphasis.
151
of the certicate, students may be eligible
to apply for an additional professional
certication in GIS administrated by the GIS
Certication Institute (GISCI).
Certicate Requirements:
1) Introductory Course (4 credits)
GISC 200 or GEOG 250 or EESC 205
2) Intermediate Course (4 credits)
GISC 351 or GEOG 351
3) Programming or Web-GIS Course (4
credits)
GISC 450 or GISC 482
4) Elective (4 credits)
Students must choose one elective from
the following list: GEOG 340, 355; or an
additional 400-level GISC course.
5) Capstone Experience (3 credits)
To earn the certicate, students must complete
either GISC 491 or 499. All directed studies
and internships must be approved by the
Department Chair.
* Course descriptions for GEOG 250, 340,
351, and 355 can be found in this section of
the Catalog while the course description for
EESC 205 is on page 132. All GISC course
descriptions are on pages 152-153. Students
with professional experience in GIS may have
a maximum of one course or four credits
waived with appropriate approval, but must
take additional course credits to total 18
hours.
Academic/Continuance Policies for the
Certicate in GIS:
A maximum of two approved courses (3-8
credits) may be transferred from another
regionally-accredited institution to meet
certicate program requirements. All classes
for the certicate must be completed within a
four-year period following matriculation into
the certicate program.
Students must maintain an overall 2.5 grade-
point average in certicate program courses,
or have permission from the faculty advisor,
prior to registering for the nal directed study
or internship course. Students may be required
to meet with an advisor for an annual review
of progress and a summary review at the
completion of course work.
5) Senior Seminar
GEOG 490 (3 credits), usually taken during the
Fall semester of the senior year, is the required
capstone to the major.
6) Electives
Two additional courses (6-8 credits), one of
which must be at the 300 or 400 level, chosen
by the student in consultation with her/his
academic advisor to reect the student’s area of
emphasis. Any geography course or approved
course in related elds fullls this requirement.
Climate Science Minor
Climate science is inherently interdisciplinary,
involving both the physical and biological
sciences. However, there is exibility within
the minor for some specialization, depending
on the student's major interests. Climatologists
come from the ranks of geologists,
oceanographers, geographers, biologists,
chemists, physicists, and meteorologists. e
commonality among these disparate elds
is that they all inform us about the earth's
ability to absorb and radiate energy, and the
way atmospheric processes play out across the
earth's surface. is minor would serve students
who might be going on to graduate work in on
of the subelds of climatology or those who
wish to be more informed in ongoing debates
about climate change.
Requirements for the Climate Science
Minor
Sixteen to eighteen (16-18) credits. ree
required courses: GEOG 110, 325 and either
GEOG 327 or EESC 355. Two or more electives
from the following, totaling at least six (6)
credits, and at least one course at the 300-level;
BIOL 210; CHEM 331; EESC 112, 210, 230, 325;
GEOG 111, 245, 326; PHYS 201.
Certicate in Geographic Information
Science (19 credits) e Geography
Department hosts an interdisciplinary
certicate program in Geographic
Information Science. Open to students in all
majors and to non-degree seeking students,
the program is designed to address the
growing demand for GIS-trained personnel
in business, government, education, health
care, and numerous other settings. e eld
encompasses integrated hardware, soware,
and database systems that are capable of
capturing, storing, analyzing, and displaying
geographical information. Upon completion
152
Geography Course Oerings (GEOG)
101 – World Regional Geography (3)
An appreciation of spatial patterns in
the distribution of physical and human
characteristics of the major regions of the
world.
102 – Introduction to Human Geography (3)
An examination of the political, economic, and
cultural processes that shape the distribution,
spaces, and places of contemporary societies.
110 – Introduction to Weather and Climate (4)
Foundational concepts of physical geography.
Concentration on weather, climate, and world
vegetation regions. Laboratory.
111 – Landform Processes (4)
Prerequisite: GEOG 110. Survey of the
processes, both tectonic and climatic, that
shape the earth’s surface. Laboratory.
200 – Topics in Geography (variable 1-4)
Lecture class dealing with a pre-selected topic
of current interest. May include laboratory.
(May be repeated for credit with change of
topic)
221 – Geography of Eastern North America (3)
Regional geography of the eastern United
States and Canada, stressing similarities and
dierences in land, life, and livelihood.
222 – Geography of Western North America (3)
Regional geography of the western United
States and Canada, stressing similarities and
dierences in land, life, and livelihood.
231 – Introduction to Planning (3)
A survey of basic concepts, laws, and methods
used in city and regional planning, illustrated
with case studies.
236 – Globalization and Local Development
(3)
Analysis of the history and current conditions
of the world-economy focusing on local-global
relationships and on the roles of technological
change, the state, and transnational
corporations in explaining the geographies of
globalization.
237 – Cities (3)
An exploration of the complexities and
contradictions of city life and urban processes.
Includes an introduction to debates about
the economic, political, environmental, and
cultural roles and meanings of cities and
instruction in basic research methods used by
urban researchers.
240 – Natural Hazards (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or permission of
instructor. e study of natural hazards from
a geographic perspective including physical
processes, risk factors, and the vulnerability of
populations in both more and less developed
countries.
241 – Biogeography (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or permission
of instructor. is course introduces
biogeography, the study of the distribution
of organisms through space and time, the
patterns created by those distributions, and the
reasons for them.
245 – Environment and Society (3)
A geographic survey of environmental changes
caused by human activities, with emphasis
given to resource exploitation, conservation,
pollution, and interactions of humans with
plant and animal communities.
250 – Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems and Cartography (4)
An introduction to the principles of GIS and
cartography and their use in presenting and
analyzing geographic information. Laboratory.
252 – Introduction to Quantitative Methods in
Geography (3)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of GEOG or permission of
instructor. An introduction to the quantitative
methods used by geographers to analyze
and interpret geographic data and solve
geographic problems. Includes descriptive and
inferential statistics, and an exploration of how
quantitative research questions and techniques
are situated within the broader discipline of
geography.
301 – Geography of Latin America and the
Caribbean (3)
Regional geography of the lands and peoples
of Latin America and the Caribbean, with
particular emphasis on the cultural, political,
economic and historical bonds that unify the
region.
304 – Geography of the Middle East (3)
An examination of the Middle East in the
world including the political, cultural, social,
and economic processes that orient perceptions
of and in the Middle East.
307 – Geography of Asia (3)
A survey of the human and physical geography
of Asia with emphasis on the cultural,
economic, and political conditions within Asia
153
and the region’s relationships with the rest of
the world. e course will oen focus on one of
Asia’s subregions.
325 – Dynamic Climatology (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or permission
of instructor. A study of the atmospheric
dynamics that control earth’s climates.
326 – Glacial Processes and Landscapes (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 111 or EESC 112. An
investigation into glacial processes and the
landforms associated, both directly and
indirectly, with glaciation. One weekend eld
trip may be scheduled.
327 – Climate Change (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or EESCL 111. An
examination of the mechanisms and evidence for
climate change over various timescales.
331 – Race and Place in America (3)
An analysis of how place and space have
shaped our understandings and experiences
of race in the United States. Topics include
segregation, white supremacy groups,
immigration, and how law has interpreted
racialized geographies.
332 – Migration Politics in a Globalizing
World (3)
An examination of the politics of movement
and mobility in international migration and
of the spaces created by interactions between
migrants, governments, and residents.
333 – Planning Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 231, GEOG 237 or
HISP 209.is course provides an analysis
of planningconcepts and practices. Topics
addressed includelegal aspects of planning
and zoning, variances,rezoning, conditional
use permits, neo-traditionalplanning, and
issues around publicparticipation. e course
emphasizes current,relevant topics and best
practices for thoseinterested in a career in
planning or a relatedeld.
335 – Sacred Spaces (3)
An examination of the intersection of
geography and religion with an emphasis
on sacred spaces. e course explores how
religions understand, create, and give meaning
to sacred space, and includes a review of major
theories and methods in the geographic study
of religion.
337 – e Nature of Cities (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 209, GEOG 231, 237,
orpermission of the instructor. Examination
of themultiple intersections of urban and
naturalenvironments, including the role of
green spaces incities, political ecology, and
environmental justiceissues.
338 – Geopolitics (3)
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior status. An
analysis of power, ideology and identity in
and across space. e class focuses on how
geopolitical theories have changed over time
and vary across places and introduces students
to critical geopolitics.
339 – Geography and Development (3)
An examination of local and global
geographies of uneven development, including
a review of major theories and introducing
a spatial approach to cultural, economic,
political, and environmental problems of
uneven development.
340 – Remote Sensing and Air Photo
Interpretation (4)
Prerequisite: GEOG 250 or EESC 205 or GISC
200. Analysis of remotely-sensed images
with emphasis on the interpretation of aerial
photographs and the use of imagery in
geographical research. Practical assignments
weekly or bi-weekly.
351 – Spatial Analysis (4)
Prerequisite: GEOG 250 or EESC 205 or GISC
200 or permission of instructor. Concepts and
applications of geographic information systems
(GIS). Emphasis on the use of GIS as a method
for analyzing and solving geographic problems.
Practical assignments weekly or bi-weekly.
355 – Mobile Geographic Information Systems
and Global Positioning Systems (4)
Prerequisite: GEOG 250 or EESC 205 or
GISC 200. Concepts and techniques of eld
mapping using Mobile GIS and GPS, including
data collection and analysis. Detailed study
of technology and applications of global
positioning systems. Requires eldwork.
Laboratory.
360 – Geographic Study Abroad (variable 1-6)
Travel to a foreign region where students
will attend lectures, observe geographic
phenomena, and participate in group
discussions.
363 – Qualitative Methods in Geography (3)
An examination of the philosophies and
techniques of doing qualitative research
in geography. Includes data collection and
154
analysis using interviewing, observation,
participatory research, visual techniques,
cognitive mapping, archival research, and
content analysis.
365 – Field Methods (4)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. is
class focuses on the eld methods used in
dierent subelds of Geography, including
systematic observation, keeping eld notes,
survey design, mapping, coding, and analysis.
Substantial time in the eld required.
410 – Advanced Topics in Geography (variable
1-4)
Advanced seminar dealing with a pre-
selected topic of current interest. May include
laboratory. (May be repeated for credit with
change of topic)
485 – Readings in Geography (variable 1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Directed readings on a selected topic in
geography under the guidance of a member of
the geography faculty.
490 – Senior Seminar in Geography (3)
Prerequisite: Senior majors only. An intensive
study of one of the subelds of geography, with
emphasis on critical reading of the literature
and group discussion.
491 – Individual Study in Geography
(variable 1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Intensive individual research of some
geographic issue under the guidance of a
member of the geography faculty.
499 – Internship (variable 1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Supervised o-campus experience. Pass/fail
only. Does not count toward geography major.
Geographic Information Science (GISC)
200 – Introduction to GIS (4)
An introduction to the theory and application
of GIS technology, providing students with
the knowledge required to plan and undertake
a project that has a GIS component. ArcGIS
is used in hands-on practical sessions that
illustrate theoretical concepts including the
nature of geographical information and the
dierent types of spatial data and tools. Weekly
or bi-weekly assignments.
351 – Spatial Analysis (4)
Prerequisite: GISC 200 or GEOL/EESC 205 or
GEOG 250 or GEOG 250 or EESC 205 or GISC
200 or permission of instructor. Concepts and
applications of geographic information systems
(GIS). Emphasis on the use of GIS as a method
for analyzing and solving geographic problems.
Practical assignments weekly or bi-weekly
440 – Application of Spatial Statistics and
Models in GIS (4)
Prerequisite: GISC 351 or GEOG 351. is
course focuses on the application of statistics
and quantitative methods in GIS. It emphasizes
the development of statistical methodology
appropriate for analyzing spatial data, modeling
spatial relationships, and exploring data within
ArcGIS. Practical assignments weekly or
bi-weekly.
450 – GIS Programming (4)
Prerequisite: GISC 351 or GEOG 351.
Introduction to fundamental concepts of
computer programming, OOP concepts, and
ESRI’s Python Applications Programming
Interface (API) ArcPy. Students develop
custom tools and solutions that extend core
ArcGIS functionality; apply object-oriented
programming concepts; and develop Python
resources to create applications and tools that
perform specic GIS tasks. Includes hands-on
programming exercises, where students write
scripts and develop custom tools that automate
tasks.
471 – Special Topics (3-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Advanced course in Geographic Information
Science. Topic selected in advance by instructor.
482 – Web GIS: Concepts and Applications (3)
Prerequisites: GISC 351 or GEOG 351.
Concepts and basic practical applications of
Web GIS. Students will learn how to use the
state-of-art technical skills and knowledge
to quickly develop Web GIS applications to
publish, share, and combine various geospatial
resources through the Internet. Practical
assignments weekly or bi-weekly. .
491 – Directed Study (3)
Prerequisites: At least 11 credit hours of
certicate coursework and permission of
instructor. Intensive individual research using
GIS under the guidance of a faculty member.
Must be taken during the last semester or
summer session of a student’s GISC program.
499 – Internship (3)
Prerequisites: At least 11 credit hours of
certicate coursework and permission
155
of instructor. Internships oer students
opportunities to experience various elds of
employment while working with a variety of
organizations on important and challenging
projects. ese experiences augment classroom
learning while allowing on-the-job training.
Interested students should contact the
Department Chair for additional internship
information.
GER M AN
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Marcel Rotter, Career Advisor
Faculty
Associate Professor
Marcel Rotter
Assistant Professor
Jennifer Hansen-Glucklich
e German Program
e German major leads to a Bachelor of
Arts degree in Modern Foreign Languages.
rough courses in German, students gain
linguistic prociency, as well as understanding
of the literatures and cultures of the German-
speaking world. Electronic resources are
used extensively to supplement classroom
instruction. Upper-level classes are conducted
in German.
Double majors are possible, and non majors
may also take advantage of the language
program. e resident program director of
this area is a native speaker of German and
sponsors various inter-cultural programs.
e Department of Modern Languages
and Literatures cooperates with a variety
of overseas study programs, advises and
encourages students wishing to study abroad,
and helps in planning their foreign study
programs. Credits can be accepted from
abroad to fulll major requirements. UMW
also oers programs in German-speaking
countries of varying lengths, making it
possible for students to study during spring
break, summer or for a semester or year there.
Graduates in German may pursue careers in
government or in private elds in which the
knowledge of this language and culture is
essential, including interpreting, translating,
research, social services, education, or
international business.
Requirements for the German Major
irty-two (32) credits in German including
GERM 202 and 330; at least two courses
chosen from 302, 303, and 304; and additional
German courses at the 300- or 400-level. With
approval of the department IDIS 350 may
count as an elective in the major.
Business German Minor
e Business German minor is an
interdisciplinary program of study that
combines courses in German language and
culture with selected courses in business
and/or economics. e Business German
minor provides the student with a basic
understanding of business and economics as
well as the ability to communicate about them
in German in a professional context Students
also include an internship as part of their
minor programs. Approved German courses
from study abroad programs may also be
included among the electives of the Business
German minor.
Requirements for the Business German
Minor
Twenty-six credits including:
GERM 302, 303, 313;
GERM 325 or any 400-level GERM course (4
credits) except for an internship or individual
study course;
GERM 499, BUAD 499, or ECON 499 (for at
least 1 credit)
and one of the following:
ACCT 101, ACCT 102, and one 300-level
business course (BUAD) (3 credits each)
OR
ECON 201, 202 and one 300-level ECON
course (3 credits each).
Business German minors can take no more
than 29 credits in Business without applying
for admission to the College of Business.
German Minor
e German minor is designed to provide the
student with an advanced level of language
prociency augmented by a basic knowledge
and familiarity with the culture and literature
of Germany. In addition to the minor’s
required German language courses or their
equivalents, students are able to select 300- and
156
400-level courses in German culture, literature
and applied language. Students may also
include individual study (GERM 491, 492) and
three-credit internships (GERM 499) as part
of their minor programs. Approved German
courses from study abroad programs may also
be included among the electives of the German
minor.
Requirements for the German Minor
Twenty-six (26) credits including GERM 201
(3), 202 (3), 302 (4) and 303 (4); and any three
additional courses (4 credits each) at or above
the 300 level. If the student can demonstrate
intermediate language competency through
one of the accepted exams and, consequently,
does not have to take GERM 201 and 202, he or
she will replace those courses with additional
courses at or above the 300 level.
German Course Oerings (GERM)
101 – Beginning German I (3)
Grammar, emphasis on gaining rapid
comprehension and developing uency in
spoken German. Introduction to reading
German. Learning to write German. Students
with credit for a higher level course in German
may not take this course.
102 – Beginning German II (3)
Grammar, emphasis on gaining rapid
comprehension and developing uency in
spoken German. Introduction to reading
German. Learning to write German. Students
with credit for a higher level course in German
may not take this course.
105 – Intensive Beginning German (6)
is intensive beginner's course introduces
students to the German language and
emphasizes all four language skills: Listening
comprehension, speaking, reading and writing.
Information on German life and culture is
also incorporated into the process. Aer the
second semester of this course students will be
able to communicate on the Novice High level.
Summer only.
201 – Intermediate German I (3)
Grammar review, concentration on reading
for comprehension. Honing of oral skills and
writing German. Students with credit for a
higher level course in German may not take
this course.
202 – Intermediate German II (3)
Grammar review, concentration on reading
for comprehension. Honing of oral skills and
writing German. Readings in GERM 202 focus
on global issues. Students with credit for a
higher level course in German may not take
this course.
205 – Intensive Intermediate German (6)
Prerequisite: GERM 105 or 102 or equivalent.
e intermediate course will continue to
emphasize all four language skills in German:
listening comprehension, speaking, reading,
and writing. Information on German life and
culture is also incorporated into the process.
Aer the second semester of this intermediate
course students will be able to communicate on
the Intermediate Mid level. Students who have
taken GERM 201 are not eligible for this class.
Summer only.
301 – Study Abroad Reection (1)
Prerequisite: GERM 202 or equivalent. A
reection course for students of German to
complete aer returning from an approved
study abroad program in Germany, Austria, or
Switzerland.
302 – Oral Communication (4)
Prerequisites: GERM 202 must be completed
before starting this sequence. Intensive
oral language practice.Designed to expand
the student's active vocabulary, and help
the student develop his or her own style in
speaking.
303 – Advanced Composition (4)
Prerequisites: GERM 202 must be completed
before starting this sequence. Intensive written
language practice. Designed to expand the
student's active vocabulary, improve use of
grammar, and help the student develop his or
her own style in writing.
304 – Communication through Film (4)
Prerequisites: GERM 202 must be completed
before starting this sequence. Intensive
written and oral language practice through
the medium of lm. Designed to expand the
student's active vocabulary, improve grammar
use, and help the student develop his or her
own style.
313 – German for Professional Use I (4)
Prerequisite: GERM 393 or equivalent is
course provides students with the basic
communicative skills in the German language
as used in German business and economics.
It introduces students to the economic role of
the German-speaking countries in the global
economy. Topics include German economic
157
geography, German business and economics
terminology in nance, the social welfare
system, transport system, the structure of
corporations, and the code of behavior in the
business world. Students will develop their
skills in listening comprehension, reading
comprehension, speaking, and writing.
325 – German Cultural History (4)
Recommendations: two German 300-level
courses. Survey of the culture, civilization and
traditions of the German-speaking areas, with
emphasis on Germany.
330 – Methods Seminar: Analyzing Text
and Culture (4) Prerequisite: GERM 202 or
equivalent. Emphasizes texts from the 18th
and 20th centuries. Close attention paid to
analyzing form, content, motifs, character
analysis, and social and cultural background,
as well as to various methodological
approaches to text interpretation.
333 – Women, War and Psychology: German
Literature and Culture between WWI and
WWII (4)
Representative works of German Literature of
the twentieth century between the world wars
with a focus on the themes of war, psychology
and gender.
334 – Forward and Never Forget: German
Literature 1945-2000 (4)
Representative works of German Literature
of the twentieth century between WWII and
today with a focus on the theme of confronting
the Nazi past.
411 – Representations of Death (4)
Prerequisites: Two German 300 level courses.
is course examines the representations of
death in German literature, music, and the
visual arts from the middle ages to today.
Topics include attitudes towards death, dying,
the corpse, aerlife, and the relationship
between the living and the dead.
412 – German Translation (4)
Prerequisites: Two German 300 level courses.
is course familiarizes students with the
main tools of translating a wide variety of texts
and helps students develop trans-cultural as
well as trans-lingual competencies.
413 – Remembering the Holocaust (4)
Prerequisites: Two German 300 level
courses. is course focuses on Holocaust
memorialization in art, literature, lm,
memorials, and museums both in the U.S. and
abroad (including Germany, Israel, Austria,
and Poland).
415 – German in the Sciences (4)
Prerequisites: Two German 300 level courses.
is course develops students' abilities to
critically read texts, observe and describe live
recorded demonstrations, and speak and write
knowledgeably in German about scientic
topics as well as scientic topics discussed in
Germany and the U.S.
416 – Coee House Literature (4)
is course explores through a variety of works
and genres the cultural and literary history of
Vienna with a particular focus on n-de-siecle
Vienna. Texts are discussed as literary forms
and as historical and cultural products of their
environment.
485 – Seminar in German (4)
Prerequisites: two German 300-level courses.
Selected topics in German literature, German
cultural studies, or Germanic linguistics.
491, 492 – Individual Study (1-6, 1-6)
Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor.
499 – Internship (1-6)
Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
Supervised o-campus experience developed
in consultation with the department. No credit
toward major.
GREEK
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Craig R. Vasey, Chair
Liane R. Houghtlain, Classics Career
Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Liane R. Houghtalin
Angela L. Pitts
Joseph M. Romero
e study of ancient Greek is an appropriate
complement to any major in the liberal
arts or sciences, and any student may use
Greek to satisfy the University’s general
education requirement for prociency in a
foreign language. While no specic major or
concentration in Greek is oered, students may
use courses in Greek to fulll the requirements
for a major in Classics. e University is a
158
cooperating institution with the American
School of Classical Studies in Athens, and
students who study Greek are encouraged to
apply to its program.
Greek Course Oerings (GREK)
101, 102 – Elementary Greek (3, 3)
Essentials of ancient Greek grammar and
introduction to translating Greek literature.
201, 202 – Intermediate Greek (3, 3)
Prerequisites: GREK 101–102 or equivalent.
Readings in ancient Greek prose and poetry.
Prerequisite for all 300- and 400-level Greek
courses: GREK 202.
306 – Homer (3)
Selected readings from the Iliad or the Odyssey.
308 – Tragedy (3)
Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and/or
Euripides.
309, 311 – Survey of Greek Literature I, II (3, 3)
Survey of ancient Greek literature from the
earliest surviving Archaic texts to the end of
the Imperial era. May be taken in either order.
312 – Readings in Greek Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: GREK 202. Selected readings
from the ancient Greek philosophers.
451, 452 – Special Studies in Greek
Literature
(3, 3)
Reading and study of individual Greek authors
or literary genres.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Greek (1–3)
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
department.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Department of Athletics, Health and Physical
Education
Patrick L. Catullo, Interim Chair
Dana S. Hall, Interim Associate Chair
Health Education may be taken as an elective
by any student.
Health Education Course Oering (HEED)
100 – Contemporary Health Issues (3)
Provides up-to-date information about
modern health problems confronting people
of all ages. Discussion is encouraged to give
students the opportunity to share personal
experiences, resource materials, and problem-
solving techniques. e impact of personal and
environmental health problems on society is
also covered.
HEALTH SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program
Janet M. Atarthi-Dugan, Program
Director
Health Science Course Oerings (HSCI)
HSCI 120 – Medical Terminology for Health
Professionals (3)
Prerequisite: BSN 1+2+1 student or permission
of the instructor. is course introduces the
student to the language of medicine, used by all
health professionals, throughout all healthcare
settings.
HSCI 305 – e Art and Science of
Interdisciplinary Care for Health Professionals
(3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. is
course is an analysis of the art and science of
practicing interdisciplinary care for health
professionals. Writing for personal, academic, and
professional purposes is practiced. e development
of inter/intra-professional partnerships will be
experienced. Inherent values of caring for others
are explored. e concept of health promotion and
disease prevention will be investigated.
HISTORIC PRESERVATION
Department of Historic Preservation
Michael G. Spencer, Chair
Andréa D. Livi Smith, Career Advisor
Faculty
Associate Professor and Prince B. Woodard
Chair
Andréa D. Livi Smith
Associate Professors
Daniel J. Hubbard
Michael G. Spencer
Cristina Turdean
Assistant Professors
Christine R. Henry
Lauren K. McMillan
e Historic Preservation Program
Historic Preservation focuses on the
159
maintenance, conservation, advocacy, and
interpretation of historic sites and structures
and on cultural resource management.
Historic Preservation provides opportunities
for students to gain a deeper and richer
understanding of America’s cultural and
ethnic diversity and the ramications of
technological innovation and social change on
people’s quality of life.
Mary Washington was one of the rst
academic institutions in America to
establish an undergraduate curriculum
in historic preservation and the rst to
establish an independent Department of
Historic Preservation – now one of the
largest undergraduate program of its kind
in the nation. e department oers an
interdisciplinary Bachelor of Arts degree in
Historic Preservation that acquaints students
with a broad range of activities, methods,
and theoretical perspectives. Students in the
program may emphasize historic architecture,
building forensics, archaeology, preservation
planning, material culture, or museums in
their course work.
Historic Preservation majors explore the
theoretical, ethical, and philosophical
issues that surround preservation practice.
e acquisition of research and analytical
skills is stressed and substantial eldwork,
laboratory, or research assignments are woven
into most courses. e academic program of
the department is strongly enhanced by the
research and public education programs of the
UMW Center for Historic Preservation.
e historic preservation program benets
by the location of the University in
Fredericksburg, a city with an exceptionally
rich history. Intellectual and professional
skills are developed through intensive,
hands-on involvement in preservation
activities in the area, and opportunities exist
for similar experience abroad. Students design
and fabricate museum exhibits, carry out
archaeology projects, conduct architectural
surveys, and prepare diagnostic reports for
local historic sites, structures and districts.
Students interact with the local and University
community through the activities of the
student-organized Preservation Club. Special
nancial assistance is available for historic
preservation students through a number of
scholarships which are described within the
Department’s website: cas.umw.edu/hisp.
Requirements for the Historic Preservation
Major
irty-six (36) credits including HISP 100,
105, 200, 205, 207, 209, 305, 320, and 405; three
credits from among 461, 462, 463, or 469; six
credits from among 206, 208, 302, 303, 308,
309, 313, 323, 325, 327, 345, 360, 467, 470, 471,
491, and GEOG 250. HISP 499 is strongly
recommended but does not count toward
requirements for the major.
Historic Preservation Course Oerings (HISP)
100 – Introduction to Historic Preservation (3)
Survey of the history of historic preservation
and the practice of historic preservation with
emphasis on the legislation, policies, and
methodologies that form our present national,
state, and local preservation system.
105 – e American Built Environment (3)
Survey of America’s architectural, cultural, and
historical resources; analysis of the historic,
social, economic, political, and environmental
forces from both “the Old World” and “the
New World” which have shaped them.
200 – Introduction to Museum Studies (3)
Survey of the history, philosophy, and
management of museums, including
curatorship and public interpretation.
205 – Documentation and Fieldwork (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 105. Methods of
documentation and analysis of historic sites
and structures through historical research,
measured drawings and photographs.
206 – Introduction to American Folklore (3)
General survey of the forms of folklore found
in the United States in the twenty-rst century
along with the methodologies and theoretical
perspectives used in the analysis of folk forms.
207 – American Archaeology (3)
Introduction to eld and laboratory methods
and interpretive issues of North American
archaeology, with emphasis on historical
archaeology.
208 – Introduction to Conservation (3)
Overview of conservation as a specialized
professional discipline, including the eld’s
history, ethics, and common practices for
documentation, stabilization, analysis, and
treatment.
209 – Planning History and Practice (3)
Introduction to the theories, methods and
practical applications involved in the eld
160
of planning at the state and local level.
Introduction to preservation planning.
302 – Preservation Law (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 100. Examination of the
development and application of preservation
law and policy in the United States, through
the analysis of case law, legislation, and private
techniques.
303 – Archives and Society (3)
Examination of the theory and practice of
archival work, including the preservation,
organization, and cataloging of manuscript
collections.
305 – Historic Building Technologies (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 205. Intensive overview
of the evolution of American building from
early dwellings and towns to the glass and
steel towers that dominate post-modern
skylines. Special emphasis is given to building
materials, technologies, and the development
of structural systems.
308 – Cultural Resource Management (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 100. Examination of how
historic preservation services are provided
in legal and contractual contexts within
the public sector. Topics include resource
assessment, organizational management,
proposals and budgets, and ethics.
313 – Museum Education (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 200 or ARTH 315. is
course gives and introduction to the main
theoretical and methodological approaches
in the eld of museum education, including
learning theories, museum interpretation, and
development of learner centered programs
aimed at conveying knowledge and experience
to museum visitors of all ages.
317 – Museum Collections Management (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 200 or ARTH 315. is
course is an introduction to the principles
and practices of collections management
in museums. Lectures, class activities, and
hands-on projects provide students with a
holistic view of collections management,
including the care, preservation, and
documentation of artifacts. Main course topics
include collections management policies,
museum registration methods, cataloging,
preventive care and conservation, security,
insurance, and the ethics and law of collections
management.
320 – Material Culture (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 205.
Interpretation and
analysis of material culture in pre-industrial
and modern American societies, with emphasis
on research perspectives and methods.
323 – Heritage Tourism (3)
Examination of contemporary, market-
centered approaches to Historic Preservation.
is seminar explores the formulas of
presentation and representation of heritage as
attractions within the Tourism industry.
325 – Vernacular Architecture in America (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 205. A seminar in the
research models, methods and theoretical
approaches used to study commonplace
architecture in the United States.
327 – Analytical Archaeology (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 207. Exploration of a
selected series of archaeological topics at
an advanced, analytical level. Incorporates
an examination of how archaeological
data are analyzed with respect to research
objectives, theoretical concepts, and cultural
interpretations. Class format based on student
discussion and shared learning.
345 – Computer Applications in Historic
Preservation (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 205. Introduction to the
major applications of computer technology in
Historic Preservation, including development
of database structures, documentation using
vector drawings, and the employment of
three-dimensional modeling. rough projects
that are specic to the practice of historic
preservation students gain new means of
documenting, interpreting and analyzing
cultural resources.
360 – International Preservation (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 100. Examination of the
origins and programs of major international
preservation organizations such as UNESCO,
ICOMOS and ICCROM and a survey of
international preservation practice and
projects in countries around the globe.
405 – Advanced Methods in Historic
Preservation (3)
Prerequisites: HISP 305. An intensive
survey and research-based study of building
resources, with emphasis on the identication
and analysis of sites and structures in
their geographical, historical, and socio-
economic contexts. Focus on assessing and
161
writing National Register of Historic Places
nominations.
461 – Laboratory in Building Forensics (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 305. Examination of the
fundamental principles of building forensics
related to the eects of time, gravity, humidity,
temperature and light on building materials.
Fieldwork monitoring and analysis of
deterioration in historic buildings, including
masonry, wood, metal and coatings.
462 – Laboratory Methods in Archaeology (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 207. Laboratory procedures
for the processing, identication, analysis,
and interpretation of artifacts, with emphasis
on quantitative analysis and collections
management.
463 – Laboratory in Museum Design and
Interpretation (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 200 or ARTH 315 or
permission of instructor. Examination of
the principles of museum exhibit design and
interpretation, including participation in
exhibit preparation.
467 – Field Methods in Archaeology (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 207 or permission of the
instructor. Fieldwork-intensive introduction
to the techniques for sampling, excavating,
recording, and interpreting archaeological
sites. Summer only.
469 – Laboratory in Preservation Planning (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 405. is laboratory course
expands on the methods and information
learned in HISP 405 by providing students
with practical experience in preservation
planning at the local level.
470 – Historic Preservation Abroad (3)
Introduces students to the historic resources
and to the public and private systems for
historic preservation in another country or
international setting. Participants investigate
principal preservation organizations,
methodologies, and standards. Participants
engage in intensive eldwork and sponsored
projects. Summer only.
471 – Special Studies in Historic
Preservation (3)
Seminar on a topic in historic preservation.
491 – Individual Study in Historic
Preservation (1-3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Intensive individual investigation of a
signicant research problem under the
direction of a faculty member.
499 – Internship in Historic Preservation
(Credits variable)
Prerequisites: HISP 100, 105, additional
course work in Historic Preservation
appropriate for the internship, and permission
of the instructor. Field experience with a
preservation- related institution or group
outside the University. Does not meet major
requirements.
HISTORY
Department of History and American
Studies
Claudine L. Ferrell, Chair
Will B. Mackintosh, Career Advisors
Faculty
Professors
Susan R. Fernsebner
Claudine L. Ferrell
Jerey W. McClurken
Krystyn R. Moon
Bruce R. O’Brien
Allyson M. Poska
Associate Professors
Nabil S. Al-Tikriti
Porter R. Blakemore
Steven E. Harris
Will B. Mackintosh
Jason R. Sellers
Assistant Professor
Erin K. Devlin
e History Program
e History curriculum is widely diversied
by topic and by approach and oers an
extensive range of courses from ancient to
modern times in American, Asian, European,
and Latin American. e Bachelor of Arts
degree in History itself is distinctive for four
courses that are particularly germane to
student development of independent, critical
judgment based on historical skills. e
First-Year Seminars oer incoming students,
particularly those who have completed AP
courses, the opportunity to move quickly
into the history major during their rst year.
e two-semester History Colloquium and
Practicum are seminars typically completed
during the sophomore or junior year that
prepare majors in the critical evaluation of
historical arguments, research and analysis
162
History Course Oerings (HIST)
121 – Western Civilization I (3)
From ancient Near Eastern origins through
classical Greece and Rome, the Middle Ages,
and the Renaissance and Reformation Era to
the 17th century.
122 – Western Civilization II (3)
From the 17th-century through the Age of
Absolutism, the Enlightenment, and the
French Revolution to the era of nationalism
and industrialism and the modernism of the
20th century.
131 – American History to 1865 (3)
e Age of Discovery and the colonial era
through the American Revolution, nation
building, the rise of the party system, slavery,
and the Civil War.
132 – American History since 1865 (3)
Reconstruction, the emergence of
industrialism, the development of world power
status through the World Wars, and post-1945
trends.
141 – Asian Civilization I (3)
Asian civilization from its origins in India,
China, Japan, and other societies through
1500 AD. Emphasis on social, intellectual, and
technological change in the development of the
culture and history of the area.
142 – Asian Civilization II (3)
Asia in the modern era, 1500 AD to present,
the age of Western expansion and penetration
and the social, political, economic, and
intellectual transformation of the 19th and
20th centuries.
190 – Great Lives: Biographical Approaches to
History and Culture (3) Examination of various
historical and culture developments through
the lives of notable individuals from ancient
times to the present; specic lives change each
semester and cover a wide range of areas of
accomplishment
200 – Topics in History (3)
Listed in the Schedule of Courses, chosen
according to timely interest.
201 – First-Year Seminar in European History (3)
Topical seminar for freshmen.
202 – First-Year Seminar in American
History (3)
Topical seminar for freshmen.
of historical data, and historical writing.
ese courses are essential preparation for
upper-level lecture courses and seminars and
for the senior course Historical Research.
is capstone course provides an opportunity
to complete a historical research project
working one-on-one with a member of the
history faculty.
An internship option enhances the program
by granting credit for history-related, career-
oriented work outside the classroom. e
goal of the History program is to produce
graduates with a command of factual and
conceptual knowledge of the past; the
analytical methods that historians use to
recover, research, and write about the past;
the tools to create and produce materials in
the digital age; and well-honed writing and
speaking skills. Graduates of the History
program go on to a wide range of careers in
which the ability to understand and solve
historical problems, and in which skills of
independent, critical judgment based on
historical knowledge, are useful. Because
the practice of history requires the ability
to analyze and communicate ideas clearly
as well as to retain factual information,
it is an ideal preparation for law school
and for careers in business, public policy,
government, and journalism.
Honors in History at Graduation requires
a 3.5 grade-point average in the major and
superior work in HIST 485, Historical
Research, or 486, Historical Research Abroad.
Phi Alpha eta, the national history
honorary society, enriches the quality of the
History program and oers opportunities
to participate in social and educational
activities.
Requirements for the History Major
e history major requires completion of
36 credits: 6 credits from one of the survey
sequences (HIST 121-122, or HIST 131-132,
or HIST 141-142); HIST 297 and 298; 15
elective credits at the 200-level and beyond;
9 credits at the 400-level, 3 of which must be
HIST 485 or 486 and 3 of which may be HIST
491. American Studies (AMST) 202 or 303
(3 credits total) may count as an elective in
the History major with permission from the
Department Chair. Internships (HIST 499) are
encouraged but count as electives in the major
only with permission from the Department
Chair.
163
297 – History Colloquium (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 121-122, 131-132 OR 141-
142 and major status. Introduction to what
history is and what historians do with a focus
on historiography, speaking, and writing.
298 – History Practicum (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 297. Introduction to what
history is and what historians do with a focus
on research, speaking, and writing.
300 – Topics in History (3)
Listed in the Schedule of Courses, chosen
according to timely interest.
303 – e American South (3)
Slavery and the plantation system, rise of
sectionalism, Civil War and Reconstruction,
the era of segregation, and the civil rights
movement.
304 – e Civil War (3)
Development of Southern nationalism and the
Confederacy; emphasis on social, economic, and
political as well as military aspects of the war.
305 – e American West (3)
Exploration of interactions among various
peoples who have lived along the American
frontier and/or the American “West.”
307 – Native American History (3)
Overview of Native American experiences
in North America, with a focus on the pre-
contact era to the Battle of Wounded Knee
in 1890; also addresses 20th-century and
contemporary Native American experiences
and issues.
308 – U.S. Labor History (3)
Study of work and labor in the United States;
emphasis on economic, political, social,
and cultural changes in work and the labor
movement.
310 – U.S. Urban History (3)
History of cities and urban life in the United
States from the colonial period to twentieth
century.
313 – African American History through
1865 (3)
A survey of the African American experience
in the British colonies in North America and
in the early United States from African roots
through the Civil War, with a focus on the
experience of both slaves and free blacks.
314 – African American History since
Slavery (3)
A survey of the African American experience
since emancipation in 1865; covers segregation
and lynching, black nationalism, the Great
Migration, and the civil rights movement.
315 – U.S. Immigration History (3)
Experiences of immigrants in the United States
and the creation of ethnic identity from the
colonial period to the present.
318 – e American Revolution (3)
Overview of the cultural, economic, political
and, social factors that fueled the movement
toward rebellion and independence.
319 – e Early American Republic (3)
Cultural, social, political, and economic
history of the period between the American
Revolution and the Civil War.
320 – e Gilded Age (3)
Urbanization, industrialization, immigration,
reform movements, and development in law,
family, recreation, race, and labor from the
Civil War to the turn of the 20th century.
321 – e Progressive Era (3)
A survey of the rst quarter of the 20th
century; covers reform eorts and World War
I, as well as developments in law, recreation,
race, business, and labor.
322 – U.S. Environmental History (3)
is course considers interaction between
human populations and their physical
environments from early arrivals in North
America through the 20th century, addressing
the impacts of this exchange on both culture
and nature.
323 – Colonial America (3)
is course considers how people of Native
American, European, and African descent
shaped and were shaped by colonial America’s
environmental, social, cultural, and economic
realms, and how those experiences changed
between the 16th and 18th centuries.
324 – Chinese History through Film (3)
is course explores the intersection of
Chinese history and cinema during the
twentieth and early twenty-rst centuries.
emes of exploration include revolution,
gender, sexuality, and socio-econcomic class,
as well as the dynamics of globalization,
among others (e.g., humor, violence.) Students
will also build skills in analysis, speaking,
writing, and digital uencies.
325 – Technology and Culture (3)
Development of American technology and
164
its relation to U.S. culture from the colonial
period to the present.
326 – History of Manhood in the U.S. (3)
Gendered history of men and masculinity in
the United States from the colonial period to
the present day.
327 – U.S. Women’s History to 1870 (3)
Signicant cultural, economic, and political
developments that shaped the lives of women
in the United States from the pre-colonial
period to the passage of the 15th Amendment.
328 – U.S. Women’s History since 1870 (3)
Women in the United States from the passage
of the 15th Amendment to the present.
329 – U.S. History and Film (3)
History of how motion pictures have portrayed
the American past and how they have shaped
views of the past.
331 – History of Ancient Greece (3)
Greek history from Mycenae and Homer to the
Hellenistic kingdoms; emphasis on primary
source criticism.
332 – History of Ancient Rome (3)
Mythic origins of the city to the barbarian
invasions; emphasis on primary source
criticism.
334 – Early Modern European Women’s
History (3)
Explores key areas of European women’s lives,
including family life, religion, sexuality, and
witchcra, from 1300 to 1700.
335 – e Renaissance (3)
Provides an in-depth look at the intellectual,
political, social and artistic developments in
Europe known as the Renaissance.
336 – e Reformation (3)
Provides an in-depth look at the religious,
intellectual, and social developments of the
16th and 17th centuries.
337 – Medieval Islamic Civilization (3)
is course traces the articulation and
development of Islamic Civilization from the
appearance of Islam in the Arabian Peninsula
in the 7th Century CE to the spread of this
civilizational impulse throughout much of
Eurasia and Africa by the 13th Century CE.
338 – From Mongols to Ottomans (3)
is course traces the major developments
that shaped the Nile to Oxus region from
roughly the 13th to the 18th centuries. is
period witnessed several transitions which
shaped the background to the modern world in
Eurasia, following the Mongol Irruption and
closing with the stabilization of the "classical"
Ottoman state.
339 – Modern Middle East History (3)
is course traces the major cultural, political,
and economic developments that have shaped
the modern Middle East from the 19th century
to the present time.
341, 342 – Europe in the Middle Ages (3, 3)
First semester, conversion of Constantine
to the last Viking raids; second semester,
Investiture crisis to the Italian Renaissance.
349 – History of the British Isles (3)
Ireland, England, and Wales from prehistory
to the 20th century, emphasizing interaction of
cultures in the British Isles and throughout the
British Empire.
354 – History of France (3)
Restoration Era to de Gaulle.
358 – History of Russia (3, 3)
e last Romanovs, Revolution, and Soviet
Period.
360 – History of Spain (3)
e history of Spain and its political,
economic, and social evolution.
361, 362 – History of Latin America (3, 3)
First semester, native cultures, Spanish
conquest, and colonial institutions; second
semester, 19th and 20th centuries.
365, 366 – History of China (3, 3)
Social, political, and intellectual development
from the earliest times to the present; emphasis
on the rise of modern nationalism and Maoist
period.
368 – Gender in Chinese History (3)
Examines changing meanings of gender in
Chinese history from the late imperial period
through to the present day (12th-21st c.), with
particular attention to notions of family and
everyday life, gender in popular culture, socio-
political critiques, 20th-century feminism, and
revolution.
371, 372 – European Diplomatic History (3, 3)
First semester, development of the modern
state system from the irty Years War to the
middle of the 19th century; second semester,
from the unication of Germany through the
two World Wars to the Cold War.
165
375 – Military History (3)
e art of war and its impact on society
from the 17th century to the present;
analysis of military developments in terms of
organization, technology, and strategy.
377 – e Second World War, 1939-1945 (3)
In-depth study of the origins, conduct, and
consequences of the war with emphasis on its
political, diplomatic, economic, and military
aspects.
380 – United States since 1945 (3)
Emphasis on major issues of the postwar era,
including the Cold War, McCarthyism, civil
rights movement, Vietnam, black militancy,
and feminism.
381 – Europe since 1945 (3)
Cold War, national developments, the
Common Market, colonial independence
movements, and the collapse of the Soviet
empire.
385 – e Arab-Israeli Conict (3)
Survey of the “Arab-Israeli Conict” from the
mid-19th century to the present.
387 – Turkey from Empire to Republic (3)
is course covers the history of Modern
Turkey and its transition as a society and
political unit from an imperial Ottoman to
a republican Turkish reality. While political,
cultural, and religious topics are covered,
the primary focus is historical, interrogating
how Turkish society evolved in response to a
series of domestic, regional, and international
challenges in the past century and a half.
390 – e United States and Vietnam (3)
Political, diplomatic, military, economic, and
cultural study of Vietnam and of the United
States’ role in Indochina.
395 – U.S. History and Popular Culture (3)
is course explores the history of the United
States through the prism of popular culture.
Topics include fashion, food ways, television,
movies, and music.
416 – American Legal History (3)
Prerequisite: junior or senior status. A study
of politics, society, and economics through the
mirror of law. Covers such issues as property,
the family, and the legal profession.
419 – e Great War in the Middle East (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 297 and 298. is seminar
examines the history and multiple legacies
of World War I for the Middle East. As such,
the class explores the diplomatic background,
imperial goals, military imperatives, personal
experiences, negotiated settlement legacies,
and evolving historiography of the conict.
420 – e Great War, 1914-1918 (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status. e war’s origins, its political
and military leadership, the various land and
sea campaigns, war poetry, the war’s cultural
legacy, the role of women, and peacemaking.
421 – Nazi Germany (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. German history from 1933
to 1945, including Hitler’s rise to power, the
causes of the 1939 war, the campaigns of
World War II, the Holocaust, war crimes, and
continuing Nazi legacy.
426 – Nineteenth-Century American
Families (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status. U.S. family from the Revolution
through the early 20th century comparing
idealized to actual families by exploring
regional, class, and ethnic dierences.
427 – History of the Information Age (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status or permission of instructor.
is seminar explores the history of
communication, new media, and the digital
age. It examines the social and cultural history
of information production and consumption
from cave paintings to the Internet, and from
analog computational machines to handheld
computers. Generally based in the history of
the US, but, given the transfer of technology
and the increasing ability of these technologies
to transcend geographic regions, it ranges
more widely as appropriate.
428 – Digital History (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status or permission of instructor. e
digital humanities history and new media and
the creation of online historical resources.
432 – Ottoman Legacies (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. is seminar examines the
Ottoman Empire's history from its formation
in the late 13th century until its nal
dissolution in 1923. e seminar also explores
how Ottoman historians think about, analyze,
and interpret that past, along with the cultural
legacies le behind by the empire throughout
the Middle East and the Balkans.
166
435 – Daily Life in Early Modern Europe (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. e daily life of ordinary
people in Europe during the early modern
period (1350-1700), examining topics such
as childbirth, literacy, disease, sexuality, and
work.
440 – History of the Book (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status. History and evolution of books
in western culture, from manuscript to print to
electronic media.
441 – Oral History (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 or permission of
instructor. Study of oral history methodology;
explores how oral history and narration of the
past generations distinctive information about
people’s lives and political, social and cultural
change; students receive training in oral
history methods for conducting and analyzing
interviews.
444 – American Slavery (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. Slavery in America from its
African origins to its demise during the Civil
War.
449 – American Immigrant Experience (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status or permission of instructor. is
research seminar allows students to explore the
movement of peoples in and of the US from the
colonial period to the present.
457 – History of Conspiracy eories (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status. Examines the origins and impact
of conspiracy-theory thinking from the late
18th century to the present in a comparative
context with special emphasis on France, the
United States, and Russia.
462 – Women in Latin America (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. Role of women in Latin
American society from the pre-conquest
period to the present.
466 – Cultural History of Late 20th Century
China (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. Explores the methods of
cultural history while engaging in a study
of the People’s Republic of China and the
four decades leading up to the turn of the
21st-century. Key realms of focus include
visual culture, cinema, and ction, as well as
the themes of memory, identity, politics, and
global capitalism.
468 – History of Stalinism (3)
Prerequisite: HIST 298 or 299 and junior
or senior status. Examine Soviet state and
society under Stalin with particular attention
to Communist ideology, collectivization and
industrialization, popular culture, the Great
Terror, everyday life, and World War II.
471 – Special Studies in History (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299 and junior or
senior status or permission of the instructor.
Topical Seminars. See Schedule of Courses each
semester.
485 – Historical Research (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299, senior
status and faculty approval of research
topic. Capstone research and writing course
involving the in-depth investigation of a
subject under close supervision by a member of
the department.
486 – Historical Research Abroad (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 298 or 299, senior
status and faculty approval of research
topic. Capstone research and writing course
conducted in foreign archives under close
supervision by a member of the department.
491 – Individual Study (3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Individual investigation of a subject of
historical signicance, directed by a member of
the department.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department.
HONORS PROGR AM
Kelli M. Slunt, Program Director and
Professor of Chemistry
Mara Scanlon, Assistant Director and
Professor of English
e Honors Program
e Honors Program is a university-wide
undergraduate program designed to oer
highly motivated and advanced students the
opportunity to enhance their intellectual
growth by engaging them in rigorous honors-
designated coursework, interdisciplinary
167
seminars, strong internship experiences,
extended research and creative projects,
and community service that develops a
community of learners. e program will
oer courses that are small in size and that
develop the intellectual potential of students
through activities that:
• develop communication skills
• incorporate interdisciplinary focus
• include innovative pedagogy
• analyze their own and others’ assumptions
• enhance research skills
• apply critical reading, writing, speaking,
problem solving, and thinking skills that
incorporate information literacy, and an
appreciation of audience
• include greater breadth than non-honors
course sections
• incorporate enrichment opportunities to
students and faculty
• utilize exible approaches that
accommodate dierent learning styles
Most students entering the Honors Program
will do so upon admission to the university
(Track A). Students are admitted to the
Honors Program based on screenings by the
admissions oce including consideration
of high school GPA, application essay, and
rigor of high school curriculum. However,
space permitting, others may apply for
acceptance aer matriculation, during their
rst year (Track B). Note that this application
process is competitive and applicants must
have a 3.2 overall UMW GPA or higher, a
letter of application, a record of community
service and/or leadership, and one letter
of recommendation from UMW faculty.
Students entering aer matriculation will be
required to successfully complete 12 credits
of honors-designated coursework, the Honors
Capstone Preparation Workshop (HONR
005), the mentored service project (HONR
201), the leadership requirement, and the
Capstone experience, in order to be awarded
University Honors.e completion of two
Honors Program requirements per academic
year and minimum of 8 co-curricular events
before graduation will also apply to these
students for those semesters in which they
are part of the Honors Program. Exceptions
to these policies can be made by the Honors
committee/director in extraordinary
circumstances.
Completion of the Honors Program
requirements will be recognized at
graduation and indicated on the transcript as
“University Honors.” Note that departmental
Honors will continue to be distinct from the
Honors Program. Honors in each discipline
will still be administered by academic
departments based on requirements they
determine (see individual departments for
details).
All students in the program must complete
a minimum of two Honors Program
requirements per academic year (until all
requirements are fullled) and maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.2 in order to remain in
good standing.
George Washington University Medical
School Agreement
e George Washington University has
established an agreement that allows
University of Mary Washington Honors
Scholars to apply for conditional acceptance
to the medical school during the second year
of college. Individuals with competitive SAT
or ACT scores, who are in good standing in
the UMW Honors Program, have at least a
3.5 UMW GPA, have completed at least two
semesters of chemistry and two semesters
of biology or physics, as well as a social/
behavioral science course with no science
grade below a B-, and have participated in
some patient related health care are invited
to apply in March of their sophomore year
at UMW. Early acceptance candidates must
pursue a major or minor in a humanities
area and complete all required pre-medical
coursework. Note: the application process is
competitive and not all students who meet
the criteria will be selected. All decisions of
GW School of Medicine and Health Sciences
are nal and there is no appeal process.
Student Learning Outcomes for the
University Honors Program
Upon the completion of the Honors Program
at Mary Washington, in addition to earning
the appropriate credits for their degrees,
students will be able to:
• evaluate carefully the relevance of
disciplinary contexts when presenting
a position using a methodology specic
to the discipline of study
• apply interdisciplinary approaches
to research demonstrating multiple
168
disciplinary contexts to articulate the
value of such study
• actively pursue independent educational
experiences inside and outside of the
classroom.
• articulate an appreciation of ethical
behavior and the values of good
citizenship and service.
Honors Program Requirements.
Track A: Incoming rst-year students
3 credits of HN-designated FSEM 100; 9
credits of HN-designated coursework (not
including the FSEM); 1 credit of HONR 201:
and 3 credits of 491/492 capstone research
project.
Additionally each student will be required to:
Complete the Honors Capstone Preparation
Workshop (HONR 005) at least one semester
prior to the capstone project; complete the
Honors Program leadership requirement;
maintain an Honors portfolio; complete
8 co-curricular events; and maintain the
required GPA.
Track B: Current UMW Students or Eligible
Transfer Students
12 credits of HN-designated coursework
(can include FSEM 100 HN), 1 credit of
HONR 201, and 3 credits of 491/492 capstone
research project.
Additionally each student will be required to:
Complete the Honors Capstone Preparation
Workshop (HONR 005) at least one semester
prior to the capstone project; complete the
Honors Program leadership requirement;
maintain an Honors portfolio; complete
8 co-curricular events; and maintain the
required GPA.
Honor Course Oerings (HONR)
201 – Honors Service Learning (1)
Supervised on-campus or o-campus
mentored service learning project developed
in consultation with the Honors Program
Committee.
491 – Honors Individual Study (1-4)
Individual study under the direction of a
faculty member.
ese FSEM 100 HN are approved for oering
in 2019-20
Note: all of these topics may not actually be
oered in the 2019-2020 academic year.
American Idea of Equality
Climate Change and Energy Resources
Consuming News: A User's Guide
Forbidden Texts
Game eory
Inequality and the American Dream
Mathematics of Chaos
Race and Revolution
Science and Technology: Because We Can,
Should We?
e Grail Legend
*Also note that HIST 201 or 202 that
bear the HN designation in the course
schedule also fulll the rst-year seminar
requirement for Honors students.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
ese courses, designed to illustrate the
interrelatedness of human knowledge, are
taught by faculty members from several
disciplines.
Interdisciplinary Course Oerings (IDIS)
101 – Scientic Reasoning and Practices (3)
is course will prepare students for success
in a science lab course by developing critical
thinking and scientic reasoning skills and
by providing experience with laboratory
experiments.
130 – Introduction to Sports Management (3)
is course will examine all facets of Sports
Management as they relate to the industry
of sports; including topics such as the basic
principles of management, marketing, law,
nance, and ethics in sports. Student will
be challenged to apply knowledge of sport
management to solve basic problems faced
by sport managers. e course will also
introduce and explore an understanding of
career opportunities in the eld of Sports
Management. is is a core requirement for the
Sports Management minor and a prerequisite
for PHYD 330.
191 – Liberal Arts and the World of Work (1)
is course is for rst and second year students
and focuses on the connections between the
liberal arts, disciplinary pathways, and the
world of work. Students explore and evaluate
their own interests, values, strengths and
skills while examining possible connections
to academic programs and employment
opportunities as the foundation of the career
169
and professional development planning
process. Oered as pass/fail only.
193 – Personal Development for Life and Career
(1)
is course is for students who are preparing to
start their strategic job search and is designed
to support them as they seek to understand,
assess, and rene their professional identity.
Oered as pass/fail only.
195 – Life and Career aer UMW (1)
is course is for seniors who are preparing
for their post-college transition to the world of
work and independent living. Oered as pass/
fail only.
204 – International Cinema (3)
Study of the development of world cinema
from the late nineteenth century to the present.
230 – Sports Law (3)
is course is a study of the legal principles
underlying business relationships in sports.
is is a core requirement for the Sports
Management minor. e course introduces
law that aects sports and the business of
sports including regulations of amateur
athletics, public regulation of sport activities,
legal relationships in professional sports,
enforcement of professional sport contracts,
liability for injuries, and anti-trust aspects of
sport activities.
300 – Interdisciplinary Topics (3)
Topics oered under this heading are designed
to supplement and enhance the programs of
various departmental majors.
301 – Sport Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. is course
investigates the application of psychological
principles to sport and sport performance.
307 – How ings Work: Engineering and the
Design Process (3)
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior class standing.
is course provides an introduction to the E
component of STEM, engineering. Engineering
and its associated design process provide
the methodology for applying scientic and
mathematical principles, as well as technology
in developing and testing solutions to practical
problems.
350 – Study Abroad (1–6)
Interdisciplinary study of a selected area
abroad, combining lectures, readings,
discussion, and experiential learning.
400 – Urban Research Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: HISP 209 or GEOG 231 or
GEOG 237 or permission of the instructor.
Provides an opportunity to explore an urban
issue in-depth and to conduct independent
research related to urban studies. is class is
the capstone course for students completing
the Urban Studies minor and is open to other
students only with the permission of the
instructor.
407 – Field Project in STEM Education (4)
Prerequisites: IDIS 307 and Senior class
standing. is course provides the capstone
experience for the Interdisciplinary Science
Studies major. It is a project-based course, with
the focus on the implementation of STEM
concepts and principles in solving a practical,
real-world problem.
483 – Peer Mentorship (1)
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. Students
in the course will develop their skills with a
variety of digital tools and technologies used
at the University for the purpose of providing
peer support for the First-Year Seminar. No
more than 4 credits can count toward the 120
hours of graduation.
491 – Individual Study (1–3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
is individual study is only available for
students who have an approved Special Major
Program. Individual investigation of a subject
appropriate to the special major, directed by a
member of the faculty. e registration form
must be signed by both the directing faculty
member and the ocial advisor of the student’s
special major.
499 – Internship (1–6)
Prerequisites: permission of the instructor and
special major adviser. Supervised o-campus
experience appropriate to the special major,
directed by a member of the faculty, following
guidelines set by the University for internships.
Only available to students with approved
special majors. Credits will count in the special
major.
170
INTERDISCIPLINARY
SCIENCE STUDIES
Department of Earth and Environmental
Sciences
Jodie L. Hayob, Chair
Aliated Faculty
Pamela R. Grothe, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
Debra Hydorn, Department of
Mathematics
Ben Odhiambo Kisila, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
George Meadows, College of Education
Sarah A. Morealli, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
Marie Sheckels, College of Education
Melanie D. Szulczewski, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
Charles E. Whipkey, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
Grant R. Woodwell, Department of
Earth and Environmental Sciences
e Interdisciplinary Science Studies
Program
Interdisciplinary Science Studies is an
interdisciplinary major leading to a general
liberal arts and studies (Bachelor of Arts)
degree. e major is designed with the idea
of creating a program of study that will best
prepare a student to become a science educator.
While this has been developed for students
preparing to enter the teaching profession
at the elementary level, it will also provide
excellent preparation for those who might be
interested in becoming science educators for
museums, nature centers, aquariums, zoos,
and a number of other elds as well. (Methods,
approaches, and practices involved in teaching
elementary age children science are provided
through Education coursework.) e program
has been developed to provide students with an
in-depth exposure to one area of science, broad
exposure to at least one additional area of
science, a strong background in mathematics,
and exposure to other areas that will
strengthen their pedagogy (e.g. engineering/
design, museum studies, digital storytelling.)
Requirements for the Interdisciplinary
Science Studies Major
Course requirements include twenty-one
(21) credits from Earth and Environmental
Sciences, an eleven (11) or twelve (12) hour,
three course building sequence from a
second science area (Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, Earth and Environmental Sciences,
or Computer Science). Additional required
courses include MATH 120, IDIS 307 and 407,
and CPSC 106.
Students enrolled in the Interdisciplinary
Science Studies major will also take the
undergraduate Education coursework required
for students enrolled in the 5-year, Master
of Science (M.S.) in Elementary Education
program.
Interdisciplinary Science Studies Required
Courses
CPSC 106; EESC 110, 111, 210 and 211 or 201,
230, 240, 340; IDIS 307, 407; MATH 120.
INTERNATIONAL
AFFAIRS
Department of Political Science and
International Aairs
John M. Kramer, Chair and Career
Advisor
Faculty
Distinguished Professor
John M. Kramer
e International Aairs Program
e interdisciplinary Bachelor of Arts degree
in International Aairs is designed to provide
the student with a broad knowledge of the
contemporary international system as well as
with specic expertise in a given geographic
area and/or academic discipline. To this end,
the major combines required courses that
examine international aairs from a variety
of disciplinary perspectives (i.e., economics,
geography, history, and political science) with
related eld courses that permit students to
pursue in depth their particular geographi-
cal and/or disciplinary interests. Students
majoring in International Aairs have ample
opportunities to pursue internships with
the numerous governmental agencies and
private “think tanks” located in Washington,
D.C., which focus on dierent aspects of
contemporary international economic,
political, and social issues.
Career opportunities for the major in
International Aairs range from such
171
traditional areas as work with government or
pri vate agencies engaged in research on foreign
policy or intelligence issues to such new and
rapidly expanding areas as employment with
multinational corporations or international
banking institutions.
Requirements for the International Aairs
Major
irty-nine (39) credits, to include PSCI 321,
350 or 351, 356; ECON 382 or 384; HIST 371 or
372; GEOG 338 or 339; additional 21 credits to
be chosen by student and advisor from among,
but not limited to, the following disciplines:
Econom ics, French, Geography, German,
History, Italian, Political Science, Spanish.
Additional Foreign Language Requirement:
Option A – completion of two languages
through the intermediate level. (Except Latin
or Greek).
Option B – at least six credits in one language
at the advanced level. (Except Latin or Greek).
Requirements for the Minor in Security and
Conict Studies See the Political Science
section of this Catalog (page 197).
International Aairs Course Oerings
(INAF)
471 – International Aairs Seminar (3)
Intensive reading and group discussion of
selected topics in international aairs.
491 – Individual Study in International
Aairs (3)
Directed individual research on approved
problems in international aairs.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience. Up to 6
credits can be applied to major.
ITALIAN
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Faculty
Associate Professor
Federico Schneider
rough courses in Italian, students gain
prociency in understanding, reading, writing,
and speaking this language. Laboratory
facilities are used extensively to supplement
classroom instruction. Upper-level classes
are conducted primarily in Italian. e
program is complemented by courses on
literature, culture, and civilization, some of
which are taught in English, to give students
with dierent backgrounds an opportunity
to benet from these oerings. Any student
may use Italian to satisfy the University’s
general education requirement for prociency
in a foreign language. A special major in
Italian Studies is possible for students who
wish to make an application. Double majors
are possible, and non-majors may also enter
the language program. e Italian language
coordinator is always a native speaker of
Italy. Graduates in Italian Studies may pursue
careers in elds in which knowledge of this
language and culture is essential, including
interpreting, translating, research, art history,
music, fashion, design, historic preservation,
and international business.
e University operates a four-week, summer
study abroad program in Orvieto, Italy, and
oers a semester exchange program at the
Universita Cattolica di Milano.
Italian Course Oerings (ITAL)
101 – Beginning Italian I (3)
Grammar review, reading, oral work, laboratory
use.
102 – Beginning Italian II (3)
Grammar, composition, conversation, reading,
laboratory use. Students with credit for a higter
level course in Italian may not take this course
for credit.
201 – Intermediate Italian I (3)
Grammar review, reading, oral work, laboratory
use. Students with credit for a higher level course
in Italian may not take this course for credit.
202 – Intermediate Italian II (3)
Grammar review, reading, oral work, laboratory
use. Students with credit for a higher level course
in Italian may not take this course for credit.
291, 292 – Studies in Language (3, 3)
Reading, conversation, and composition in
Italian with emphasis on communication and
analysis of language through lectures and
discussions.
300 – Topics in Italian Culture (3)
Important literary works and authors, ideas,
movements, and institutions in Italian culture.
172
316 – Society and Civilization (3)
Literary, social, and cultural history of the
Italian people from the Renaissance to the 20th
century.
383 – Modern Italian Literature (3)
A study of modern Italian works, including
selections from Ungaretti, Moravia, Carlo Levi,
Buzzati, Silone, Pasolini, Calvino, and others.
395 – Italian Literature in Translation: Dante’s
Divine Comedy (3)
Taught in English. A thorough study of the
Divine Comedy in its historical and cultural
background.
396 – Italian Literature in Translation:
Masterpieces of the Renaissance (3)
Taught in English. A study of major
Renaissance authors. Petrarch, Boccaccio,
Cellini, Ariosto, Castiglione, Tasso,
Machiavelli, etc.
491, 492 – Individual Study (3, 3)
Intensive study of one or more authors selected
by student in consultation with advisor.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department.
LATIN
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Joseph M. Romero, Chair
Liane R. Houghtalin, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Liane R. Houghtalin
Joseph M. Romero
Angela L. Pitts
e Latin Program
e study of Latin is an appropriate
complement to any major in the liberal arts
or sciences, and any student may use Latin
to satisfy the College’s general education
requirement for prociency in a foreign
language. Students wishing to major may
choose a concentration in Latin within the
Bachelor of Arts in Classics degree program.
Mary Washington is a member of the
Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies, and
students who major in Latin are encouraged to
apply to its program in Rome and Sicily; some
nancial aid is available.
While some majors include teacher licensure
in their schedule, others combine their
concentration in Latin with a second major
in a related eld such as history, philosophy,
religion, English, business, or modern
languages. With such a background, graduates
have a wide range of opportunities aer
college, including museum work, archaeology,
graduate study, teaching, and translating. In
recent years, Latin majors have been unusually
successful in obtaining high school teaching
positions and in gaining admission to graduate
and professional schools.
Requirements for Latin Concentration in
Classics Major
irty (33) credits including CLAS 103
and 105, LATN 430, at least een (15)
additional credits in Latin courses beyond the
intermediate level, and at least nine credits
in approved courses relating to Classical
Civilization. Approved courses are any upper-
level Latin course, except LATN 425; any
Greek course, except GREK 425; any Classics
course; ARTH 114, 305, 310, 311; CPRD 299;
CPRD 301, 302, 331 (all with permission);
ENGL 319, 320; HIST 331, 332; ITAL 395, 396;
PHIL 201, 310, 311; RELG 206, 211, 231 (with
permission), 306, 331 (with permission), 341
(with permission).
Latin Course Oerings (LATN)
101, 102 – Elementary Latin (3, 3)
Prerequisite for 102: LATN 101 or equivalent.
Essentials of Latin grammar and introduction
to translating Latin literature.
201, 202 – Intermediate Latin (3, 3)
Prerequisite: LATN 102, two units of
secondary school instruction in Latin, or
placement by departmental exam. Readings in
Latin prose and poetry.
Prerequisites for all 300- and 400-level Latin
courses: LATN 202, four units of secondary
school instruction in Latin, or placement by
departmental exam. LATN 425, 451, 452, 491,
492 also require permission of the Classics
faculty.
305, 307 – Survey of Latin Literature I, II (3, 3)
Survey of Latin language and literature from
the earliest inscriptions to the end of secular
Roman writing. Introduction to materials and
methods for the study of classical literature.
May be taken in either order.
173
352 – Roman Drama (3)
Selected plays of Plautus, Terence, and/or
Seneca.
353 – Cicero (3)
Readings selected from Cicero’s letters and/or
orations.
354 – Lyric and Elegiac Poetry (3)
Readings from Catullus, Propertius, and Tibullus.
355 – Roman Historical Writing (3)
Selected readings from Roman historians.
356 – Vergil (3)
Readings from the Eclogues, Georgics, and/or
Aeneid.
357 – Horace (3)
Readings from the Odes and Epodes.
358 – Ovid (3)
Selected readings from Ovid’s epic and/or
elegiac poems.
425 – Latin Tutoring Practicum (3)
Advanced students serve as tutors in
introductory or intermediate level Latin
classes. Permission of instructor.
430 – Advanced Latin Grammar and
Composition (3)
An in depth study of Latin grammar through
composition. Required of all Classics majors
concentrating in Latin.
432 – Roman Philosophical ought (3)
Readings from Lucretius, Cicero, and/or
Seneca.
434 – Roman Satire (3)
Readings selected from the satires of Horace
and Juvenal.
451, 452 – Special Studies in Latin Literature
(3, 3)
Reading and study of individual Latin authors
or literary genres.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Latin (1–3)
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
Classics faculty.
LATIN AMERICAN
STUDIES
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Jeremy Larochelle, Program Coordinator,
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Aliated Faculty
Antonio Barrenechea, Department
of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
María Laura Bocaz-Leiva, Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures
Dawn S. Bowen, Department of
Geography
Ana García Chichester, Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures
Marcelo Fajardo-Cárdenas, Department
of Modern Languages and Literatures
Laura H. Mentore, Department of
Sociology and Anthropology
Allyson M. Poska, Department of History
and American Studies
e Latin American Studies Minor is an
interdisciplinary program that seeks to
familiarize students with the history, geography,
politics, languages and cultures of Latin
America. e minor draws on courses in
Anthropology, Geography, History, Political
Science and Spanish with the goal of providing
the student with several disciplinary approaches
to the study of this complex region.
Requirements for the Minor
Eighteen (18) credits including either HIST
361 or 362 and one upper-level Spanish course
(chosen from SPAN 305 or higher). e
remaining 12 credits will be electives from
at least two dierent disciplines, and can be
chosen from approved courses in Anthropology,
History, Geography, Political Science, and
Spanish..
Approved Courses*
ANTH 350, 365, 450; ENGL 329, 330; GEOG
301A, 360E; HIST 361, 362, 462; PSCI 323, 324,
444; SPAN 327A, 328A, 345, 370, 385B, 425,
485A.
* A course not on this list maybe approved as
one elective by the faculty advisor.
174
LINGUISTICS
Department of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Gary N. Richards, Chair
Judith A. Parker, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professor
Judith A. Parker
Associate Professors
Paul D. Fallon
Janie Lee
e Linguistics Program
Courses in linguistics oer the student an
understanding of the fundamental structure
and processes of language, and a focus on
how we use language in dierent forms of
communication from infant babbling to
conversation and literature. Linguistics courses
are a valuable complement to any major that
deals with language, literature, the human
mind and cognition, sociology, or education.
Requirements for the Linguistics Minor
e minor program in linguistics is designed
to suit those students with strong interest in
pursuing a diversied and well-focused course
of study in linguistics as a science, a social
science, and a member of the humanities.
e minor in linguistics consists of 18 required
credits in linguistics. e required courses are
as follows:
LING 101: Introduction to Linguistics (3
credits)
LING 301: Introduction to Psycholinguistics
(3 credits)
LING 302: Introduction to Sociolinguistics and
Anthropological Linguistics (3 credits)
LING 309: Introduction to Phonology OR
LING 311: Introduction to Morphology (3
credits)
Any 400-level Seminar in Linguistics (3
credits)
Any other linguistics course oered through
the Department of English, Linguistics, and
Communication or alternate as approved by an
ENLC linguistics advisor.
Linguistics Course Oerings (LING)
101 – Introduction to Linguistics (3)
Introduction to fresh perspectives on linguistic
theory and applications. e course focuses on
such diverse topics as animal communication,
child language acquisition, human speech,
language variation and change, and language
as human interaction.
205 – Writing Systems of the World (3)
An introduction to the major writing systems
of the world, exploring the linguistic structure,
history, and social context of various writing
systems, including Chinese, Japanese,
cuneiform, hieroglyphic, Semitic languages,
English, the Greek and Roman alphabets, and
more. In addition, students will learn about the
decipherment of the Rosetta Stone, Linear B,
and Mayan.
251 – Issues in Linguistics (3)
Signicant topics in linguistics. Specic topics
vary.
301 – Introduction to Psycholinguistics (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. An introduction
to the mental and biological systems that
enable human beings to communicate with
language. Topics in psycholinguistics include
the biological evolution of language, child
language acquisition, speech and language
processing, bilingualism, aphasia and dyslexia.
302 – Introduction to Sociolinguistics and
Anthropological Linguistics (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. e course examines
the relationship between language and society.
At the micro level, the emphasis is on social
interaction and the ways language reects
and shapes class, culture, gender, ideology,
and conversational style. At the macro level,
topics include language maintenance and
shi; multilingualism; language variation;
language, racism and ethnicity; and language
and education.
305 – Linguistics and Text (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. e application of
linguistic methods and theories to the analysis
of texts in English.
307 – Language and Gender (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. is course focuses
on research that investigates the relationship
between gender and language use in a
variety of contexts from talk at work and in
the classroom, to talk at home. It explores
how speakers (or writers) create and reect
images of masculinities and femininities in
175
their discourse and the forces shaping these
identities.
308 – Language and Race (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. is course examines
linguistic practices and language ideologies of
various ethnoracial groups in the U.S. as well
as exploring the inuence of historical events
and sociocultural forces on sociolinguistic
phenomena.
309 – Introduction to Phonology (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. An introduction to
phonology–the sound patterns of language–
with emphasis on both English and a variety
of languages. Topics include the relation
between phonetics and phonology, the role
of distinctive features (the atoms of sound),
types of common sound alternations and
sound changes, and prosodic phenomena such
as stress, rhythm, and intonation. Students
will learn to describe patterns, and argue for
an analysis. In addition, the course will relate
theoretical ndings to practical applications.
310 – History of the English Language (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101. A history of the
English language, with a focus on both the
linguistic changes and the socio-historical
inuences related to those changes. From Indo-
European and Germanic times, through Old
and Middle English, up to modern dialects and
current developments of American, British,
and World Englishes, students will learn about
and analyze the changes and cultures of each
period.
311 – Introduction to Morphology (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101 or permission
of instructor. An introduction to word
formation. e course will examine in detail
how English and a fascinating variety of
languages build existing words from simpler
parts, and how they coin new words. Topics
include axation, analogy, compounding,
reduplication, the use of templates, and other
types of word formation. Questions to be
examined include the denition of “word”,
the relation of morphology to other aspects of
language, the role of psychological factors in a
linguistic analysis, and the role of morphology
in language change, dialect variation, and
language acquisition.
375 – Special Studies (3)
Prerequisite: LING 101 or permission of
instructor. Studies of signicant topics in
linguistics. Consult Schedule of Courses for
specic topic.
470 – Seminar in Linguistics (3)
Prerequisites: LING 101 and a 300- level
linguistics course or permission of the
instructor. Advanced work in selected topics in
linguistics.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Linguistics (3, 3)
Individual study under the guidance of a
member of the sta. By permission of the
department. Only three credits may be counted
toward the English major.
499 – Internship (1–6)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. Up
to three credits may be counted toward the
English major.
MATHEMATICS
Department of Mathematics
Randall D. Helmstutler, Chair
Randall D. Helmstutler, Career Advisor
for Pure Mathematics
Jangwoon Lee, Career Advisor for Applied
Mathematics
Debra L. Hydorn, Career Advisor for
Statistics
Faculty
Professors
Yuan-Jen Chiang
Debra L. Hydorn
Janusz Konieczny
J. Larry Lehman
Keith E. Mellinger
Marie P. Sheckels
Suzanne Sumner
Associate Professors
Melody B. Denhere
Julius N. Esunge
Randall D. Helmstutler
Jangwoon Lee
Assistant Professor
James B. Collins
Senior Lecturer
Jennifer Magee
Lecturer
Kelly W. Perkins
e Mathematics Program
e interests and expertise of the mathematics
faculty cover a broad range of mathematical
areas, including algebra, analysis, topology,
discrete mathematics, number theory,
statistics, and applied mathematics. With
this spectrum of faculty knowledge, the
176
student is aorded an opportunity to learn the
contemporary view of mathematics. Inside
the classroom, student comprehension is
the main concern of the faculty. Outside the
classroom, the faculty oers opportunities for
independent study, undergraduate research,
and internship supervision.
Courses in mathematics vary from the
theoretical to the applied. us, a Bachelor
of Science degree in Mathematics can
be a foundation for a career in industry,
government, teaching, or the pursuit of
a higher degree in graduate school. e
department faculty encourages double majors,
giving students entrance to a wide variety
of elds upon graduation. Majors in other
disciplines can be enhanced with one of our
minors in mathematics, applied mathematics,
actuarial science, or applied statistics.
e University of Mary Washington hosts
a chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, a national
honorary mathematics society, and a chapter
of the Mathematical Association of America.
e Oscar Schultz Award in Mathematics
represents the department’s top academic
honor and is given annually to a junior or
senior in the department. Four additional
scholarships are available. e recipients of
the Meredith C. Loughran ’94 Scholarship are
selected based on their meritorious academic
record, citizenship and leadership in public
service. e Merrilyn Sawyer Dodson/class of
1968 Scholarship and the Mary Farley Talley
’66 Scholarship each recognize the scholastic
achievements of mathematics majors, while the
Louise W. Robertson, M.D. ’56 Scholarship is
awarded to a student majoring in mathematics
or a health eld.
Qualied mathematics majors having at least a
3.5 GPA in mathematics courses and an overall
GPA of at least 3.0 may graduate with Honors
in Mathematics by completing a directed study
or undergraduate research which culminates
in an approved Honors thesis.
Majors are encouraged to fulll the general
education experiential learning requirement
by completing URES 197, MATH 491, MATH
492, or MATH 499. Alternatively, majors may
meet this requirement by participating in an
approved supervised on-campus or o-campus
experiential learning activity developed in
consultation with the department (such as the
UMW Summer Science Institute or a similar
program at another college or university). To
complete the experiential learning requirement
through a summer research experience,
contact the department chair for more details.
Requirements for the Mathematics Major
A minimum of thirty-eight (38) credits are
required. Twenty-three (23) credits must be
from the following mathematics courses:
MATH 122, 224, 300, 330, 431, 471 and either
432 or 472. An additional twelve (12) credits
must be from MATH or STAT courses at the
300/400-level with at least three (3) credits
from 400-level MATH or STAT courses.
ree (3) additional credits must be from
MATH or STAT courses numbered 207 or
above; computer science (CPSC) courses
numbered 220 or above (except CPSC 284
and 302); physics (PHYS) courses numbered
105 or above (except PHYS 108). Mathematics
majors must meet the department's computer
programming requirement by taking one of
the following courses: MATH 351, 421; CPSC
110, 219, or 220. Courses used to satisfy the
programming requirement may also be used
elsewhere in the major. At most six (6) credits
of directed study (MATH or STAT 491/492)
will count for the major. No internship
(MATH or STAT 499) credits will count for the
major.
Mathematics Minor
e minor in mathematics is designed to give
students the opportunity to complement their
major program of study with a mathematical
component, giving them more desirable
credentials for future employment. Many
areas of study have become increasingly
computational in the last decade and adding
a minor in mathematics to a degree in, for
instance, business, economics, sociology, or
one of the natural sciences, will signicantly
enhance a student’s resume. e minor
combines four required courses at the 300 level
or higher along with exibility in the choice
of the remaining courses so that students will
have the freedom to best complement their
chosen major course of study.
Requirements for the Mathematics Minor
A minimum of nineteen (19) credits are
required. Four credits must be from MATH
122. e remaining 15 credits may be from
any MATH or STAT courses numbered 207 or
higher, with the exception of internship credits
(MATH or STAT 499). At least 12 credits
must be earned from MATH or STAT courses
177
numbered 300 and above. At most three credits
of MATH or STAT 491 (directed study) may be
counted toward the mathematics minor.
Applied Mathematics Minor
e minor in applied mathematics is
designed to give students the opportunity to
complement their degree with a computational
component. e minor oers a more
concentrated applied curriculum and, more
importantly, recognition for students working
in areas where applications of mathematics
have seen a greater presence in recent years.
is includes, in particular, the natural
sciences such as physics, chemistry, geology,
and biology, but also computer science,
economics, and business, where mathematical
modeling has become very important. Adding
the applied mathematics minor to such a
degree will give students the more specic
recognition for their course work, thereby
enhancing their resume.
Requirements for the Applied Mathematics
Minor
Nineteen (19) credits are required. Seven (7)
credits come from MATH 122 and 312; nine
(9) additional upper level credits must come
from MATH 300, 351, 352, 411, 421, STAT 381,
382, MATH or STAT 361 (with departmental
approval), MATH or STAT 461 (with
departmental approval), and MATH or STAT
491/492 (with departmental approval); the
nal three (3) credits may be taken from any
course in the additional upper level list above
or MATH 224, STAT 280, CPSC 220, ECON
301, or any 300/400 level course in a related
discipline with mathematics department
approval. At most three credits of MATH or
STAT 491 (directed study) may be counted
toward the applied mathematics minor.
Actuarial Science Minor
e minor in actuarial science provides the
necessary background coursework for careers
in a eld whose demand is constantly on the
rise. e minor is open to students from all
majors. It oers an opportunity for students
to develop the skills expected of entry level
actuaries; equipping them with the tools
to help companies and businesses to better
anticipate and manage risk. is minor also
provides reasonable preparation for the rst
two actuarial examinations.
Requirements for the Actuarial Science
Minor
A minimum of 22 credits are required. Sixteen
(16) credits must be from MATH 122, 481;
STAT 381; ECON 201 and 202. Students may
choose 6-7 credits from ACCT 301, 302;CPSC
310; ECON 301, 303, 304, 321, 322; MATH 351,
352; or STAT 382.
Applied Statistics Minor
e minor in applied statistics provides
students with the necessary background for
careers in statistics and its applications in
diverse elds. e minor is open to students
from all majors. It oers an opportunity
for students to develop the skills expected
of entry-level statistical analysts; equipping
them with the tools to help companies,
organizations, political campaigns and
businesses to better anticipate and manage
variation.
Requirements for Applied Statistics Minor
15-16 credits from the following: Required:
STAT 180, STAT 280, 320, 420; Electives (6
or 7) STAT 381, 382; ECON 462; PSYC 360;
SOCG 364; MKTG 411; DATA 401, 402, 419;
or STAT 491 or 3 credit research in experience
in statistics with approval of the Mathematics
Department Chair.
Mathematics Course Oerings (MATH)
110 – Finite Mathematics with Applications (3)
Includes topics such as sets, logic, probability,
statistics, and counting. Other topics are at the
discretion of the instructor. Designed for the
non-major.
111 – Precalculus (3)
Emphasis on elementary functions including
rational, exponential, logarithmic and
trigonometric functions. Designed for students
who intend to take calculus.
115 – Introduction to Mathematical
Modeling (3)
Mathematical topics include linear functions,
linear regression, curve tting, probability
models, and dierence equations. Emphasis
on environmental issues such as population
growth, pollution, natural disasters, epidemics,
genetics, and patterns in nature.
120 – Quantitative Reasoning for the
Sciences (3)
Designed to prepare students for success in the
sciences by providing them with appropriate
178
mathematics and quantitative reasoning
skills. Course topics include measurement and
estimation, growth and decay phenomena,
scaling transformations, and an introduction
to probability and statistics.
121 – Calculus I (4)
First course in calculus. Topics include
limits, derivatives, and their applications,
antiderivatives, denite integrals, the
fundamental theorems of calculus,
the substitution rule for integrals, and
transcendental functions.
122 – Calculus II (4)
Prerequisite: MATH 121. Topics include
techniques and applications of integration,
sequences, and series.
201 – Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3)
Designed to prepare prospective mathematics
majors for advanced study in the eld
by introducing them to a higher level of
mathematical abstraction. Topics include sets
and logic, functions and relations, methods of
mathematical proof including mathematical
induction, and elementary counting
techniques. (Prospective mathematics majors
should take this course during their freshman
year.)
204 – Mathematical Concepts and Methods I (4)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203. Mathematical
concepts and methods of teaching for the
elementary school. Topics include number
systems and their properties, problem solving,
and topics in number theory. Course intended
for students certifying to teach grades PreK-6.
Signicant eld experience required. (3 lecture
credits, 1 practicum credit).
205 – Selected Topics in Mathematics (1-3)
Prerequisite: Course dependent. Opportunity
for additional study of lower-level topics in
mathematics.
207 – History of Mathematics (3)
e history of mathematics begins with the
early numbering systems and mathematics of
the Egyptians and the Babylonians. e course
then turns to the Greeks and their emphasis
on logical deduction and geometry. e Arabs
develop algebra in the Middle Ages, and
calculus is created during the Age of Reason.
e development of individual branches of
mathematics then is studied (probability,
number theory, non-Euclidean geometry, set
theory, and topology). e course ends with
the Computer Age and implications for the
future.
224 – Multivariable Calculus (4)
Prerequisite: MATH 122. Topics include
parametric equations, vectors, polar, cylindrical,
and spherical coordinates, vector-valued
functions, functions of several variables, partial
derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector
calculus.
253– Introduction to Cryptography (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 201 or CPSC 284. An
introduction to standard encryption schemes
and the relevant mathematics, including the
classical symmetric ciphers, Die-Hellman key
exchange, and modern public key encryption
systems. Also includes cryptanalysis techniques
in the context of standard message attacks.
300 – Linear Algebra (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 122 and either MATH
201 or CPSC 284. An introduction to linear
algebra. Usually includes matrix algebra,
systems of equations, vector spaces, inner
product spaces, linear transformations, and
eigenspaces.
312 – Dierential Equations (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 122. Ordinary dierential
equations which may include Laplace
transformations, linear dierential equations,
applications, approximations, and linear
systems of equations.
321 – Number eory (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 201 or CPSC 284. An
elementary, theoretical study of the properties
of the integers.
325 – Discrete Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 201 or CPSC 284.
Includes topics such as discrete probability,
graph theory, recurrence relations, topics from
number theory, semigroups, formal languages
and grammars, nite automata, Turing
machines, and coding theory.
330 – Foundations of Advanced Mathematics (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 122 and either
MATH 201 or CPSC 284. Introduction to
mathematical reasoning and rigor. Includes
topics such as basic logic, set theory,
mathematical induction, relations, functions,
sequences, cardinality, elementary number
theory, and axiomatic construction of the
real numbers. Emphasis placed on reading
mathematics, understanding mathematical
concepts, and writing proofs.
179
351, 352 – Numerical Analysis (3, 3)
Prerequisite: MATH 300 or 312. MATH
351 introduces the theory and applications
of the basic computational techniques of
numerical approximation. Topics include
an introduction to computer programming
and algorithms, root nding, interpolation,
polynomial approximation, numerical
dierentiation and integration, and numerical
linear algebra. MATH 352 expands on the
basic approximation techniques to include
scientic computing. Topics include methods
of simulation, initial value problems and
boundary value problems for ordinary/partial
dierential equations, applications in science
and engineering. Only in sequence.
361 – Topics in Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: course dependent. Opportunity
for additional study of mathematical topics.
372 – Modern Geometry (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 300. Axiomatic
development of various geometries including
modern Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry, nite geometries, hyperbolic
geometry, and elliptic geometry. Topics could
also include convexity, transformational
geometry, projective geometry, and
constructability.
411 – Chaotic Dynamical Systems (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 122. Chaotic dynamical
systems including iteration, graphical analysis,
periodic points, bifurcations, the transition to
chaos, fractals, Julia sets and the Mandelbrot
set.
412 – Complex Variables (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 300. Analytic functions,
Cauchy-Riemann conditions, integration,
power series, calculus of residues, conformal
mappings and applications.
421 – Applied Partial Dierential Equations
(3)
Prerequisites: MATH 224 and 312. is
course introduces three main types of partial
dierential equations (PDEs): parabolic,
elliptic, and hyperbolic as well as mathematical
and computational tools for solving PDEs. It
balances mathematical rigor, computational
techniques, and real-world applications. Topics
include heat equation, method of separation
of variables, Laplace's equation, Fourier series,
wave equation, nite dierence/element
methods, and high-dimensional PDEs.
431, 432 – Abstract Algebra (3, 3)
Prerequisites: MATH 300 and 330.
Mathematical systems including groups, rings,
elds, and vector spaces. Only in sequence.
441 – Topology (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 300 and 330. Includes
topics from point-set topology such as
continuity, connectedness, compactness, and
product and quotient constructions.
461 – Topics in Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: Course dependent. Topics such
as optimization, Fourier series, ring theory,
cryptology, algebraic number theory, coding
theory, and modeling. May be taken up to
three times for credit.
471, 472 – Real Analysis (3, 3)
Prerequisites: MATH 300 and 330. A rigorous,
real analysis approach to the theory of calculus.
Only in sequence.
481 – eory of Interest (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 122. is course
introduces the mathematical concepts
underlying the theory of interest. Topics
include measurement of interest (including
accumulated and present value factors),
annuities, yield rates, amortization schedules
and sinking funds, bonds and related
securities, derivative instruments, and hedging
and investment strategies.
491, 492 – Directed Study (1-3, 1-3)
Prerequisite: Departmental permission.
Individual study beyond the scope of normal
course oerings, done under the direction of a
faculty member. May lead to graduation with
Honors in Mathematics.
499 – Internship (credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. Does not
count in the major program or minors.
Statistics Course Oerings (STAT)
180 – Introduction to Statistics (3)
First course in statistical methods. Includes
descriptive and inferential techniques and
probability, with examples from diverse elds.
Topics vary with instructor and may also
include sampling methods, regression analysis,
and computer applications.
205 – Selected Topics in Statistics (1-3)
Prerequisite: Course dependent. Opportunity
for additional study of lower-level topics in
statistics.
180
MIDDLE EASTER N
STUDIES
Aliated Faculty
Nabil Al-Tikriti, Department of History
and American Studies
Maysoon Fayez Al-Sayed Ahmad,
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Department of
Classics, Philosophy, and Religion
Farhang Rouhani, Department of
Geography and Program Director
Ranjit Singh, Department of Political
Science and International Aairs
e Middle Eastern Studies Program
e minor in Middle Eastern Studies is
an interdisciplinary program that seeks
to familiarize students with the histories,
geographies, religions, cultures, arts,
languages, and politics of the region known
as the Middle East. It draws on courses
in Geography, History, Modern Foreign
Languages, Political Science, and Religion,
fostering connections between dierent
disciplinary approaches to the study of
the region. e program thus provides a
foundation of knowledge and learning about
the Middle East (including the Arab World,
Afghanistan, Iran, Turkey, and Israel), while
privileging no single country, theme, or
political position. rough this program,
students will gain both specialized knowledge
and broad understanding about this dynamic
region, in a manner that promotes dialogue,
understanding, and awareness of the Middle
East and its place in the world.
Requirements for the Middle Eastern
Studies Minor
Twenty-one (21) credits to include: (1) two
sequential semesters of instruction in any
Middle Eastern language at Mary Washington
or at a comparable institution for transfer
credit (6 credits; to be approved by the
program director). If a student places out of an
approved language, they will need to complete
6 additional credits from the elective list. (2)
Four non-language courses in Middle Eastern
Studies, chosen at the 300 or 400 level, or
Religion 210, and from at least three dierent
departments (12 credits; see course oerings
below). (3) A capstone experience in the form
of a semester-long, relevant individual study
280 – Statistical Methods (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 180 or equivalent. Second
course in statistical methods. Includes one-
way and higher ANOVA, multiple regression,
categorical data analysis, and nonparametric
methods with examples from diverse elds.
Topics vary with instructor and may also
include time series and survival analysis.
320 – Applied Regression Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 280. Topics include simple
linear regression, multiple linear regression,
categorical predictors, model building
principles, residual analysis, multicollinearity
and other regression problems, robust
regression, nonlinear regression, logistic
regression, time series and generalized linear
models.
361– Topics in Statistics (3)
Prerequisite: Course dependent. Opportunity
for additional study of statistical topics.
381, 382 – Probability and Statistical Inference
(3, 3)
Prerequisite: MATH 122. An introduction to
probability theory and calculus-based statistics
including probability distributions of discrete
and continuous random variables, functions of
random variables, methods of estimation, and
statistical inference. Only in sequence.
420 – Applied Multivariate Statistics (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 280. Topics include
visualization techniques, principal component
analysis, factor analysis, multidimensional
scaling, canonical correlation analysis,
correspondence analysis, cluster analysis and
structural equation models.
461– Topics in Statistics (3)
Prerequisite: Course dependent. Topics such as
time series analysis, computational statistics,
design of experiments, probability theory,
stochastic processes, and queuing theory. May
be taken up to three times for credit.
491, 492– Directed Study (1-3, 1-3)
Prerequisite: Departmental permission.
Individual study beyond the scope of normal
course oerings, done under the direction of a
faculty member. May lead to graduation with
Honors in Mathematics.
499– Internship (credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. Does not
count in the major program or minors.
181
project, study abroad program, or internship
(3 credits; to be approved by the program
coordinator).
Middle Eastern Studies Elective Courses
ARTH/CLAS 305; ARAB 351, 352; GEOG 304;
HIST 337, 338, 339, 385, 386, 387; PSCI 355R1;
RELG 210, 341. Additional courses may count
toward the minor, with the approval of the
Middle Easter Studies program coordinator.
MILITARY SCIENCE
e University of Mary Washington is an
aliate of the George Mason University Army
Reserve Ocers’ Training Corps (ROTC)
Patriot Battalion. is is an elective program
that emphasizes leadership and management
skills, and provides the opportunity for
qualied students to earn a commission as
an ocer in the U.S. Army while pursuing a
baccalaureate degree. Enrollment in military
science (MSCI) courses is open to all students,
and no military service commitment is
incurred by enrolling in lower level, 100 and
200 level, courses. Credit earned in military
science courses count towards the degree as
elective credits.
e ROTC curriculum is organized into
two successive course sequences. e basic
course curriculum consists of the four-course
sequence, MSCI 101, 102, 201 and 202 and is
usually taken during a student’s rst and second
year at the University. is series of courses
introduce students to the fundamentals of
leadership and prepares them for success in the
ROTC advanced course. e advanced course
curriculum consists of the four-course sequence
MSCI 301, 302, 401, and 402. Enrollment in the
ROTC advanced course requires students to
enter into a contract to serve as a commissioned
ocer in the active or reserve component of the
U.S. Army upon graduation.
Because the ROTC program at the University
of Mary Washington is aliated with the
program housed at George Mason University,
some training will take place at the George
Mason facilities. For more information
about the ROTC program and scholarship
opportunities, contact the George Mason
University ARMY ROTC, South PE Module
MS2F9, 4400 University Dr., Fairfax, VA
22030-4444. Phone 703/ 993-2707 or email
rconrad3@gmu.edu. Additional information
can also be found online at arotc.gmu.edu.
Military Science Course Oerings (MSCI)
101 – Leadership Skills I : Leadership and
Personal Development (1)
Introduces leadership values and ethics;
responsibilities of ocership; the organization,
customs, and traditions of the U.S. Army; time
management; and physical well-being. Includes
a laboratory in applied leadership, common
military tasks, and physical tness.
102 – Leadership Skills II: Introduction to
Tactical Leadership (1)
Introduces leadership principles, dimensions,
styles, and assessment, among other varied
topics. Includes a laboratory in applied
leadership, common military tasks, and
physical tness.
201 – Leadership Skills III: Foundations of
Leadership (1)
Prerequisite: MSCI 102 or approval of
professor of military science. Covers
leadership skills, such as values and ethics,
how to communicate, how and when to make
decisions, how to engage in creative problem
solving, and how to plan and organize.
Includes a laboratory in applied leadership,
common military tasks, and physical tness.
202 – Leadership Skills IV: Foundations of
Tactical Leadership (1)
Prerequisite: MSCI 201. Builds on the
leadership skills developed in Leadership
Skills III with additional emphasis on
communication, team building, and team
leadership. Includes a laboratory in applied
leadership, common military tasks, and
physical tness.
301 – Applied Leadership I: Adaptive Team
Leadership (1)
Prerequisite: MSCI 202. Applied leadership
with an introduction to the principles
of physical tness and healthy lifestyle;
counseling as means of subordinate
development; problem solving; operational
analysis, development, and execution; and
methods for preparing and presenting
instruction. Students are given an introduction
to the Leader Development Program that is
used to evaluate their leadership performance
and provide students with developmental
feedback. Some weekend training required.
Includes a laboratory in applied leadership,
common military tasks, and physical tness.
182
302 – Applied Leadership II: Leadership in
Changing Environments (1)
Prerequisite: MSCI 301. Applied leadership
covering the models of communications
(verbal and non-verbal), technology to
communicate, how to prepare and conduct
formal briengs, an introduction to the Army
branches, diversity and equal opportunity
training, ethical decision making, and group
cohesion and dysfunction. Some weekend
training required. Includes a laboratory in
applied leadership, common military tasks,
and physical tness.
401 – Leadership and Management:
Developing Adaptive Leaders (1)
Prerequisite: MSCI 302. Considered the
“transition to lieutenant” phase in which
managerial theories are applied to personnel,
training, and logistics management
situations. Students have command and
sta responsibilities and receive hands-on
experience operating as a management team.
Includes a laboratory in applied science,
common military tasks, and physical tness.
402 – Leadership and Ethics: Leadership in a
Complex World (1)
Continuing the “transition to lieutenant”
phase of ROTC, examines ethics of military
environment to include customs, ethical
codes and decision making, constraints, and
appeals to moral principles. American judicial
system is also examined, with emphasis on the
Uniform Code of Military Justice. Command
and sta responsibilities are assigned to
students for hands-on experience operating
as a management team for the cadet corps.
Includes a laboratory in applied leadership,
common military tasks, and physical tness.
MODERN LANGUAGES
AND Literatures
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair
Marie A. Wellington, Career Advisor –
French
Marcel Rotter, Career Advisor – German
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Career Advisor–
Spanish
Faculty
Professors
Ana Garcia Chichester, Spanish
Brooke E. Di Lauro, French
Jeremy G. Larochelle, Spanish
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Spanish
Scott M. Powers, French
Marie A. Wellington, French
Associate Professors
Maria Laura Bocaz-Leiva, Spanish
Leonard R. Koos,
French
Marcelo Fajardo-Cardenas, Spanish
Maria Isabel Martinez-Mira, Spanish
Marcel Rotter, German
Jose A. Sainz, Spanish
Federico Schneider, Italian
Assistant Professors
Gonzolo S. Campos-Dintrans, Spanish
Antonia L. Delgado-Poust, Spanish
Jennifer Hansen-Glucklich, German
Lecturers
Maysoon Fayez Al-Sayed Ahmad, Arabic
Martha Patricia Orozco, Spanish
e Modern Languages and Literatures
Program
rough courses in Arabic, Chinese,
French, German, Italian, and Spanish, the
department oers students the opportunity
to gain prociency in understanding,
reading, writing, and speaking one or
more languages. To supplement language
instruction, communicative tools on the
internet and laboratory work are used
extensively; internships in the community
whenever possible and international studies are
encouraged as well.
Classes are conducted primarily in the target
language. rough classroom instruction,
individual research, and work in department
sponsored co-curricular programs, students
come to know the culture of the people whose
language they study. rough internships,
183
MUSEUM STUDIES
e Museum Studies Program
Interdisciplinary in nature, the Museum Studies
Minor provides students with the academic
foundation and practical experience necessary
for entrance into museum careers or related
graduate studies. e curriculum explores the
manner in which museums are organized and
operate and how they care for and interpret their
collections, serve their audiences, respond to new
technologies, and grapple with complex legal
and ethical issues unique to their disciplines.
Combining theory with practice, the curriculum
incorporates classroom study and directed
research with practical experiences in the form of
eld trips, group projects, and internships.
e minor incorporates the disciplines of
American studies, anthropology, art and art
history, classics, historic preservation, and
history, from which students may select their
own concentration preference. e minor is
open to students from any discipline in the arts
and sciences, education, or business colleges at
UMW. e University’s three museums support
this minor with internship opportunities.
e museum eld is a rapidly expanding and
vital part of society. e American Alliance
of Museums estimates there are 17,500
museums currently operating in the United
States, generating a demand for highly trained
museum professionals.
Requirements for Museum Studies Minor
Eighteen (18) credits to include: (1) ARTH 315A
or HISP 200; (2) ARTH 317 or HISP 463; (3) A
3-credit internship from among AMST 499,
ANTH 499, ARTH 499, CLAS 499, HISP 499,
or HIST 499; (4) 9 elective credits from among:
ANTH 309, 341, 342; ARTH 317, 460; CLAS
380; HISP 208, 303A, 313, 320, 323, 463; HIST
428. Special topics courses in the following
disciplines may count as an elective, with the
approval of Museum Studies Committee:
AMST 350, ANTH 371, ARTH 470, CLAS
351/352, HISP 471, HIST 300. 3 credits in
AMST, ANTH, ARTH, CLAS, HISP, HIST
491/492 may substitute an elective with approval
of Museum Studies Committee. 3 additional
credits of AMST, ANTH, ARTH, CLAS, HISP,
or HIST 499 may substitute an elective with
approval of Museum Studies Committee. 3
credits of ANTH 481 may substitute an elective
with approval of Museum Studies Committee.
students work directly in language-related
professions. e Department of Modern
Languages and Literature oers a Bachelor
of Arts degree in Modern Foreign Languages
with majors in French, German, and Spanish.
Students may also request a special major
in Italian Studies. Courses in Arabic and
Chinese are currently oered at the beginning,
intermediate, and advanced levels. e
department oers minors in Business French,
Business German, Business Spanish, and also
contributes to the minor in Asian Studies.
Double majors in a language and another
discipline are possible.
e department sponsors various inter-
cultural programs each semester and hosts
resident program coordinators who are native
speakers of that language.
Summer programs abroad led by faculty
members include the following: Arabic
language in Petra, Jordan (4 weeks); French
language and culture in Paris/Aix-en-
Provence, France (4 weeks); Italian language
and culture in Orvieto, Italy (4 weeks); and
Spanish language and culture in Bilbao, Spain
(5 weeks). In addition, the department works
closely with the Center for International
Education to support and advise students
wishing to participate in education abroad
programs and helps in planning their study
programs. Credits can be accepted from
abroad to fulll department requirements.
Graduates in Modern Languages and Literatures
may pursue careers in government or in private
elds in which the knowledge of languages is
essential, including interpreting, translating,
research, social services, education, or
international business.
Modern Languages and Literatures Course
Oerings (MDFL)
201 – World Literature in Cultural Context (3)
World literature in context—an introduction
to literature from Western and non-Western
perspectives. emes and literary techniques
from a variety of authors. In English.
Other Modern Language courses are listed
separately under a heading for each language.
See: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Italian,
and Spanish.
184
NOTE: AMST 303 (American Studies Junior
Seminar) may count as an elective course,
with the approval of the Museum Studies
Committee.
Students interested in enrolling in the
minor must contact the chair of the Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion department for
additional information.
MUSIC
Department of Music
James Brooks Kuykendall, Chair
Douglas T. Gately, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professor
James Brooks Kuykendall
Associate Professor
Christopher O. Ryder
Assistant Professor
Robert L. Wells
Senior Lecturer
Douglas T. Gately
Orchestra Director
Kevin P. Bartram
e Music Program
e Department of Music functions as one
component of the liberal arts institution.
Cognizant of its mission the department
oers a Bachelor of Arts degree in music that
allows students to focus the major with elective
courses. Students might use these electives
to develop a specialization in composition,
history, performance, technology or theory.
Additionally, students may pursue licensure to
teach music through the College of Education.
e music minor oers structure for students
seeking a formalized music education to
supplement another major. A number of
ensembles oer performance opportunities for
University as well as community musicians.
e department also serves the community at
large through its oerings of cultural events
– lectures, workshops, and concerts. is
liberal arts orientation denes the goal of the
major program – to allow students to pursue a
specialized interest in music beyond a specic
core of courses.
e objectives of the major program in music
involve preparing students for graduate study
as well as for careers in the performing arts,
public school teaching, and many other areas.
e music department's Pollard Hall includes
a small recital hall, a class piano laboratory,
practice and rehearsal facilities as well as a
recording studio, electronic music lab and
media collection. Nearby duPont Hall houses
the department's music production lab.
e department presents a wide variety of
public musical performances throughout the
academic year. Students and faculty appear
in general recitals, senior and faculty recitals,
and chamber programs. ey also perform
with the University-Community Symphony
Orchestra, the Concert Band, the UMW Jazz
Ensemble, Flute Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Fredericksburg Singers,
UMW Chorus, and Chamber Chorale. e
department and the University also sponsor
visiting performers, composers, and lecturers
in recitals, concerts, and master classes. e
music department oers individual instruction
in all traditional wind, string, and keyboard
instruments and voice based on competitive
auditions. A maximum of 12 credits in
individual instruction and 10 credits in
performing ensembles may be counted toward
the minimum 120 credits required for a degree.
Students should balance their total program
before exceeding these limits. Students
planning to major in music should take MUTC
100 (Technology for Musicians), MUTH 191
(Diatonic Music eory) and MUTH 192
(Diatonic Music eory Skills in their rst
year. Prospective majors also should audition
for admission to individual study in their
performance area and to a musical ensemble.
Incoming majors also should audition in the
winter months for the Aurelia B. Walford and
the Henry and Grace Spicer Scholarships,
awarded to outstanding performers.
Requirements for the Music Major
Twenty-six (26) credits in the required core
including MUTH 191, 192, 291, 292, 391, 392;
two credits from MUPR 205A, 206, 207, 305A,or
405; MUHL 375, 376; MUTC 100. Students take
MUSC 490 in the nal semester. Students enroll
in four semesters of studio lessons and four
semesters of ensembles. In addition, students
enroll in additional 6 credits for a total of forty
(40) credits.
Requirements for the Music Major Track
with Music Licensure
For information, please refer to the College of
Education section of this catalog.
Students who
wish to certify to teach Music earn both a B.A.
185
in Music and M.Ed. in PreK-12 Education
in ve years with an endorsement in either
Instrumental or Choral/Vocal performance.
Students complete the Music major with
the following additions and modications:
students licensing in Instrumental Music
preK-12 must meet the requirements of the
music major as well as the following specic
requirements: a) MUHL 368 History of Jazz,
b) MUPR 347 Choral Conducting, c) MUPR
348 Instrumental Conducting, d) MUTH 369
Orchestration or MUTH 483 Composition,
e) 7 credits of major performance courses,
f) 7 credits of ensemble courses, and g) 5
credits of secondary performance courses
specied by a Music Department advisor;
students licensing in Vocal/Choral Music
preK-12 must meet the requirements of the
music major as well as the following specic
requirements: a) MUHL 368 History of Jazz,
b) MUPR 347 Choral Conducting, c) MUPR
348 Instrumental Conducting, d) MUTH 369
Orchestration or MUTH 483 Composition, e)
7 credits of major performance courses, f) 7
credits of ensemble courses, and g) 5 credits of
secondary performance courses specied by a
Music Department advisor.
Music Minor
e minor in music gives students a solid
foundation in music theory, aural skills, and
applied study, while allowing each student the
exibility to pursue their special interests—
whether in performance, history, theory, music
technology, or composition. Minors participate
fully in music department ensembles. e music
minor is especially suited to students whose
academic load does not leave room for a second
major.
Requirements for the Music Minor (28
credits) MUTC 100; MUTH 191, 192, 291,
292; students enroll in four semesters of studio
lessons and four semesters of ensembles. Nine
(9) additional credits from any of the following:
MUHL 362, 368, 375, 376, 473; MUPR 347, 348,
441; MUTC 320, 370; MUTH 369, 391, 483:
MUSC 490.
Music Course Oerings
Music courses are divided into several
categories; Music Education (MUED), Music
History and Literature (MUHL), Music eory
(MUTH), Music Technology (MUTC), and
Music Performance (MUPR).
Music Education Courses (MUED)
100 – Introduction to Music Education (3)
An introduction to music education techniques
at multiple levels; elementary, middle, and high
school. Students learn lesson planning for the
music classroom, rehearsal techniques for both
vocal and instrumental ensembles, rhythmic
teaching, and music assessment and evaluation.
Music History and Literature Courses
(MUHL)
151 – Great Musical Masterworks (3)
An introductory level course that follows a
“great books” approach. For the non major.
152 – Music and Society (3)
A study of musical works that mirror the
society that produced them. e topics chosen
for study will include at least two centuries and
two continents. For the non major.
153 – Women in Opera (3)
A historical survey of opera that focuses on an
examination of the roles of women and their
social and economic opportunities.
154 – Music of the World (3)
A course investigating the roles of music, its
distinguishing features, and performance
traditions in eight to 10 geographic regions
to appreciate how it diers from a Western
perspective.
156 – American Music (3)
A study of the developments in American
Music provided by America’s various
ethnicities that focus on genre, composer, and/
or era.
261 – Topics in Vocal Music (3)
An exploration of chiey vocal repertories
focusing on genre, composer, and/or era.
262 – Topics in Instrumental Music (3)
An exploration of chiey instrumental
repertories focusing on genre, composer, and/
or era.
263 – Mozart (3)
A biographical and analytical study of
Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart and his music.
Works from all genres are included.
362 – Beethoven (3)
A biographical and analytical study, pertaining
to Ludwig van Beethoven and his music.
368 – History of Jazz (3)
e study of the development of jazz, ragtime,
186
blues, Dixieland, boogie-woogie, and later
styles, which evolved in the genre.
375 – Music History I: Genre and Forms (3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 191. A study of music
history from its beginnings through the 17th
century. Analysis and research.
376 – Music History II: Narratives and
Ideologies(3)
Prerequisites: MUHL 191. A historical
examination of evolving technologies of music
production and dissemination; of changing
sources of patronage of composers and
performers; and of how music history came to
be written (the creation of the Western canon)
and the consequences for those privileged or
silenced. Research.
473 – Special Studies in Music History and
Literature (3)
Studies of a topic in music history or literature.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Music History
and Literature (1-3, 1-3)
Advanced study under the direction of a music
department faculty member. Project required.
Departmental permission required.
499 – Internship in Music History and
Literature (1-3)
Supervised o-campus work developed in
consultation with the Department of Music
and the o-campus agency. Departmental
permission required.
Music Technology (MUTC)
100 – Technology for Musicians (3)
An introduction to notational tools, sound
reinforcement, recording, sequencing, video
capture/editing and music-specic web design
and social media.
170 – MIDI Composition (3)
A comprehensive over view of composing
through a digital audio workstation. Topics
include vocoding, sampling, synthesis, lm
scoring, automation, and bussing through a
series of interactive projects.
320 – Audio Recording (3)
Fundamentals of acoustics audio recording
for all types of instruments and ensembles
including microphone selection and placement,
acoustical treatments, professional practices and
applications in related elds.
330 – Audio Production (3)
Prerequisite: MUTC 320. Production
techniques in a variety of styles with an
exploration of the roles that production,
artists, and nances play in the process from
conception to nished recording.
370 – Electroacoustic Techniques (3)
A study on compositional techniques in
electroacoustic music with an emphasis
on interactvity. Lectures are designed to
compliment student projects in a variety of
topics including hid, electronic instrument
design, live coding, and real-time processing.
473 – Special Studies in Music Technology (3)
Studies in a topic in music technology.
Music eory Courses (MUTH)
181 – Materials and Sources for Music eory
(3)
A conceptual explanation of basic music
vocabulary and sound resources–rhythm,
meter, modes, scales, clefs, intervals, notation,
acoustics–with musical examples.
191 – Diatonic Music eory (3)
Corequisite: MUTH 192. Material and
structural elements of tonal music: scales,
intervals, and chords. Explores major-minor
tonality, gured bass, 7th chords, cadence
formulae. Includes principles of voice-
leading and harmonic progression. Analysis
emphasized.
192 – Diatonic Music eory Skills (1)
Corequisite; MUTH 191. Harmonic and
melodic dictation in coordination with MUTH
191. Sight-singing, keyboard applications,
basic conducting, beginning improvisation
techniques.
291- Chromatic Music eory (3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 191, 192. Corequisite:
MUTH 292. Chromatic Music eory of the
18th and 19th Centuries. Harmonic syntax
and structure including altered chords, mixed
modes, advanced tonality and modulation,
small forms.
292 – Chromatic Music eory Skills (1)
Prerequisite: MUTH 191, 192. Corequisite:
MUTH 291. Continued harmonic and melodic
dictation in coordination with MUTH
291. Sight-signing, keyboard applications,
basic conducting, beginning improvisation
techniques.
351 – Fundamentals of Counterpoint and Form
(3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 291, 292. Introduction to
187
the principles of counterpoint as exemplied in
the music of the Renaissance. Introduction to
larger musical forms.
369 – Music Orchestration (3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 291, 292. A study of
techniques of instrumental scoring considered
historically and creatively. Project required.
391 – Post-Tonal Music eory (3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 291, 292. Corequisite:
MUTH 392. Contemporary music theory.
eoretical developments and analytical
techniques for the 20th and early 21st
Centuries.
392 – Post-Tonal Music eory Skills (1)
Prerequisite: MUTH 291, 292. Corequisite:
MUTH 391. Development and application
of aural and written skills pertaining to
modern era. Includes continuations of sight-
singing, dictation, keyboard, conducting, and
improvisation techniques.
473 – Special Studies in Music eory(3)
Studies of a topic in music theory.
483 – Music Composition (3)
Prerequisite: MUTH 291, 292. A study of
compositional techniques focusing on selected
style periods, featuring both large and small
models. Creative project required.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Music eory
(1-3, 1-3)
Advanced study under the direction of a music
department faculty member. Project required.
Departmental permission required.
499 – Internship in Music eory (1-3)
Supervised o-campus work developed in
consultation with the Department of Music
and the o-campus agency. Departmental
permission required.
Music Performance Courses Class
Instruction (MUPR)
201, 202 – Class Voice I, II (1, 1)
Class instruction through the intermediate
performance level, emphasizing fundamentals
of vocal technique through performance, as
preparation for private voice study. Placement
audition.
205, 206, 207 – Class Piano I, II, III, (1, 1, 1)
Class instruction for beginners through the
intermediate level. MUPR 205 and 206 deal
with fundamental performance techniques.
e course presumes the ability to read music.
MUPR 207 emphasizes musical expression and
preparation for private piano study. Placement
audition.
208 – Class Piano IV (1)
Class instruction for developing appropriate
collaborative piano skills (ala accompaniment
skills) for duo through chamber group
performance. Sight reading development is
also emphasized.
214 – Class Woodwinds (1)
Beginning group study in performance
techniques of woodwind instruments.
Recommended for music majors seeking
teaching certication in the instrumental area
and for students interested in composition.
215 – Class Guitar I (1)
Beginning group study in performance
techniques of guitar. Recommended for
students with no prior music reading and
performing experience. Class Guitar I is an
introduction to playing chords, reading music,
interpreting charts, and developing basic music
skills needed to understand various published
methods on learning guitar.
216 – Class Guitar II (1)
Prerequisite: MUPR 215. Intermediate
group study in more involved principles and
techniques to prepare for private lesson study
and ensembles.
223 – Class Brass (1)
Beginning group study in performance
techniques of brass instruments.
Recommended for music majors seeking
teaching certication in the instrumental area
and for students interested in composition.
225 – Class Percussion (1)
Beginning group study in performance
techniques of percussion instruments.
Recommended for music majors seeking
teaching certication in the instrumental area
and for students interested in composition.
235 – Class Strings (1)
Beginning group study in performance
techniques of string instruments.
Recommended for music majors seeking
teaching certication in the instrumental area
and for students interested in composition.
347 – Choral Conducting (3)
Prerequisites: MUTH 291, 292. e principles
and techniques of choral conducting, including
score reading and analysis, program planning,
and workshop experience.
188
348 – Instrumental Conducting (3)
Prerequisites: MUTH 291, 292. e principles
and techniques of instrumental conducting,
including score reading and analysis, program
planning, and workshop experience.
473 – Special Studies in Music Performance (3)
Studies of a topic in music performance.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Music
Performance (1-3, 1-3)
Advanced study under the direction of a music
department faculty member. Project required.
Departmental permission required.
499 – Internship in Music Performance (1-3)
Supervised o-campus work developed in
consultation with the Department of Music
and the o-campus agency. Departmental
permission required.
Performing Ensembles
254 – Chamber Choir (1)
Mixed voices performing representative
repertoire of all periods of music. Open by
audition.
260 – Instrumental Ensemble: String (1)
Opportunity to study and perform specialized
string repertoire. Open by audition.
261 – Guitar Ensemble (1)
Prerequisite: MUPR 216. Opportunity to study
and perform specialized guitar repertoire.
Open by audition.
262 – Flute Ensemble (1)
Opportunity to study and perform specialized
repertoire for ute choir. Open by audition.
265 – Jazz Improvisation Workshop (1)
Opportunity to study and perform jazz. Open
by audition.
268 – Brass Ensemble (1)
Opportunity to study and perform specialized
brass repertoire. Open by audition.
270 – Percussion Ensemble (1)
Opportunity to study and perform specialized
repertoire. Open by audition.
275 – World Music Workshop (1)
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
Ensemble exploring a specic vocal/
instrumental repertory from outside of the
Western classical/jazz tradition; focus varies
from year to year.
350 – Fredericksburg Singers (1)
Mixed voices performing representative
repertoire of all periods of music. Open by
audition. In cooperation with local community
musicians.
352 – UMW Chorus (1)
Treble voices performing representative
repertoire of all periods of music. Open by
audition.
360 – UMW Philharmonic (1)
Opportunity to study and perform selected
repertoire representative of the literature
written for orchestra. Open by audition. In
cooperation with local community musicians.
362 – UMW Concert Band (1)
Opportunity to study and perform selected
repertoire representative of the literature
written for band. Open by audition.
365 – UMW Jazz Ensemble (1)
Opportunity to study and perform specialized
repertoire in the jazz genre. Open by audition.
Private Instruction
Registration for private instruction is
contingent upon a successful audition. All 300-
level courses consist of one half-hour lesson
per week for one credit. e 400-level courses
consist of a one-hour lesson per week for two
credits. Both are available by permission from
the department chairperson. Each course
may be repeated for additional credit at the
discretion of the instructor. A lesson fee applies
for all students.
301, 401 – Voice (1, 2)
305, 405 – Piano (1, 2)
309, 409 – Harp (1, 2) 310, 410 – Organ (1, 2)
311, 411 – Flute (1, 2)
312, 412 – Oboe (1, 2)
313, 413 – Clarinet (1, 2)
314, 414 – Bassoon (1, 2)
315, 415 – Saxophone (1 ,2)
321, 421 – French horn (1, 2)
322, 422 – Trumpet (1, 2)
323, 423 – Trombone (1, 2)
324, 424 – Tuba/Euphonium (1, 2)
325, 425 – Percussion (1, 2)
331, 431 – Violin (1, 2)
332, 432 – Viola (1, 2)
333, 433 – Cello (1, 2)
334, 434 – Contrabass (1, 2)
335, 435 – Guitar (1, 2)
336/436 – Composition (1,2)
189
Music Courses (MUSC)
473 – Special Studies in Music (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Study of
a specialized music topic.
490 – Music Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: MUHL 376, MUTH 391. Project
required, presenting research from historical
and theoretical perspectives.
PHILOSOPHY
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Joseph M. Romero, Chair
Craig R. Vasey, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
David K. Ambuel, Kurt F. Leidecker
Co-Chair of Asian Studies
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Kurt F. Leidecker
Co-Chair of Asian Studies
Jason P. Matzke
Nina Mikhalevsky
Craig R. Vasey
Lecturer
Michael J. Reno
e Philosophy Program
e discipline of philosophy has been shaped
by an intellectual and historical tradition that
began some 2500 years ago in Greek culture.
“Philosophy” literally means “love of wisdom.”
It is the systematic study of ideas and issues,
a reasoned pursuit of fundamental truths, a
quest for a comprehensive understanding of
the world, a study of principles of conduct, and
much more.
e problems and materials of philosophy
are drawn from every aspect of our lives
and experience, and its deliberations extend
to every subject admitting of disciplined
reection. Students majoring in philosophy
will develop knowledge of the history
and current state of Western philosophy,
critical areas of Asian philosophy, a grasp
of representative philosophical issues and
ways of dealing with them, a capacity to
apply philosophical methods to intellectual
problems, and a sense of how philosophy bears
on other disciplines and on human life more
generally. A philosophy major, leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy and
Religious Studies, develops a critical mind, a
balance of analytic and interpretive abilities,
and a capacity for the imaginative development
of abstract formulations and their concrete
applications. ese virtues make philosophy
especially good preparation for responsible
citizenship and positions of leadership.
Requirements for the Philosophy Major
Students wishing to major in Philosophy
may choose from two concentrations:
the Philosophy major, or the Pre-Law
Concentration in Philosophy, which oers
special preparation for students considering a
career in law or related elds.
1. Requirements for the Philosophy major:
Ten courses (30 credits) including PHIL 151,
201, 202; one of PHIL 301, 302, 303; one course
from the Continental Philosophy set (PHIL
260, 342, 343, 344, 450); one course from the
Social and Political Philosophy set (PHIL
100, 210, 220, 320, 325, 350) or the Ethics set
(PHIL 160, 225, 226, 330, 335); one course
from the non-Western set (PHIL 283, 284, 383
440); PHIL 485 (Research in Philosophy); two
additional courses in Philosophy, at least one
of which must be at the 300- or 400-level. With
the approval of the major advisor, one of the
following may be allowed: CPRD 299, CPRD
331, LATN 432, RELG 306, RELG 314, RELG
317, RELG 331, RELG 341.
2. Requirements for the Pre-Law
Concentration in Philosophy:
Eleven courses (33 credits) including PHIL 151,
201, 202, 320, 325; one of PHIL 301, 302, 303;
one course from the Ethics set (PHIL 160, 225,
226, 330, 335); one course from the Continental
Philosophy set (PHIL 260, 342, 343, 344, 450);
one course from the non-Western set (PHIL
283, 284, 383, 440); PHIL 485 (Research in
Philosophy) and 3 credits of either PHIL
499 (Internship) or one of the following
courses: BLAW 201 (Legal Environment of
Business), ECON 342 (Law and Economics;
HIST 416 (American Legal History); HIST
417 (American Constitutional History), PHIL
110, (Intro. to Law & Legal Writing), PSCI
422 (American Civil Liberties), or SOCG
(Sociology of Law).
Majors in Philosophy with an interest in
graduate studies should take courses beyond
the minimum required for the major, and they
are especially urged to achieve competence in
Greek, Latin, French or German. Students with
a 3.5 GPA in Philosophy (and 3.25 overall) are
190
eligible for Honors contingent on a grade of A
in PHIL 485 and successful oral defense.
Practical Ethics Minor
Jason Matzke, Program Coordinator,
Ethical questions arise in every area of human
activity and in every academic major and eld.
Understanding and using ethical theory and
concepts to inform practical issues (and vice
versa) is valuable for professional and personal
development in a complex and diverse world.
e Practical Ethics Minor is designed to give
students an understanding of the fundamental
theories, concepts, and methodologies of
ethics; to provide practice in identifying and
analyzing contemporary moral issues; and to
help students better comprehend how theory
and practice inform one another.
Students can study a number of ethical issues
across many areas including the environment,
medicine, law, business, technologies, and
everyday life. Topics include reproductive
technologies, euthanasia, the treatment of
animals, informed consent, hate speech,
pornography, the relation between ethics and
law, the value of species and ecosystems, and
sustainability. Students who do research or
internships in ethics for course credit in any
major or eld of study can apply for this credit
to be used also toward the Practical Ethics
Minor.
Students are encouraged to seek service
learning and guided research opportunities,
both for credit or non-credit. e Practical
Ethics Minor will be of particular value to
students going on to graduate and professional
studies in law, business, medicine, and the
environment, and to those pursuing careers
in government or other forms of service in the
community.
Requirements for the Practical Ethics
Minor
Eighteen (18) credit hours to include
a minimum of three courses from the
philosophical ethics oerings (Group I), and
three additional courses from the remainder of
Group I and/or Group II. At least three of the
total courses must be at the 300-400 level.
Students enrolled in the minor who do
coursework, research or other work for credit
in ethics in any major or eld of study may use
those credits for the minor with approval by
the coordinator of the Practical Ethics Minor.
Examples might include courses not on the
pre-approved list, URES, independent study,
a senior thesis, or an internship. Students
are encouraged to contact the Center for
Community Engagement for potential service
learning opportunities.
Group I (minimum of 3 courses):
PHIL 160,
225, 226, 330, 335, and 430.
ree additional courses taken either from
Group I above or from Group II.
Group II:
ANTH 211, 212, 365; BIOL 428;
BUAD 464; CPSC 302; EDUC 303, 387, and
420; EESC 230, 326, 330, 355; GEOG 331, 332,
337, 338, and 339; HISP 208; HIST 322; PHIL
100, 210, 220, 320, and 325; RELG 231, 298;
SOCG 315, 334, 335, 354, and 404; WGST 102,
102.
Philosophy Course Oerings (PHIL)
100 – Individual and Community (3)
rough a close reading of Plato’s Republic,
supplemented by accompanying readings,
small tutorial groups will read, write, and talk
about specic issues that interest them.
101 – Introduction to Philosophy (3)
A historical introduction to Western
civilization’s philosophical heritage from Plato
to contemporary philosophical movements.
110 – Introduction to Law and Legal Writing
(3)
is course provides a basic understanding
of the U.S. legal system. e focus includes
essential history and the working structure
of the government, procedural issues in the
courts, specic concepts of basic categories
of law such as contract law and property, the
distinctive characteristics of criminal law and
procedure, brief writing, the roles of various
legal professionals, and the eect of legal ethics
on the practice of law.
151 – Introductory Logic (3)
Basic principles of analytical reasoning and
the appraisal of arguments. Among the topics
covered are symbolic language, translation,
and methods of formal proof including
propositional calculus and rst order predicate
calculus.
160 – Introduction to Ethics (3)
An introduction to ethical theory and a
consideration of the central questions about
the nature of duty, how one makes decisions
about what is morally right and morally wrong,
191
ideas about the good life and the good person,
how we come to evaluate our own and other’s
action, and the relationship of the ethical to
other ideas including religious, political, and
social values. Course readings draw from the
classical historical theorists as well as some
contemporary sources; discussions of the
readings occur in the context of some specic
ethical problems and dilemmas.
201 – Ancient Greek Philosophy (3)
Selected works by ancient Greek philosophers,
including the pre-Socratics, Plato, and
Aristotle.
202 – Early Modern Philosophy (3)
Rationalism and Empiricism. Selected
works by such early modern philosophers
as Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Leibniz, and
Berkeley.
210 –Social and Political Philosophy (3)
Introduction to classical, modern, and
contemporary social and political theories as
well as issues in a global context.
212 – Aesthetics (3)
e philosophical examination of art and
consideration of central questions about
the nature of art, the aesthetic experience,
principles of evaluating works of art, and the
relationship of the aesthetic to other values.
Readings cover the major theorists in the
history of philosophy as well as current theory
and issues about art.
220 – Introduction to Feminism (3)
Study of feminism as a philosophical
movement of the 20th century, its historical
background, and contemporary feminist issues
and theories.
225 – Practical Ethics (3)
An introduction to the philosophical
examination of contemporary moral
issues. Topics might include the death
penalty, euthanasia, hate speech regulation,
pornography, and human cloning.
226 – Medical Ethics (3)
Central ethical issues in clinical medicine.
Topics might include the physician-
patient relationship, informed consent
and competency, reproductive technology,
distribution of scarce medical resources, organ
donation, and experimental medicine.
231 – Topics in Philosophy (3)
Selected topics outside of regular course
oerings.
244 – Philosophy of Science (3)
An examination of the philosophical issues
raised and illustrated in both scientic theory
and practice.
260 – Freud’s Greatest Hits (3)
A guided tour through Sigmund Freud’s most
inuential and important texts, on dreams,
sexuality, the unconscious, slips, religion, and
morality. Attention to Freud’s life, the impact
of his ideas, and critical assessment of his
theories and assumptions.
275 – Mock Trial Practicum (3)
Credit for satisfactory work on the University’s
Mock Trial team and course assignments.
Introduces students to legal research, brieng,
and procedure. Enrollment by permission
of department and instructor. Total credits
earned for this practicum may not exceed 6.
Oered as pass/fail only.
283 – Hinduism (3)
is course explores the diverse beliefs,
rituals, and literatures of Indian religion that
constitute Hinduism, the historical progression
of their development, and their current
expressions throughout the world. Cross-listed
as RELG 283.
284 – Buddhism (3)
is course surveys Indian Buddhism’s diverse
doctrines, practices, ethics, objectives, and
their evolution over its 2,500-year history,
concluding with an examination of their
transmission to the West. A major component
is in-class contemplative and interactive
exercises to reect on core content and explore
its relationship to human experience. Cross-
listed as RELG 284.
Prerequisites for courses above 300: at least
one course in Philosophy or Permission of the
instructor.
301 – Medieval Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 201. A survey of
philosophical thought in the Jewish, Christian
and Islamic traditions.
302 – Hume and Kant (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 202. A study of the major
works and inuence of Hume and Kant, with
emphasis on the Critique of Pure Reason.
303 – Hegel, Marx, and Nietzsche (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 202. Study of the most
important European philosophers of the 19th
century.
192
306 – Advanced Logic (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 151 or six credits in
mathematics. eory of formal systems;
applied criteria of consistency, completeness,
and quantication; other topics in symbolic
logic.
307 – Philosophy of Language (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 151 or 202. Introduction to
the study of semantics, syntax, and pragmatics
from a philosophical standpoint, including
some central writings of Frege, Russell,
Wittgenstein, Quine and others.
310 – Plato (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 201. Close study of selected
works by Plato and scholarship on Plato.
318 – Philosophy of Religion (3)
Philosophical examination of such topics as
the relationship between faith and reason, the
existence and non-existence of god, life aer
death, mysticism, and miracles. Cross-listed as
RELG 318.
320 – Philosophy of Law I (3)
Central issues in the philosophy of law,
including theory of law, constitutional
interpretation. First Amendment protections,
and race and gender in the law. PHIL 320 and
325 may be taken in either order.
325 – Philosophy of Law II (3)
An exploration and analysis of issues in
criminal and tort law: responsibility and
punishment, causation and liability, acts and
omissions, justications and excuses, and the
duty to rescue. PHIL 320 and 325 may be taken
in either order.
330 – Environmental Ethics (3)
A philosophical investigation of topics
such as individualistic and holistic ethics,
anthropocentrism and ecocentrism, wilderness
and sustainability, ecofeminism, and
environmental justice.
331 –Topics in Philosophy (3)
Selected topics outside of regular course
oerings.
335 – Ethical eory (3)
An in-depth study of moral theory. Topics
might include relativism, utilitarianism,
deontology, virtue theory, care ethics, egoism,
and moral pluralism.
342 – Phenomenology (3)
e basic concepts and arguments of both
transcendental and existential phenomenology,
from central works of Husserl and Heidegger.
343 – Existentialism (3)
Critical study of major works of Heidegger,
deBeauvoir, and Sartre.
344 – Critical eory (3)
Study of key gures in the Frankfurt School
tradition of Critical eory including
Horkheimer, Adorno, Marcuse, Habermas,
Honneth, Fraser, and others.
353 – Islamic Philosophy and eology (3)
Central themes and topics in the Islamic
theological and philosophical tradition will
be discussed in some detail. Such topics
include the existence of God, free will and
determinism, eschatology, ontology and
epistemology. References will be made between
major Islamic philosophers and their medieval
Christian counterparts. Cross-listed as RELG
353.
383– Yoga in eory, History, and
Contemporary Society (3)
Critically explores the long history and diverse
beliefs, practices, rituals and literatures of the
religions that constitute Yoga, especially their
theories of the body, mind and transcendence,
as well as their popular expressions throughout
the contemporary world. Cross listed as RELG
383.
425 – Philosophy Tutoring Practicum (3)
Prerequisite: permission of department chair.
Advanced students in philosophy serve as
tutors in introductory level philosophy classes,
assisting others in preparing for exams and
projects, organizing small-group work, and
reviewing writing assignments. May be
repeated once if tutoring in a dierent course.
430 – Seminar: Ethics, Environment, &
Sustainability (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 330 or permission of
instructor. Explores philosophical questions
in ethics related to the environment and
sustainability. Emphasis will be on practical
problems with specic topics including
population and consumption, pollution,
climate change, species preservation, and
environmental justice, the concepts of
sustainability will both frame the discussions
and be itself subject to conceptual analysis.
440 –Studies in Asian and Comparative
Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: One of the following: PHIL/
193
RELG 283, 284, 285, 286, 287. Studies in a topic
within Asian philosophical traditions.
450 – Seminar in Twentieth Century
Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 202. Intensive examination
of a selected author, problem or movement of
the 20th century.
481 – Readings in Philosophy (3)
Discussion of philosophical literature in a
eld selected by the philosophy faculty aer
consultation with students.
485 – Research in Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing and major
in Philosophy or Philosophy, Pre-law
Concentration. Capstone course required
of all senior Philosophy majors; preparation
of a senior thesis under supervision of the
Philosophy faculty. Successful completion and
defense, with GPA of 3.5 in the major, required
for graduation with Honors in Philosophy.
491, 492 – Individual Study (1–3, 1–3)
Prerequisite: permission of department.
Tutorial under the direction of a member of
the sta. By permission of the instructor and
department chair.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the philosophy faculty.
Joint Course Oerings
Classics–Philosophy–Religion (CRPD)
100 – Topics in Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion (3)
Special interdisciplinary oerings in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
104 – Meditation and Contemplative Practices
(3)
is course oers a practical, experiential
and theoretical introduction to Mindfulness
Meditation and Contemplative Practices.
Students learn and practice meditation
techniques while exploring the contemplative
practices and theories of a variety of cultural
traditions (such as Buddhism, Taoism, Native
American religious traditions, ancient Greek
and Roman philosophical and dramatic
traditions) and from a variety of disciplinary
perspectives (such as dramaturgy, psychology,
philosophy, neuroscience, religion).
299 – Mysterium Humanum Studies (3)
Dierent topics of fundamental human
concern are treated at dierent times in
this interdisciplinary course involving the
entire faculty of the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion. Topics covered in
the past include "Wrestling with Death," "e
Tempest of Time," "Sex and Society in the
West," and "Slavery."
301, 302 – Studies in Ancient Languages (3, 3)
Introduction to the morphology and syntax of
selected ancient languages relevant to the study
of classics, philosophy, and religion (such as
Coptic, Quranic Arabic, Oscan, and Sanskrit).
ese courses do not satisfy the College’s
general education requirement for prociency
in a foreign language.
304 – Contemplative Practice II (3)
Prerequisite: CPRD 104. Contemplative Practice
II is a continuation of CPRD 104. Students will
further develop and rene their daily meditation
practice by exploring additional techniques and
advanced topics. It also surveys current trends
in psychological and neuroscientic research
on meditation, and deeply engages related
philosophical concepts and debates.
331 – Cross-disciplinary Topics in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion (3)
A consideration of a theme from the
perspective of two or three of the disciplines
taught in the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
194
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Department of Athletics, Health and
Physical Education
Patrick L. Catullo, Interim Chair
Dana S. Hall, Interim Associate Chair
Faculty
Associate Professors
Deborah A. Conway
Dana S. Hall
Senior Lecturers
Deena A. Applebury
Patrick L. Catullo
J. Todd Helbling
Marcus N. Kahn
Caitlin E. Moore
Rodrick L. Wood
Lecturers
Andrew Delaney
Scott Gerseny
Alexander S. Hinsey
Jason A. Kilby
Adekunle O. Lawson
Jamie M. Tierney
Administrative/Professional Faculty
Ashley Drier, Associate Athletic Trainer
Elizabeth Druvenga, Head Athletic
Trainer
Brett Longobucco, Director of Strength
and Conditioning
Clint Oen, Sports Information Director
Participation in physical activities, including
physical education classes, recreational
programs, and intercollegiate athletics, is an
essential part of the educational experience at
the University.
e center for all indoor health, physical
education and recreation is Goolrick Hall. It
has courts for basketball, badminton, volleyball,
handball/racquetball, two dance studios, a six-
lane, 25-yard swimming pool, a weight training
room, classrooms, and an auxiliary gym for
individual exercise and recreation. A 15,000
square foot Fitness/Wellness Center is attached
to Goolrick. Outdoor facilities include elds
for baseball, soccer, lacrosse, eld hockey, ag
football, soball, and rugby, running trails, an
eight-lane, 400-meter Rubaturf track, a 12-court
lighted tennis complex, and a six-court Indoor
Tennis Center.
Most physical education courses include history,
rules, and basic techniques in individual and
team sports. Riding courses are available for
credit but require a special fee. All Physical
Education individual and team sports courses
(except 314) may be repeated for additional
credit, but no more than eight credits earned
in individual and team sports courses may
be counted toward the 120 credits required
for graduation. If two sections of the same
individual and team sports course are taken in
one semester, only one will count toward degree
requirements. With the exception of PHYD 330
and 499, all other physical Education courses
and100-level (DANC) courses are graded
as either satisfactory (SA) or unsatisfactory
(UN). With the exception of PHYD 330 and
499, no more than two credits of physical
education (PHYD) courses may be taken in a
single semester (or complete summer session).
Excluding PHYD 330 and 499, a maximum
of 8 credits in other physical education
(PHYD) courses may be included in the credits
required for graduation. With the exception of
PHYD 330 and 499, a BLS student may take a
maximum of 6 other PHYD credits toward the
degree. A student may not take two sections of
the same PHYD or DANC course in a semester,
regardless of level. A student may take up to one
pass/fail and two satisfactory/unsatisfactory
courses in the same semester.
e Sports Management Minor
e minor in Sports management is
designed to give students the opportunity
to complement a program of study with
a concentration of courses in the sports
management industry. ese courses provide
students with desirable credentials which will
enhance future employment opportunities.
Students will be introduced to the basic
principles of management, marketing, law,
nance, and ethics in sport. Students will have
an opportunity to apply the basic principles to
practical situations in the sport management
industry; such as, facility and event planning,
budgeting, and facility operations for the
professional, semi-professional and collegiate
sports venues. Students completing this
minor will be equipped for graduate level
inquiry and/or relevant careers in the sport
management industry.
Requirements for the Sports Management
Minor
Eighteen (18) credits including MKTG 301,
IDIS 130, 230; PHYD 330, 499; and one of the
following: MGMT 301 or IDIS 301.
195
Physical Education Course Oerings (PHYD)
102 – Basketball: Men (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of basketball.
104 – Basketball: Women (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of basketball.
105 – Volleyball (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of volleyball.
106 – Special Topics in Physical Education (1)
Course oers basic techniques, rules, and
safety for the designated topic.
110 – Individual Exercise: Weight Training (1)
Course includes basic techniques of weight
training.
111 – Individual Exercise: Aerobics (1)
Course involves individual and group aerobic
exercise instruction and participation.
112 – Individual Exercise: Step Aerobics (1)
Course includes individual and group step
aerobic exercise instruction and participation.
113 – Individual Exercise (1)
Course includes personal program of
individual exercises.
116 – Swimming (1)
Course includes basic techniques of swimming.
117 – Swimming: Non-Swimmers (1)
Course includes basic techniques of swimming.
123 – Soccer (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of soccer.
132 – Tennis (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of tennis.
134 – Tennis/Badminton (1)
Course includes history, rules, and basic
techniques of tennis and badminton.
146 – Adaptive Individual Exercise (1)
For handicapped students. Prerequisites:
medical authorization and permission of
instructor. An opportunity for physically
handicapped students to participate in
individual exercise.
147 – Elementary Position and Control in
Riding (1)
Designed for those who have never ridden
hunt seat. General handling of the horse, basic
terminology; riding at the walk, trot, and
canter, using elementary aids.
148 – High Elementary Position and Control
in Riding (1)
Designed for those who have limited
experience in riding or those who have taken
PHYD 147. Review of 147; introduction of so
contact and jumping over low fences on loose
reins.
248 – Intermediate Position and Control in
Riding (1)
e beginning of so, precise controls;
coordination of the rider’s aids with the horse’s
eorts. Continuation of jumping fundamentals
and crest release; work over simple courses.
302 – Basketball: Men (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 102. Advanced instruction
in basketball.
304 – Basketball: Women (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 104. Advanced instruction
in basketball.
305 – Volleyball (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 105. Advanced instruction
in volleyball.
306 – Special Topics in Physical Education (1)
Course oers basic technique, rules, and safety
for the designated topic.
310 – Individual Exercise: Weight Training (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 110. Advanced instruction
in weight training.
311 – Individual Exercise: Aerobics (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 111. Advanced instruction
in aerobics.
312 – Individual Exercise: Step Aerobics (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 112. Advanced instruction
in step aerobics.
313 – Individual Exercise (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 113. Advanced instruction
in individual exercise.
314 – Lifeguard Training (1)
Teaches individuals skills, procedures, and
philosophies associated with lifeguarding.
Students become aware of common hazards
in aquatic environments; learn to recognize
victims in distress or drowning situations;
establish an awareness of the responsibilities of
a lifeguard; and develop speed, endurance, and
technique in swimming and lifeguarding skills.
May not be repeated for additional credit.
196
316 – Swimming (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 116. Advanced instruction
in swimming.
317 – Swimming: Non-Swimmers (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 117. Advanced instruction
for the non-swimmer.
323 – Soccer (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 123. Advanced instruction
in soccer.
330 – Events and Facility Management (3)
Prerequisite: IDIS 130. is course will
examine all of the facets of public assembly
facility management as they relate to sports
arenas, ballparks, stadiums, and other venues.
Among the topics to be presented and explore
will be: event booking, nance, marketing,
operations, scheduling, stang and ticketing.
is is a core requirement for the Sports
Management minor.
332 – Tennis (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 132. Advanced instruction
in tennis.
334 – Tennis/Badminton (1)
Prerequisite: PHYD 134. Advanced instruction
in tennis and badminton.
346 – Adaptive Individual Exercise (1)
Advanced instruction for handicapped
students. Prerequisites: PHYD 146, medical
authorization and permission of instructor.
An opportunity for physically handicapped
students to participate in individual exercise.
348 – Advanced Equitation, Schooling, and
Competition (1)
Prerequisite: One year of riding at Mary
Washington or demonstration of thorough
understanding of the forward school of riding.
Preparation of student horses for competition;
schooling of green horses, reschooling of
problem horses; preparation of IHSA open
riders for competitions.
400 – Intercollegiate Baseball (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Baseball
Team.
403 – Intercollegiate Basketball: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s
Basketball Team.
404 – Intercollegiate Basketball: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Basketball Team.
406 – Intercollegiate Cross Country: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Cross
Country Team.
407 – Intercollegiate Cross Country: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s Cross
Country Team.
408 – Intercollegiate Women’s Field Hockey (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s Field
Hockey Team.
410 – Intercollegiate Lacrosse: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Lacrosse
Team.
411 – Intercollegiate Lacrosse: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Lacrosse Team.
412 – Intercollegiate Riding (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Riding Team.
413 – Intercollegiate Soccer: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Soccer
Team.
414 – Intercollegiate Soccer: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Soccer Team.
419 – Intercollegiate Golf: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Golf
Team.
420 – Intercollegiate Golf: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s Golf
Team.
422 – Intercollegiate Soball (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Soball Team.
428 – Intercollegiate Swimming: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s
Swimming Team.
429 – Intercollegiate Swimming: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Swimming Team.
431 – Intercollegiate Tennis: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Tennis
Team.
432 – Intercollegiate Tennis: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Tennis Team.
482 – Intercollegiate Track: Men (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Men’s Track Team.
197
483 – Intercollegiate Track: Women (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s Track
Team.
484 – Intercollegiate Women’s Volleyball (1)
Participation on Intercollegiate Women’s
Volleyball Team.
499 – Sports Management Internship (3)
Prerequisite: PHYD 330. is is a core
requirement to the Sports Management minor.
An internship is a supervised experience
relating to the eld of Sports Management.
ere will also be multiple seminar sessions
throughout the semester relating to the
internship experience.
PHYSICS
Department of Physics
Charles M. Sharpless, Chair
George King, III,
Career Advisor
Faculty
Professor
George King, III
Associate Professor
Hai T. Nguyen
Assistant Professor
Varun Suresh Makhija
e Physics Program
e study of physics provides the basis
for understanding the fundamental laws
of the physical universe. e principles of
physics underlie other natural sciences and
are essential to many applied sciences and
technical programs. e physics program’s
goal is to expose students to a broad range of
physical phenomena. In doing so, the program
strives to meet the needs of students who
will become specialists in physics, as well as
numerous related elds. A secondary aim is to
satisfy the interest of students who take physics
to fulll a general education requirement.
e Physics Department oers two major
tracks towards a Bachelor of Science degree,
Physics, and Applied Physics. Senior majors in
either track may participate in undergraduate
research, which could qualify as an honor
thesis and/or result in a presentation at a local
or national conference. e Society of Physics
Students and its honorary society, Sigma Pi
Sigma, have sponsored guest speakers and eld
trips to national laboratories and conferences.
e Physics track is for students interested
in challenging, exciting, and productive
careers in elds such as: acoustics, astronomy,
astrophysics, atomic physics, biophysics,
chemical physics, uid dynamics, geophysics,
low-temperature physics, medical physics,
materials science, nuclear physics, optics,
particle physics, physics education, plasma
physics, solid state physics, spectroscopy and
vacuum physics. Graduates have gone on to
successful careers as researchers, educators,
engineers, and many other technical elds.
e Applied Physics track is designed for
students who have an interest and ability in the
experimental and quantitative approaches to
physics. is track provides a solid preparation
for almost any technical career, because it
teaches students how to analyze complex
problems and it gives students a strong
quantitative background that can be applied in
any technical eld. Applied Physics students
work with the latest high-tech equipment
and are prepared for in-demand careers in
industry. UMW's curriculum reects that
practical approach, preparing students for a
seamless transition from college to industry.
Credit for only one introductory physics
sequence (101-102, 101-108, 103-104, 105-106
or 105-110) can be counted toward the degree
requirement.
Requirements for the Physics Major
Forty-one (41) credits as follows: irty-two
(32) credits from PHYS 105, 106, 211, 317, 320,
330, 384, 410, and 482; at least nine (9) credits
from PHYS 201, 210, 283, 292, 471, and 472.
Requirements for the Applied Physics
Between thirty-seven (37) and forty-one (41)
credits as follows: Twenty-six (26) credits from
PHYS 105, 106, 211, 317, 384, and 482; DATA
219; and CPSC 420. Seven or eight (7-8) credits
come from any combination of PHYS 201, 283,
292, 320, or 330. ree to Four (3-4) additional
credits come from any of MATH 224, 300,
312, 325, 351, or 411. e nal credits, up to
three (3), come from an approved capstone
experience PHYS 491 or 499.
Physics Minor
e minor in physics will meet the interest of
students who wish to further their knowledge
in a discipline beyond their major eld
of study. It will increase their options for
employment and graduate study. It will bridge
198
the overlap between physics knowledge and
that of other disciplines.
Requirements for the Physics Minor
Twenty-four to twenty-six (24 – 26) credits as
follows: PHYS 105, 106, 211 and 317 (14 credits);
select one course from PHYS 201, 210, 283
or 292 (3 – 4 credits); select two courses from
PHYS 320, 330, 384, 410 and 472 (7 – 8 credits).
Physics Course Oerings (PHYS)
101, 102 – General Physics w/Lab (4,4)
Prerequisite: PHYS 101 for PHYS 102. An
introductory course covering the fundamentals
of physics. Primarily for non-science majors.
Emphasis on building concepts and applying
principles. Topics discussed: classical
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, and
magnetism, optics, and special relativity.
Facility with algebra and trigonometry is
required. Only in sequence. Laboratory.
103 – Elementary Astronomy w/Lab (4)
An introductory course in astronomy
emphasizing the study of the solar system. e
course is primarily for non-science majors. e
content covers seasons, eclipses, planetary and
lunar motion, planetology and the relevant
laws of physics. Laboratory.
104 – Elementary Astronomy (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 103. A continuation of
introductory astronomy emphasizing the
study of stars and stellar evolution, quasars and
galaxies. e cosmology of the universe for non-
science majors starts with detailed descriptions
of our Sun and ends with the search for dark
energy, dark matter and the accelerating
universe. Recent developments covered.
105, 106 – University Physics w/Lab (4,4)
Prerequisite: PHYS 105 for PHYS 106.
Corequisites: MATH 121 for PHYS 105 and
MATH 122 for PHYS 106. Calculus-based
introductory course primarily for science
students. Topics covered: classical mechanics,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and some modern physics. Only in
sequence. Laboratory.
108 – General Physics (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 101. e continuation of
introductory physics. Primarily for non-
science majors. Emphasis on building concepts
and applying principles. Topics covered:
electricity and magnetism, optics, atomic
physics and special relativity. Facility with
algebra and trigonometry is required.
110 – University Physics (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 105. Corequisite: MATH
122. A continuation of the calculus based
introductory physics course. Primarily for
science majors. Topics covered: electricity and
magnetism, optics and some modern physics.
201– ermodynamics and Statistical
Mechanics (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 106. Temperature,
thermodynamic states and variables, the laws
of thermodynamics, entropy, thermodynamic
potentials, change of phase, and the statistical
properties of thermodynamic systems.
210 – Nuclear Physics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 106 and MATH 122.
Topics include: nuclear structure, static and
dynamic properties of the nucleus, radioactive
decay, the Bateman equation, mass parabolas,
transition rates, and particle accelerators.
211 – Modern Physics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 106 and MATH 122;
Covers development of 20th and 21st centuries
physics – special relativity, introduction to
quantum mechanics, wave-particle duality,
nuclear, atomic and molecular structure, and
recent 21st century physics development.
283 – Electronics w/Lab (4)
Prerequisite: PHYS 106 and MATH 122. Basic
circuit theory, network lters, power supplies,
nonlinear devices and basic digital circuit
theory; experiments using linear and nonlinear
elements. Laboratory.
292 – Optics w/Lab (4)
Prerequisites PHYS 106 and MATH 122.
Introduction to topics in geometrical
and physical optics: reection, refraction,
superposition, interference, diraction,
polarization, laser systems, and holography.
Laboratory.
317 – Methods of Mathematical Physics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 106 and MATH 122;
Recommended: MATH 224; or permission of
the instructor. Development of methodologies
needed to study advanced physics: vectors
and matrix algebra, vector calculus,
dierential equations, orthogonal functions,
complex numbers, Fourier series, probability
distributions, and numerical methods.
320 – Classical Mechanics I w/Lab (4)
Prerequisites: PHYS 211 and 317.
Recommended: MATH 224 and 312. General
kinematics and dynamics of single particles
199
and systems of particles in three dimensions,
harmonic motion, central forces, conservation
laws, Lagrange and Hamiltonian mechanics.
Laboratory.
330 – Electricity and Magnetism I w/Lab ( 4)
Prerequisites: PHYS 211 and 317.
Recommended: MATH 224 312. Development
of electric and magnetic static properties in
vacuum and matter, electrodynamics and
Maxwell’s equations. Laboratory.
384 – Advanced Physics Laboratory (4)
Prerequisite: PHYS 211. Recommended: PHYS
292. Experiments relevant to 20th century
physics: electron’s charge and mass, charge
quantization, atomic spectra, microwave
properties, speed of light, intensity and
attenuation of radiation.
410 – Quantum Mechanics I w/Lab (4)
Prerequisites: PHYS 211 and 317.
Recommended: MATH 224 and 312.
Introduction to basic principles of non-
relativistic quantum mechanics: wave packets,
uncertainty principle, wave functions,
Schrodinger equation, harmonic oscillator and
hydrogen atom. Laboratory.
471 – Selected Topics in Physics (1 – 3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Specialized topics in physics not oered on a
regular basis, such as particle physics, atomic
and molecular spectroscopy, general relativity
advanced classical physics and advanced
quantum physics.
472 – Solid State Physics (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 211. Introduces the physics
of solids – elementary materials science;
electrical, optical and magnetic properties of
materials; the modern theory of solids (band
theory, Fermi energy and surfaces, phonon
behavior); fundamental semiconductor
characteristics and device physics.
482 – Physics Seminar (2)
A capstone course for senior physics majors
only. Students give oral presentations on
selected topics in physics.
491, 492 – Individual Study (1–3, 1–3)
Open to junior and senior physics majors. May
repeat for Honors in Physics at four credits
each semester.
499 – Internship (Credits Variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Department of Political Science and
International Aairs
John M. Kramer, Chair
Jason W. Davidson, Career Advisor and
Director of the Security and Conict
Studies Minor Program
Faculty
Distinguished Professor
John M. Kramer
Professors
Jason W. Davidson
Stephen J. Farnsworth, Director of the
Center for Leadership and Media
Studies
Elizabeth F. Larus
Emile J. Lester
Associate Professors
Rosalyn L. Cooperman
Surupa Gupta
Ranjit Singh
e Political Science Program
Political Science, the study of how various
political systems work, is a Bachelor of Arts
degree program. Courses ranging from urban
politics and government to international
politics are oered. e department also
provides many outlets through which students
can gain practical knowledge of the eld,
including visits to Virginia’s state capital and to
Washington, D.C., internships in
governmental oces, and involvement in
major political events, such as the United
Nations’ student conference. Political Science
is a good background for a career in law, urban
planning, teaching, government, and private
enterprise; it also lends itself to further study in
graduate school.
Requirements for the Political Science
Major
irty-six (36) credits including PSCI 101, 102,
201, and one political science class, which may
also be used to fulll other political science
major requirements, designated as “Writing
Intensive.” One course each to be chosen
by faculty advisor and student from each of
the following subelds: American Politics;
Comparative Politics; International Relations;
Political eory; Fieen (15) additional
credits in political science. PSCI 101-102 is a
prerequisite to all Political Science courses,
except PSCI 201.
200
Security and Conict Studies Minor
e minor in Security and Conict Studies is
designed to provide students with a foundation
in the contemporary study of security and
conict in the world today. Students will
learn and apply analytical frameworks that
facilitate the selection of optimal policies
for solving security and conict problems.
Students will also be exposed to and utilize
frameworks that aide in the comprehension
of unfolding events in security and conict.
Finally, students will learn about specic issues
in security and conict. Coursework covers
topics encompassing the historical (e.g., the
origins of World War II) to the contemporary
(cyberwarfare) and the conventional (threats to
territorial integrity) to the cutting edge (disease
as a security issue). Students completing the
minor will be well equipped for graduate level
inquiry and/or relevant careers in government
or the private sector.
Requirements for the Minor in Security and
Conict Studies
Eighteen (18) credits as follows:
1) PSCI 387.
2) Twelve (12) credits selected from the
following group of courses (with at least one
course from each discipline): HIST 356, 371,
372, 375, 377, 385, 390, 420, 421, PSCI 315, 321,
324, 354, 355, 356, 357, 360, 367. Other courses
(e.g., "special topics" courses) in security and
conict studies may count as electives with
the approval of the Minor Program Director.
A relevant three-credit internship may count
as an elective with the approval of the Minor
Program Director.
3) HIST 485, INAF 491 or PSCI 491: three (3)
credit senior thesis on an aspect of security and
conict studies directed by a member of the
core faculty. esis topic must be approved by
the Minor Program Director.
Political Science Course Oerings (PSCI)
101 – Introduction to Political Science (3)
Survey of the basic concepts and theories
of political science, including comparative
analysis of political institutions and ideologies.
102 – Introduction to International
Relations (3)
Survey of major issues in international politics
and foreign aairs, with emphasis on global
awareness of states, regions, and politics in the
international system.
201 – American Government (3)
Principles of Political Science as applied to
American national government.
202 – American Public Policy (3)
A study of selected issues in public policy,
including those related to the economy, health
care, poverty, education, and the environment.
301 – Comparative Government of Western
Europe (3)
Comparative analysis of the governments of
the United Kingdom, France, and Germany.
302 – e Politics of Soviet Successor States (3)
A comparative analysis of politics in Soviet
successor states and the legacy bequeathed to
them by communist rule in the U.S.S.R.
304 – Contemporary American Politics (3)
In-depth analysis of selected problems in
contemporary American politics.
311 – Congress and the Political Process (3)
Analysis of the contemporary role of Congress
in its relation to the Presidency, the federal
bureaucracy, and pressure groups.
312 – e American Presidency (3)
Analysis of the modern Presidency and its role
in the American political system.
313 – U.S. Federal Judiciary (3)
Analysis of the federal judiciary and its role in
the American political system.
315 – Alliance Politics (3)
Prerequisites: PSCI 101 and 102. e study of
the origins, management, and consequences of
alliances.
321 – eories of International Relations (3)
Analysis of major theories of international
relations. Topics include war, peace,
international security, political economy, and
global institutions such as the United Nations
system.
323 – Latin American Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of politics in Latin
America, including historical precedents and
contemporary systems in several of the region’s
countries.
324 – U.S. – Latin American Relations (3)
Study of U.S. foreign policy towards Latin
America, including its major historical
developments and contemporary challenges.
201
334 – Political Parties and Elections in
America (3)
Structure and function of political parties;
conduct of elections; pressure groups.
350 – Politics of Developing Countries (3)
Analysis of major issues and theories of
political development in Latin America, Africa,
and Asia, including political modernization
and decay, civil society, and North-South
relations.
351 – International Political Economy (3)
Analyzes the interplay of politics and
economics in international economic relations.
Focuses on contemporary debates over issues
such as trade and monetary relations, foreign
investment, foreign aid and debt, economic
development and globalization.
353 – Indian Foreign Policy (3)
Prerequisites: PSCI 101 and 102. Analysis of
Indian foreign policy in the post-Cold War era.
Emphasis on challenges India faces in security
and economic issue areas.
354 – Politics of South Asia (3)
Study of political life in India, Pakistan,
Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka.
355 – Politics of the Middle East and North
Africa (3)
Study of politics in Iran, Israel, Turkey, and the
Arab World. Featured topics may include Islam
and politics, nationalism and the impact of
Westernization, the Arab-Israeli conict, and
politics in the Persian Gulf.
356 – American Foreign Policy (3)
Problems facing the United States in its search
for national security and international stability.
357 – Russian Foreign Policy (3)
Analysis of the foreign policy of post-
communist Russia.
360 – eory and Practice of Revolution (3)
Comparative analysis of theories of revolution
and case studies of selected revolutions.
362 – e Politics of Central and Eastern
Europe (3)
Study of political life under both communist
and post-communist rule in Bulgaria, the
Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary, Poland,
Romania, and the former Yugoslavia.
363 – Mass Media Politics (3)
Study of the role of the mass media in shaping
political attitudes and events.
366 – Government and Politics of China (3)
e study of political and economic
development of the People’s Republic of
China from both historical and conceptual
perspectives, including discussion of political
and economic reform since 1978, rising
dierentiation within Chinese society, human
rights, and prospects for democracy in China.
367 – East Asia in World Aairs (3)
e role of East Asian countries in
international aairs. Special emphasis is placed
on the examination of the foreign policies of
China and Japan, the development of Greater
China, tension on the Korean Peninsula, and
cooperation and conict in the Pacic Rim
over national security, trade issues, and human
rights.
370 – Women and Politics (3)
Provides an overview of the major issues
concerning women and politics. is course
examines the historical evolution of women’s
participation in American politics, analyzes the
experience of women as voters, candidates, and
oceholders, evaluates the impact of specic
public policies on women, and, considers
the status of women from a comparative
perspective.
372– Gender and Development (3)
Prerequisites: PSCI 101 and 102. e course
examines the domestic and international
political forces that shape women’s access to
education, healthcare, work, freedom from
violence and other development-related
resources, particularly in the developing world.
It analyzes the impact of public policies on
women’s lives and the latter’s ability to inuence
the political process.
387 – Security and Conict Studies (3)
Analysis of contemporary security and conict
challenges (e.g., proliferation of Weapons
of Mass Destruction) with an emphasis on
frameworks for choosing best policies to
address these challenges.
391 – Research and Writing in Political Science (3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Principles of research and writing techniques
for political science.
422 – American Civil Liberties (3)
Intensive analysis of civil liberties in the
United States, based primarily upon decisions
of the Supreme Court.
202
441 – History of Political ought I (3)
Examination of the contributions of the great
political theorists from Plato to Burke.
442 – History of Political ought II (3)
Examination of the contributions of modern
political philosophers.
444 – Political Movements and Organizations
in Latin America (3)
Intensive analysis of political organizations
and movements in contemporary Latin
America. Topics may include political parties,
guerrilla movements and populism.
450 – US Political Film (3)
An examination of the political meaning and
implications of inuential American lm,
paying particular attention to the changing
political and cultural messages found in lms
from dierent decades..
471 – Political Science Seminar (3)
Intensive reading and group discussion of
selected topics in political science.
490 – Advanced Research Methods in Political
Science (3)
Prerequisites: PSCI 101 and 102. An overview
of advanced methods in Political Science,
with topics including predictive analytics and
machine learning as applied to voter turnout,
donor recruitment, and get-out-the-vote
eorts, best practices for data visualization,
and implementing these methods in the R
programming language.
491 – Individual Study in Political Science (3)
Directed individual research on approved
problems in political science.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department. Up to 3
credits can be applied to the major.
PRE-CONSERVATION IN
FINE ART
e Pre-Conservation in Fine Art Program
e Pre-Conservation in Fine Art minor
provides students with the necessary
background coursework required for entrance
into graduate programs in art conservation.
e minor is open only to Art History, Studio
Art and Chemistry majors. e major must
have been declared before the student may
declare this minor. For more information,
contract Dr. Joe Dreiss, Department of Art and
Art History.
Art History Major – Requirements for the
Pre-Conservation in Fine Art Minor
Twenty-eight (28) credits including CHEM 111,
112, 211, and 212 (16 credits) and an additional
12 credits selected from ARTH 303, ARTH 450,
ARTS 281, and ARTS 381.
Chemistry Major – Requirements for the
Pre-Conservation in Fine Art Minor
Twenty-seven (27) credits including ARTH 115,
ARTS 105, 120, 231, 242 and an additional 12
credits selected from any 300-level Art History
(ARTH) courses.
Studio Art Major – Requirements for the
Pre-Conservation in Fine Art Minor
Twenty-eight (28) credits including CHEM 111,
112, 211, and 212 (16 credits) and an additional
12 credits selected from any 300-level Art
History (ARTH) courses.
PSYCHOLOGY
Department of Psychological Science
Christine A. McBride, Chair
Christine A. McBride,
Career Advisor
Miriam N. Liss, Community Service
Learning Advisor
Mindy J. Erchull, Psi Chi Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Mindy J. Erchull
Miriam N. Liss
Christine A. McBride
David A. Rettinger
Holly H. Schirin
Associate Professors
David W. Kolar
Virginia H. Mackintosh
Jennifer R. Mailloux
W. David Stahlman
Hilary E. Stebbins
Debra C. Steckler
Laura C. Wilson
Assistant Professor
Emily M. Stanley
e Psychology Program
e Bachelor of Science in Psychology degree
203
program provides students with a sound
introduction to psychology as a scientic
discipline, including both traditional areas
and more recent trends and theoretical
developments. Psychology majors receive
extensive training in methodology and
statistics. e study of psychology emphasizes
critical thinking and the development of
writing, oral communication and research
skills.
Students are exposed to the variety of subject
areas that dene the eld of psychology and are
given the opportunity for hands-on, empirical
work. Many students work on research teams
and do year-long research projects under the
direction of an individual faculty member.
Many of these students present their research
at national conferences and publish their
work in peer-reviewed journals. A variety of
internships are oered at local businesses and
social service agencies.
Course sequences prepare students for either
graduate work or employment immediately
aer graduation. Employment options
include research in various business settings;
social work; human resource management;
computer applications; and counseling
and case management in social service and
mental health settings like probation and
parole, intellectual disabilities, substance
abuse, and adolescent/adult group homes.
e curriculum also provides an excellent
preparation for professional school and
graduate study in psychology. Courses oered
in collaboration with Business Administration
explore the application of psychological
principles and research methods to various
work environments for students interested
in careers in management, human resources,
organizational behavior, organizational
development, and industrial/organizational
psychology.
e department sponsors a chapter of Psi Chi,
the national honorary society in psychology,
which annually sponsors an undergraduate
research symposium at which students present
both course and team research projects.
Students are encouraged to be members of the
Virginia Association for Psychological Science
and present their research at meetings of the
Association. Each year the department awards
over $20,000 in scholarships specically to
Psychology majors. ese scholarships include
the J. Christopher Bill Scholarship, the Minnie
Rob Phaup Scholarship, the Emily Cella
Scholarship, the Burney Lynch Parkinson
Scholarship, the James and Deborah Llewellyn
Scholarship, and the C. Jarrett and Hazel Small
Wilkins Scholarship. e department also
presents the Outstanding Senior Psychology
Award to a graduating major.
Department facilities include computer
laboratories suitable for both general student
use and specialized work in cognition,
sensation and perception, and physiological
psychology; an animal laboratory complete
with a vivarium, surgery, shop, and
computerized experimental controls; a
computerized video laboratory for studying
social, developmental, and group processes; a
number of rooms and a variety of equipment
suitable for conducting empirical research with
human participants; facilities for psychological
testing; and computerized physiographs and
an eye tracker for use in experimental and
clinical applications.
Requirements for the Psychology Major
irty-seven (37) credits in Psychology (PSYC)
courses, including 100, 261, 360, and 362; at
least one course from each of the core areas
below; and at least one of the following Out-
of-Class Experiences: 40 hours of Community
Service Learning, 322, 491 and 492, 499. (e
community service option requires at least
40 hours of volunteer work at an approved
community service site or at least 20 hours at
each of two sites, and attending one reection
session per site during each semester of service.
Students completing their community service
during their last semester must complete all
requirements by March 15 for May graduation
and November 15 for December graduation).
Core areas: (1) 201, 211, 242; (2) 274, 305*, 372*,
394 (*if this course is taken to fulll 2, then
it cannot count toward 3); (3) 253, 273, 305*,
372* (*if this course is taken to fulll 3, then it
cannot count toward 2); (4) 231, 232, 233; (5)
411, 412, 413, 414, 492** (**this course fullls
the out of class experience and category 5); (6)
additional elective courses in Psychology to
meet the 37 credit requirement. (IDIS 301 can
counts as an elective in the Psychology major).
Neuroscience Minor
Neuroscience is the interdisciplinary study of
the brain and the nervous system. A minor
in Neuroscience would help both psychology
and biology majors keep abreast of scientic
progress in this discipline and help prepare
them for emerging career opportunities. e
204
Neuroscience minor would be an appropriate
minor for anyone interested in a psychiatric
health-care career including general medicine
but especially psychiatry, pharmacology,
psychiatric-mental health nursing, clinical
psychology, or cognitive rehabilitation.
is minor would also provide a strong
undergraduate foundation for further training
in a graduate program in neuroscience or
psychobiology.
Requirements for the Neuroscience Minor
Seventeen (17) credits, consisting of the
following required courses: PSYC 274, 305, 394,
BIOL 340, and 410. Please note that only two of
the Psychology courses can count toward the
Psychology major requirements.
e UMW Psychology and NECC
Collaboration
UMW students may enroll in a semester
long program in Boston at e New England
Center for Children working with children
with autism spectrum disorders and other
disabilities. Students must have completed 12
hours in Psychology, and either PSYC 253 or
320, to be eligible for this program. Students
will enroll in two courses that will count as
electives in the UMW Psychology major (PSYC
401, 402, 403, 404, 405, or 406), and spend
about 30 hours each week gaining hands-on
experience as student teachers. is experience
will result in six internship credits and six
course credits for the semester.
Students will enroll at UMW and pay for
full-time tuition and fees (in state or out of
state as appropriate), as well as the current
cost of double occupancy housing. NECC
will provide housing in close proximity to the
Center; the student is responsible for the cost of
their own food.
To obtain more information about this
program, please see Psychological Sciences
Department chairperson, or the Psychology
website at cas.umw.edu/psychology.
Psychology Course Oerings (PSYC)
100 – General Psychology (3)
Fundamental principles of human behavior;
history of psychology; research methods; the
nervous system; learning; memory; personality;
psychological disorders; therapy; social
behavior; careers in psychology.
120 – Lifespan Development Psychology (3)
Psychological development from conception
through end of life. Consideration of
developmental processes, theories, issues, and
relevant research. is course cannot be used
to fulll any requirements in the Psychology
major.
201 – Social Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Individual behavior
in a social context; attitudes; social inuence;
attribution; prejudice and discrimination;
prosocial behavior and aggression.
211 – Abnormal Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Various models
of psychopathology, history of abnormal
psychology, psychological disorders: their
causes, and therapies.
231 – Developmental Psychology: e Infant
and Child (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Psychological
development from conception through
childhood. Consideration of developmental
processes, theories, issues, and relevant research.
232 – Developmental Psychology: e
Adolescent and Adult (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. eories of, and
research on, personality, social, physical, and
intellectual characteristics from adolescence to
young adulthood.
233 – Psychology of Aging (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. eories and research
in aging, changes in personality, intellectual
abilities, cognitive capacities, and physical
capabilities from adulthood to death.
242 – Psychology of Personality (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Personality structure,
dynamics, development, and methods of
research.
253 – Fundamentals of Learning and
Motivation (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Survey of empirical
ndings and theoretical issues in the
analysis of learning and motivation and their
interaction in the determination of behavior.
261 – Introductory Statistics for Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Introduction to
descriptive and inferential statistical methods,
including basic ANOVA and simple regression.
Experience includes problem solving, technical
writing, and use of computer statistical
packages (SPSS).
205
273 – Cognitive Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. e study of human
information processing, including pattern
recognition, attention, memory, language,
problem solving, and decision making.
274 – Biological Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Exploration of
biological bases of behavior and neurological
correlates of psychological events.
305 – Cognitive Neuroscience (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Introduction to
the neural basis of cognitive processes
emphasizing changing models of cognitive
functioning.
315 – Foundations of Clinical Psychology (3)
Prerequisites PSYC 100 and 211. Professional
issues in clinical psychology, assessment
of intelligence and personality, theories
and practices of the major schools of
psychotherapy, eectiveness of psychotherapy,
community psychology, and primary
prevention.
320 – Psychology of Exceptional Children and
Youth (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and either 231 or
232. A consideration of theories, relevant
empirical research, and interventions
regarding cognitive, emotional, and behavioral
exceptionalities from infancy through
adolescence.
322 – Mentoring Children at Risk (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and permission of
instructor. Course combines lecture with
hands-on work with children of incarcerated
mothers at a summer camp. Topics covered
in lectures include models of developmental
psychology; middle childhood development;
maternal incarceration; the impact of poverty
on development in children; risk and resilience;
and managing problem behaviors. Mentoring
component involves spending one week at a
sleep-over camp specically for children of
incarcerated mothers.
339 – Health Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100. Exploration of
psychological issues surrounding health,
illness, and medical care. Social psychological
perspectives are applied to such topics as stress
related diseases, exercise adherence, and doctor-
patient interactions.
346 – Forensic Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100 and PSYC 201, 211, or
242. Examination of criminal behavior from
a psychological perspective, including causes
of criminal behavior, the criminal personality,
the relationship between psychology and
law, how psychology is applied to legal
situations, rehabilitation, and the prediction of
dangerousness.
349 – Psychology of Human Sexuality (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Introduction to major
areas of investigation concerning human
sexuality, including anatomy, physiology,
culture, behavior, sexual health, sexual
violence, dysfunctions, and therapy.
350 – Psychology of Women (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Impact of sex and
gender on the individual, interpersonal, and
institutional female experience. Includes
work, physical and mental health, physical
and cognitive ability, social status and
empowerment, ethnicity, and sexuality.
351 – Positive Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Introduction to the
eld of positive psychology theory and research.
Topics will include positive emotions, character
strengths, and research-based techniques to
enhance well-being that allow individuals and
communities to thrive.
360 – Advanced Statistics for Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 261 with a minimum grade
of C-. Introduction to advanced statistical
methods, including ANOVA models, a priori
and post hoc tests, and multiple regression.
Particular emphasis on quasi-experimental
and correlational methods, as well as data
entry, analysis using SPSS, and presentation.
362 – Research Methods for Psychology (4)
Prerequisite: PSYC 261 with a minimum
grade of C-. Introduction to both laboratory
and applied methods commonly used in
psychological research including experimental,
quasi-experimental, observational, qualitative,
and correlational methods. A strong focus on
the role of ethics in research is integrated into
student’s own process of data collection, data
analysis using SPSS, and formal presentation of
their research results.
372 – Sensation and Perception (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Study of the processing
of environmental energy by the sensory
systems (visual, auditory, somatosensory,
olfactory, and gustatory), as well as the higher-
order processing of activity in those systems,
206
assessments), and to incorporate assessment
outcomes with treatment selection and
design in accordance with contemporary
best practices in the eld of applied behavior
analysis. Course available only to UMW
students enrolled in the UMW-NECC
cooperative program at the New England
Center for Children.
402 – Principles of Behavior Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology and
either PSYC 253 or 320, and acceptance into
the UMW-NECC program. is course will
orient students to the concepts, processes, and
scientic principles of behavior on which the
eld of applied behavior analysis was founded.
Topics of study will include the history
and dening features of applied behavior
analysis as well as the role of basic principles
in producing socially meaningful behavior
change (positive and negative reinforcement,
punishment, discriminative control of
behavior, and motivating operations). Course
available only to UMW students enrolled in
the UMW-NECC cooperative program at the
New England Center for Children.
403 – Behavioral Interventions (3)
Prerequisite: 12 hours of PSYC, either PSYC
253 or 320 and acceptance into the UMW-
NECC program. is course will prepare
students to identify, implement, and maintain
eective behavioral interventions in applied
settings. Specic objectives will include
teaching students to select and implement
function-based interventions for the reduction
of problem behaviors, skills-based prevention
strategies, and a variety of behavioral teaching
tactics. Tactics for promoting, procedural
integrity and facilitating the generalization
and maintenance of treatment eects will
also be reviewed. Course available only to
UMW students enrolled in the UMW-NECC
cooperative program at the New England
Center for Children.
404 – Methods of Evaluation (3)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology
and either PSYC 253 or 320, and acceptance
into the UMW-NECC program. is course
will equip students with skills needed to
conrm the clinical ecacy of interventions
by subjecting them to experimental evaluation
using single-subject designs. Students will
learn to develop valid and reliable systems
for measuring behavior, to display data using
popular and accessible graphing soware,
and to assess for orderly changes in behavior
from psychophysical, physiological, and
behavioral perspectives.
385 – Organizational Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301. Behavioral aspects of
organizations, presenting concepts, theories,
research, and research techniques applicable
to people in organizations. Topics include
personnel selection and placement, job and
work environments, worker motivation, job
satisfaction, and the organizational and social
context of human work. Cross-listed as MGMT
345.
386 – Human Resources Management (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301. Philosophy,
principles, policies, and programs for eective
personnel management and industrial relations
in business, governmental, and not-for-prot
organizations. Cross-listed as MGMT 346.
387 – Organizational Development and
Change (3)
Prerequisites: MGMT 301. System-wide
application of behavioral science methods,
theories, and accumulated knowledge to the
development, change, and reinforcement of
organizational strategies, structures, and
processes for improving organizational
eectiveness. Cross-listed as MGMT 347.
394 – Psychopharmacology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and one of the
following courses: PSYC 274, 305, or 372.
Principles of drug action in the body, drug
eects on behavior, and the social psychology
of drug use.
399 – Psychology in Europe (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. In this three credit
summer course, students travel to dierent
European cities to trace the roots of Psychology
in Europe. rough lectures, readings, tours,
and group discussions, students learn about
important gures and events in Psychology.
401 – Behavior Assessment (3)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology
and either PSYC 253 or 320, and acceptance
into the UMW-NECC program. is
course will provide an introduction to key
concepts, methods, and ethical considerations
associated with behavioral assessment. Course
objectives will include teaching students to
distinguish between idiographic and norm-
referenced assessment approaches, to conduct
pertinent behavioral assessments (preference
assessments, functional assessments, and skills
207
through visual inspection and interpretation
of graphic data. Course available only to
UMW students enrolled in the UMW-NECC
cooperative program at the New England
Center for Children.
405 – Evidence-based Teaching (3)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology
and either PSYC 253 or 320, and acceptance
into the UMW-NECC program. is course
will provide students with a comprehensive
review of empirically-supported behavioral
teaching procedures for individuals with
autism and related disabilities. Topics will
focus on teaching skills in a variety of content
areas such as language, social, and self-
help. Procedures for teaching these include,
match-to-sample discrimination training,
task analysis, as well as prompting procedures
including prompt fading and video modeling.
Course available only to UMW students
enrolled in the UMW-NECC cooperative
program at the New England Center for
Children.
406 – Autism and Related Disabilities (3)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology
and either PSYC 253 or 320, and acceptance
into the UMW/NECC program. is course
will provide students with a foundation in
etiological, diagnostic, ethical, and treatment-
related considerations aecting services for
individuals with autism and other disabilities.
Topics of study will include current data on
causal variables, issues in early identication,
and a survey of evidence-based models of
treatment, outcome evaluation, and eective
systems support for individuals with pervasive
developmental disabilities. Course available
only to UMW students enrolled in the UMW-
NECC cooperative program at the New
England Center for Children.
411 – Research Seminar in Abnormal,
Personality, or Social Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 360, 362, and one from the
following: PSYC 201, 211, or 242. Exploration
of current theory and research in abnormal,
personality, or social psychology with a focus on
designing, conducting, and reporting research
in these areas.
412 – Research Seminar in Biological
Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 360 and 362, and one
from the following: PSYC 274, 305, or 372.
Exploration of current theory and research in
the biological inuences on and correlates of
behavior, with a focus on designing, conducting,
and reporting research in this area.
413 – Research Seminar in Cognition or
Learning (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 360 and 362, and one
from the following: PSYC 253, 273, 305, or 372.
Exploration of current theory and research in
cognition and human learning with a focus on
designing, conducting and reporting research
in this area.
414 – Research Seminar in Developmental
Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 360 and 362, and one
from the following: PSYC 231, 232, or 233.
Exploration of current theory and research
in human development, with a focus on
designing, conducting and reporting research
in this area.
470 – Seminar in Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and courses specied
by instructor. Seminar on enduring and/or
contemporary issues in psychology. Dierent
topics in dierent semesters. May be repeated
with dierent topics.
480 – Selected Topics in Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and courses specied
by instructor. Enduring and/or contemporary
issues in psychology. Dierent topics in
dierent semesters. May be repeated with
dierent topics.
490 – Guided Readings in Psychology (1-3)
Prerequisites: Junior standing and twelve
credits in psychology beyond PSYC 100.
Readings in a specialty area of psychology.
Maximum of three credits toward the major;
maximum of six credits in PSYC 490, 491, and
492 combined may count toward the major.
491 – Individual Research (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 360 and 362 and
permission of instructor. Empirical
investigation and/or theoretical research.
Maximum of six credits in PSYC 490, 491, and
492 combined may count toward the major
program.
492 – Individual Research (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 491 and permission of
instructor. Empirical investigation and/or
theoretical research with emphasis on research
writing and oral presentation of results.
Maximum of six credits in PSYC 490, 491, and
492 combined may count toward the major
program.
208
499 – Internship (1 to 6 credits)
Prerequisites: Junior standing and 12 hours in
psychology beyond PSYC 100. Supervised o-
campus experience. Prerequisites for specic
internships dier. Maximum of three credits
toward the major program.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Department of Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion
Joseph M. Romero, Chair
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Kurt F. Leidecker
Co-Chair of Asian Studies
Mary Beth S. Mathews
Assistant Professors
Jennifer A. Barry
Daniel A. Hirshberg
e Religious Studies Program
e academic discipline of the study of religion
investigates the religious dimension of human
experience throughout history, across cultures,
and around the world. Courses in religious
studies acquaint students with the world’s
major traditions, texts, and gures. Students
learn the methodologies of religious studies
and engage in critical discussion of diverse
themes, issues, and theories related to the
study of these traditions. Leading to a Bachelor
of Arts degree in Philosophy and Religious
Studies, the major in oers close faculty
guidance and a high degree of exibility such
that individual interests are both encouraged
and supported. Well-trained in the tools of
a liberal arts education necessary for many
careers, graduates of the major enter the
world beyond college with a broad cultural
awareness that appreciates the challenges of
diversity and the ability to engage in dialogue
skillfully. ey are trained to conduct research,
to think critically, and to write and express
ideas persuasively. Religious studies majors
have pursued careers in elds such as public
relations, journalism, teaching, library science,
service organizations, business, and the arts.
e Religious Studies major also prepares
students for graduate or divinity school in the
study of religion, as well as for graduate study
in other elds such as law and social work.
Honors are awarded in Religious Studies on
the basis of excellence both in coursework for
the major and in a nal project for RELG 401.
Only students who complete 401 are eligible for
Honors. Internships are available to qualied
students.
Courses in other disciplines are accepted
towards the Religious Studies major, which
allows students to have an interdisciplinary
approach in the formation of their major.
Various religious studies oerings also
complement work in American studies,
anthropology, classics, drama, English,
history, international aairs, philosophy,
and psychology, among other disciplines.
e Religious Studies program contributes
to several minors, including Contemplative
Studies and Asian Studies, as well as to the
American Studies Program.
Requirements for the Religious Studies
Major
irty (30) credits including the introductory
sequence (RELG 101 and 102); one course from
Abrahamic religions (RELG 103, 117, 204, 205,
206, 207, 210, 252, or 253); one course from
non-Abrahamic religions (RELG 251, 283, 284,
383, or 384); een (15) additional credits, nine
of which must be at the 300- or 400-level (at
least two of these must be religion courses or
CPRD 104, 299, 304, PHIL 301, ANTH 318);
and either 401 or another 300- or 400-level
course. Additional courses (such as Special
Topics in other disciplines) may count as
electives towards the major with the approval
of the Chair.
Prerequisites: All 300- and 400- level religious
studies courses have as a prerequisite any
one 100- or 200-level religion course or the
permission of the instructor.
Religious Studies Course Oerings (RELG)
101 – Introduction to World Religions (3)
Survey of the major religions of the world
including among others Buddhism,
Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam,
Judaism, and Daoism.
102 – Introduction to the Study of Religion (3)
Examination of the religious dimension of
human life, the ways in which it is dened, and
the methods by which it is studied.
103 – e Abrahamic Religions (3)
Introduction to the religions of Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam.
209
117 – Introduction to Christian eology (3)
Christian theology is characterized as a way
of seeking to make sense of life in relation to
central doctrines and concepts.
201 – Judaism (3)
Historical and religious development of
Judaism from biblical times to the present.
205 – Hebrew Bible (3)
Study of the literature, history, and culture of
ancient Israel within the broader context of the
ancient Near East.
206 – Christian Beginnings (3)
Study of the literature, history, and beliefs of
the rst Christians within the broader cultural
context of the Roman Empire.
208 – Christianity Aer the New Testament (3)
In this course, we will consider the interaction
between Christianity and imperial power, the
creation of a specically Christian culture,
the origins and development of the ascetic
movement within Christianity, Christian
conicts with Jews and Hellenes, and the ways
that Christian ritual and sacred space changed
the landscape of the Mediterranean world.
210 – Islam (3)
is introductory course examines the Quran,
the life of the prophet Muhammad, Islamic
law, philosophy, theology, mysticism, and art.
211 – Greek and Roman Religion (3)
e public, personal, and mystery religions of
the Greeks and Romans, and the development
of classical religious ideas. Cross-listed as
CLAS 211.
231 – Special Studies in Religion (3)
Among topics taught at dierent times:
Current eological Issues, e Roman
Catholic Tradition, World Religions II.
Dierent subjects taught under this course
number count as dierent courses.
250 – African American Religions (3)
A study of the variety of African American
religious expression from colonial times to the
present. Course will include slave religions,
African American interpretations of Protestant
and Roman Catholic thought, religion and the
Civil Rights struggle, as well as Santeria and
Voodoo.
251 – Native American Religions (3)
A study of the variety of Native American
religious expression from pre-European
contact times to the present. Course will
explore the similarities and dierences among
the beliefs of the First Nations, as well as a
discussion of how contact with European
settlers inuences those beliefs.
252 – Religion and Politics in Islam (3)
is course is designed to familiarize students
with political aspects of Islam, in particular
radical Islam and its major ideologues. e
emphasis will be placed on modern and
contemporary periods (1850-present).
253 – Muhammad and the Qur’an (3)
In this course, the life of Prophet Muhammad
with special emphasis on his sayings (Hadith
literature) will be studied rst, followed by
an in-depth study of the Qur'an. Verses of
the Qur'an will be analyzed and interpreted
particularly those that are in dialogue with
Judaism and Christianity.
277 – Religion in America Before the Civil War
(3)
An examination of principal gures, trends,
and issues in religion in America from the pre-
contact era to the Civil War.
278 – Religion in America Aer the Civil War (3)
An examination of principal gures, trends,
and issues in religion in America from the
Civil War to present day.
283 – Hinduism (3)
is course explores the diverse beliefs,
rituals, and literatures of Indian religion that
constitute Hinduism, the historical progression
of their development, and their current
expressions throughout the world. Cross-listed
as PHIL 283.
284 – Buddhism (3)
is course surveys Indian Buddhism’s diverse
doctrines, practices, ethics, objectives, and
their evolution over its 2,500-year history,
concluding with an examination of their
transmission to the West. A major component
is in-class contemplative and interactive
exercises to reect on core content and explore
its relationship to human experience. Cross-
listed as PHIL 284.
298– Ethics of Religion and Violence (3)
Compares Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Christian
and Muslim constructions of the moral self,
and explores provocative exemplars renowned
for their response to violence, injustice and
power in the modern world.
210
302 – Virgins, Monks, and Hermits (3)
Prerequisite: Any 100 or 200 level RELG course
or Permission of Instructor. In this course,
we will explore some of the most inuential
early Christian ascetics, as well as their most
extreme practices such as sexual renunciation,
fasting and poverty.
305 – Religion and Politics in the United States
(3)
A historical and thematic examination of the
interaction of religion and politics in U.S.
culture.
309 – Death and Dying in Early Christianity
(3)
In this course, we will narrow our study to
how early Christians thought about, ritualized,
and created theological principals around the
various processes of and theories on the topic
of death and dying.
310 – Women and Sexuality in the Western
Religious Tradition (3)
Study of the changing understanding and
roles of women and sexuality in the western
religious tradition from the origins of
Christianity to modern times.
318 – Philosophy of Religion (3)
Philosophical examination of such topics as
the relationship between faith and reason, the
existence or non-existence of God, life aer
death, mysticism, and miracles. Cross-listed as
PHIL 318.
331 – Special Studies in Religion (3)
Among topics taught at dierent times:
Asceticism, Body, and Gender in Late
Antiquity; 19th-Century eology; Religion
and Politics in Islam, Early Christian
Monasticism. Dierent subjects taught under
this course number count as dierent courses.
341 – Major Religious inkers (3)
Among thinkers studied in some depth
at dierent times: Augustine, Avicenna,
al-Ghazzali, Dostoevsky, Kierkegaard, Wiesel.
Dierent gures taught under this course
number count as dierent courses.
342 – Neuro-eology (3)
In this course, the phenomenon of religion
will be analyzed and interpreted from a purely
scientic perspective. is emerging eld
is a branch of evolutionary psychology and
evolutionary biology which uses all the tools of
a scientic method to study why humans have
been religious throughout history.
353 – Islamic Philosophy and eology (3)
Prerequisite: All 300- and 400-level religion
courses have a prerequisite of any one 100- or
200-level religion course or permission of
instructor. Central themes and topics in the
Islamic theological and philosophical tradition
will be discussed in some detail. Such topics
include the existence of God, free will and
determinism, eschatology, ontology, and
epistemology. References will be made between
major Islamic philosophers and their medieval
Christian counterparts. Cross-listed as PHIL
353.
383 – Yoga In eory, History, and
Contemporary Society (3)
Critically explores the long history and diverse
beliefs, practices, rituals and literatures of the
religions that constitute Yoga, especially their
theories of the body, mind and trascendence,
as well as their popular expressions throughout
the contemporary world.
384 – Death and Rebirth in Tibetan Buddhism
(3)
Explores Tibetan Buddhism's experiential
descriptions of dying, death, and the immediate
states between lifetimes, and rebirth, which
are framed within its philosophy of karma, the
relative world we inhabit, and the ultimate goal
of liberation from it. Also surveys meditation
practices in preparation for death and death rites.
400 – Research Seminar: Selected Religious
Texts (3)
Prerequisite: Junior or senior status or consent
of instructor. In-depth study of selected
religious texts chosen by the instructor. Text
selection will vary; examples include the
Bhagavadgita, Kierkegaard’s Philosophical
Fragments and Augustine’s Confessions.
401 – Guided Research (3)
Preparation of a senior thesis under the
direction of the religion faculty. Choice of topic
by student.
491, 492 – Individual Study (1-3, 1-3)
Individual work under the guidance of the
religion faculty. By permission of the instructor
and chair.
499 – Internship (1–6)
Supervised o-campus learning experience,
developed in consultation with the religion
faculty.
211
Joint Course Oerings
Classics–Philosophy–Religion (CPRD)
100 – Topics in Classics, Philosophy, and
Religion (3)
Special interdisciplinary oerings in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
104 – Meditation and Contemplative Practices
(3)
is course oers a practical, experiential
and theoretical introduction to Mindfulness
Meditation and Contemplative Practices.
Students learn and practice meditation
techniques while exploring the contemplative
practices and theories of a variety of cultural
traditions (such as Buddhism, Taoism, Native
American religious traditions, ancient Greek
and Roman philosophical and dramatic
traditions) and from a variety of disciplinary
perspectives (such as dramaturgy, psychology,
philosophy, neuroscience, religion).
299 – Mysterium Humanum Studies (3)
Dierent topics of fundamental human
concern are treated at dierent times in
this interdisciplinary course involving the
entire faculty of the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion. Topics covered in
the past include "Wrestling with Death," "e
Tempest of Time," "Sex and Society in the
West," and "Slavery."
301, 302 – Studies in Ancient Languages (3, 3)
Introduction to the morphology and syntax of
selected ancient languages relevant to the study
of classics, philosophy, and religion (such as
Coptic, Quranic Arabic, and Sanskrit). ese
courses do not satisfy the College’s general
education requirement for prociency in a
foreign language.
304 – Contemplative Practice II (3)
Prerequisite: CPRD 104. Contemplative Practice
II is a continuation of CPRD 104. Students will
further develop and rene their daily meditation
practice by exploring additional techniques and
advanced topics. It also surveys current trends
in psychological and neuroscientic research
on meditation, and deeply engages related
philosophical concepts and debates.
331 – Cross-disciplinary Topics in Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion (3)
A consideration of a theme from the
perspective of two or three of the disciplines
taught in the Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion.
SOCIOLOGY
Department of Sociology and Anthropology
Kristin L. Marsh, Chair
Eric C. Bonds, Career Advisor
Faculty
Professor
Kristin L. Marsh
Debra J. Schleef
Associate Professors
Eric C. Bonds
Tracy B. Citeroni
Nora Huijung Kim
Leslie E. Martin
Assistant Professor
Bridget G. Brew
e Sociology Program
Sociology systematically investigates human
society and social interaction, seeking to
understand patterns of organization and
change in a variety of settings.
e Bachelor of Arts in Sociology degree
program oers a strong foundation in
sociological theory and methods of research. In
addition, students take courses to deepen their
understanding of socialization, culture, social
organization, social change, dierentiation,
and inequality. Courses focus on such topics
as ethnic and racial relations, family, gender,
medicine, occupations and professions,
organizations, politics and the state, popular
culture, population, religion, urban life, aging,
juvenile delinquency, and criminology.
Special readings and individual study and
research oer students the opportunity to
pursue areas of special interest. Supervised
internships are also available.
e program of study is designed to provide
sociology majors with a strong foundation for
graduate work in the social sciences, as well as
for a variety of careers, including elementary
and secondary teaching, social services, public
policy formulation, public administration,
urban planning, and research in both public
and private agencies, including private
industry and the allied health professions.
Requirements for the Sociology Major
irty-two (32) credits, including SOCG 105,
364, 365, 471 or 472, and eighteen (18) additional
Sociology credits excluding internships. One of
212
these courses may be a lower-level sociology
course other than SOCG 105; at least ve must
be courses at the 300-400 level. A maximum of
six upper-level anthropology credits, excluding
individual study (ANTH 491, 492) and
internships (ANTH 499) may be substituted for
upper-level sociology courses. Note that STAT
180 (Introduction to Statistics) is a prerequisite
for SOCG 364: Quantitative Research Methods
and Analysis and must be taken prior to
enrolling in this course.
Social Justice Minor
Social justice emphasizes equity and
fairness in all aspects of human experience.
e Social Justice minor allows students
to explore injustices such as cultural
imperialism, exploitation, human rights
abuses, marginalization, and structural and
physical violence using a variety of disciplinary
perspectives and tools. Further, the Social
Justice minor encourages students to recognize
and work to ameliorate injustice in its myriad
forms through a combination of classroom,
research, and practical experiences in local and
global communities.
Requirements for the Social Justice Minor
Eighteen (18) credits, including AMST 201;
four electives, three of which must be upper-
level, drawn from at least three disciplines;
SOCG 475 or an approved three-credit
internship or an approved three-credit course
within a study abroad program.
Lower-Level Electives: AMST 203, ANTH 211,
212; GEOG 101; PHIL 210, 220; WGST 101.
Upper-Level Electives: AMST 303, ECON 324,
351; ENGL 328, 329, 352, 360, 378; GEOG
331, 332, 339; HIST 308, 315, 385, 396; SOCG
304, 404, 421, 442; SPAN 345, 365. Additional
courses form American Studies, Anthropology,
English, History, Modern Languages and
Literatures, Sociology, and other disciplines
will count with the approval of the Program
Coordinator.
Sociology Course Oerings (SOCG)
105 – e Social World (3)
An introduction to the nature and scope of
sociology, emphasizing the development and
uses of basic concepts, theories, and methods
of inquiry. Emphasis varies by instructor.
155 – Social Issues (3)
Sociological perspectives for analyzing social
problems such as economic inequality, race
relations, and crime. Emphasis varies by
instructor.
304 – Social Stratication (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Analysis of class, race, and
gender inequality in U.S. society. e nature
and consequences of social stratication and
power in modern society.
313 – Urban Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Problems of city growth and
living; the inuence of social, cultural, and
ecological factors upon social organization and
everyday social relationships in urban areas.
315 – Gender and Society (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Sociological study of gender
dierentiation in American society, with an
emphasis on major social institutions and
social change.
320 – Food Justice (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of instructor. Sociologists study food in order
to puzzle through the complicated questions of
fairness, equity, justice, and all human beings;
inherent right to nourishment and sustenance.
What would a "just" food system look like?
What social groups are advancing this cause
in contemporary society? How successful
have their eorts been? What can/will we do
to contribute to this process? How will we
adequately, healthily, and sustainable feed
others and ourselves.
331 – e Family (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Historical changes in
American patterns of marriage, divorce, and
child rearing; social class, racial, and ethnic
variation; and alternative family forms.
332 – Introduction to Social Welfare (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of instructor. e history, philosophy, and
institutionalization of social welfare; social
work as a profession; methods and policies.
334 – Medical Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG or 155 or permission
of instructor. e relationship of disease
and health to social structure and culture.
Organizational and role analysis of the medical
care industry, various allied health professions,
and alternative approaches to coping with
health and illness.
213
335 – Global Perspectives on Health and
Illness (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Analyze problems of health,
illness, inequality, and care at the global level.
Examine health care systems and health
promotion in comparative perspective. Explore
how social forces shape individual and group
health behaviors and illness experiences in
various structural and cultural contexts.
Emphasis on health rights as human rights.
341 – American Society (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Study of selected issues in
contemporary U.S. society.
342 – Sociology of Work: Occupations and
Professions (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission of
the instructor. Analysis of major occupational
groups; special emphasis on professions and
executive roles; relationship of occupations to
other aspects of society; the growth of leisure.
347– Sociology of East Asia (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105. An introductory
course on three East Asian countries, China
(including Hong Kong and Taiwan), Japan,
and Korea. e course aims to help[ students
understand similarities and dierences among
East Asian countries and with/from Western
societies from sociological perspectives.
351 – Juvenile Delinquency (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. e development of the
concept of juvenile delinquency. e extent
and nature of delinquent behavior and eorts
at explanation and control.
352 – Criminology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Explanatory theories and
descriptive research on adult crime; survey of
the American criminal justice system.
354 – Environmental Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of instructor. Examines how contemporary
social organization drives environmental
degradation and renders some people more
vulnerable to its eects, and whether a shi in
environmental consciousness and individual
behaviors is sucient to create a more
harmonious relationship between society and
the natural world.
355 – Death and Society (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or permission of
instructor. An overview of the sociological
approach to the study of death and dying.
Examines causes of death, treatment of death
both before and aer the event, the meaning of
death from various cultural perspectives and
the death industry.
364 – Quantitative Research Methods and
Analysis (4)
Prerequisites: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor, and STAT 180. Quantitative
sampling and study design, questionnaire
construction and administration, analysis
of survey data with emphasis on cross-
classication, correlation, and regression
techniques.
365 – Qualitative Research Methods and
Analysis (4)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Introduction to qualitative
sociological research methods, including
participant observation, interviewing, and
narrative analysis. Students will engage in
independent research to gather and analyze
qualitative data.
371 – Selected Topics in Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Major concepts or points
of view in contemporary sociology with an
emphasis on discussion. Topic varies.
400 – Sociology of the Body (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. How are bodies socially
constructed? Seminar examines social,
particularly feminist, theories of embodiment.
Central questions consider how bodies are
sexed/gendered, racialized, ethnicized, aged,
sexualized, classed, sickened/cured, and
otherwise modied through social processes.
Also explores the subjective experience of
embodiment.
404 – Global Inequality and Development (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission of
the instructor. Examines social, economic, and
political development at the global level and
in comparative perspective. Students consider
competing perspectives on global inequality,
with attention to the role of power relations
and historical contingencies in shaping issues
of development and underdevelopment.
411 – Popular Culture (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Traditional sociological
conceptions of popular culture as well as
214
recent theoretical interventions and studies
of everyday life, gender, social class, and race
and ethnicity from feminist studies, American
studies, minority discourses, and cultural
studies. Popular culture as a meaningful
site of political and social resistance for the
disenfranchised.
415 – Sociology of Law (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. e role of law in American
society, particularly the relationship between
legal and other institutions. Sociological
approaches to American legal cultures, the
legal profession and legal education, law and
social change.
421 – Racial and Ethnic Relations (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Analysis of the relationship
between ethnic and racial groups and their
relationship to the dominant ethnic majority
in America and other societies. Sociological
examination of concepts such as racism, racial
identity, prejudice, discrimination, inter-group
conict, power, assimilation, and pluralism.
432 – Political Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission of
the instructor. eories and research regarding
the social structural and cultural bases of
political authority in society; emphasis given
to the polity, power, and political action as
integral aspects of sociocultural organization
and dynamics.
434 – Gender and Work (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155. is seminar
examines the opportunities, imperatives, and
experiences of women and men at work. Work
is structured by institutional arrangements
that come before us and that change over
time and is shaped in relation to institutions
in society other than the economy, especially
the family. Work, occupational opportunities
and cultural expectations are also shaped by
the intersectionality of class, race, and gender
in our lives and experiences. Readings and
projects are selected to emphasize related
questions and themes.
440 – Sociology of Education (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155 or permission
of the instructor. Formal and informal
educational processes in various societies with
an emphasis on stratication in education
in the U.S. eoretical and methodological
approaches to studying education as a social
institution.
471 – History of Social eory (3)
Prerequisites: SOCG 105 and completion of at
least 6 credit hours of 300-400 level sociology
courses, or permission of the instructor.
Presentation and analysis of major forms
and themes of social and early sociological
theory from the 19th century to the early 20th
century.
472 – Contemporary Sociological eories (3)
Prerequisites: SOCG 105 and completion of at
least 6 credit hours of 300-400 level sociology
courses, or permission of the instructor.
Consideration of major sociological theorists
of the 20th and 21st centuries.
475 – Public Sociology (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or 155. Students will
be trained on participatory action research
methods. Action research is community-based
and operates on a collaborative model of social
research that simultaneously engages academic
practices and democratic social change. Data
used may include interviews, focus groups,
participant observation, documents, records,
reports, and surveys.
491, 492 – Individual Study and Research (3, 3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Available to qualied students; reading and
research, project or paper with guidance of a
faculty member.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Prerequisites: SOCG 105 and six upper-level
sociology credits, and permission of the
instructor. Supervised o-campus experience,
developed in consultation with departmental
faculty. Cannot be counted in the major
program.
215
SPANISH
Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Chair and Career
Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Ana Garcia Chichester
Jeremy G. Larochelle
Elizabeth F. Lewis
Associate Professors
Maria Laura Bocaz-Leiva
Marcelo Fajardo-Cardenas
Marisa Martinez-Mira
Jose A. Sainz
Assistant Professors
Gonzolo S. Campos-Dintrans
Antonia L. Delgado-Poust
Lecturer
Martha Patricia Orozco
e Spanish Program
e Spanish major leads to a Bachelor of Arts
degree in Modern Foreign Languages. rough
courses in Spanish, students gain prociency
in understanding, reading, writing, and
speaking the language. Classes are conducted
in Spanish from the beginning levels. rough
classroom instruction, individual research,
and department-sponsored organizations,
students come to know the varied Hispanic
cultures around the world. Experiential
learning through individual study, internships,
study abroad, and service learning oers
students valuable experience outside the
classroom. Internships are available to juniors
and seniors in local and regional agencies and
organizations and in Washington D.C.
Students wishing to major may select from
courses in language, literature, linguistics,
and culture of Spain, Latin America, and
U.S. Latinos. e Spanish program hosts a
Language Coordinator from the Universidad
de Deusto who spends a year in residence
teaching, leading conversation hours, and
scheduling special events that promote the
Spanish language and Hispanic culture.
UMW has a well-established study abroad
program in Bilbao, Spain with the Universidad
de Deusto. Students may choose from
summer, semester, or year-long courses of
study in language, culture, and literature
as well as courses in business, economics,
and international aairs. Additionally, the
university cooperates with a variety of other
overseas study programs in Latin America.
e program also oers courses for students
with an interest in environmental studies,
business, women and gender studies, digital
studies, and in creative writing.
Graduates in Spanish may pursue careers in
government or in private elds in which the
knowledge of Spanish language and Hispanic
culture is essential. Careers that attract
language students include education, business,
interpreting and translating, research, social
services, law and law enforcement, health, and
international aairs.
Requirements for the Spanish Major
Seven required skill courses include three
reading courses: SPAN 312, and two
introduction to literature courses chosen from
SPAN 323, 324, 327, or 328; two courses in
writing chosen from SPAN 306, 413, or 414;
two courses in speaking chosen from 305, 314,
or 415. ree electives in culture, language
or literature chosen from SPAN 315 or above.
One capstone experience chosen from SPAN
481, 483, 485 or 492. Experiential learning
is fullled by taking SPAN 491, 492, 499, or
301 for academic credit, or by an approved
community service experience of a minimum
of 42 site hours. Community service may be
part of the work required in a course or may be
volunteer work. Students must conduct their
community service in institutions and agencies
approved by the Community Outreach and
Resources oce. To earn credit for experiential
learning for community service, students must
ll out a Service Learning Contract and submit
an evaluation from the institution/agency
supervisor to their faculty advisor.
Spanish Minor
Requirements for the Spanish Minor
Twenty-four to twenty-seven credits including:
SPAN 202 or 205; SPAN 305, 306 and 312;
plus an additional 12 credits in courses above
Spanish 301. If the student can demonstrate
intermediate language competency through one
of the accepted exams and, consequently, does
not have to take SPAN 202 (or SPAN 205), he
or she will replace those courses with additional
courses above Spanish 301, to a minimum of 24
credits.
216
Business Spanish Minor
e Business Spanish minor is an
interdisciplinary program of study that
combines courses in Spanish language and
Hispanic culture with selected courses in
business and/or economics. e Business
Spanish minor provides the student has a basic
understanding of business and economics as
well as the ability to communicate about them
in Spanish in a professional context. Students
also include a three-credit internship as part
of their minor programs. Approved Spanish
courses from study abroad programs may also
be included among the electives of the Business
Spanish minor.
Requirements for the Business Spanish
Minor
A total of nine courses (27 credits) beyond
SPAN 202 are required for the completion of
the minor. One course in culture from SPAN
315, SPAN 316, SPAN 320, SPAN 321 or 370;
two courses in language, SPAN 305 and SPAN
306; both advanced courses in business and
translation, SPAN 393 and SPAN 414; one
course from SPAN 499 or BUAD 499 or ECON
499; and one of the following two tracks of
Business or Economic courses: Track A) ACCT
101, 102, and aCollege of Business course at
the 300-level or higher or Track B) ECON 201,
202, and an Economics course at the 300-level
or higher. Business Spanish minors can take
no more than 29 credits in Business without
declaring a Business Major.
Spanish Course Oerings (SPAN)
101 – Beginning Spanish I (3)
Grammar, conversation, reading, laboratory
use. Introduction to the elementary aspects
of Spanish. Review of elementary Spanish for
beginning students of the language. Students
with credit for a higher level course in Spanish
may not take this course.
102 – Beginning Spanish II (3)
Grammar, conversation, reading, laboratory
use. Students with credit for a higher level
course in Spanish may not take this course for
credit.
105 – Intensive Beginning Spanish (6)
Grammar, conversation, reading, laboratory
use. Intensive review of elementary Spanish
skills before the intermediate level. Students
who have taken Spanish 101 are not eligible
to take this class. Students with credit for a
higher level course in Spanish may not take
this course.
201 – Intermediate Spanish I (3)
Grammar review, oral work, reading,
laboratory use. Students with credit for a
higher level course in Spanish may not take
this course.
202 – Intermediate Spanish II (3)
Grammar review, oral work, reading,
laboratory use. Students with credit for a
higher level course in Spanish may not take
this course.
205 – Intensive Intermediate Spanish (6)
Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or 105 or equivalent.
Grammar review, oral work, reading,
laboratory use. Intensive review of
intermediate Spanish skills. Completion of
this course fullls the language requirement.
Students who have taken SPAN 201 are not
eligible to take this class. Students with credit
for a higher level course in Spanish may not
take this course.
301 – Study Abroad Reection (1)
Prerequisite: Four-week minimum study
abroad program. Follow-up course to a study
abroad program to earn credit for experiential
learning.
305 – Conversation and Grammar (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Course designed to increase students' spoken
Spanish in formal and informal conversation
and presentations. Review of major points of
grammar. Native speakers are encouraged to
take SPAN 314 or 415 instead of this course.
306 – Composition and Grammar (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Course designed to polish student's writing
skills in Spanish in a variety of formats,
including analytical essays. Review of major
points of grammar.
310 – Spanish for Native and Heritage
Speakers (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Class addresses special problems in grammar
and spelling. Only open to native and heritage
speakers of the language.
312 – Introduction to Literary Studies in
Spanish (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
An introduction to the analysis of literary
texts. is course prepares students for
reading, analyzing, discussing and writing
217
about texts before taking literature courses in
Spanish.
314 – e Sounds of Spanish; eory and
Practice (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
An Introduction to the study of speech/
production of sounds in Spanish. Emphasis
on description and criteria to classify sounds,
phonetic transcription, syllabication, accent/
intonation, and phonetic features of dierent
varieties of Spanish.
315 – Spanish Civilization (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Geography, history, and the social, political
and cultural background of Spain and the
Spanish people.
318 – Grammar and Conversation (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Studies in grammar and oral skills.
320 – Topics in Hispanic Culture (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Explores cultural issues dealing with the
Hispanic culture.
321– Culture of Service and Social Action in
the Hispanic World (3)
Prerequisites: SPAN 202, 205, or Permission
of Instructor. Examines concepts of service
and social action as a reaction to various social
problems in Spain, Latin America and the
United States such as poverty, socio-political
inequality, gender, and race, as expressed
in literary and historical texts, lm, art
and music. Required community service in
addition to regular class meetings.
323, 324 – Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Survey of Spanish literature from the Middle
Ages to present day.
327, 328 – Introduction to Latin American
Literature (3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent.
Survey of Latin American literature from the
colonial period to present day.
345 – Ideas on Nature in Latin American
Literature (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. A study of ideas about nature and
environment in Latin American narrative and
poetry.
365 – Detective Fiction from Spain and Latin
America (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of
the instructor. Study of the genre from
representative authors from Spain and Latin
America. Focus on issues of social justice and
human rights in detective ction.
370 – Caribbean Culture and Literature in the
20th and 21st Centuries (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 305, 306, 312 or permission
of instructor. A study of the culture and
literature of the Caribbean region, with
a special focus on the Spanish speaking
Caribbean.
375 – Spanish Realism and Generation of
1898 (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Representative authors or themes
from 19th-century Spanish Realism and
Naturalism through the Generation of 1898 in
Spain.
378 – Latin American Poetry (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. A study of representative poetic
works from the Renaissance, Baroque,
Neoclassic, Romantic, Modernista and/or
contemporary periods in Latin America.
383 – Contemporary Spanish Prose (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Novels and short stories selected
from the beginnings of the 20th century to the
present.
385 – Latin American Novel (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Latin American novels from the
foundational narratives of the 19th Century to
the present.
386 – e Twentieth-Century Spanish
American Short Story (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Collections of short ction from the
avant-garde to present day.
388 – Twentieth-Century Latin American
Drama (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of
the instructor. Major dramatists from Latin
America.
393 – Business Spanish (3)
Prerequisites: SPAN 305, 306. Study of
specialized vocabulary, cultural variances, and
their application to business professions.
218
413 – Advanced Writing (3)
Prerequisites: SPAN 305, 306. Study of
composition, grammar, and lexicon at an
advanced level with a special focus on creative
writing.
414 – Spanish for Translation (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 306. English-Spanish and
Spanish-English translation of texts from
dierent disciplines. Includes studies in history
and theory of translation.
415 – Advanced Conversation (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 305 Oral communication at
an advanced level. Students practice conversation
skills through individual presentations, group
discussions, and other formats.
416 – Topics in U.S. Latino Issues (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 315, 316 or 320. Issues
dealing with the culture and concerns of U.S.
Latinos are explored. Topics will vary.
420 – Cinema in the Hispanic World (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or 315, or permission of
the instructor. Selected topics in lm.
425 – e Boom of Latin American Literature
(3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312. In depth study of novel
from the period know as the Boom of Latin
American Literature (1960-1970).
451 – Cervantes (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Reading and intensive study of Don
Quijote.
475 – Hispanic Women Writers (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Study of women writers from Spain
and Latin America.
481 – Spanish Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of the
instructor. Selected topics in literature, culture,
and lm from Spain.
483 – Topics in Spanish Linguistics (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 314 or permission of
the instructor. Selected topics in linguistics,
including phonetics, phonology, and history of
the language.
485 – Spanish American Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 312 or permission of
the instructor. Prerequisite: Spanish 312 or
permission of the instructor. Selected topics
in literature, culture, and lm from Latin
America
491, 492 – Individual Study (3, 3)
Intensive study of a topic selected by student in
consultation with instructor. By permission of
the department.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with a faculty advisor and the
oce of Career Services.
STUDIO ART
Department of Art and Art History
Jon McMillan, Chair
Carole Garmon, Career Advisor, Studio
Art
Faculty
Professors
Carole Garmon
Associate Professors
Rosemary Jesionowski
Jon McMillan
Assistant Professors
Christopher Musina
Jason M. Robinson
e Studio Art Program
e Studio Art major, leading to a bachelor
of arts degree in Studio Art, challenges the
student to address theory and technique in
the making of art. Exploration fuels the creative
mind and our studio "incubators" provide
technical expertise while embracing risk-taking
and conceptual development. Students learn and
work in well-equipped studios that focus on a
variety of disciplines, including Digital Media,
Ceramics, Drawing, Painting, Photography,
Printmaking, and Sculpture. Faculty members
who are actively exhibiting artists, researchers
and dedicated teachers lead each discipline,
and our exible curriculum supports a more
interdisciplinary approach to thinking about and
making art.
UMW’s location between Washington D.C.
and Richmond, Virginia provides students
with ample resources to experience top quality
artwork in person, and to undertake optional
internships and apprenticeships in the eld.
Visiting artist lectures and eld trips support
our commitment to visual and cultural literacy
and our faculty members work closely with
students to better understand the impact of
art and technology in the professional world.
e UMW Galleries bring exciting exhibitions
and events to campus while advancing the
219
educational goals of the University through
the collection, exhibition, and interpretation
of works of art. e course of study culminates
in a student-organized senior exhibition (or
exit portfolio) that highlights the work of our
majors while adding to the cultural life of the
university and the greater Fredericksburg
community.
A degree in Studio Art at UMW prepares
students to become active artists, creative
thinkers, and engaged citizens. Our graduates
are successful professional artists, teachers,
university professors, gallery owners and
graphic designers. Many earn MFA degrees at
competitive institutions. Others go on to apply
what they have learned to careers in lm, art
therapy, furniture design, and arts management
to name a few. e studio art major provides
a foundation of creative problem solving,
idea generation, studio technique and critical
discourse that prepares students for success in
whatever eld they pursue.
Requirements for the Studio Art Major
Forty-two (42) credits to include ARTS 104,
105 (or portfolio exemption), 120, 474, 475 and
6 credits in Art History. An additional twenty-
one (21) credits in Studio Art includes at least
nine credits at the 200-level and twelve (12)
credits at the 300-level or above.
Studio majors are required to participate in the
major assessment and senior exhibition/senior
portfolio.
Studio Art Course Oerings (ARTS)
104 – Digital Approaches to Fine Art (3)
is course introduces basic tools and
techniques of computer-generated art in the
context of studio art theory and practice.
105 – Design Principles (3)
Basic study of design elements and their
use in the organization and construction of
visual communication in both two and three
dimensions. Introduction to basic writing and
speaking skills.
120 – Drawing I (3)
Introduction to the principles of traditional
and experimental drawing practice in diverse
media. Reading, writing, research and
speaking assignments accompany studio
activity.
219 – Digital Video Production (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 104. A production focused
introduction to video art with an emphasis on
cinematography, editing, performance, and
sound.
220 – Intermediate Drawing (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 120 or permission of
instructor. Advanced problems in drawing
practice with emphasis on the relationship
of perceptual, conceptual and media aspects.
Reading, writing, research and speaking
assignments accompany studio activity.
223 – Ceramics I (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 105 or permission of
instructor. Introduction to clay and the
processes of hand building and wheel
throwing. Studio procedures include clay
making, glazing preparation and application,
and a variety of ring methods. Reading,
writing, research and speaking assignments
accompany studio activity.
224 – Printmaking I (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 120 or permission of
instructor. Introduction to the principles
and techniques of print media. Course uses
non-toxic, water-soluble materials. Reading,
writing, research and speaking assignments
accompany studio activity.
226 – Animation (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 104. An introduction
to the methods, techniques and history of
animation with a special focus on computer
and traditional stop motion practices.
227 – Wheel rowing (3)
Prerequisites: ARTS 105. Introduction to
working with clay on the potter's wheel and
the ceramic process. Students will create
functional forms while exploring high
temperature glazes by ring both gas and
electric kilns. Building and ring processes
will be further informed through the study of
historical and contemporary precedents.
231 – Sculpture I (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 105 or permission of
instructor. Basic techniques of construction
are introduced, focusing on additive and
subtractive approaches to form. Fundamentals
of creative problem solving are covered, as well
as an introduction to studio procedures and
the use of power tools and machinery. Reading,
writing, research and speaking assignments
accompany studio activity.
241 – Photography I (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 105 or permission of
220
instructor. Oers a practical introduction
to 35mm lm cameras and basic darkroom
techniques for printing black-and-white
photographs. Study of the history of
photography, along with contemporary
directions in both silver-based and digital
photography is included. Reading, writing,
research and speaking assignments accompany
studio activity.
242 – Painting I (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 120 or permission of
instructor. Introduction to the principles of
traditional and experimental painting practice
primarily in oil and acrylic paints. Reading,
writing, research and speaking assignments
accompany studio activity.
281 – Topics in Studio Art (3–6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Oers
special topics in the theory and practice of
making art.
311– Ceramics II (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 223 or permission of
instructor. Emphasis on developing content
and expression with ceramic materials
through advanced wheel throwing and hand
building techniques. High temperature clays
and ring methods are covered, along with
glaze composition and surface development.
Contemporary and historical techniques
and research are integrated into course
assignments.
316 – Experimental Documentary (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 104. is hybrid seminar/
studio art course examines the rich history of
documentary lmmaking, concentrating on
the artists who challenged, questioned, and
redened this constantly evolving cinematic
form. Weekly screenings, readings, and
discussions, will focus on exploring the modes
of production, providing historical context,
and analyzing ethical concerns.
331 – Sculpture II (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 231 or permission of
instructor. Conceptual approach to space
and form is explored through a broad range
of media. Performance, installation, and
site-specic works employing found objects,
constructed objects, sound, movement, etc.,
are introduced. Focus is on development of
individual creative ideas and approaches to
sculpture as a visual language. is course is
designed to promote recognition, formulation
and articulation of concepts and perceptions
about sculpture and extended media.
341 – Multiple Imaging (3)
Prerequisites: ARTS 224 or 241. Course
expands upon skills and techniques learned in
Photography I and Printmaking I, focusing on
the idea of creating images in small editions.
A variety of photographic, printmaking,
and digital media techniques are explored.
Reading, writing, research, and speaking
assignments accompany studio work.
342 – Painting II (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 242 or permission of
instructor. Advanced problems in painting
practice including technical exploration in
multiple painting media. is is designed
to promote recognition, formulation and
articulation of concepts and perceptions about
painting. Emphasis is on individual technical
and conceptual development broadened by
readings and research.
350 – Photography II (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 241 or permission of
instructor. Course expands upon traditional
darkroom techniques and concepts learned
in Photography I. Examines contemporary
concepts and techniques in photography as
a ne art. Reading, writing, research and
speaking assignments accompany studio
activity.
381 – Special Topics in Studio Art ( 3)
Prerequisite: One Studio Art course at the
200-level. Course provides advanced study in
a specic area of Studio Art with an emphasis
on individual processes and extensive creative
inquiry. e course is designed to facilitate the
development of ideas that contribute to the
artist’s content and decision-making processes,
as well as the development of applied skills
needed to manifest these ideas.
442 – e Human Body (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 242. Focuses on
comprehensive painting and drawing
techniques in representing the human form, as
well as critical analysis of the use of the human
body in contemporary art and visual culture.
450 – Topics in Art and Art History (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 105 and ARTH 114 or 115,
or permission of instructor. Oers topics that
bridge traditional boundaries between Art
History and Studio Art.
454 – Approaches to Video Art (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 104 or 105. A
comprehensive look at the development
of video and other time-based media as
221
important art forms in contemporary art;
explores the formal development, content, and
format of various multi-media art forms.
470 – Special Studies in Studio Art (3)
Prerequisite: Must have completed at least one
300-level course. Provides a study of a specic
area in Studio Art. Topic is selected by faculty
in consultation with students.
474 – Professional Practices in Studio Art (3)
Prerequisite: Must have completed at least
two 300-level studio art courses. Senior status
preferred. Course addresses contemporary
issues in art and professional development
as an artist. e course covers: development
of a body of work, professional development
in speaking and writing, artist résumé
and statement, artist biography, portfolio
preparation, job opportunities, interview
practices, graduate school application process,
exhibition opportunities, grant funding, artist
residencies, and nancial accounting.
475 – Senior esis Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: ARTS 474. Senior Studio Art
majors are involved in independent research in
their chosen medium or mode of expression.
Individual studio research is supplemented
through group meetings involving critiques,
discussions, readings and eld trips. Students
apply all skills acquired during their course of
study towards the development of a cohesive
body of artwork. Analytical and conceptual
approaches to art making are emphasized.
491, 492 – Individual Study in Studio
Art (3, 3)
Prerequisite: Must have completed at least one
300-level studio art course in the medium.
Permission of Studio Art faculty and written
proposal required. Allows for independent
work under the supervision of the Studio
Art faculty. Available on a competitive basis.
Vehicle for those seeking honors in Studio Art.
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
A supervised experience developed in
consultation with the Studio Art faculty. A
maximum of three credits may count toward
elective credit in the major
THEATRE
Department of eatre and Dance
Gregg Stull, Chair and Career Advisor
Faculty
Professors
Helen Housley
Gregg Stull
Associate Professor
Kevin McCluskey
Assistant Professors
Michael G. Benson
Bridgette Dennett
Senior Lecturer
Cate M. Brewer
e eatre Program
A major in eatre leads to a Bachelor of
Arts degree in Performing Arts. e major
oers students extraordinary exibility to
customize their college experience by choosing
courses in the area of theatre in which they are
most interested --acting, directing, costume
design, scenic design, theatre history and
literature, playwriting, lighting design, theatre
management, arts management, theatre
technology, and costume technology. rough
a solid core of foundation courses and an
impressive array of electives, students build a
major program that allows them to pursue a
professional career upon graduation.
Equally important to coursework are the many
opportunities available for students to practice
in our theatres what they are learning in our
classrooms and studios. e Department
believes that an experiential approach to
theatre education oers the greatest potential
of success to the emerging theatre artist. Ours
is a hands-on program that emphasizes student
leadership and responsibility. In addition to
acting on our stages, theatre majors design,
direct, build, choreograph, and manage
productions in our theatres, as well as serve
other leadership capacities in the Department.
Beyond the main stage, students program
and manage Studio 115, our exible black box
theatre, producing a season of performances
that range in scope from evenings of scenes to
fully-produced musicals.
e Department produces in Klein eatre, a
traditional proscenium stage, and the exible
Studio 115 in duPont Hall. Both theatres
recently were transformed in extensive
renovations that included the installation
222
of state-of-the-art lighting, sound and
communications systems. e Department
also maintains an acting lab, design lab, cra
studio, CAD lab, light lab and fully-equipped
costume, lighting, and scene shops, and theatre
management oces. Recent productions have
included e Tempest, Harvey, Hedda Gabler,
Rent, Elegies, A Funny ing Happened on
the Way to the Forum, Goodnight Desdemona
(Good Morning Juliet), Proof, A Midsummer
Night’s Dream, Bat Boy, Sunday in the Park
with George, Shakespeare’s R&J, Our Town,
Summer and Smoke, e Laramie Project,
Antigone, Les Liaisons Dangereuses, Cabaret,
Godspell, e Shape of ings, Love’s Labour’s
Lost, Waiting for Godot, Sweeney Todd, As
You Like It, Into the Woods, and e School for
Wives.
Lectures and performances by visiting scholars
and artists enrich the program. In recent years
the campus has hosted such artists as James Earl
Jones, Michael Kahn, Ming Cho Lee, Susan Tsu,
Megan Terry, Richard Schechner, Maria Irene
Fornes, Holly Hughes, and Eve Ensler.
e Department mentors majors in career
preparation skills by hosting regular
workshops to help students develop resumes,
headshots, portfolios, and audition materials.
In addition to sponsoring internships,
members of the faculty accompany students
to a variety of events throughout the year
where majors can audition and interview with
producers for professional opportunities. Our
majors graduate with a strong liberal-arts
education in the eld, as well as with solid
skills for working in theatre.
Requirements for the eatre Major
irty-three (33) credits including THEA
131, 321, 361, 362, 400, and 482; either THEA
433, 434, or 436; nine (9) additional credits
from eatre courses except THEA 111, 112,
390, 491, 492, or 499. In addition, all majors
are required to enroll in eatre Practicum
each semester except during the semester of
the Senior Project; students may count eight
practicum credits toward graduation.
Requirements for the Musical eatre
Minor (22 credits)
THEA 218, 321, 335, and 336; Four (4) credits
from DANC 121, 122, 141, 142, 301, 302, 305,
or 306; Four (4) credits from MUPR 201, 202,
203, 204, 301, or 401.
eatre Course Oerings (THEA)
111 – Introduction to eatre (3)
A course for the general student designed to
introduce the various elements of theatrical
production.
112 – Introduction to Acting (3)
An introductory course focusing on basic skills,
concepts, and methods of modern realistic
acting through improvisation and practical
exercises leading to formal scene work.
113 – Introduction to eatre Design (3)
A study of design elements and composition
principles as they relate to stage scenery,
costumes, and lighting. A survey of theatre
design today.
131, 132 – Technical Production (4, 4)
eories and techniques of designing,
building, painting, and lighting stage settings;
organization and operation of production
crews. Laboratory.
211, 212 – Dramatic Literature (3, 3)
e reading and discussion of selected
plays and of theatrical developments as an
introduction to the theatre.
218 – Voice and Body Movement (4)
Voice and body training to improve vocal
quality, articulation, and posture and carriage.
Laboratory.
225, 226 – Summer Workshop (1-4, 1-4)
Prerequisite: Permission of Department. An
intensive course focused on the production of
plays and musicals for the student interested
in developing professional skills in the theatre.
Cross-listed as DANC 225, 226.
240 – Stage Makeup (3)
Techniques and styles of stage makeup for
theatre and dance.
242 – Costume Construction (3)
An introduction to the principles of pattern
development and clothing construction
techniques. Projects will include contemporary
and period styles. Students will work on
costumes for departmental productions.
Laboratory.
270, 271 – Special Studies in eatre (3, 3)
Concentration on a single area of theatre for
general students. Topics vary from year to year.
280 – Stage Management (3)
An introduction to the theory and practice of
stage management for the theatre.
223
281 – Principles of Arts Administration (3)
An introduction to current policies and
practices of arts administration.
290 – Scene Painting (3)
An examination of the technique and practical
applications of painting for the stage.
291 – Fabric Modication (3)
An introduction to the basics of fabric dyeing
and painting and their specic applications for
the theatre.
310, 311 – Fashion History (3, 3)
A survey of clothing, hair styles, and accessories
from the ancient world to the present, with
particular emphasis on the relationship of
fashion to social, political, and economic history.
318 – Stage Dialects (3)
A survey of the basic techniques for learning
and applying selected stage dialects.
321, 322 – Acting (4, 4)
Must be taken in sequence. Scene study and
performance, creating characters, and ensemble
training.
331 –Playwriting (3)
Writing for the stage. Exercises and practice in
the structure of action, character development,
dialogue, critical analysis.
335, 336 – Musical eatre Performance (3, 3)
A workshop course in musical theatre
performance techniques. May be repeated, but
a maximum of six credits may count toward
degree requirements.
345 –Patterning (3)
Principles of pattern development including
at patterning, draing and draping, focusing
on period styles for the stage.
355 – eatre Cras (3)
Exploration of the specialized vocabulary,
techniques and tools of the theatre artisan
including furniture restoration, welding,
upholstery, so goods and properties creation.
361, 362 – eatre History and Literature (3, 3)
eatres, production methods, dramatic
conventions, theory/criticism, and key gures
from the Greek period to the present in a
global context.
390 – eatre Practicum (1)
eatre Practicum earns credit for
performance or other work on major
productions of the department. A maximum
of eight credits may count toward degree
requirements.
400 – Professional Identity and Practice (1)
Prerequisite: Declared theatre major, arts
administration, or musical theatre minor.
rough a combination of research, discussion,
and applied practice, students will develop
strategies for creating a challenging and
successful career.
411 – Acting Styles (4)
Prerequisite: THEA 322. An examination of
period style for the stage through scene study
and performance.
431, 432 – Directing (3, 3)
Prerequisite: Must be taken in sequence.
Technique and practice of directing for the stage.
433 –Lighting Design (3)
eories and techniques of lighting stage
productions; lighting instruments and
equipment.
434 – Scene Design (3)
A study of the theories, methods, and
techniques used in scenic design.
435 – Ideas in Performance (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of Department. An
examination of professional productions of the
dramatic literature in Washington and New
York. Readings and theatre trips.
436 – Costume Design (3)
A study of the theories, methods, and
techniques used in costume and clothing
design.
451, 452 – Special Studies in eatre (3, 3)
Concentration on a single area of dramatic
arts. Topics vary from year to year.
481 – Resource Strategies in Arts
Administration (3)
Prerequisite: THEA 281. Approaches to
understanding and developing critical needs
for arts organizations through case study,
analysis, and critical problem solving.
482 – Senior Project (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department.
is course may only be taken in one of the
last two semesters. An independent project in
eatre supervised by a faculty advisor.
491, 492 – Individual Study (1–3, 1–3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department.
Individual study under the direction of a
member of the department.
224
499 – Internship (Credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with the department.
UNDERGR ADUATE
RESEARCH
Undergraduate Research (URES 197) provides
course credit for students who conduct
individual or group research as a part of
a faculty member’s research project. is
guided research experience course is open to
all students, including rst- and second-year
students, who meet the qualications set by
the faculty member in charge of the research
project.
e URES 197 course diers from the
individual study courses (491/492) oered in
all departments. When enrolling in individual
study, the expectation is that the student is
designing and conducting an independent
research project in which the faculty member
serves as mentor and guide. Individual
studies are most oen done by more advanced
students (juniors and seniors) who have
the necessary background to successfully
formulate an individual study project.
In the case of URES 197, the student works
on the faculty member’s research project and
completes research tasks connected with that
project as determined by the faculty member.
Students who complete URES 197 will likely
develop their own individual study project
at a later time, thereby building on the rst
research experiences.
All URES 197 projects require that students
complete a nal report about their work on the
research project. e nature of this required
nal report is determined by the faculty
member supervising the research project.
When students take URES 197, the course
title listed on the transcript will state
“Undergraduate Research in” followed by the
name of the academic discipline in which the
student worked (for example, “Undergraduate
Research in Psychology”). URES 197 courses
count as elective credits and do not fulll
major requirements.
Undergraduate Research Course Oering
197 – Undergraduate Research (1-3)
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and
the Department. An opportunity for students
to engage in directed individual research as
a part of a faculty member’s research project.
is course oers a guided research experience
open to all students, particularly rst- and
second-year students. Variable credit – requires
3 hours of work on the research project per
week per credit hour. May be repeated once. A
maximum of 6 credits in URES 197 courses
may be counted toward graduation. Some
projects may require a minimum grade-point
average or the prior completion particular
courses in order for the student to be eligible to
participate.
URBAN STUDIES
Melina Patterson, Program Coordinator
Aliated Faculty
Jason James, Department of Sociology and
Anthropology
Leslie Martin, Department of Sociology
and Anthropology
Andréa D. Livi Smith, Department of
Historic Preservation
e Urban Studies Program
Urban Studies is an interdisciplinary approach
to understanding cities, including their
historical, social, cultural, economic and
political contexts and processes. It includes
both theoretical or descriptive approaches
to the city and urban life and applied or
practical approaches to urban planning,
historic preservation and urban policy making.
Urban studies also addresses urban problems
including housing, education, suburbanization,
segregation, gentrication, crime, public space,
and others. Urban studies recognizes that cities
are distinctive places to live and work and that
urban life produces particular opportunities
and issues.
e Urban Studies Minor allows University
of Mary Washington students to explore
the particular dynamics of cities from an
interdisciplinary framework. It emphasizes
breadth. Students interested in obtaining a
minor in Urban Studies should contact the
program director or one of the aliated
faculty.
Requirements for the Minor
Eighteen (18) credits to include one
introductory class (HISP 209, GEOG 231 or
GEOG 237); four electives in two dierent
225
disciplines, with at least three at the 300-
level or beyond; and IDIS 400. One 3-credit
Individual Study course may be substituted for
one of the elective courses with the approval
of the instructor and the Director of the
minor program. One 3-credit internship can
be substituted for one of the elective courses
with the approval of a faculty sponsor and the
Director of the minor program. One 3-credit
study abroad class can be substituted for one
of the elective courses with the approval of a
faculty sponsor and the Director of the minor
program.
Electives for Urban Studies Minor
AMST 203; ANTH 211, 309, 344; ARTH
311, 355 and 470U; CLAS 103, 105 and 390;
ECON 351, 352, 353 and 354; GEOG 231,
236, 237, 331, 337 and 410Q; HISP 209, 405,
469, 470, and 471VV; HIST 300U, 308, 310
and 471E6; PSCI 332; SOCG 313, 371M, 440,
and 475. Additional classes from American
Studies, Anthropology, Geography, Historic
Preservation, History, Sociology, and other
disciplines will count with the approval of the
Program Director.
WOMEN’S AND GENDER
STUDIES
Surupa Gupta, Program Coordinator
Aliated Faculty
Jennifer Barry, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Laura Bylenok, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Tracy Citeroni, Department of Sociology
and Anthropology
Rosalyn Cooperman, Department of
Political Science and International
Aairs
Shumona Dasgupta, Department
of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Antonia Delgado-Poust, Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures
Mindy Erchull, Department of
Psychological Science
Susan Fernsebner, Department of History
and American Studies
Carole Garmon, Department of Art and
Art History
Surupa Gupta, Department of Political
Science and International Aairs
Kate Haey, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Christine Henry, Department of Historic
Preservation
Liane Houghtalin, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Helen Housley, Department of eatre
and Dance
Rosemary Jesionowski, Department of Art
and Art History
Benjamin LaBreche, Department
of English, Linguistics, and
Communication
Janie Lee, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Elizabeth Lewis, Department of Modern
Languages and Literatures
Miriam Liss, Department of Psychological
Science
Will B. Mackintosh, Department of
History and American Studies
Kristin Marsh, Department of Sociology
and Anthropology
Mary Beth Mathews, Department of
Classics, Philosophy, and Religion
Jerey McClurken, Department of History
and American Studies
Kevin McCluskey, Department of eatre
and Dance
Laura H. Mentore
, Department of
Sociology and Anthropology
Nina Mikhalevsky, Department of
Classics, Philosophy, and Religion
Krystyn Moon, Department of History
and American Studies
Marjorie Och, Department of Art and Art
History
Judith Parker, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Allyson Poska, Department of History and
American Studies
Gary Richards, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Farhang Rouhani, Department of
Geography
Cedric Rucker, Dean of Student Life
Mara Scanlon, Department of English,
Linguistics, and Communication
Debra Schleef, Department of Sociology
and Anthropology
Gregg Stull, Department of eatre and
Dance
Craig Vasey, Department of Classics,
Philosophy, and Religion
Laura Wilson, Department of
Psychological Science
226
e Women’s and Gender Studies Program
e Women’s and Gender Studies major focuses
on gender and the experiences of women as
central categories of scholarly inquiry. is
interdisciplinary program, leading to a general
liberal arts and studies degree (Bachelor of Arts),
emphasizes diverse perspectives on both the
construction and the experience of femininity
and masculinity in society, including the complex
interactions of gender, class, ethnicity, sexual
orientation, and race. Students learn to appreciate
the breadth of human experience and the
challenges that all people face as gendered beings.
e purpose of the major is to provide
students with interdisciplinary breadth;
however, students are encouraged to work with
their faculty advisors to formulate their course
work around issues or themes of particular
interest.
Requirements for the Women’s and Gender
Studies Major
irty-three (33) credits, to include the
following (consult relevant sections of this
Catalog for course titles and descriptions):
1) Foundation courses (both required): WGST
101, Introduction to Women’s Studies, and
PHIL 220, Introduction to Feminism
2) Methods course (one required) taken from
the following: AMST 201, ARTH 303, ENGL
295, HISP 205, HIST 299, PSCI 391, PSYC 362,
SOCG 364, 365, or 475. Many of these courses
have prerequisites; consult the sections of this
Catalog where these course descriptions appear.
3) Electives: Six (6) elective courses taken from
at least three (3) dierent disciplines, reecting
the interdisciplinary nature of Women’s and
Gender Studies. One of the electives must
emphasize dierence in the form of race, class,
ethnicity, religion, disability, age, or sexuality.
e permanent list of approved electives
appears below. An additional list of approved
electives will be circulated by the program
director each semester.
4) Capstone courses (two required): One
capstone experience is a course in an
appropriate eld of study from an approved
list to be provided each semester in which
the student will focus his or her class work
on issues related to the Women’s and Gender
Studies major or an independent study (WGST
491). For the second capstone experience, all
Women’s and Gender Studies majors will
design a capstone project (WGST 485) under
the supervision of an aliated faculty member.
e student will submit a proposal for approval
by a committee composed of the program
director, the student’s faculty advisor, and
another member of the Women’s and Gender
Studies advisory committee the semester
before it is to be completed. e project
provides students with the opportunity to
engage in the creation of original material and
to apply the methods and approaches that they
have acquired in the major.
Women’s and Gender Studies Course
Oerings (WGST)
101 – Introduction to Women’s Studies (3)
is course explores questions about sex and
gender roles and conceptions of male/female
experience. It uses texts and videos from
several disciplines, sometimes supplemented
by guest lectures.
102 – Perspectives in Sexuality (3)
is course is designed to examine
the theoretical and social implications
of lesbian and gay histories, politics,
geographies, cultures, arts, and identities.
It is interdisciplinary in scope and content,
reecting upon and drawing from the
disciplines of history, psychology, sociology,
geography, the arts, literature, and women’s
studies.
485 – Senior Project (3)
Prerequisite: senior status and committee
approval of topic. Capstone course involving
the in-depth investigation of a subject and
creation of original material under close
supervision by a faculty member aliated with
the Women’s and Gender Studies Program.
491 – Individual Study (3)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Individual investigation of a subject of
signicance to women and/or gender studies
directed by a faculty member aliated with
the Women’s and Gender Studies Program.
No more than two (2) WGST 491 courses will
count towards the major.
499 – Internship (1-3)
Supervised o-campus experience, developed
in consultation with a faculty member
aliated with the Women’s and Gender
Studies Program.
227
Women’s and Gender Studies Electives List
AMST 305 – American Gender and Sexuality
ANTH 212 – Anthropology of Gender
ARTH 460 – Women and Western Art
CLAS 310 – Women in Antiquity
ENGL 327 – Jane Austen
ENGL 353 – Asian American Literature
ENGL 369 – Women and Modernism
HIST 326 – History of Manhood in the U.S.
HIST 334 – Early Modern European Women’s
History
HIST 327 – US Women’s History to 1870
HIST 328 – US Women’s History since 1870
HIST 368 – Gender in Chinese History
HIST 396 – History of Sexuality in the US
HIST 462 – Women in Latin America
IDIS 203 – Introduction to Ethnic Studies
LING 307 – Language and Gender
PHIL 350 – Feminist eory and Philosophy
PSCI 370 – Women and Politics
PSYC 349 – Psychology of Human Sexuality
PSYC 350 – Psychology of Women
REGL 231B8– Christianity Aer the New
Testament
RELG 310 – Women and Sexuality in the
Western Religious Tradition
RELG 331CC – Sex and Religion in America
SOCG 304 – Social Stratication
SOCG 315 – Gender and Society
SOCG 331 – e Family
SOCG 434 – Gender and Work
SOCG 400 – Sociology of the Body
SPAN 475 – Hispanic Women Writers
THEA 310 – Fashion History
WGST 102 – Perspectives in Sexuality
WGST 491 – Independent Study
WGST 499 – Internship
228
BACHELOR OF LIBERAL STUDIES DEGREE
e Bachelor of Liberal Studies (BLS) degree is designed for adults whose
life and/or experiences may require a non-traditional approach to completing
their degree. Students who are eligible for this program: have graduated
from high school six or more years ago; are nancially self-supporting; or
have signicant life or professional experiences that translate into academic
knowledge that can contribute to the completion of the Bachelor’s degree
Unlike a traditional baccalaureate degree, the BLS oers greater exibility in
the timetable leading to graduation because it does not require full-time study,
extended residence at the University or foreign language requirements (unless
one majors in a foreign language). A maximum of 90 semester hours of transfer
credit may be used to fulll the requirements for the BLS degree. ese credits
may include a maximum of 30 credits earned through military service and
a maximum of 30 credits earned through a life/work portfolio. BLS students
may choose to major in any one of the more than 30 majors available in arts
and sciences or may create a self-designed, interdisciplinary major (subject to
the approval of the Bachelor of Liberal Studies Committee). BLS students may
also select the Leadership and Management major. is major is open only to
BLS students. e requirements for this program are described in the materials
beginning on page 233.
e BLS degree requires a minimum of 120 semester hours, distributed
in three categories: general education, major, and electives. Students must also
take courses listed as writing intensive and speaking intensive. BLS students
generally take courses from among those listed in the College of Arts and
Sciences section of the Catalog. A grade-point average of 2.00 on all work at the
University of Mary Washington is also required, with no more than six credits
in physical education courses counting toward the degree.
Students who have registered for classes in the B.A./B.S. program at UMW
within the past calendar year and who have completed more than 30 credits at
the University are not eligible to enroll in the BLS program.
Students may wish to enroll in Liberal Studies 101, Portfolio Development,
for assistance in developing portfolios that document learning gained through
life and work for possible conversion to academic credit.
General Education Requirements: e BLS degree general education
requirements are as follows; see the list beginning on page 90 for the courses
that will meet the various requirements.
Quantitative Reasoning: One course focusing on the role of quantitative
information in various settings and the ability to reason abstractly.
Natural Science: One course focusing on the natural sciences and
including a laboratory component focusing on the scientic mode of
inquiry and the ways in which the natural sciences aect students’ everyday
experiences and choices as citizens.
Quantitative Reasoning or Natural Science: One course focusing on the
229
role of quantitative information and the ability to reason abstractly, or natural
science, or mathematical applications such as computer science, logic or music
theory.
Human Experience and Society: Two courses from two dierent
disciplines that explore the forces shaping human activity, relationships, social
structures, institutions, and intellectual systems.
Global Inquiry: One course focusing on global interconnections related to
economic, political, cultural, social, public health, or environmental issues. An
approved study abroad or other eld program can fulll this requirement if it
includes a satisfactory evaluation of written reection of a student’s experience
in that program by a University of Mary Washington faculty member.
Arts, Literature, and Performance: Two courses focusing on art, literature,
or performance, with at least one course focusing on the appreciation and
interpretation of artistic expressions. e other course may provide an
opportunity for exploring the process of creating artistic work, by pursuing
a course in the “process” sub-category, or provide an opportunity for further
work (a second course) within the sub-category of “appreciation.”
Across the Curriculum Requirements. ese requirements may be met by
general education, major, or elective courses.
Writing Intensive: ree courses designated writing intensive (WI), which
may include English Composition (ENGL 101) or its equivalent.
Speaking Intensive: One course designated speaking intensive (SI).
Major: A student may select from many liberal arts majors oered by the
University or create an approved, coherent interdisciplinary concentration
from the oerings of at least two departments. At least een credits in
the major must be earned at the University of Mary Washington. Students
must also earn a grade-point average (GPA) of at least a 2.0 in the major/
concentration area.
Electives: To reach 120 credits, students may take as many as y-one
credits in electives.
SECOND DEGREE OR POST-BACCALAUREATE MAJOR
A student who has earned a bachelor’s degree from the University of Mary
Washington and wishes to pursue further undergraduate work may either
complete a post-baccalaureate major and have it noted on the permanent
record (with the date of completion) or earn a second degree if it is dierent
from the rst degree (for example, a subsequent B.A. if the rst degree was a
BLS).
Second Degree. e student must apply for admission to the new degree
program through the Oce of Admissions and must earn at least 30 additional
credits at Mary Washington aer completion of the rst degree. No more
than 14 of these credits can be completed prior to matriculation for the second
degree. e most appropriate 90 credits will be selected to count toward the
230
second degree. e student must complete the major program and General
Education requirements in the Academic Catalog in eect at the time of
matriculation into the second degree.
A student who earned his or her rst degree from another institution
must enter Mary Washington as a transfer student, then complete the major
program and general education requirements of the second degree as dened
in the Academic Catalog in eect at the time of matriculation into the second
degree.
Post Baccalaureate Major. A student who has earned a degree at UMW
who is completing only an additional major must complete the major program
requirements printed in the Academic Catalog at the time of major declaration
if the student has not discontinued enrollment at UMW for more than two
semesters. A student returning aer an absence of more than two semesters
will be required to complete the major program requirements listed in the
Academic Catalog in eect at the time of re-enrollment. A BLS student must
apply in the BLS Oce.
PORTFOLIO CREDIT (CREDIT FOR LIFE/WORK
EXPERIENCE)
e portfolio system is designed to award college credit for applicable
college-level learning acquired through nonacademic experiences. Portfolio
credit is available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Liberal Studies (BLS)
program. Students in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Sciences degree
programs are not eligible for portfolio credit. Learning documented in the
portfolio must be equivalent in scope and complexity to what students learn
in college classrooms. Hence, the portfolio system is a way of recognizing
experiential learning, which is generally equivalent to college classroom
learning. All credit earned through portfolio assessment must be measurable
or veriable by a qualied, formally-appointed assessor; such credit is
considered transfer credit.
While a great deal is learned from life’s experiences, e.g., marriage and
parenthood, these experiences do not automatically translate into college
credit; a portfolio must present what a student has learned in such a way
that the assessor can identify and measure it. While most adults can do a
great many complex things – such as complete income tax forms, balance
checkbooks, and vote for presidential candidates – the University does not
award college credit for typical adult competencies.
Individuals who wish to present a portfolio must be enrolled at the
University as BLS degree-seeking students. In addition, they are required to
enroll in and satisfactorily complete BLST 101, Portfolio Development, prior to
presenting the portfolio for assessment. is course carries one pass/fail credit
and is oered on an as-needed basis. e course denes the kind of learning a
portfolio can present successfully, provides a detailed outline of the portfolio
231
format, and oers each student specic instruction in the assembly of the
initial stages of his/her portfolio. It also outlines additional methods, other
than the portfolio, for providing documentation of experiential learning for
college credit.
e usual ceiling for portfolio credit awards is 15 credits; in exceptional
cases the award can be as high as 30 credits. irty is the maximum number
of credits that can be awarded through the portfolio, and applied toward the
degree. Due to the nature of the program and changing technologies, students
currently enrolled in the BLS program should not include knowledge and
experiences older than 10 years; exceptions are considered on an individual
basis. Students may submit as many portfolios as they like, and each one is not
to exceed 250 typewritten pages. e assessment fee for each portfolio is $100.
Students using GI Bill® benets will not be charged the portfolio assessment
fee. Portfolios must be submitted prior to accumulating 90 semester hours of
transfer credit.
Portfolios must be submitted to the BLS Oce within 12 months of
completion of the portfolio course, and must be submitted prior to the
student’s nal semester in the degree program. Credits awarded may be used
to satisfy general education requirements, elective credit requirements, and
selected major credit requirements.
Because there is a signicant amount of work involved in preparing a
portfolio with no guarantee of a successful outcome, students should discuss
the project at some length with their faculty advisors and with the BLS Oce
(Combs Hall, Room 108). If the decision is made to pursue credit awards
through the portfolio process, permission to enroll in BLST 101 must be
secured from the BLS Oce.
TR ANSFER CREDIT
e transfer credit total for the Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree
– including a combination of credits from other accredited institutions,
standardized tests, portfolio, military, CLEP and ACE – cannot exceed 90
semester credits. Contingent on an evaluation of course content, transfer credit
may be used to satisfy general education, concentration, or elective credit
requirements.
e University accepts many of the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) and DANTES Subject Standardized tests as undergraduate transfer
credit. Students may earn credit by meeting the minimum required score on
selected CLEP or DANTES tests; these credits may be used to fulll general
education and other requirements or as elective credits. e Bachelor of Liberal
Studies degree program follows American Council on Education (ACE)
recommended guidelines for CLEP and DANTES exams as minimum scores
for granting credit. A maximum of 30 credits by examination may be counted
toward the degree. Students should consult the BLS Oce for information on
232
specic CLEP or DANTES exams that are accepted by the University. CLEP
tests are administered at local universities. DANTES exams are oered only on
military installations.
Academic resources, policies, and
regulations for bls students
BLS students have access to all the academic resources outlined in the
section of this Catalog beginning on page 41. e University Academic Policies
described in the section beginning on page 55 apply to BLS students.
233
LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
Bachelor of Liberal Studies Program
Ana Garcia Chichester, Program Director
e Leadership and Management Major
Leadership and Management is a
multidisciplinary major only open to students
in the Bachelor of Liberal Studies Program.
Students pursuing a B.A. or B.S. degree may not
declare this major.
e major in Leadership and Management,
leading to a Bachelor of Liberal Studies degree,
provides students with basic management skills.
e course of study is organized to produce
eective and intellectually agile leaders. Students
gain advanced critical thinking skills, rm
ethical reasoning abilities, and a readiness to
participate productively in the workplace and
the community.
Business administration courses within the
Leadership and Management major introduce
students to central theoretical issues regarding
management organization and processes
within business, industrial, and governmental
environments. Additional courses are grounded
in liberal arts disciplines recognized by
employers as crucial to career growth.
e category of courses in Ethical issues
helps guide students in decision making and
requires them to evaluate the consequences
of managerial choices. Organization and
Government allows the student to gain
knowledge about the structures of private and
public systems. Leadership and Communication
guides the student’s skills in the communication
and understanding of those systems. rough
courses in Leadership and Diversity students
learn about the populations that managers must
engage and to which they must communicate
eectively.
A capstone course encourages students to
conduct research through an individual study
experience guided by a faculty mentor and/or to
complete an internship in a subject appropriate
to the major and under the guidance and
direction of a faculty advisor and an agency
supervisor.
Requirements for the Leadership and
Management major
irty-three (33) credits to include the following
(consult the relevant sections of this Catalog for
course titles and descriptions).
1. Required Courses (24 credits): BPST 314 (or
BLAW 201), CIST 301, LRSP 201 (or ACCT
102), LRSP 311 (or MGMT 301), LRSP 316 (or
STAT 180), LRSP 344, LRSP 412, and one of the
following; LRSP 460, BLST 491, or BLST 499
(capstone).
2. One course, minimum, for each category
(below):
A. Ethics and Diversity (3 credits): CPSC 302;
ECON 332, 351, 352, 354; ENGL 206; GEOG
331; HIST 313, 314, 315, 327, 328, 384; IDIS
203; PHIL 160, 225; PSYC 333, 347, 350; RELG
101, 277, 278, 305; SOCG 304, 315, 341, 421.
B. Organization and Government (3 credits):
ECON 202, 311, 312; EESC 330,;FREN 313;
GEOG 338; GERM 313; PHIL 100, 210; PSCI
201, 202, 311, 312; PSYC 301, 385, 386, 387;
SPAN 393.
C. Leadership and Communication (3 credits):
COMM 205, 206, 209, 340, 351, 352, 354, 356;
CPSC 103, 104, 105, 106, 310, 348, 350; ENGL
200, 202V, 300; LING 101, 202, 301; PHIL 151;
THEA 218,.
NOTE: A maximum of 27 credits can be in
business-related courses: Any ACCT, BLAW,
BUAD, DSCI, FINC, MKTG, MGMT, MIST,
CIST 301, LRSP 305, 306, 311, 331, 343, 344,
406, 407, 412, 433, 434, 435, 460, BPST 314,
316, any 471.
Bachelor of Liberal Studies course oerings
(BLST)
101 – Portfolio Development (1)
Techniques for identifying, dening, and
presenting experiential learning for assessment.
Open only to BLS students.
312 – Business Communication (3)
Students learn the importance of eective
professional written and oral communication
skills. Students learn the elements of research
and writing for academic papers, including
appropriate use of the American Psychological
Association (APA) format. Students learn the
importance of eective oral communication and
demonstrate prociency in the development of
individual and group oral presentations
234
491 – Individual Study (3)
Prerequisites: Admitted to the Bachelor
of Liberal Studies program for at least one
semester. Students must have earned 90 credits
and have completed 12 UMW credits in good
standing. Individual investigation of a subject
appropriate to the major and directed by a
member of the faculty. is individual study
option is only available for Bachelor of Liberal
Studies students pursuing an approved self-
designed or an interdisciplinary BLS major. e
registration form must be signed by the
directing faculty member and by the Director of
the Bachelor of Liberal Studies program.
499 –Internship (3-6)
A supervised work experience directed by a
member of the faculty in consultation with an
agency supervisor. is internship option is
only available for Bachelor of Liberal Studies
students pursuing an approved self-designed
or an interdisciplinary BLS major. Students
must contact the Oce of Academic and Career
Services to complete the required contract in
order to register, and must follow all internship
program guidelines set forth by that Oce.
Professional Studies course oerings (BPST)
314 – Business Legal Environment (3)
Students examine a broad spectrum of
legal principles as they relate to business
organizations. Students study the critical
nexus between law and the environment in
which business operates. Students analyze the
creation of rights, liabilities, and regulations
under the law as expressions of societal
forces. e course addresses the legal aspects
of business agreements and relationships.
Subjects covered include constitutional law,
dispute resolution, contracts, torts, product
liability, and property issues. Students study
the dierent forms of business organizations
available and the duciary duties of ocers,
directors and shareholders. e legal aspects
of the employment relationship as they
relate to protection of trade secrets, agency,
discrimination, and wrongful termination are
also covered. Students analyze relevant legal
cases and statutes to learn the impact of law on
organizations. (Credit is not granted for both
BPST 314 and ACCT 303.)
471 – Special Topics (3-6)
Prerequisite: Topic dependent. Elected topics
that reect faculty specialization or program
needs. Topics may include areas related to BPS
core topics. May be repeated for credit with a
change in topic.
491 – Directed Study (1-6)
is is an individual study under faculty direction
on a topic of relevance to the BPS core area.
499 – Internship (1-6)
Internships oer students opportunities to
experience various elds of employment while
working with a variety of organizations on
important and challenging projects. ese
experiences augment classroom learning while
allowing on-the-job training.
Computer Information Systems course
oerings (CIST)
299 – Introduction to Computer Information
Systems (3)
is course provides a foundational knowledge
base for students in computer information
systems. Topics include le structures,
pseudocode, algorithms, and basics in
procedural and object-oriented programming.
e operating systems component includes
reviews of popular operating systems, le
management, and computer hardware. e
Internet component introduces infrastructure of
the Internet, electronic mail, FTP, creating web
pages using HTML, and basics of e-business
and e-commerce.
301 – Business Information Systems (3)
ATC Designation: Global Inquiry. is course
covers how organizations can use information
systems strategically to re-engineer business
processes. Topics include theories, principles,
and business cases about a variety of business
applications supporting dierent organizational
levels and functions.
441 – Network Security and Cryptography (3)
Prerequisite: CIST 440 or equivalent. Topics
include fundamentals of network security,
security threats and vulnerabilities, viruses,
cryptography, digital signatures, and key
certication and management. In addition,
this course covers areas such as access control,
authentication, intrusion detection, rewalls,
and virtual private networks. Wireless and
mobile network security is covered in detail.
(Credit is not awarded for both CIST 441 and
MMIS 541.)
442 – Security Policy, Planning, and
Assurance (3)
Prerequisite: CIST 440 or equivalent. is
course covers policy, legal systems, ethical
issues, physical security, disaster recovery,
business continuity issues, and risk in
information systems. Topics also include
235
maintenance of essential business processes
following a disaster, restoration of systems,
assurance, and building systems with formal
evaluation methods. (Credit is not awarded for
both CIST 442 and MMIS 542.)
471 – Special Topics (3-6)
Prerequisite: Topic dependent. Selected
topics that reect faculty specialization or
program needs. Topics may include simulation
techniques, parallel processing, and articial
intelligence. May be repeated for credit with a
change in topic.
490 – IT Research Project (3)
Prerequisite: Minimum of 18 credits in CIST
course work or permission of instructor.
Students select, propose, and write a research
paper on a topic related to computer
information systems. e study may include
data collection from actual eld observations
and is substantiated with a current literature
review. e course culminates with an oral
presentation accompanied by visual displays
and a research paper.
491 – Directed Study (1-6)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of
Associate Dean for Faculty. is is an individual
study under faculty direction on a topic of
relevance to the Computer Information Systems
concentration.
499 – Internship (1-6)
Prerequisites: Permission of internship director
and Associate Dean for Faculty. Internships
oer students opportunities to experience
various elds of employment while working
with a variety of organizations on important
and challenging projects. ese experiences
augment classroom learning while allowing
on-the-job training. Interested students should
contact the Associate Dean for Faculty for
additional internship information.
Leadership and Management course
oerings (LRSP)
201 – Accounting for Managers (3)
is course covers nancial accounting concepts
and provides an introduction of managerial
accounting concepts. Emphasis is placed on
understanding how economic transactions
impact nancial statements. e accounting
equation model as well as the nancial
statements model is used for this purpose.
Vertical analysis, horizontal analysis and ratios
are used to evaluate a company’s performance.
Managerial accounting is introduced and
contrasted with nancial accounting. Topics
include: the accounting equation, elements
of nancial statements including public
disclosures of Notes to Financial Statements
and Management Discussion and Analysis,
lings with the SEC, nancial ratios and analysis
well as budgeting. (Credit is not granted for
both LRSP 201 and LRSP 302 or LRSP 201 and
ACCT 201.)
305 – Public Sector Management (3)
is course provides an overview of the
theoretical foundations, structures, and
processes of public and nonprot organizations,
as well as their historical development
and socioeconomic environment, and the
complexities of managing in public and
nonprot organizations.
311 – e Management Process (3)
is course examines management theory
and practice as a unied body of knowledge.
e course covers historical development of
management theory, the nature and purpose
of organizations, and the functions, strategies,
structures, and a sampling of challenges facing
management in contemporary organizations.
Emphasis is placed on the roles of executives
managing organizations, improving their
performance, and achieving desired operating
results. Experiential exercises, cases, and other
strategies are applied to enhance learning the
theory, and to acquire, enhance, and integrate
key management skills related to managing
contemporary work organizations.
316 – Quantitative Methods and Statistics
Modules (3)
e ability to work with and eectively
use quantitative data to make decisions is
a fundamental skill in every management
function. is course will provide students with
fundamental quantitative skills for analyzing
data and making good decisions. Specically,
this course will provide a fundamental
understanding of probability and develop skills
in quantitative problem structuring, basic
forecasting methods, and basic optimization
techniques for planning and resource allocation.
(Credit is not granted for both BPST 316 and
LRSP 316)
331 – Organizational Behavior (3)
is course explores human behavior in
work organizations from the perspective of
a practicing manager. Individual and group
behavior are examined as critical factors in
developing ethical work practices, with special
236
attention being given to eective, successful
communication, motivation, leadership, and
organizational culture. Assessments of internal
and external environments are studied as they
relate to interpersonal skills and needs in a
dynamic world. (Credit is not granted for both
LRSP 331 and LRSP 301.)
343 – Leadership eory and Practice (3)
is course involves study of contemporary
leadership theory, with emphasis on practical
application of those theories. Characteristics
of eective leaders, contemporary leadership
models, strategic leadership, ethics, power,
politics, inuence tactics, teamwork, motivation
and coaching skills, creativity and innovation,
communication, and conict resolution,
are discussed. Students have opportunities
to explore personal leadership styles, learn
how to modify them, how to apply them
eectively in their work, and write a personal
vision statement. Experiential exercises, cases,
and other strategies are applied to enhance
learning theory and acquire, enhance, and
integrate leadership skills related to leading
contemporary work organizations. (Credit is
not granted for both LRSP 343 and LRSP 301.)
344 – Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 201 or equivalent. is
course studies nancial management, with an
emphasis on using the nancial statements
and other nancial data to make decisions
to improve the organization’s economic
performance. Topics include nancial
management principles and concepts, nancial
risk, working capital management, time value of
money, cost of capital, stock and bond valuation,
and the nancial regulatory environment.
College of Business majors cannot take this
class; they should take FINC 301 instead.
406 – Human Resource Management (3)
is course examines the principles and
practices of human resource management,
including recruiting, hiring, orienting, training,
developing, disciplining, rewarding, and
recognizing employees. e evolving strategic
role of human resource professionals and HR
practices are delineated and discussed. (Credit
is not granted for both LRSP 406 and LRSP 405
or LRSP 430.)
407 – Employment Law (3)
Prerequisite: BPST 314 or equivalent. is
course emphasizes federal employment statutes
including Title VII, Fair Labor Standards,
Americans with Disabilities Act, Family and
Medical Leave Act, Age Discrimination in
Employment Act, and other federal statutes.
Cases are used to illustrate the various federal
courts’ interpretation of the federal statutes.
Federal agencies such as Equal Employment
Opportunity Commission and Department
of Labor and their guidelines are also studied.
(Credit is not granted for both LRSP 407 and
LRSP 405 or LRSP 431.)
412 – Marketing for Managers (3)
From a marketing manager’s perspective, this
course builds upon the foundation of marketing
knowledge found in the classical strategic
factors of price, product, place, and promotion.
In addition, contemporary competitive factors
of quality, speed, innovation, and customer
service are considered. Additional topics include
service strategy, development of service systems,
dierentiating services from products, the
role of the Internet, and the application of key
marketing concepts to a variety of prot and
nonprot organizations. Attention is given to
developing a knowledge base of fundamental
marketing research techniques, a basic
understanding of free market economics, and
the importance of marketplace information to
marketing practices. (Credit is not granted for
both LRSP 412 and LRSP 404 or LRSP 410.)
433 – Production/Operations Management (3)
Prerequisites: BPST 316 and LRSP 305
or LRSP 311 or equivalents. is course
examines current concepts and methods of
managing operations and production for
the manufacturing and service industries. It
presents quantitative and qualitative techniques
for product and service design, process
analysis, job design and measurement, facility
layout, waiting line management, material and
customer requirements, control, and scheduling.
is course also explains concepts and models
of supply chain management and total quality
management focusing on Six Sigma.
434 – International Management (3)
Prerequisites: LRSP 311 and LRSP 412 or
equivalents. is course studies the role of
managers in global markets and international
organizational settings. Topics in this class
include the following areas: the external
economic and political environment,
international strategic planning, partnerships
and alliances, global human resource
management, managing technology, product
and service design, and ethics and leadership as
a global manager. is course utilizes innovative
learning techniques and case study analysis
237
from a variety of national, multinational, and
global rms. (Credit is not granted for both
LRSP 434 and LRSP 350.)
435 – Leadership, Innovation, and Creativity (3)
Prerequisite: LRSP 331 or LRSP 343 or
equivalent. is course focuses on the role
of leaders in developing an innovative
organization and managing creative employees.
Topics include the creative/innovation
process, management of innovation, and the
individual and team based skills necessary for
organizational success in an increasingly global,
competitive environment. (Credit is not granted
for both LRSP 435 and LRSP 310.)
460 – Leadership Strategy and Policy (3)
Prerequisite or corequisite: senior status, BPST
314, and LRSP 311, 316, 344, 406, and 412 or
equivalents for each aforementioned course.
is course studies the formulation and direct
application of strategy at the business and
corporate levels. Emphasis is given to the role of
leadership in strategic planning and thinking.
rough the use of a variety of instructional
techniques, e.g., computer-based simulations
and case studies, students learn to make critical
leadership decisions concerning organizational
policy, competitiveness, operational and
marketing tactics, and the role of corporate
governance while addressing ethical
considerations. (Credit is not granted for LRSP
460 and LRSP 461.)
471 – Special Topics (3-6)
Prerequisite: Topic dependent. Selected topics
are reective of faculty specialization or
program needs. e purpose of this course is to
provide opportunities for concentrated study or
to equip students with specialized knowledge
and competencies that are required of leaders.
May be repeated for credit with a change in
topic.
491 – Directed Study (1-6)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of
Associate Dean for Faculty. is is an individual
study under faculty direction on a topic of
relevance to the leadership and management
concentration.
499 – Internship (1-6)
Internships oer students opportunities to
experience various elds of employment while
working with a variety of organizations on
important and challenging projects. ese
experiences augment classroom learning
while allowing on-the-job training. Interested
students should contact the Associate Dean for
Faculty for further information about internship
opportunities.
238
BACHELOR OF NURSING DEGREE
Janet M. Atarthi-Dugan, Program Director
Pamela S. McCullough, Lecturer
Program Mission. e BSN Completion Program is a post-licensure
degree program administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.
e program’s mission combines the University’s mission with the
recommendations contained within the Essentials of Baccalaureate Education
for Professional Nursing Practice by the American Association of Colleges of
Nursing (AACN). Along with seven higher-level nursing courses, the program
will continue the UMW tradition of liberal arts education by including three
liberal arts courses. e program will enhance the writing, critical thinking,
and speaking skills of RNs whose focus is the delivery of direct patient care
and prepare them for lifelong learning and professional creativity.
Students are mentored by university faculty and nursing leaders in the
community to identify and improve the delivery of patient care through the
use of nursing research and evidenced-based practice. e overarching goals of
the program is to prepare nurses to be able to:
1. Practice nursing within a complex healthcare system and assume the
roles of care provider, designer, manager, and coordinator of care.
2. Transition to health promotion and disease prevention healthcare
provided in the community.
3. Continue their nursing education to the graduate level.
e UMW BSN Completion Program Curriculum. e BSN Completion
Program’s curriculum is designed for RNs. All applicants are required to have
completed either an accredited associate degree program or a diploma program
prior to being admitted to the program. All entering students must hold a
current, unencumbered RN license which permits them to practice nursing in
the Commonwealth of Virginia.
e BSN Completion Program teaches RNs professionalism; the
importance of inter-professional teams; healthcare policy, nance and
regulation; patient-centered care; cultural sensitivity; health promotion
and disease prevention; the impact of genetics on health risks; the use of
evidenced–based practice, leadership principles and knowledge gained from
a liberal education for clinical decision making, patient safety, and quality
improvement; the use of technology and informatics in healthcare; life-long
learning and practice across the lifespan.
e UMW BSN Completion Program Expected Graduate Outcomes are:
1. Examine the concepts of professionalism and fundamental beliefs
to nursing, which include the inherent values of altruism, autonomy, human
dignity, integrity, social justice, and ethics.
2. Create intra- and inter-professional partnerships, characterized by
teamwork, collaboration, and oral and written communication to deliver high-
quality, safe patient care.
239
3. Evaluate healthcare policy and nance and regulatory practices
to inuence the allocation of health resources in order to reduce health
disparities.
4. Utilize the nursing process when practicing caring, competent,
holistic, and patient-centered nursing care with individuals, families, groups,
communities, and populations from diverse backgrounds in a variety of
settings across the lifespan.
5. Evaluate nursing research to determine best practices and translate
current evidence into professional nursing practice.
6. Formulate plans of care which promote health and prevent disease
for individuals, families, groups, populations, and communities in complex
situations.
7. Synthesize a liberal arts education, knowledge of nursing science, and
critical thinking skills to support inter-professional partnerships which focus
on health promotion and disease prevention.
8. Compare and contrast leadership knowledge, skills, and attitudes
to promote safe, high-quality care with a focus on continued evaluation and
improvement within a variety of health care settings.
9. Utilize information management knowledge and skills by employing
technology and information systems to create safe patient care and enhanced
decision-making in a variety of health care settings.
Accreditation. e baccalaureate degree in nursing at the University of
Mary Washington is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (www.ccneaccreditation.org).
Requirements for the BSN Degree. As for other UMW undergraduate
programs, 120 credits are required for the degree. In addition, a minimum
of 30 credits need to be completed at UMW. A cumulative GPA of 2.00 on
all UMW work is required. e BSN degree credits are distributed in the
following requirement categories.
30 Credits: BSN Completion Program Courses. Required courses are:
ENGL 308 or HSCI 305; NURS 310, 320, 410, 420, 430, 490, 540; PHIL 226;
and one social science course from the following list: ANTH 211 Anthropology
of Race; ANTH 212 Anthropology of Gender; ANTH 371GG Medical
Anthropology; PSYC 301 Social Psychology; SOCG 304 Social Stratication;
SOCG 315 Gender and Society; SOCG 331 the Family; SOCG 334 Medical
Sociology; SOCG 335 Global Issues in Health and Illness; SOCG 355 Death
and Society; SOCG 400 Sociology of the Body; SOCG 421B Race and Ethnic
Relations.
Students are encouraged to take additional courses from this list to obtain
the 120 credit requirement for degree completion.
27 credits: General Education credits transferred from a pre-licensure
nursing program.
Sciences – 12 credits, to include Anatomy and Physiology
English Composition – 6 credits
240
Social Science – 6 credits
Humanities – 3 credits
3 credits: Prerequisite course for NURS 410 and NURS 430.
STAT 180 (Introduction to Statistics) or equivalent – 3 credits
41 credits: Copy of a current and valid unencumbered license to practice
nursing (RN) in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
19 credits: Open Electives (language study is highly recommended)
University of Mary Washington and
Germanna Community College Nursing
Programs Academic Partnership
e University of Mary Washington (UMW) and Germanna Community
College (GCC) recognized the need for registered nurses (RNs) to achieve
baccalaureate degrees in nursing through an improved education system which
promotes seamless academic progression. erefore the two nursing programs
created an Academic Partnership and adopted two plans which lead to a BSN.
Dual Nursing Degrees Plan (1+2+1)
e Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Academic Partnership Plan
(BSN-APP). Commonly referred to as the 1 + 2 + 1 BSN Plan, this agreement
is designed for students who are interested in earning a pre-licensure Associate
of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree in nursing from GCC and a post-licensure
Bachelor of Science in nursing from UMW if all degree requirements are met.
(see Requirements for the BSN Degree section.) Students will be admitted to
UMW as Pre-Nursing (1+2+1) students. Students also need to apply to GCC as an
Allied Health Certicate student. e following is a general description of each
year. If a student needs to repeat a course, or submits an application to the GCC
Nursing Program for a later term, the student’s progression will be delayed and
the two degrees will not be completed in the “1+2+1” timeframe.
is plan is only available to incoming residential freshman and is limited
to eighteen students. e plan does not accept transfer students. Students
who are interested in the program complete the freshman student application
process. In addition, students declare their intended major as “pre-nursing”. To
be considered for the pre-nursing program, students must have earned a “B” or
above in high school algebra, biology and chemistry. In addition, students must
present SAT or ACT scores which exempt them from the Virginia Community
College (VCCS) English and math placement exams. Once all admitting
requirements are met, preference is given to students who apply under the Early
Decision (binding) or Early Action (non-binding) application processes.
Accepted and paid pre-nursing students will be advised by the BSN
Completion Program oce starting in May of the student’s senior year in High
School. Pre-nursing student will be guided through the process of applying and
registering at GCC’s as a Pre-BSN student to complete the required nursing pre-
requisite courses during their rst year. In addition, students will be enrolled at
241
UMW as pre-nursing students to complete liberal arts coursework.
e following is a general description of each year.
Year 1: During the freshman year students will complete required nursing
prerequisite courses at UMW and GCC as needed. Students must earn a “C”
or above in all courses taken to be transferable to UMW between the two
schools. Students must provide their own transportation to GCC throughout
the program to include prerequisite courses, nursing courses, nursing labs
and clinical assignments; therefore students will be allowed to have a car on
campus as a freshman student. Students will apply for a second admission
to the GCC Nursing Program. GCC Nursing Program application deadline
is April 1. Students must meet all published procedures and deadlines for
application to the GCC Nursing Program. Pre-licensure nursing programs
are competitive and there is NO guaranteed acceptance to the GCC Nursing
Program. Nursing is a caring profession. GCC and UMW reserve the right
to deny or revoke admission to the GCC Nursing Program and/or the BSN
Completion Program to students who have been suspended or dismissed
from any institution of higher education or convicted of a felony, use of illegal
substances, or on charges related to physical abuse towards others.
Years 2 & 3: Students who are admitted to the GCC Nursing Program will
attend GCC’s Nursing Program and earn an A.A.S. degree in nursing. Students
will be concurrently enrolled in UMW and complete the three liberal art
courses which are part of the BSN Completion Program.
Year 4: Students will return to UMW to nish the BSN Completion
Program. Students begin taking UMW courses with the NURS prex aer
they present a current and valid unencumbered license to practice nursing
(RN) in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Students submit a copy of their
licensure to the BSN Completion Program oce and complete a major
declaration form. Both documents are submitted to the Oce of the Registrar
and each licensed student will receive 41 credits for the NSG courses taken at
GCC. NUR courses from GCC do not transfer in individually. Students have 2
years, following graduation with an A.A.S. degree in nursing, to complete the
remaining BSN requirements.
UMW 1+2+1 BSN Plan Degree Requirements Credits
RN License 41
GCC NSG Prerequisite &
General Education Courses
TRANSFERRED FROM GCC TO UMW:
GCC: BIO 141(4); BIO 142(4); BIO 150(4).
(SDV 100 is not transferable to UMW)
12
TRANSFERRED FROM UMW TO GCC:
FSEM 100(3); ENGL 202(3); Humanities
elective (3); HSCI 120(3),PSYC 120(3)
15
242
Electives Elective 1 (3); Elective 2 (3); Elective 3 (1);
Elective 4 (3); Elective 5 (3);
Pre-requisites: PSYC 100 (3) or equivalent;
SOCG 105 (3) or equivalent
19
NURS 410 Pre-requisite STAT 180 or equivalent (3) 3
UMW BSN Completion
Program
ENGL 308(3); PHIL 226(3); SOCG 355(3)
or equivalent ; NURS 310(3), NURS 320(3);
NURS 410(3); NURS 430(3); NURS 440(3);
NURS 490(3); NURS 540(3)
30
TOTAL 120
BSN Concurrent Enrollment Plan (BSN-CE)
is Agreement is for non-residential UMW students who are interested in
earning a pre-licensure Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree in nursing
from GCC and a post-licensure BSN from UMW. is Agreement permits
GCC nursing students to be concurrently enrolled in the BSN Completion
Program while completing an Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree in
nursing. When students are accepted into the GCC Nursing Program, they,
upon student request, will be granted admission into the BSN Completion
Program as Pre-Nursing (3+1) students if they complete a Letter of Intent
and have a GPA of 2.5 on a 4-point scale. Concurrently enrolled UMW/GCC
nursing students may complete the three liberal arts courses included in the
BSN Completion Program during summer sessions. Students may begin taking
UMW courses that begin with the NURS prex aer presenting a current and
valid unencumbered RN license to practice nursing in the Commonwealth
of Virginia. Students will receive 41 credits upon presenting current and
valid unencumbered RN license to practice nursing in the Commonwealth
of Virginia to the BSN Completion Program oce and complete a major
declaration form. Both documents are submitted to the Oce of the Registrar.
TRANSFER CREDIT
e transfer credit total for the BSN degree cannot exceed 90 semester
credits; 41 of these credits are for the student’s RN license. At least 30 credits
must be taken at the University of Mary Washington aer admission to the
program.
Credit by Examination. e University accepts many of the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) and DANTES Subject Standardized tests
as undergraduate transfer credit. Students may earn credit by meeting the
minimum required score on selected CLEP or DANTES tests; these credits
may be used to fulll general education, prerequisite requirements or as
elective credits; they may not be used to fulll NURS course requirements. A
maximum of 30 credits by examination may be counted toward the degree.
243
Students should consult the Registrar's Oce for information on specic
CLEP or DANTES exams that are accepted by the University. CLEP tests are
administered at local universities. DANTES exams are oered only on military
installations.
Academic resources, policies, and
regulations
All students have access to all the academic resources outlined in the
section of this Catalog beginning on page 41. e University Academic
Policies described in the section beginning on page 55 apply to pre-nursing,
concurrently enrolled, and BSN Completion students.
Nursing Courses
Bachelor of Nursing course oerings
(NURS)
310 – e Role of the Professional Nurse (3)
Prerequisite: RN Licensure/admission to
program. Prerequisite or corequisite: ENGL
308. is course provides the Registered
Nurse with a foundation for understanding the
expanded role of the professional baccalaureate
nurse in the current health care delivery system.
Concepts related to professionalism and the
fundamental professional values of altruism,
autonomy, human dignity, integrity, and social
justices will be explored. Transformation
of the individual and of the profession will
be examined. Communication behavior
to improve intra- and inter-professional
collaboration will be analyzed.
320 – Holistic Health Assessment for the
Professional Nurse (3)
Prerequisite: RN Licensure; Prerequisite or
corequisite: NURS 310. is course is designed
to enhance the knowledge of the Registered
Nurse by conducting a holistic assessment of
health and illness parameters in an individual.
e Registered Nurse will assess the following
aspects of the individual: behavior, culture,
development, environment, family, health
literacy, physical, psychological, socioeconomic,
and spiritual. e use of alternative/
complementary health modalities by individuals
will be explored. e relationship of genetics
and genomics to health risks will be examined.
410 – Evidence Based Nursing Research (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 180 and NURS 310. is
course introduces the Registered Nurse to the
research process and methods for critiquing
research literature. e development of
theoretical frameworks for research studies,
quantitative and qualitative methodologies to
accomplish goals, and the dissemination of
research ndings will be examined. e use
of research in the delivery of evidence-based
practice to improve patient outcomes will be
explored. e Registered Nurse will further
explore a previously identied healthcare issue
and engage in a systematic, formal process to
identify scientic relationships which can lead
to nding solutions to the identied issue or
discover new nursing knowledge. Safeguarding
patient rights will be explored.
430 – Current Nursing Issues and Trends (3)
Prerequisite or corequisite: NURS 310 is
course examines the current issues and trends
in nursing and their eect on delivering quality
and safe patient care. e Registered Nurse
will consider current political, economic, and
social issues and discuss their impact on health
care. e Registered Nurse will examine an
issue related to quality, safety, access, equity,
aordability, or social justice in healthcare
delivery and explore political activism aimed at
eliminating health disparities for a vulnerable
population. e identied issue will be
further explored in NURS 410 Evidenced-
Based Nursing Research and NURS 490 BSN
Practicum.
440 – Community and Population Health (3)
Prerequisites: STAT 180 and NURS 310. is
course examines population-focused nursing.
Improving population health through health
promotion, disease and injury prevention across
the lifespan for individuals, families, groups,
244
communities and populations will be explored.
Fundamentals of epidemiology and biostatistics
will be introduced. Primary, secondary and
tertiary care will be dierentiated. e national
health initiative Healthy People 2020 will
be utilized. e registered nurse develops a
preventive program for an assigned community.
is course includes 16 hours of eld work
experience in the assigned community.
490 – Practicum (3)
Prerequisites: NURS 310, 320, 410, 430,
440. is is a capstone course in which
the Registered Nurse will enhance her/his
knowledge and skills in leadership, quality
improvement, patient outcomes, and patient
safety. e healthcare issue the student
identied in the beginning of the program
and has developed throughout the program
will be shared in the practice setting. e
Registered Nurse will develop individualized
leadership objectives. e course includes a
seminar component and 45 hours of eldwork
experience guided by a nurse mentor.
540 —Informatics and Healthcare Technologies
(3)
Prerequisites: NURS 310, 320, 410, 430. is
course explores the utilization of information
management, patient care technologies and
communication technologies to deliver quality
and safe patient care. Standardized computer
information systems terminologies, regulatory
reporting, decision support systems for evidence-
based practice and health education, data analysis
for quality improvement, electronic records to
improve patient outcomes, data security and
condentiality of patient information will be
explored. e Registered Nurse will examine
social technology and public information
domains and their impact on quality and safe
patient care..
Other UMW Courses for the BSN Degree
(requirements):
ENGL 308 – Writing Studies and Healing (3)
Advanced study of composition introducing
students to research and theory of writing,
with focus on the relationship between writing
and healing. Practice in writing for personal,
academic, and professional purposes. (Course
previously taught as ENGL 306Q.)
HSCI 305 – e Art and Science of
Interdisciplinary Care for Health Professionals
(3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. is
course is an analysis of the art and science of
practicing interdisciplinary care for health
professionals. Writing for personal, academic,
and professional purposes is practiced. e
development of inter/intra-professional
partnerships will be experienced. Inherent
values of caring for others are explored. e
concept of health promotion and disease
prevention will be investigated.
PHIL 226 – Medical Ethics (3)
Central ethical issues in clinical medicine.
Topics might include the physician-patient
relationship, informed consent and competency,
reproductive technology, distribution of
scarce medical resources, organ donation, and
experimental medicine.
Other UMW Courses for the BSN Degree
(electives):
ANTH 211 – Anthropology of Race (3)
Explores why current vernacular
understandings of “race” and scientic
understandings of “race” diverge so
dramatically. Looks at the long history of
scientic (mis)understandings of human
biological diversity. Interrogates why racialist
thinking has been a fundamental component of
a western cultural world view.
ANTH 212 – Anthropology of Gender (3)
e anthropological approach to gender:
cultural denition and social status of female
and male; other genders; theories of gender
denition and gender hierarchy.
ANTH 371GG – Medical Anthropology (3)
Concentrates on an important anthropological
topic not otherwise covered in the curriculum;
comprehensive readings and discussion. Choice
of topic reects both student and instructor
interests.
HSCI 120 – Medical Terminology for Health
Professionals (3)
Prerequisite: BSN 1+2+1 student or permission
of the instructor. is course introduces the
student to the language of medicine, used by all
health professionals, throughout all healthcare
settings.
PSYC 301 – Social Psychology (3)
Individual behavior in a social context;
attitudes; social inuence; attribution; prejudice
and discrimination; prosocial behavior and
aggression.
SOCG 304 – Social Stratication (3)
Analysis of class, race, and gender inequality
in U.S. society. e nature and consequences
245
of social stratication and power in modern
society.
SOCG 315 – Gender and Society (3)
Sociological study of gender dierentiation in
American society, with an emphasis on major
social institutions and social change.
SOCG 331 – e Family (3)
Historical changes in American patterns of
marriage, divorce, and child rearing; social class,
racial, and ethnic variation; and alternative
family forms.
SOCG 334 – Medical Sociology (3)
e relationship of disease and health to social
structure and culture. Organizational and role
analysis of the medical care industry, various
allied health professions, and alternative
approaches to coping with health and illness.
SOCG 335 – Global Issues in Health and Illness
(3)
Analyze problems of health, illness, inequality,
and care at the global level. Examine health care
systems and health promotion in comparative
perspective. Explore how social forces shape
individual and group health behaviors and
illness experiences in various structural and
cultural contexts. Emphasis on health rights as
human rights.
SOCG 355 – Death and Society (3)
Prerequisite: SOCG 105 or permission of
instructor. An overview of the sociological
approach to the study of death and dying.
Examines causes of death, treatment of death
both before and aer the event, the meaning
of death from various cultural perspective and
the death industry.
SOCG 400 – Sociology of the Body (3)
How are bodies socially constructed? Seminar
examines social, particularly feminist, theories
of embodiment. Central questions consider how
bodies are sexed/gendered, racialized, ethicized,
aged, sexualized, classed, sickened/cured, and
otherwise modied through social processes.
SOCG 421B – Race and Ethnic Relations (3)
Major concepts or points of view in
contemporary sociology with an emphasis on
discussion. Topic varies.
246
College of Business
Lynne D. Richardson, Dean
Kenneth D. Machande, Associate Dean for Faculty
T
he College of Business is accredited by AACSB International, the
longest serving global accrediting body for business schools and the
benchmark of quality for business education worldwide, accrediting
only 5% of the world’s schools oering business degrees. As such,
UMW’s College of Business delivers undergraduate and graduate degree
programs providing a distinctive blend of opportunities for learning, scholarship,
and professional development that meets the needs of a diverse student
population.
e College of Business mission embraces its liberal arts tradition and its
geographic location to oer programs that prepare students for life as honorable,
competent, and globally-aware leaders.
e mission is supported by:
An undergraduate curriculum based upon a traditional liberal arts
foundation emphasizing business fundamentals, ethics, critical thinking, and
communication while incorporating new technologies and an awareness of the
global marketplace;
A graduate curriculum based on ethical decision-making, critical thinking,
research design and data analysis, technological prociency, communication
expertise, national and global business perspectives designed to produce creative
leaders; and
A faculty with extensive business experience and academic credentials,
committed to excellence in teaching, research and scholarship contributing to
knowledge in their disciplines, and service to the regional business community.
UMW has a long history of teaching business-related subjects, dating
back to 1919 when the Virginia State Board responsible for the four Normal
Schools in Virginia, decided that the Fredericksburg campus would specialize
in “commercial” subjects. e rst business “teacher” graduated in 1924, the
same year that commercial courses were oered in the evening to “interested
townspeople”.
Since the 1920's Business has been an integral part of Mary Washington,
evolving as the school did from primarily preparing teachers to preparing
future leaders in a wide variety of elds. In the late thirties and early forties, the
Commercial Education major gained National recognition, as the rst program
to require all majors to have real business experience before they could graduate.
Currently, undergraduate internships, while not required, continue this legacy.
UMW’s business alumni can be found at work in an array of businesses,
government agencies, schools and not-for-prot organizations. Some have
247
risen through the ranks to executive positions here and abroad, some are
entrepreneurs running very successful enterprises, and some are teachers and
professors.
FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Faculty
Professors
R. Leigh Frackelton, Jr.
Lance C. Gentry
Kenneth D. Machande
Lynne D. Richardson
Woodrow D. Richardson
Mukesh Srivastava
Xiaofeng Zhao
Associate Professors
Wei Chen
Kanchan Deosthali
Christopher A. Garcia
Rachel Graefe-Anderson
David L. Henderson, II
Michael S. Lapke
Kashef A. Majid
John S. Marsh
Assistant Professors
Alexandra M. Dunn
Kimberly Gower
Sayan Sarkar
Eun Jung [Kelly] Yoon
Senior Lecturers
Kimberley L. Kinsley
Smita Jain Oxford
Lecturer
John D. Burrow
Admission to the college of business
Incoming students interested in pursuing a program of study in business will
initially be designated as “pre-business.” Normally this designation will be held
for no more than the rst two years. Aer admission to the College of Business, a
student may declare a business major.
To be admitted to the College of Business, students must have earned a
cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better aer completing at least 27 college
credits. Additionally, applicants will have completed the following courses for the
College of Business and have earned an average GPA of 2.5 in these ve courses:
Accounting 101, 102 (6 credits), Economics 201, 202 (6 credits) and Statistics (3
credits in Statistics 180 or equivalents). Note: Accounting 110 may substitute for
Accounting 101, 102.
In addition to the requirements above, transfer students must have earned
a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in 15 semester hours taken at the University of Mary
Washington and have completed 9 semester hours of required College of Business
coursework with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 to be admitted to the College of Business.
ACADEMIC RESOURCES, POLICIES, AND
REGULATIONS FOR COLLEGE OF BUSINESS STUDENTS
Students in the College of Business have access to all the academic
resources outlined in this Catalog beginning on page 41. All University
Academic Policies described in this Catalog (starting on page 55) apply to
College of Business students.
248
Undergr aduate
Business
Administr ation
Degree Progr am
e College of Business faculty works together
closely to support the University’s liberal arts
mission. Accordingly, the integrated curriculum
provides a balanced rigorous foundation
in the core areas of Accounting, Business
Administration, Business Law, Decision
Sciences, Management Information Systems,
Finance, Management, and Marketing, all in the
context of the broad liberal arts environment
provided by the University.
e Faculty hold high expectations of the
students and themselves with the goal of
developing skills in diagnosing, analyzing,
developing and implementing solutions to
a wide variety of problems in public and
private organizations. e College promotes
active learning by encouraging students to
manage complex, interdisciplinary problems,
marshal resources, and take responsibility for
implementing eective solutions. Expected
student involvement includes research
problems, group case analyses, internships and
consulting with organizations throughout the
region. Students are encouraged to actively
involve themselves in professional service,
contributions to society, and the life-long
pursuit of knowledge through scholarship and
research.
In an environment of mutual trust and support,
concerned faculty help students learn the
elements of managing resources to achieve
a purpose while emphasizing the skills of
writing, presenting, and speaking; technological
prociency; and critical thinking in a global
context. e students’ relationship with faculty
is facilitated by small class size. e faculty work
closely with students to instill the values of
intellectual integrity and objectivity; tolerance
and respect for individuality and diversity; the
intrinsic rewards of ethical behavior and social
responsiveness; and appropriate competitive
vigor balanced with the value of eective
collaboration with others.
e Business Administration program provides
students the opportunity to go forward in the
broadest range of professional directions and
build sound and rewarding careers.
e academic program leading to a Bachelor
of Science degree in Business Administration
provides a broad, intellectual outlook and
analytical skills for students who wish
to combine a liberal arts education with
academically rigorous course work in
administration and decision-making needed
for an eventual career in management or in
preparation for graduate study. Course work
provides an understanding of the variety of
approaches to the complexity of managerial
decision-making in the contextual framework of
a global society.
An “Executive-in-Residence” program oers
students the opportunity for wide-ranging
discussions and contact with chief executives
from important organizations in the private,
public, and not-for-prot sectors.
Scholarships available for majors in the College
of Business include the Frances Holsclaw Brown
’44 Scholarship, the Coleman Family Farm
Scholarship, the Evelyn Harrell Scholarship,
the Fred. E. Miller Memorial Scholarship, the
Benjamin T. Pitts Scholarship, e Elizabeth
Grith Schmidt ’35 Scholarship, the Harry
Skinker Scholarship, the George and Monecia
Helton Taylor, ’81 Scholarship in Business, and
the Wachovia Scholarship in Business.
Students who establish outstanding records of
academic achievement may be elected to Sigma
Beta Delta, the international honor society ifor
AACSB-accredited schools.
Requirements for the Business Degree
Students considering majoring in Business must
take BLAW 201, STAT 180 or its equivalent
(CPSC 320, ECON 361, or PSYC 261), and
ECON 201 and 202, which are required
prerequisites for certain courses in the major.
Four majors, all leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree in Business Administration, are oered
within the College of Business. e majors
are Accounting, Business Administration,
International Business, and Marketing. All
business majors are multi-disciplinary degrees
that require students master concepts from
across the business disciplines: Accounting,
Business Administration, Business Law,
Decision Sciences, Finance, Management,
Management Information Systems, and
Marketing. All majors share a common core of
30 hours of business classes. is common core
consists of:
249
Lower-Division Requirements:
ACCT 101 102 (ACCT 110 may be taken in
place of the ACCT 101 and 102 sequence);
MIST 201.
Upper-Division Requirements:
BUAD 350; DSCI 352, 353; FINC 301; MGMT
301, 490; MKTG 301.
Students must then complete an additional
eighteen (18) credit hours of classes to earn
a Bachelor of Science degree in Business
Administration. Students may major in
Accounting, Business Administration,
International Business, or Marketing. Upon
completion of the program, student transcripts
shall state their degree (Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration) and their major. e
following majors and their post-business core
requirements are available.
NOTE: A student who has not declared a
Business major is limited to taking no more
than 27 hours in business or business related
courses dened as those courses with the
following prexes: ACCT, BLAW, BUAD,
DSCI, FINC, MKTG, MGMT, MIST, BPST,
CIST, or LRSP.
Accounting Major
e Accounting major provides students
with a sound foundation to move in a broad
range of professional directions in Accounting
including the public, governmental, private, and
not-for-prot sectors. In addition to having
many UMW graduates working in these various
areas, the College of Business invites many
UMW accountants back to campus to interact
with current students. Each September we
host “Meet the Firms;” interested students are
exposed to those actually in the Accounting
eld, many of whom are UMW alumni.
An Accounting major is required to take six (6)
upper level accounting courses (in addition to
Accounting 101 and 102). Taking just these
six courses does NOT qualify an Accounting
major to sit for the CPA examination in Virginia
as CPA candidates must have successfully
completed eight (8) upper level Accounting
courses to take the test. Students can opt
to take Accounting courses beyond what is
required in order to meet the CPA candidate
education requirements while an undergraduate
student at UMW.
Accounting Major Requirements (18 credits)
Eighteen (18) credit hours. Required: ACCT
301, 302, 304, 310 and 460. Students must also
complete one of the following four options:
ACCT 320, 401, 420 or 430.
Business Administration Major
A Business Administration major prepares
graduates for a variety of opportunities. In
this major students can opt to focus in either
Management or Management Information
Systems, or can stay a generalist. e largest
major in the College of Business, students like
its exibility and appreciate the opportunities
it oers. Graduates with the Business
Administration major work for non-prots,
governments, Fortune 500 companies, and
some have started their own entrepreneurial
ventures.
Business Administration Major
Requirements
Eighteen (18) credit hours of upper-level
electives within the College of Business. Note:
A maximum of three (3) credits of 499 courses
may count toward the upper level elective
requirement.
International Business Major
A major in International Business will help
prepare students for jobs with multinational
rms, domestic rms that import or export
goods and services, public institutions such
as the federal government and its myriad
agencies, international charitable agencies,
and environmental organizations. By carefully
selecting course electives and experiences,
students may nd international careers in a host
of elds, including traditional business paths
(accounting, nance, logistics, management,
MIS, marketing, and purchasing) or unique
professions determined by the desires of
individual students. For example, a student may
pursue a degree in International Business along
with a minor in art with a goal of managing an
art museum. International Business students
must be able to understand the importance
and inuence of culture on how people make
decisions.
International Business Major Requirements
Eighteen (18) credit hours, including BUAD
473, MKTG 460, BUAD 472 or MKTG 472,
ECON 382 or 482, plus an additional 6 credits
selected from any upper-level College of
250
Business electives or ECON 382 or 482, FREN
313, GERM 313, or SPAN 393.
Note 1: A maximum of three (3) credits of
499 courses may count toward the upper level
elective requirement.
Note 2: Students may repeat 472 courses
for credit toward the upper level elective
requirement.
Note 3: Students may count FREN 313,
GERM 313, SPAN 393 as both their upper
level International Business Major electives
and toward their Business French, German or
Spanish minor if they are also pursuing one or
more of these minors.
Note 4: THE BUAD or MKTG 472 requirement
is to ensure all students who graduate with an
International Business major have international
experience. Students with alternative
international experience may apply to the
COB Curriculum Committee for a waiver for
the 472 requirement. Students who receive
waivers must complete an additional upper-level
College of Business elective to substitute for the
472 class.
Note 5: International Business majors also
benet from GEOG 101, 301, 304, 305, 307;
ECON 384; HIST 349, 354, 358, 381; and PSCI
354, 355, 362, 366, 367.
Marketing Major
A major in Marketing will help prepare
students for jobs in virtually all industries. In
today's world of evolving technologies and
media fragmentation there is great demand
for those that are able to successfully identify,
understand, and reach consumers. e tools
that one learns in marketing enables students
to work for Fortune 500 companies, non-
government organizations, or as entrepreneurs
who start their own business. Students are
able to gain strong quantitative skills allowing
them to pursue careers in market research,
policy research, pricing, and supply chain
management. e ability to think critically and
creatively is also developed so that students
are able to pursue careers in promotion
(advertising, publicity, public relations), product
or service design. Many graduates also choose
a professional sales job for their entry into the
workforce.
Marketing Major Requirements
Eighteen (18) credit hours, including MKTG
411, 450, 490 plus an additional 9 credits
selected from any upper-level MKTG courses
or GISC 200, GEOG 250 or EESC 205. Note:
A maximum of three (3) credits of 499 courses
may count toward the upper level elective
requirement.
Business Administration Minor
e Business Administration minor provides
students with majors outside the College of
Business with the conceptual foundations
necessary to understand the complex
components of today’s competitive business
environment. Essential courses in accounting,
MIS, management and marketing combine
theory and practice to build a strong knowledge
base of core business processes. Advanced
business topics allow students to develop
knowledge in a specic area to complement
their major.
Requirements for the Business
Administration Minor
Eighteen (18) credit hours are required. ACCT
101, BUAD 105, MGMT 301, MIST 201,
MKTG 301, and one additional upper-level (300
or 400) ACCT, BUAD, BLAW, DSCI, FINC,
MGMT, MIST or MKTG course excluding
BUAD 350, DSCI 352, DSCI 353, FINC 301,
MGMT 490, and all 499 courses.
Finance and Quantitative Analysis Minor
e minor in Financial and Quantitative
Analysis teaches principles and builds skills in
the eld of Finance. It is an attractive option
that can enhance the credentials for students
in a wide variety of disciplines. Financial
decision making is critically important in
the business world, whether the context is
entrepreneurial, corporate, or governmental
economic policy. e minor in Financial and
Quantitative Analysis is designed to provide
students with the core fundamental coursework
in mathematics, economics, and business to
succeed in this area.
Requirements for the Finance and
Quantitative Analysis Minor
Eighteen (18) hours. Required: ACCT 102;
FINC 301 and 401. Choose 3 courses (9 hours)
from the following list: ACCT 401; DSCI 401,
402; FINC 430; MKTG 411; any approved 491
class within the College of Business; approved
471 (special topics seminars) classes within the
College of Business.
251
Accounting Course Oerings (ACCT)
101- Principles of Accounting I (3)
is is the rst of two-courses that introduces
fundamental accounting techniques and
procedures for gathering and reporting nancial
information used by management and others
to plan, evaluate, and control and to insure
appropriate use and accountability for its
resources.
102 - Principles of Accounting II (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 101 or equivalent. is
is the second of two-courses that introduces
fundamental accounting techniques and
procedures for gathering and reporting nancial
information used by management and others
to plan, evaluate, and control and to insure
appropriate use and accountability for its
resources.
110 - Intensive Principles of Accounting (6)
Introduction of fundamental accounting
techniques and procedures for gathering
and reporting nancial information used by
management and others to plan, evaluate, and
control, and to insure appropriate use of and
accountability for its resources. e course is a
substitute for ACCT 101 and 102. Students who
have taken ACCT 101 and 102 are not eligible to
take this course.
301 – Intermediate Accounting I (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 102 or equivalent. is
course is a review of basic accounting concepts
followed by an examination of the accounting
process emphasizing nancial statement
presentation and theory. Current assets and
liabilities are studied in depth, drawing heavily
on Financial Accounting Standards along with
SEC rules and concept releases.
302 – Intermediate Accounting II (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 301 or equivalent. is
course continues the examination of accounting
processes with an emphasis on noncurrent
assets and liabilities, including pensions and
other employee compensation issues, leases, and
debt nancing. is study focuses on Financial
Accounting Standards along with SEC rules and
concept releases.
304 – Cost/Managerial Accounting (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 102, 110 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. e material in
this course concentrates on the principles and
procedures for planning and controlling routine
and non-routine decisions, setting policy, and
performing long-range planning. e course
focuses on cost behavior, standard costing,
exible budgeting, cost allocation, performance
measurement, and analysis for decision-making.
310 – Federal Taxation of Individuals (3)
Prerequisites: ACCT 102, 110 or equivalent;
and business administration major or
permissionand College of Business major or
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Federal income taxation of individuals is
studied in reference to gross income, deductions
and credits, sales, other disposition of property,
changes in the law, and economic impact of the
law.
320 - Federal Taxation of Business (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 310 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
develops knowledge about federal income tax
for partnerships, corporations, and owners'
duciary responsibilities in reporting income.
401–Accounting Information Systems (3)
Prerequisites: ACCT 102 or 110 or equivalent;
and College of Business major or permission
of the Associate Dean for Faculty. is
course covers how information technology
is used to eectively manage and control
the nancial transactions associated with
electronic commerce in a global, internet-based
economy. Systems selection/development and
implementation is analyzed as are the business
processes that are integral to the value chain.
Specic transaction cycles are discussed with an
internal controls focus.
420 – Governmental and Not-for-Prot
Accounting (3)
Prerequisites: ACCT 301 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
covers governmental accounting, including
the reporting requirements and interactions
between government-wide nancial statements
and nancial statements for governmental,
propriety and duciary funds. Budgeting,
costing of services, long-term liabilities,
debt services, auditing, and evaluation of
governmental and not-for-prot entities,
including federal and state governments,
municipalities, and entities such as schools and
hospitals, are examined.
430 – Advanced Accounting Problems (3)
Prerequisites: ACCT 302 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
addresses problems in nancial accounting
252
and practice theory dealing with partnerships,
corporations, consolidated statements, and
duciary accounting.
460 – Auditing (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 301 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
examines audit concepts, theory, standards,
and procedures, as well as ethical and legal
requirements within the context of audit
evidence, documentation, and testing required
before internal and external auditors issue their
reports.
471 - Seminars in Accounting (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor,
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Special topics of interest to faculty and students
are discussed in individual seminars which
focus on accounting.
491 - Individual Study in Accounting (1-3)
Prerequisite: Junior or senior status, permission
of instructor, permission of the Associate Dean
for Faculty. Directed by an accounting faculty
member, students conduct individual research
focusing on an approved topic of interest in
accounting.
499 – Internship (variable credit (1–3)
Prerequisites: Accounting or Business
Administration major; 9 hours of ACCT
courses or equivalent; permission of instructor;
permission of Associate Dean for Faculty. A
supervised work experience in a sponsoringA
supervised work experience in a sponsoring
organization developed with, and under the
supervision of, a department faculty member.
A maximum of 3 hours of 499 classes from the
College of Business may be used toward the
upper-level elective requirement for any of the
majors in the College of Business.
Business Administration Course Oerings
(BUAD)
105 – Perspectives on Organizations in
Society (3)
e evolution of economic systems from
political, sociological, and cultural perspectives
are examined in order to understand the
interactive nature of business, governmental,
and societal systems. is course introduces
the conceptual foundations necessary to make
informed, well-reasoned analyses of the current
issues involving an array of organizations from
the private, public, and not-for-prot sectors
of the economy. Students who have declared
a major in the College of Business may not
register for this course.
350 – Business Communication (3)
Prerequisites: DSCI 259, or 352 MIST 201, and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. In this course
students study Business Communication as a
strategic process. e emphasis of the course
is on the practical application of written and
oral principles of business communication,
including audience management, information
control, and mastery of language. Additional
areas of study include discourse analysis, oral
and multimedia presentation techniques and
critiques, intra- and inter-cultural dierences
in communication, impromptu speaking, and
structured and planned briengs.
360 – e Cooperative Business Model (3)
is course discusses the historical context and
ideas behind the cooperative movement; the
evolution of cooperative enterprise; comparative
models and practice; and the relevance of the
cooperative business model both as a means
of achieving business goals and of addressing
contemporary economic and social issues.
464 – Business Ethics (3)
Prerequisites: Senior status; and College of
Business major or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. A study of ethical conduct
in management and the elements involved.
e course will use a series of applied case
studies (illustrating both positive and negative
models) to provide an understanding of how
to recognize a moral dilemma, evaluate the
implications of proposed actions and develop
a response. e student should leave with an
understanding of ethics and social responsibility
as they relate to management.
471 – Business Administration Seminars (1-3)
Prerequisites: College of Business major or
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Special topics of interest to sta and students are
discussed in individual seminars which focus on
specic areas within the various disciplines of
Business Administration.
472 - Business Administration Seminar Abroad
(3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Special topics of interest to sta and students
pertaining to how marketing is conducted in
one or more countries outside the United States
are explored in depth in individual seminars.
253
In order to receive credit for this class, students
must also travel to the country as part of a class
trip with the instructor.
473 – Environment of International Business
Seminar (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201; and College of
Business major or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. e political, cultural, and
economic aspects of the international business
environment are explored in depth. e goal
of this seminar is to develop an understanding
of the forces at work in the global conduct of
business across national boundaries.
491 – Individual Study in Business
Administration (variable credit, 1–3)
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status, requires
permission of instructor and permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. Directed by a
department faculty member, students conduct
individual research focusing on an approved
topic of interest in business administration.
499 – Internship (variable credit, 1–3)
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status; College
of Business major, minor or 15 hours of
BUAD courses or equivalent; permission of
instructor and permission of the Associate
Dean of Faculty. A supervised work experience
in a sponsoring organization developed in
consultation with, and under the supervision
of, a department faculty member. Directed by a
department faculty member, students conduct
individual research focusing on an approved
topic of interest in business administration. A
maximum of three (3) credits of 499 courses
may count toward the upper level elective
requirement.
Business Law Course Oerings (BLAW)
201 – Legal Environment of Business (3)
is course focuses on the legal, political, and
ethical framework in which businesses and
other types of organizations operate. Topics
include: common law and statutory business
crimes and torts, common law contracts,
business entities, securities regulation,
employer/employee relations, environmental
protection, and personal and real property
laws, In addition, the legal consequences of the
choice of business entity are explored while
studying sole proprietorships, partnerships, and
corporations.
300 – Cybersecurity Law (3)
Students will examine legal, policy, and ethical
challenges stemming from cybersecurity threats
involving government and non-government
actors. Students will explore the national and
international legal frameworks that govern
malicious and defensive actions in cyberspace,
including laws related to cybercrime,
cyberespionage, privacy, and cyberwar. is is
a core requirement for a cybersecurity major,
and may satisfy the upper level business elective
requirement for a business administration
major.
301 – Commercial Law (3)
Prerequisite: BLAW 201 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. is course provides
in-depth study of laws aecting commercial
transactions and the rationale underlying rights
and obligations of parties to these transactions.
e Uniform Code is emphasized, especially the
Articles dealing with Sales, Commercial Paper,
Bank Deposits, Bulk Transfers, Document of
Title, and Secured Transactions. e topics of
Antitrust, Consumer Protection, Labor Law,
and Insurance matters are explored.
Decision Sciences Course Oerings (DSCI)
101– Introduction to Data Science (3)
A hands-on introduction to the led of Data
Science and its applications. Covers a wide
range of topics to provide an overview of
the use of data in dierent elds. Provides
hands-on practice with basic tools and
methods of data analysis. Prepares students
to use data in their led of study and in
their work and to eectively communicate
quantitative ndings. Cross-listed as DATA
101.
219 – Foundations for Data Science (3)
Prerequisite: DATA 101. Skills and tools in
acquiring, parsing, manipulating, and preparing
data for statistical analysis. Cross-listed as
CPSC 219 and DATA 219.
259 – Applied Statistics and Business Research
(3)
Prerequisite: STAT 180 or similar Statistics
course. is course introduces students
to the scientic method to facilitate their
understanding of what constitutes good and
bad research and enable them to design and
conduct research studies. In addition, the
course provides students with skills necessary
to analyze, synthesize and evaluate statistical
information in order to make informed and
appropriate decisions in the workplace and
to prepare students for research courses in
254
graduate school. Students may elect to conduct
the group project on an individual basis to also
complete the university’s experiential learning
requirement.
352 – Analytics I: Predictive Models (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 180 or equivalent. is course
will introduce students to data visualization
methods as well as essential predictive
modeling approaches widely used in analytics
practice today. Beginning with a foundation
in inferential statistics, the course will cover
regression, classication, time series, and
clustering models. e use of visualization both
to explore data and to create narratives around
data will also be emphasized.
353 – Analytics II: Optimization Models (3)
Prerequisite: DSCI 352, MIST 201 or equivalent
and STAT 180 or similar statistics course. is
course introduces a variety of Management
Science models for use in analysis of "business"
problems. A computer soware package
provides the computational basics for case
analysis of problems in linear programming,
inventory, waiting lines, PERT/CPM, and
simulation. Cross listed as DATA 353.
363 – Operations Management (3)
Prerequisite: DSCI 353 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. Operations
management is an area of business concerned
with the production of goods and services.
It involves the study of concepts, theories
and techniques relating to the operations
functions in both manufacturing and service
organizations. Lectures, discussions, and case
studies are used to provide a comprehensive
knowledge of theories, current practices, and
trends in several topical areas of operations
management. Quantitative tools of analysis
used to support decision making in the various
operations management are surveyed.
401 – Foundation and Applications of Data
Analytics (3)
Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in CPSC
220 or DSCI/DATA 219 or equivalent. is
course provides an introduction to modern
machine learning methods with an emphasis
on application. Traditional algorithms for
classication, clustering, and regression are
covered as well as model development and
performance evaluation. Select deep learning
algorithms, including convolutional and LSTM
networks are also covered. Examples will
come from customer behavior modeling, text
and image cassication, and other interesting
domains. Cross-listed as DATA 401.
402 – Analytics Applications and Development
(4)
Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in CPSC 220
or DSCI/CPSC 219 or equivalent. A course
in programming and data manipulation
techniques for constructing analytics-based
applications. Topics include SQL or no-SQL
databases, using web service API's to acquire
data, introduction to Hadoop and MapReduce,
and use of third-party analytic component
API's. Cross-listed as DATA 402.
Finance Course Oerings (FINC)
301 – Principles of Finance (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 202; ACCT 102 or
ACCT 110 or equivalent; MIST 201 or equivalent;
and STAT 180 or equivalent; and College of
Business major or Financial and Quantitative
Analysis minor or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. An overview of nancial
management which provides identication and
solution of nancial problems. Coverage includes
the role of nancial management, tools of nancial
analysis, cost of capital, nancial structure, long
term assets and nancial forecasting.
401 –Advanced Corporate Finance (3)
Prerequisite: FINC 301. is course develops
the processes of making optimal strategic
decision by applying corporate nancial theory
to cases of nancial policy, nancial instruments
and valuation. e course will focus on six
broad topics including cost of capital and
capital budgeting, discount cash ow valuation
and nancial multiples, payout policy, equity
and debt nancing, corporate control and
recapitalizations,and corporate governance.
430 –Financial Modeling (3)
Prerequisite: FINC 301. is course introduces
students to technology supporting nancial
modeling and decision making. Students will
learn to apply and extend the concepts they have
learned in the introductory nance course into
a spreadsheet model framework of Microso
Excel. e course will examine modeling
in four primary areas: (1) corporate nance
models, (2) xed income securities models, (3)
portfolio models, and (4) option price models.
471 – Seminars in Finance (1-3)
Speical topics of interest to faculty and students
are discussed in individual seminars with
focus on Finance.
255
491 – Individual Study in Finance (1-3)
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status, requires
permission of instructor and permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. Directed by
a nance faculty member, students conduct
individual research focusing on an approved
topic of interest in nance.
Management Course Oerings (MGMT)
301 - Principles of Management (3)
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the
Associate Dean for the Faculty. An integrative
approach to organizational concepts, principles,
philosophy, and theory in public, private, and
not-for-prot organizations is emphasized.
Current decision-making approaches utilizing
theories of organizational behavior, general
systems and contingency theories are linked
to the managerial functions of planning,
organizing, leadership, and control.
345 –Organizational Behavior (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301 or equivalent. is
course explores the behavioral aspects of
organizations, presenting concepts, theories,
research and research techniques that can
be applied to enhance understanding of
people in organizations. Topics included are
personnel selection and placement, job and
work environments, worker motivation, job
satisfaction, and the organizational and social
context of human work. Cross-listed as PSYC
385.
346 - Human Resource Management (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. e philosophy,
principles, and policies needed to develop
eective personnel management and industrial
relations programs in business, government,
and not-for-prot organizations are developed
and discussed. Cross-listed as PSYC 386.
347 – Organizational Development and Change
(3)
Prerequisite: College of Business major and
MGMT 301 or equivalent; or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. is course develops
a system-wide application of behavioral
science methods, theories, and accumulated
knowledge to the change and reinforcement
of organizational strategies, structures, and
processes for improving organizational
eectiveness. Cross-listed as PSYC 387.
420 – Negotiation (3)
Prerequisite: BUAD 350, junior or senior
status; and College of Business major or
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
An exploration of negotiation techniques and
strategies, including: understanding opponents,
determining needs and identifying objectives,
and managing concessions and power
dynamics, all with an eye towards maintaining
goodwill and building long-term, productive
professional relationships. e course will cover
individual, group, multi-party, agented, and
cross-cultural negotiations, through theoretical
study and practical application. Cross-listed as
MKTG 420.
421 – Entrepreneurial Venture Creation (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 101, 102; BLAW 201; DSCI
259 or 352, MGMT 301 and MKTG 301. is
course introduces entrepreneurship to students
as creating something new that adds value
to others. Entrepreneurial Venture Creation
focuses on the knowledge, skills, and processes
required for starting a new business. Strategies
and approaches for creating, managing,
and marketing a new rm are emphasized
throughout the course. Cross-listed as MKTG
421.
422 - e Origins and Evolution of Business (3)
Prerequisite: Junior status and College of
Business major or minor; or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty or faculty member
teaching. is class examines how the vision
of individuals and groups combined with
innovations, large and small, can aect the
business environment and the culture and how
the availability of those innovations can create
business opportunities while oen inuencing
social change. Cross-listed MKTG 422.
425 – Leadership eory and Practice (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301 or equivalent.
is course involves study of contemporary
leadership theory, with emphasis on practical
application of those theories. Characteristics
of eective leaders, contemporary leadership
models, strategic leadership, ethics, power,
politics, inuence tactics, teamwork, motivation
and coaching skills, creativity and innovation,
communication, and conict resolution, are
discussed. Students have the opportunity
to explore personal leadership styles, learn
how to modify them, how to apply them
eectively in their work, and write a personal
vision statement. Experiential exercises, cases,
and other strategies are applied to enhance
learning theory and acquire, enhance, and
256
integrate leadership skills related to leading
contemporary work organizations.
427 – Leadership and Social Justice (3)
Prerequisite: Senior status. is course explores
social injustice at the macro and micro business
and social levels, including poverty, race and
culture, and gender. e key will be in students
learning that social justice is a business, not just
a passion, and requires leaders with strengths in
both. Students will work in the community to
put this into practice.
440 - Introduction to Project Management (3)
Prerequisite: MGMT 301. is course provides a
comprehensive overview of project management.
e course addresses the framework, culture,
principles, and basic techniques of project
management. e course reviews the general
stages of a project and describes how the stages
interrelate. Basic tools of project management,
such as work breakdown structure, scheduling,
earned value analysis, and risk management are
introduced and used in student assignments.
e elements of project management critical to
the success of a project are also identied and
explained.
460 - Creative inking for Managers (3)
Prerequisite: Junior or senior status; and College
of Business major or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. is course's objective is to
develop understanding of the role of creativity and
critical thinking in management. Management is
decision-making and most non-routine decisions
rely on incomplete information and require novel,
cogent, and compelling decisons. is course
will help to temper the theoretical education with
future managers.
490 - Strategic Management (3)
Prerequisite: BLAW 201, BUAD 350, FINC
301, MGMT 301, MKTG 301; and College of
Business major or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. A capstone course designed
to integrate the student's study of management.
Advanced case studies and simulations prove a
series of integrating experiences where students
assume the role of the chief executive ocer in a
variety of organizational sectors (private, public,
not-for-prot). Students are required to make
managerial decisions concerning formulation
of policy, strategy and tactics along with ethical
considerations in organizations' multi-faceted
relationships with the external environment.
Management Information and Systems
Course Oerings (MIST)
201 - Management Information Systems and
Applications (3)
e purpose of this course is to examine the
technical, business and management aspects of
management information systems through the
study of MIS theory and concepts. Emphasis
is placed on how and why dierent types of
information systems have become an essential
part of organizations. Students gain experience
solving real world business problems using
dierent information systems applications
throughout the course.
301 - Principles of Knowledge Management
Systems (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 201 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. e design and
implementation of knowledge management
systems that support a variety of business areas
are emphasized. Management challenges
associated with collecting, organizing and
sharing knowledge are discussed in detail.
350 - Database Management Systems (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 201 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. e importance of
relational databases in business environments
is emphasized and demonstrated through
real-world case students and exercise. Students
gain experience in planning, designing,
and developing and implementing business
applications databases for dierent business
purposes such as modeling and decision
making.
411 - Information Security (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 201 or equivalent; and
business administration major or permand
College of Business major or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty. is course provides
an understanding of the concepts involved in
securing information, both from a technical
and business perspective. Skills required to
analyze and evaluate the security of information
from a variety of view points are presented.
Current research is used to discuss management
issues associated with creating policies and
implementing procedures for information
security in organizations. Cross-listed as MMIS
540.
444 – Ethical Hacking (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 411 or equivalent. is
course introduces students to penetration
257
testing methods that can be used in an ethical
hacking situation. Students learn in interactive
environments where they scan, test, hack and
secure their own systems, and gain experience
with essential security systems. Topics include
perimeter defenses, scanning and attacking
students’ networks, escalating privileges, and
steps to secure a system. Students learn about
intrusion detection, policy malware, DoS
and DDoS attacks, buer overows and virus
creation. (Credit is not awarded for both CIST
444 and MMIS 544.)
450 - Systems Analysis and Design (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 201 or equivalent; and
business administration major or permand
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
examines systems analysis theory and concepts
that are used to design and analyze dierent
types of information systems from a technical
and business perspective. Systems analysis
techniques and design processes used by
organizations are presented. e complexity of
analyzing and designing information systems to
support current and future business.
455 - Project Management for IT (3)
Prerequisite: MIST 201 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
covers methods for the analysis, design, and
implementation of information technology.
(Credit not granted for both MIST 445 and
CIST 461.)
Marketing Course Oerings (MKTG)
301 - Principles of Marketing (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 202; and junior
status. e place of marketing in the global
economy and the policies and practices of
marketing institutions are explored. Major
topics included are marketing functions,
organization, research, merchandising,
channels of distribution and transportation.
Also, problems concerning ethics and social
responsibility in the marketing arena are
discussed.
411 - Marketing Research (3)
Prerequisite: DSCI 259 or 352 or equivalent;
MKTG 301 or equivalent; and College of
Business major or permission of the Associate
Dean for Faculty. Research in marketing is used
as a tool to identify, collect and analyze data
relevant to decision-making for businesses.
Relevant statistical soware is used to analyze
client data. Ethical considerations related to
research ndings are also discussed.
420 – Negotiation (3)
Prerequisite: BUAD 350, junior or senior
status; and College of Business major or
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
An exploration of negotiation techniques and
strategies, including: understanding opponents,
determining needs and identifying objectives,
and managing concessions and power
dynamics, all with an eye towards maintaining
goodwill and building long-term, productive
professional relationships. e course will cover
individual, group, multi-party, agented, and
cross-cultural negotiations, through theoretical
study and practical application. Cross-listed as
MGMT 420.
421 – Entrepreneurial Venture Creation (3)
Prerequisite: ACCT 101, 102; BLAW 201; DSCI
259 or 352; MGMT 30; and MKGT 301. is
course introduces entrepreneurship to students
as creating something new that adds value
to others. Entrepreneurial Venture Creation
focuses on the knowledge, skills, and processes
required for starting a new business. Strategies
and approaches for creating, managing,
and marketing a new rm are emphasized
throughout the course. Cross-listed as MGMT
421.
422 - e Origins and Evolution of Business (3)
Prerequisite: Junior status, and College of
Business major or minor; or permission of the
Associate Dean for Faculty or faculty member
teaching. is class examines how the vision
of individuals and groups combined with
innovations, large and small, can aect the
business environment and the culture and how
the availability of those innovations can create
business opportunities while oen inuencing
social change. Cross-listed MGMT 422.
430 - Professional Selling (3)
Prerequisite: MKTG 301 or equivalent; College
of Business major or minor; or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. Professional
Selling focuses on the knowledge, skills, and
processes required for eective professional
relationship selling. Strategies and approaches
for creating, communicating, and delivering
value to initiate, develop, and expand customer
relationships are emphasized throughout the
course.
440 - Promotion Management (3)
Prerequisite: MKTG 301. e course provides
258
an overall perspective of rapidly developing
communication function of marketing with
respect to consumers, technology, and media. It
views promotion from a manager’s perspective
and allows students to explore the importance
of integrated marketing communications
which emphasizes coordination of traditional,
digital, and emerging media as well as other
promotional elements to achieve an ecient
and eective communication plan.
450 - Consumer Behavior (3)
Prerequisite: MKTG 301 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
examines the contributions of behavioral
sciences toward understanding and predicting
consumer behavior, especially as it pertains
to the decision-making process. It is vital for
marketers and managers to understand why
dierent people make dierent decisions in
the same circumstances in order to better
serve them. is course looks at the empirical
evidence from a variety of sources on why
various segments behave as they do.
460 - International Marketing (3)
Prerequisite: MKTG 301 or equivalent; and
College of Business major or permission of
the Associate Dean for Faculty. e focus of
this course is to understand the challenges
companies face in conducting the international
marketing. Students explore various strategies
to successfully manage international marketing
eorts, including analysis of world markets,
consumer behavior, foreign environments, and
the marketing management methods required
to meet the demands of the global marketplace.
e problems of foreign competition,
diminishing U.S. market share, and U.S. foreign
market entry strategies.
471 - Seminars in Marketing (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Special topics of interest to faculty and students
are discussed in individual seminars which
focus on marketing.
472 - Marketing Seminar Abroad(3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and
permission of the Associate Dean for Faculty.
Special topics of interest to sta and students
pertaining to how marketing is conducted in
one or more countries outside the United States
are explored in depth in individual seminars.
In order to receive credit for this class, students
must also travel to the country as part of a class
trip with the instructor.
490 - Marketing Strategy (3)
Prerequisite: MKTG 301; marketing major or
business administration minor or permission
of the Associate Dean for Faculty. is course
serves as a capstone survey of the major topics
in contemporary marketing. Topics included are
delineation of market targets, the development
and implementation of the marketing mix,
the control and analysis of the total marketing
eort, strategy, strategic decision-making tools,
ethics, as well as comprehensive case studies or
the use of a comprehensive simulation..
491 - Individual Study in Marketing (1-3)
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior status, permission
of instructor, permission of Associate Dean
for Faculty. Directed by a marketing faculty
member, students conduct individual research
focusing on an approved topic of interest in
marketing.
499 - Marketing Internship (1-3)
Prerequisites: MKTG 301; and: business major
or minor or permission of the Associate Dean
for Faculty. is course serves as a capstone
survey of the major topics in contemporary
marketing. Topics included are delineation
of market targets, the development and
implementation of the marketing mix, the
control and analysis of the total marketing
eort, strategy, strategic decision-making tools,
ethics, as well as comprehensive case studies
or the use of a comprehensive simulation.
e College of Business
Graduate Programs are
presented in the University’s
Graduate Catalog.
259
COLLEGE OF
EDUCATION
Peter S. Kelly, Dean
Courtney M. Clayton, Associate Dean for Academic Programs, Assessment, and
Accreditation
T
he College of Education administers the Teacher Education Program
at e University of Mary Washington. All teacher education licensure
programs are approved by the Virginia Department of Education.
Requirements for licensure are established by the Virginia Board of
Education and are subject to change.
Mission Statement
e College of Education of the University of Mary Washington prepares
educators for the 21st century who are knowledgeable, skilled, collaborative,
reective, and sensitive to diverse learner needs. To accomplish this, we:
• Are grounded in a strong liberal arts curriculum.
• Emphasize school-based experiences through which students solidify
their understanding of the nature of the learner and eective teaching
and motivational practices.
• Build a diverse community of practice involving strong partnerships
among students, faculty, local teachers, and administrators.
• Enhance teacher aptitudes for research and critical decision making and
ensure knowledge of learning theories and research-based
pedagogy.
• Challenge educators to respond to the changing nature of learning in the
21st century through an emphasis on multi-literacies.
FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Faculty
Professors
Teresa L. Coman
Peter S. Kelly
Venitta C. McCall
George R. Meadows
Marie P. Sheckels
Jo Tyler
Associate Professors
John P. Broome
Antonio R. Causarano
Courtney M. Clayton
Janine Schank Davis
Beverly D. Epps
Associate Professors (continued)
Jane L. Human
Kyle T. Schultz
Assistant Professors
Christy K. Irish
Jennifer D. Walker
Melissa S. Wells
260
UNDERGR ADUATE-
GR ADUATE PROGR AMS
IN EDUCATION
While there is not a major in education,
the College of Education oers, as electives
toward the bachelor’s degree, courses designed
to prepare the liberal arts student to meet
requirements for licensure as a teacher.
ose students who are pursuing licensure at
the elementary (PreK-6) level enter the Master
of Science in Elementary Education Program,
which is an accelerated ve-year undergraduate-
graduate program. Students complete education
course work and eld experiences at the
undergraduate level, graduate with their class
receiving their bachelor’s degree with a liberal
arts or sciences major, and return for one more
year during which they complete graduate
education course work, an internship, and a
research study.
ose students who are pursuing licensure
for Special Education: General Curriculum
enter the Master of Education Initial Licensure
Five Year Pathway: Special Education General
Curriculum, which is an accelerated ve-
year undergraduate-graduate program.
Students complete education coursework
and eld experiences at the undergraduate
level; graduate with their class receiving their
bachelor’s degree with a liberal arts or sciences
major; and return for one more year during
which they complete graduate education
coursework, an internship, and a research
study.
e College also oers the Master of
Education Initial Licensure Five Year Pathway:
PreK-12 for students pursuing licensure at the
PreK-12 level in Visual Arts, Foreign Language
(French, German, Latin, Spanish), Music, and
eatre Arts; and the Master of Education
Initial Teacher Licensure Five Year Pathway:
Secondary for licensure in grades 6-12 in each
of the following areas: Biology, Chemistry,
Computer Science, English, Earth Science,
History and Social Science, Mathematics, and
Physics. Add-on endorsements are oered
in Journalism, Speech Communication, and
Algebra I. ese programs are accelerated
undergraduate-graduate pathways to the
Master of Education degree. Students complete
education course work and eld experiences
at the undergraduate level, graduate with their
class receiving their bachelor’s degree with a
liberal arts or sciences major, and return for
one more year during which they complete
graduate education course work, an internship,
and a research study.
roughout the program, students gain
experiences and skills in monitoring their
own professional growth through research,
reection, and problem solving. Most of the
courses require students to complete eld
experiences in the public schools.
College of Education students have access
to all the Academic Resources outlined in
that section of this Catalog. All University
Academic Policies described in the Catalog
apply to the College of Education students.
Students must complete general education
requirements, a liberal arts or sciences
major, and professional studies (education
course work) requirements. e professional
studies component provides students with
background knowledge and experience in
curriculum planning and implementation
with a focus on teaching the national and state
standards.
All students who gain admission to the
program are eligible to join the Student
Education Association. Juniors or seniors
with high academic achievement are invited
to become members of the Nu Xi Chapter of
Kappa Delta Pi, an international honor society
in education. Awards are given each year to
a students who excels in supervised
teaching,
academic achievement, and leadership.
Students in the Teacher Education Program
have the opportunity to apply for a variety of
scholarships.
Admission, Continuation, and Program
Completion Requirements
Admission to the Teacher Education Program
is by application directly to the College of
Education. Admission is competitive and is based
on academic achievement in the undergraduate
program and on other indications of potential in
meeting the program goals. Students interested
in seeking credentials to teach should contact
the College of Education as early in their college
career as possible and are strongly advised to
attend a Group Information Session on the
Teacher Education Program. Group Information
Sessions are oered throughout the academic
year. At these sessions, students are informed of
the features and requirements of the program.
261
Students are advised of the required Minimum
Performance Standards and are asked to apprise
the department of requests for accommodations.
UMW students who are interested in the Teacher
Education Program should attend one of these
Group Information Sessions as soon as possible.
Prospective transfer students who are interested
in the Teacher Education Program should attend
one of these Group Information Sessions.
For Undergraduate Admission and permission
to take the rst education course, Education
(EDUC) 203 or 204, current UMW students
must have passed the Praxis Core test or
qualifying equivalent assessments, attained a 2.5
GPA or better on at least 12 UMW credits. See
the College of Education website for due dates
for application for admission to Education 203
or 204. Transfer students who have a 3.25 GPA
may apply to take EDUC 203 or 204 their rst
semester at UMW. ey should submit their
application for EDUC 203/204 by the dates
posted on the College of Education website;
applications can be found on the College of
Education website. Transfer students who do
not submit applications by these deadlines or do
not meet the above requirements should apply
to take these courses once they are enrolled at
UMW under the guidelines for current UMW
students.
A student who has satised all admission
requirements with the exception of passing
scores on the Praxis Core or one of the qualifying
substitutes may be admitted provisionally to the
degree program. e student will be limited to
three courses including EDUC 203 or 204 prior
to submission of (1) passing scores for the Praxis
Core, or (2) passing scores for the VCLA plus a
passing score on the Math Praxis Core, SAT or
ACT.
A provisionally admitted student will receive
a letter outlining requirements for continued
enrollment. Upon submission of the passing
score reports, the student may be formally
admitted to the degree program. Aer the
students pursuing elementary licensure,
secondary, PreK-12, or Special Education
successfully complete EDUC 203 or 204, they are
assigned to a professional studies cohort that is
determined by the year that they will complete
the graduate course work. Students are expected
to participate in regular cohort advising.
To continue in the program, students are
responsible for following the regulations and
application deadlines. To continue in the
program students must do the following: (a)
maintain good academic standing with an
overall cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better; (b)
achieve a GPA of 3.0 or better in all education
courses; (c) demonstrate satisfactory progress
on all Professional Competencies; (d) be current
on all Professional Clearances; and (e) achieve
satisfactory evaluations in all eld experiences.
Students not accepted into the Program should
note that there is a 12-credit limit on education
course work that may be applied toward the
degree. A student who receives more than one
grade of C (2.0) or below in an education course
will be dismissed from the program.
Students who apply for the h or graduate
year of the M.S. in Elementary Education
program or one of the secondary or PreK-12.
M. Ed. Initial Licensure Five Year Pathway
programs must submit their application for
Graduate Admission during their nal year of
undergraduate study.
To receive Graduate Admission to the Program
students must do the following: (a) obtain an
overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, (b) continue to
meet the criteria listed for continuation in the
program, (c) successfully complete required
course work, and (d) receive a bachelor’s degree
from UMW.
Students who apply for the h or graduate year
for one of the Special Education, K-12 M.Ed.
Initial Licensure Five Year Pathway programs
must submit their application for Graduate
Admission by the dates posted on the College of
Education website.
Successful completion of the program and
recommendation for licensure to the Virginia
Department of Education are contingent upon:
(1) completion of all degree requirements; (2) a
grade of B (including B+, B, or B-) or better in
all graduate coursework; minimum 3.0 (B) or
higher overall cumulative GPA must be earned
in order to graduate; a grade of C+ or lower in
a course or internship results in dismissal from
the program; and (3) achieving passing scores on
all licensure examination and the Child Abuse
Recognition Intervention Module, certication
or training in emergency rst aid, CPR and use
of the automated external debrillators, and
completion of the Dyslexia Awareness Module,
as required by the Virginia State Board of
Education.
262
M.S. in Elementary Education (PreK-
6) Undergraduate Professional Studies
Requirements:
EDUC 203, MATH 204, EDUC 303, 305, 311,
371, 373, 386, 388, 420, and EDSE 390.
M.S. in Elementary Education (PreK-
6) Graduate Professional Studies
Requirements:
EDUC 510, 514, 521, 530, 539, 540 and one of
the specialization areas 522, 523, 524, 525, 526,
527, 528, or 529.
M.Ed. Initial Licensure Five Year Pathway:
Special Education, General Curriculum
(K-12), Undergraduate Professional Studies
Requirements:
EDUC 203, 371, 373, appropriate discipline-
specic course from EDUC 453, 455, 456, or
458, plus 351, 420 and EDSE 390.
M.Ed. Initial Licensure Five Year Pathway:
Special Education, General Curriculum
(K-12), Graduate Professional Studies
Requirements:
EDCI 500, 589, EDSE 519, 521, 533, 534, 535,
and 552, INDT 531.
Secondary (Grades 6-12) Undergraduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
EDUC 204, Appropriate discipline-specic
course from EDUC 453, 455, 456, or 458, plus
EDUC 351, 385, 420, and EDSE 390.
Secondary (Grades 6-12) Graduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
INDT 501; EDCI 515; EDUC 521, 530, 531, 535,
540, and 541.
Visual Arts (PreK-12) Undergraduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
EDUC 203 or 204, 311, 351, 385 or 387, 420,
459 and EDSE 390.
Foreign Language (PreK-12) Undergraduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
EDUC 203 or 204, 351, 385 or 388, 420, 454 and
EDSE 390.
Music (PreK-12) Undergraduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
EDUC 203 or 204, 385 or 388, 420, 457, and
EDSE 390.
eater Arts (Pre-K-12)Undergraduate
Professional Studies Requirements:
EDUC 203 or 204, 351, 385 or 388, 420, 453,
and EDSE 390.
Graduate PreK-12 Professional Studies
Requirements:
EDCI 515, 580, EDUC 521, 530, 535, 540, 541,
and INDT 501.
See the UMW Graduate Catalog for graduate
course descriptions.
Special Education Course Oerings (EDSE)
303 - Understanding Autism (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. e
3-credit course will teach students about the
characteristics of individuals diagnosed with
disabilities that fall under the category of
Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). is
course will include a discussion of the core
behavioral and secondary characteristics of
autism as well as the known physiological
components associated with the ASDs.
Students will learn about the prevalence as well
as the common theories of etiologies. Dual
diagnoses, co-morbidity, educational concerns
and medical issues will also be discussed.
Additionally, a review of the characteristics
across the lifespan, from infancy and toddler-
hood through adulthood will be provided.
Family concerns and considerations will be
discussed in the context of age, development,
and need for support. Field experience
required.
390 - Survey of Special Education:
Characteristics and Legal Issues (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. is course
presents an overview of the historical basis
and regulatory requirements related to special
education, including the individual education
program (IEP) as a legal document and the
rights and responsibilities of parents, teachers,
and schools. e characteristics of learners
with disabilities and their educational and
medical implications are also examined, as
well as the cultural, familial, and ethical issues
involved..
Education Course Oerings (EDUC)
203 – Introduction to Learning and Teaching:
Elementary (3)
Prerequisite: Admission is by application to
the Education program. Students must have
attained a 2.5 GPA or better on at least 12 UMW
credits. Transfer students may apply to enroll
263
in this course during their rst semester at
UMW. Education 203 will provide beginning
students with an introduction to learning and
teaching in public schools. e primary goal
for this course is “learning how to learn to
teach” which will be accomplished through
eld experience, cooperative learning activities,
class discussion, and lecture. Education 203
is a survey course – each of the major topics
(classroom management, student motivation,
curriculum, instruction, and professionalism)
introduced in this course will be examined more
thoroughly in both content and eld experience
in subsequent course work and practica.
204 – Introduction to Learning and Teaching:
Secondary and Pre-K-12 (3)
Prerequisite: Admission is by application to
the Education program. Students must have
attained a 2.5 GPA or better on at least 12 UMW
credits. Transfer students may apply to enroll
in this course during their rst semester at
UMW. Education 204 will provide beginning
students with an introduction to learning and
teaching in public schools. e primary goal
for this course is “learning how to learn to
teach” which will be accomplished through
eld experience, cooperative learning activities,
class discussion, and lecture. Education 204
is a survey course – each of the major topics
(classroom management, student motivation,
curriculum, instruction, and professionalism)
introduced in this course will be examined more
thoroughly in both content and eld experience
in subsequent course work and practica.
272 – Special Topics in Education (1-3)
Topics in Education chosen according to
timely interests and designed for students not
necessarily in the education program. Topics
vary. May be repeated with dierent topics.
303 – Scientic Inquiry (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203. Planning and
instructional skills for teaching science in
the elementary classroom. Provides students
training and practice in using an assortment of
developmentally appropriate teaching methods
for elementary level science. Also provides
students with an understanding of the current
Virginia Standards of Learning for Elementary
Science and how instruction may be designed to
meet the requirements of those Standards. Field
experience required.
305 – Mathematical Concepts and Methods II (2)
Prerequisites: EDUC 203 and MATH 204.
Mathematical concepts and methods of
teaching for the elementary school. Topics
include geometry, measurement, probability
and statistics. Field experience required.
311 – Literature and the Arts in the Elementary
Classroom (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203. Educational
approaches that encourage children’s expressive
development through the integration of
literature, the arts, and media throughout the
elementary curriculum. Students will read a
variety of genres of children’s literature and
learn basic information about dance, drama,
visual arts, and music, as well as strategies for
teaching science, math, social studies, reading
and language using children’s literature and
these art forms.
351 – Instructional Design and Assessment (4)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. Relates the
theories of development, constructivism and
learning, and brain research to planning and
instruction in the secondary classroom. Reading
and writing in the content areas is stressed. Field
experience required.
371 – Language Development and Literacy
Instruction: Primary (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203. Study of language
development and learner-sensitive approaches
to early childhood literacy instruction for
emerging readers. Focus is on teaching and
assessment strategies for literacy instruction
in the primary grades (K-2). Field experience
required.
373 – Language Development and Literacy
Instruction: Intermediate (3)
Prerequisites: EDUC 203 and 371. Focus is on
teaching and assessment strategies for literacy
instruction in the upper elementary grades
(3-6). Course emphasizes how to eectively
utilize literacy workstations, guided reading,
word study, spelling instruction and vocabulary
expoloration to optimize children's learning
and development across the curriculum, and
addresses the language and literacy needs of
students who do not speak English as their rst
language. Field experience required.
384 – Introduction to Special Education:
Secondary (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. e
characteristics of learners with disabilities in
secondary classrooms and their educational
implications are examined, as well as the
cultural, familial, and ethical issues involved.
e course also presents an overview of the
regulatory and legal requirements related to
264
special education, including the individual
education program (IEP) as a legal document
and the rights and responsibilities of parents,
teachers, and schools.
385 – Managing the Secondary Classroom (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. Teacher
candidates will learn a variety of approaches to
secondary classroom management. Emphasis
is on establishing a classroom community,
working with challenging adolescents, and
communicating with parents. Field experience
required.
386 – Elementary Social Studies Methods (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203. Teacher candidates will
learn the major orientations to the social studies
and their corresponding methods. Emphasis
is on researching, writing, and implementing
lessons that teach for understanding and inspire
critical thinking.
387 – Introduction to Special Education:
Elementary (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. e
characteristics of learners with disabilities in
elementary classrooms and their educational
implications are examined, as well as the cultural,
familial, and ethical issues involved. e course
also presents an overview of the regulatory and
legal requirements related to special education.
388 – Managing the Elementary Classroom (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 203 or 204. Teacher
candidates will learn a variety of approaches to
elementary classroom management. Emphasis
is on establishing a classroom community,
working with challenging children, and
communicating with parents. Field experience
required.
420 – e Professional Teacher and Critical
Issues in Education (3)
Prerequisites: EDUC 203 or 204, and at least
two additional education courses. Prospective
teachers become independent, reective
decision makers by critically examining the
philosophical, ethical, historical, legal, and
social contexts of the American school.
453 - e Teaching of English and eater Arts
(3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 553.
454 - e Teaching of Foreign Language (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 554.
455 – e Teaching of History and Social
Sciences (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required.
Cross-listed as EDCI 555.
456 - e Teaching of Mathematics and
Computer Science (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 556.
457 - e Teaching of Music (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 557.
458 - e Teaching of Sciences (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 558.
265
459 - e Teaching of Visual Arts (3)
Prerequisite: EDUC 351. is course
prepares teacher candidates for planning
instruction, selecting materials, developing
and implementing instructional strategies,
and designing assessments in their licensure
area. Students become familiar with state
and national standards and professional
organizations. Field experience required. Cross-
listed as EDCI 559.
472 – Special Topics in Education (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the department.
Specic subject content to be determined by
interest of faculty and students. A maximum
of six credits may count in a teacher licensure
program.
499 – Internship (credits variable)
Supervised o-campus experience developed in
consultation with the department. May not be
used to satisfy required professional education
course work. A maximum of three credits
may count in the teacher licensure program.
e College of Education
Graduate Programs are
presented in the University’s
Graduate Catalog.
266
Directory
THE CORPORATION
e Rector and Visitors of the University of Mary Washington
THE 2018–2019 OFFICERS OF THE VISITORS
Ms. Heather M. Crislip ’95 ............................................................................. Rector
THE VISITORS OF THE UNIVERSITY, 2019–2020
Ms. Martha G. Abbott ‘72.......................................................Alexandria, Virginia
Ms. Allida M. Black
................................................................... Arlington, Virginia
Ms. Sharon Bulova
.........................................................................Fairfax, Virginia
Ms. Heather M. Crislip ’95
.....................................................Richmond, Virginia
Ms. Devon Williams Cushman ’93
.......................................Richmond, Virginia
Mr. Edward B. Hontz
.......................................................Fredericksburg, Virginia
Hon. R. Edward Houck
........................................................Spotsylvania, Virginia
Ms. Patricia “Pat” Gwaltney McGinnis ’69
................................ Washington, DC
Mr. Leopoldo J. Martinez
............................................................McLean, Virginia
M
s. Deborah Santiago ’90 ........................................................Arlington, Virginia
Ms. Rhonda S. VanLowe
...............................................................Reston, Virginia
Ms. Deirdre Powell White ’91
.........................................Fredericksburg, Virginia
Dr. Jerey W. McClurken
......................................... Clerk to the Board of Visitors
267
ADMINISTRATION
PRESIDENT
Troy D. Paino
........................................................................................................President
B.A., Evangel University;
J.D., Indiana University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Michigan State University
Jerey W. McClurken
.....................................Chief of Sta and Clerk to the Board
B.A. Mary Washington College;
M.A., Ph.D., e Johns Hopkins University
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Nina Mikhalevsky
.................................................................................................. Provost
B.A., Boston University;
M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University
John T. Morello ............................................ Associate Provost for Academic Aairs
A.B., e College of William and Mary;
M.A., Northern Illinois University;
Ph.D., Wayne State University
Timothy M. O’Donnell
.............Associate Provost for Academic Engagement and
Student Success
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest University;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Debra J. Schleef
. ......Associate Provost for Institutional Analysis and Eectiveness
B.A., Indiana University at Indianapolis;
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Rosemary Arneson .....................................................................University Librarian
B.A. University of Georgia;
M.Ln., Emory University
Rita F. Dunston ..........................................................................University Registrar
B.S., Norfolk State University;
M.S., Old Dominion University
P. Anand Rao
.............Director, Speaking Center and Speaking Intensive Program
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Gwen N. Hale
................................ Director, Writing Center and Writing Program
B.A., M.A., East Tennessee State University;
Ph.D., Middle Tennessee State University
268
R. Wesley Hillyard, III ................................................ Director, Academic Services
B.S., University of Mary Washington;
M.Ed., University of Virginia
Jessica Machado........................................................ Director, Disability Resources
B.S., M.A., George Mason University
Jose A. Sainz
....................................... Director, Center for International Education
B.A., Universidad de Deusto (Spain);
M.A., West Virginia University;
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Caitlin C. Finlayson .....................................................Director, Center for Teaching
B.A., Winthrop University;
Ph.D., Florida State University
Laura C. Wilson ............................................................................Director, Safe Zone
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University;
M.A., e College of William and Mary;
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
David A. Rettinger
................................... Director, Academic Integrity Programs
B.A., University of Michigan;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado
Scott A. Harris
....................................... Executive Director, University Museums
B.A., Mary Washington College;
M.A., e College of William and Mary
Kimberly C. Young
......Executive Director, Continuing and Professional Studies
B.A., Duke University;
MMH, MBA, Cornell University
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Keith E. Mellinger
...........................................Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
B.S., Millersville University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Grant R. Woodwell
........................... Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
B.A., Columbia University;
M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Ana G. Chichester
............................Director, Bachelor of Liberal Studies Program
B.A., Mary Washington College;
M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
Ph.D., University of Virginia
269
Janet M. Atarthi-Dugan ..................................................Director, Nursing Program
BBSN, University of San Francisco;
MSN, Ph.D., George Mason University
Kevin P. Bartram
.................................................................Director of the Orchestra
B.M., Northwestern University;
M.M., University of Missouri at Columbia;
Ph.D., Shenandoah Conservatory
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Lynne D. Richardson
...................................................Dean of the College of Business
BBA, University of Montevallo;
MBA, University of Alabama at Birmingham;
Ph.D., University of Alabama
Kenneth D. Machande
................................... Acting Dean of the College of Business
A.A., University of Maryland;
BLS, Mary Washington College;
MBA, Albany State University
Brian J. Baker
..................Executive Director, Center for Economic Development
B.A., MBA, University of Mary Washington
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Peter S. Kelly
............................................................. Dean of the College of Education
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Kansas
Courtney M. Clayton.......Associate Dean for Academic Programs, Assessment,
and Accreditation
B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., University of San Francisco;
Ph.D., Boston College
ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE
Paul C. Messplay
................................... Vice President, Administration and Finance
B.A., MPA, Virginia Commonwealth University
Julie R. Smith
...................... Associate Vice President for Finance and Controller
B.S., University of Central Florida
John P. Wiltenmuth III
................ Associate Vice President for Facilities Services
BSME, U.S. Naval Academy;
MPA, Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Hall Cheshire
...................................................................Chief Information Ocer
B.S., e American University
270
ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT
Kimberley Buster Williams
.......................Vice President, Enrollment Management
B.A., MSED, Ed.S., Old Dominion University
Melissa Wheat Yakabouski
............................Director, Undergraduate Admissions
B.A., Mary Washington College
Deanna C. Pack
.........................................................Director, Graduate Admissions
BBA, MBA, Averett University
EQUITY AND ACCESS
Sabrina C. Johnson
........................................................Vice President for Equity and
Access and Chief Diversity Ocer
B.S., MPA, Virginia Commonwealth University;
J.D., e College of William and Mary
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Juliette Landphair ....................................................Vice President for Student Aairs
B.A., Tulane University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Cedric B. Rucker
................................ Associate Vice President for Student Aairs
and Dean of Student Life
B.A., Mary Washington College;
M.A., University of Virginia
Melissa Jones
.............................................Associate Dean for Student Involvement
B.A., M.Ed., University of Virginia;
M.Ed., James Madison University
Marion Sanford
.......................................Director of Multicultural Student Aairs
B.A., Jackson State University;
M.A., Ph.D., Iowa State University
David Fleming
.............................. Assistant Dean for Residence Life and Housing
B.A., Salisbury University;
M.A., University of New Haven
Sandrine M. Sutphin
....................Director of Student Activities and Engagement
B.A., James Madison University;
M.Ed., University of South Carolina
Raymond S. Tuttle
....Director of Judicial Aairs and Community Responsibility
B.S., McGill University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
271
Tevya Zukor ............................... Director of Talley Center for Counseling Services
B.S., James Madison University;
M.A., Ph.D., George Mason University
Patrick L. Catullo ........................................................... Interim Director of Athletics
B.S., Mary Washington College;
MSS, e United States Sports Academy
ADVANCEMENT AND UNIVERSITY RELATIONS
Lisa Jamison Bowling
................................................Vice President for Advancement
and University Relations
B.A., Mary Washington College;
MBA, Wake Forest University
Anna B. Billingsley
...................Associate Vice President for University Relations
B.A., e College of William and Mary;
M.A., American University
Ken L. Steen....................................................................Associate Vice President of
University Advancement and Alumni
B.A., Woord College
Jan G. Clarke
.......................................... Assistant Vice President of Gi Planning
B.S., Averett College
Catherine Seller
.....................................Assistant Vice President of Advancement
Relations and Operations
B.A., American University;
M.A., Marymount University
272
FACULTY
Swati Agrawal, Assistant Professor of Biology (2019, 2019)
B.Sc., Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University (India); M.Sc., North
Maharashtra University (India); Ph.D., University of Georgia
Maysoon Fayez Al-Sayed Ahmad, Lecturer in Arabic (2010, 2014)
B.A., M.A., University of Jordan
Nabil S. Al-Tikriti, Associate Professor of History (2004, 2010)
B.S., Georgetown University; MIA, Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., e
University of Chicago
David K. Ambuel, Leidecker Chair and Professor of Philosophy (1992, 2007)
B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., University of Munich; Ph.D., Northwestern
University
Mehdi Aminrazavi, Leidecker Chair and Professor of Philosophy and Religion (1992,
2005)
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Temple University
Karen M. Anewalt, Professor of Computer Science (2000, 2012)
B.S., Allegheny College; M.S., Ph.D., e College of William and Mary
Josephine Antwi, Assistant Professor of Biology (2018, 2018)
B.S., Kwame Nkrumah University of Science & Technology; M.S., Southeastern
Louisiana University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University
Deena A. Applebury, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education
(2003, 2008)
A.A., State Fair Community College; B.S., M.S., University of Missouri at St. Louis
Janet A. Asper, Professor of Chemistry (2005, 2018)
B.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Dianne M. Baker, Professor of Biology (2006, 2018)
B.S., e Evergreen State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington
Robert R. Barr, Associate Professor of Political Science (2005, 2009)
B.A., M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Rosemary Barra, William M. Anderson, Jr. Distinguished Chair of Biological Sciences
and Professor of Biology (1983, 1995)
B.S., Duquesne University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
Antonio Barrenechea, Professor of English (2005, 2019)
B.A., Fordham University; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Jennifer A. Barry, Assistant Professor of Religion (2016, 2016)
B.A., Colorado Christian University; MTS, Duke University; Ph.D., Drew University
Note: Dates in parentheses indicate year of appointment to sta and year when present rank
and/or title was attained. is listing includes all full-time, continuing teaching faculty of the
University of Mary Washington as of June 1, 2019.
273
Michael G. Benson, Assistant Professor of eatre (2017, 2017)
B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College; MFA, e Pennsylvania State University
Porter R. Blakemore, Associate Professor of History (1979, 1987)
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.A., Madison College; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia
Susanne Brenta Blevins, Assistant Professor of English (2017, 2017)
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University; M.A., Radford University;
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
María Laura Bocaz-Leiva, Associate Professor of Spanish (2010, 2017)
Licenciatura, Ponticia Universidad CatÔlica de Chile; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa
Eric C. Bonds, Associate Professor of Sociology (2011, 2017)
B.S., University of Wyoming; M.A., Minnesota State University at Mankato; Ph.D.,
University of Colorado at Boulder
Dawn S. Bowen, Professor of Geography (1996, 2011)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., University of Maine at Orono; Ph.D.,
Queen’s University
Bridget G. Brew, Assistant Professor of Sociology (2019, 2019)
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.S., Brooklyn College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Cornell University
Cate M. Brewer, Senior Lecturer in eatre (2009, 2018)
B.A., Washington University in St. Louis; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University
John P. Broome, Associate Professor of Education (2008, 2017)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.Ed., George Mason University; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
John D. Burrow, Lecturer in Management (2014, 2017)
B.S., University of Mississippi; MPA, Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State
University; D.M., University of Maryland University College
Laura L. Bylenok, Assistant Professor of English (2016, 2016)
B.A., University of Washington; MFA, e Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D.,
University of Utah
Gonzalo S. Campos-Dintrans, Assistant Professor of Spanish (2016, 2016)
B.A., Ponticia Universidad Catόlica de Chile; M.A., Ph.D., e University of Iowa
Patrick L. Catullo, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education
(2004, 2004)
B.S., Mary Washington College; MSS, e United States Sports Academy
Antonio R. Causarano, Associate Professor of Education (2014, 2018)
M.A., University of Findlay (Ohio); M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico
Wei Chen, Associate Professor of Management (2009, 2015)
B.A., Xiamen University, China; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University
274
Yuan-Jen Chiang, Professor of Mathematics (1989, 2003)
B.S., National Taiwan Normal University; M.A., Ph.D., e Johns Hopkins
University
Ana G. Chichester, Professor of Spanish (1984, 2010)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Tracy B. Citeroni, Associate Professor of Sociology (1998, 2005)
B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Texas
at Austin
Courtney M. Clayton, Associate Professor of Education (2009, 2015)
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of San Francisco; Ph.D., Boston
College
Teresa L. Coman, Professor of Education (2004, 2014)
B.A., Hood College; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., Capella University
James B. Collins, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (2017, 2017)
B.S., James Madison University; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Deborah A. Conway, Associate Professor of Athletics, Health, and Physical Education
(1987, 1997)
A.A., Ferrum College; B.A., M.Ed., Lynchburg College
Rosalyn L. Cooperman, Associate Professor of Political Science (2003, 2009)
B.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Emily D. Crosby, Assistant Professor of Communication (2018, 2018)
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Katherine Nicole Crowder, Associate Professor of Chemistry (2008, 2014)
B.S., Sweet Briar College; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University
Shumona Dasgupta, Associate Professor of English (2013, 2017)
B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook
Jason W. Davidson, Professor of Political Science (2001, 2014)
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University
Stephen C. Davies, Professor of Computer Science (2006, 2019)
B.S., Rice University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado at Boulder
Janine Schank Davis, Associate Professor of Education (2012, 2018)
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University; M.Ed., Boston College;
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Julia Anne DeLancey, Professor of Art History (2017, 2017)
B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of St. Andrews (Scotland)
Andrew Delaney, Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2016, 2016)
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
275
Antonia L. Delgado-Poust, Assistant Professor of Spanish (2011, 2014)
B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Melody B. Denhere, Associate Professor of Mathematics (2013, 2019)
B.Sc., M.Sc., University of Zimbabwe; Ph.D., Auburn University
Bridgette Dennett, Assistant Professor of eatre (2019, 2019)
A.A., Hillsborough Community College; B.A., e University of South Florida;
MFA, Indiana University
Kanchan Deosthali, Associate Professor of Management (2013, 2019)
B.E., University of Mumbai, India; M.S., University of Louisiana at Lafayette; Ph.D.,
State University of New York , University at Albany
Erin K. Devlin, Assistant Professor of American Studies (2016, 2016)
B.A., e American University; M.A., Ph.D., e College of William and Mary
Amrita Dhar, Assistant Professor of Economics (2016, 2016)
B.A., M.A., Jadavpur University; Ph.D., University of Houston
Brooke E. Di Lauro, Professor of French (2006, 2019)
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Andrew S. Dolby, Professor of Biology (2000, 2012)
B.A., Appalachian State University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., e
Ohio State University
Joseph G. Dreiss, Professor of Art (1976, 1991)
B.A., Fairleigh Dickenson University; M.A., Rutgers University; Ph.D., State
University of New York at Binghamton
Alexandra M. Dunn, Assistant Professor of Management (2017, 2017)
B.A., Elon University; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Charlotte
Beverly D. Epps, Associate Professor of Education (2005, 2005)
B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Mindy J. Erchull, Professor of Psychology (2005, 2017)
B.A., Connecticut College; M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State University
Julius N. Esunge, Associate Professor of Mathematics (2009, 2015)
B.Sc., University of Buea, Cameroon; M.S., Lehigh University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Marcelo Fajardo-Cárdenas, Associate Professor of Spanish (2010, 2016)
B.A., University of Havana; M.A., New Mexico State University in Las Cruces; Ph.D,
University of Arizona
Paul D. Fallon, Associate Professor of Linguistics (2005, 2009)
B.S., M.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D., e Ohio State University
Stephen J. Farnsworth, Professor of Political Science (2012, 2012)
B.A., Dartmouth College: B.A., University of Missouri at Kansas City: M.A., Ph.D.,
Georgetown University
276
Susan R. Fernsebner, Professor of History (2004, 2016)
B.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst; M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D.,
University of California at San Diego
Claudine L. Ferrell, Professor of History (1984, 2006)
B.A., M.A., Southwest Texas State University; Ph.D., Rice University
Caitlin C. Finlayson, Associate Professor of Geography (2013, 2019)
B.A., Winthrop University; Ph.D., Florida State University
Ian Finlayson, Associate Professor of Computer Science (2012, 2018)
B.S., Winthrop University; Ph.D., Florida State University
Christofer C. Foss, Professor of English (1999, 2012)
B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin at Madison
R. Leigh Frackelton, Jr., Professor of Business Law and Taxation (1986, 1998)
B.A., Washington & Lee University; J.D., University of Richmond; MLT, e College
of William and Mary
Tyler E. Frankel, Assistant Professor of Environmental Science (2018, 2018)
B.A., University of Maryland Baltimore County; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Maryland
E. Eric Gable, Professor of Anthropology (1996, 2008)
B.A., University of California at San Diego; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Jacqueline Gallagher, Associate Professor of Geography (2006, 2010)
B.Sc., University of Wales, College of Swansea; M.Sc., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles
Stephen G. Gallik, Professor of Biology (1987, 2003)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., e Pennsylvania State University
Christopher J. Garcia, Associate Professor of Quantitative Business Methods (2012,
2017)
B.S., Old Dominion University; M.S., Nova Southeastern University; M.S., Florida
Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Old Dominion University
Carole A. Garmon, Professor of Art (1998, 2010)
BFA, MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University
Douglas T. Gately, Senior Lecturer in Music (2005, 2011)
BLS, Mary Washington College; M.A., George Mason University
Lance C. Gentry, Professor of Marketing (2013, 2017)
BSBA, MBA., University of Tennessee; Ph.D., Michigan State University
Scott Gerseny, Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2019, 2019)
B.S., University of Florida; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
Leanna C. Giancarlo, Associate Professor of Chemistry (1999, 2005)
B.S., University of Scranton; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
277
Adria Y. Goldman, Assistant Professor of Communication (2018, 2018)
B.A., Longwood University; M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University;
Ph.D., Howard University
Kimberly S. Gower, Assistant Professor of Management (2016, 2016)
BSBA, Michigan Technological University; MBA, University of Michigan at Flint;
Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University
Rachel L. Graefe-Anderson, Associate Professor of Finance (2012, 2018)
B.Sc., e Pennsylvania State University; M.Sc., Ph.D., Purdue University
eresa M. Grana, Associate Professor of Biology (2008, 2014)
B.S., Grove City College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Steven A. Greenlaw, Professor of Economics (1982, 2000)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York
at Binghamton
Alan B. Grith, Professor of Biology (2002, 2014)
B.S., M.S., e Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Maryland
Pamela R. Grothe, Assistant Professor of Geology (2016, 2017)
B.S., University of Mary Washington; M.S., University of Colorado at Boulder
Surupa Gupta, Associate Professor of Political Science (2008, 2013)
B.A., M.A., Jadavpur University; Ph.D., University of Southern California at Los
Angeles
Mary Katherine Haey, Associate Professor of English (2014, 2018)
B.S., Ohio University; M.A., Marquette University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at
Milwaukee
Dana S. Hall, Associate Professor of Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (1990,
1996)
B.S., Frostburg State University; M.Ed., University of Virginia
Stephen P. Hanna, Professor of Geography (1997, 2009)
B.A., Clark University; M.A., University of Vermont; Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Bradley A. Hansen, Professor of Economics (1995, 2009)
B.A, e Evergreen State College; M.S., London School of Economics; M.A., Ph.D.,
Washington University
Jennifer Hansen-Glucklich, Assistant Professor of German (2011, 2015)
B.A., Georgetown University; M.A., University of Maryland at College Park; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
Steven E. Harris, Associate Professor of History (2006, 2011)
B.A, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago
Jodie L. Hayob, Professor of Geology (1993, 2006)
B.S., University of Wisconsin at Madison; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan at
Ann Arbor
278
J. Todd Helbling, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (1999,
1999)
BBA, Millsaps College; M.S., University of Massachusetts at Amherst
Randall D. Helmstutler, Associate Professor of Mathematics (2005, 2011)
B.S., Radford University; M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
David L. Henderson, III, Associate Professor of Accounting (2011, 2015)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.S., e George Washington University; Ph.D.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Christine R. Henry, Assistant Professor of Historic Preservation (2015, 2015)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.Arch, e Catholic University of
America; MHP, University of Maryland
Alexander S. Hinsey, Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2019,
2019)
B.S., MBA, University of Pittsburgh
Daniel A. Hirshberg, Assistant Professor of Religion (2014, 2014)
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Naropa University; Ph.D., Harvard University
Liane R. Houghtalin, Professor of Classics (1995, 2009)
A.B., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Helen M. Housley, Professor of eatre (1995, 2018)
B.A., St. Mary’s College; M.A., Western Illinois University; Ph.D., University of
Maryland
Daniel J. Hubbard, Associate Professor of Accounting (1999, 2006)
A.B., Georgia State University; B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.A.,
Middlebury College; M.Acct., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State
University
Jane L. Human, Associate Professor of Education (2007, 2007)
B.S., M.S., Radford University; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State
University
W. Shawn Humphrey, Associate Professor of Economics (2005, 2010)
B.A., Earlham College; M.A., Virginia Commonwealth University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Washington University
Debra L. Hydorn, Professor of Mathematics (1994, 2006)
B.S., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor; M.S., University of Texas at San Antonio;
Ph.D., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor
Christy K. Irish, Assistant Professor of Education (2016, 2017)
B.A., University of San Diego; M.Ed., San Diego State University; Ph.D., George
Mason University
Jason C. James, Associate Professor of Anthropology (2005, 2011)
B.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at San Diego
279
Rosemary K. Jesionowski, Associate Professor of Art (2008, 2013)
BFA, Ohio University; MFA, Indiana University
Elizabeth A. Johnson-Young, Assistant Professor of Communication (2015, 2015)
B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro; M.A., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University; Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Marcus N. Kahn, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2014, 2014)
B.A., University of Redlands; M.Ed., Wesley College
Peter S. Kelly, Professor of Education (2017, 2017)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Kansas
Teresa A. Kennedy, Professor of English (1991, 2003)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., e Catholic University of America
Jason A. Kilby, Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2011, 2011)
B.S., M.Ed., Frostburg State University
Nora Huijung Kim, Associate Professor of Sociology (2009, 2015)
B.S., Korea University, South Korea; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at
Madison
Suzie Kim, Assistant Professor of Art History (2017, 2017)
B.A., Korea University; M.A., Hong-ik University (Korea); Ph.D., University of
Maryland
George King, III, Professor of Physics (1987, 1994)
B.A., Talladega College; M.S., Ph.D., Stanford University
Kimberley L. Kinsley, Senior Lecturer in Business Law (2003, 2012)
B.S., University of Maryland; M.A., J.D., University of Detroit
Ben Odhiambo Kisila, Professor of Geology (2005, 2019)
B.S., Nairobi University; M.S., University of Victoria; Ph.D., University of Arkansas
David W. Kolar, Associate Professor of Psychology (1995, 2004)
B.A., San Diego State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Riverside
Janusz Konieczny, Professor of Mathematics (1992, 2004)
M.S., Jagiellonian University; Ph.D., e Pennsylvania State University
Leonard R. Koos, Associate Professor of French (1992, 1997)
B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
John M. Kramer, Distinguished Professor of Political Science (1971, 1990)
B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
James Brooks Kuykendall, Professor of Music (2017, 2017)
A.B., Erskine College; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University
Benjamin J. LaBreche, Associate Professor of English (2009, 2015)
B.A., Ph.D., Yale University
280
Bradley A. Lamphere, Assistant Professor of Biology (2016, 2016)
B.A., Pomona College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Michael S. Lapke, Associate Professor of Management Information Systems (2012,
2018)
B.S., M.S., University of North Florida; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University
Jeremy G. Larochelle, Professor of Spanish (2006, 2018)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers, e State University
of New Jersey
Elizabeth F. Larus, Professor of Political Science (1997, 2010)
B.A., Creighton University; M.A., University of Oklahoma; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Virginia
Adekunle O. Lawson, Lecturer in the Department of Athletics, Health, and Physical
Education (2015, 2015)
B.S., Lynchburg College; M.S., Ohio University
Donghyun (Don) Lee, Assistant Professor of Economics (2015, 2015)
B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin at Madison; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon
Jangwoon (Leo) Lee, Associate Professor of Mathematics (2008, 2014)
B.S., Kangnam University, South Korea; M.S., Sogang University, South Korea;
Ph.D., Iowa State University
Janie Lee, Associate Professor of Linguistics (2011, 2017)
B.A., Ewha Women's University, South Korea; M.A., Ph.D., University of California
at Santa Barbara
J. Larry Lehman, Professor of Mathematics (1986, 1998)
B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; Ph.D., University of Virginia
Emile J. Lester, Professor of Political Science (2006, 2019)
B.A., e George Washington University; M.Sc., London School of Economics;
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Jonathan Levin, Professor of English (2013, 2013)
A.B.., University of Michigan; M.A., University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D.,
Rutgers University
Rachel J. Levy, Assistant Professor of English (2019, 2019)
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Miami University; MFA, University of Colorado at
Boulder; Ph.D., University of Utah
Elizabeth F. Lewis, Professor of Spanish (1992, 2011)
B.A., Auburn University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Lynn O. Lewis, Professor of Biology (1989, 2002)
B.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Miriam N. Liss, Professor of Psychology (2001, 2013)
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
281
Eric G. Lorentzen, Professor of English (2004, 2019)
B.A., Rowan University; M.A., Ph.D., e Pennsylvania State University
Kenneth D. Machande, Professor of Accounting (2004, 2018)
A.A., University of Maryland; BLS, Mary Washington College;
MBA, Albany State University
Virginia H. Mackintosh, Associate Professor of Psychology (2008, 2014)
B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia
Commonwealth University
Will B. Mackintosh, Associate Professor of History and American Studies (2010, 2017)
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
Jennifer Magee, Senior Lecturer in Mathematics (2013, 2018)
B.A., Washington and Jeerson College; M.A., Bowling Green State University
Jennifer R. Mailloux, Associate Professor of Psychology (2003, 2009)
B.A., Faireld University; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook
Kashef A. Majid, Associate Professor of Marketing (2013, 2019)
B.C., University of Ottawa; M.S., Concordia University; Ph.D., e George
Washington University
Varun Suresh Makhija, Assistant Professor of Physics (2019, 2019)
B.A., Drew University; Ph.D., Kansas State University
John S. Marsh, Associate Professor of Management (2013, 2019)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Insititute
Kristin L. Marsh, Professor of Sociology (2000, 2019)
B.A., M.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D., Emory University
Andrew M. Marshall, Assistant Professor of Computer Science (2014, 2014)
B.S., New Mexico State University; M.S., Bowling Green State University; Ph.D.,
State University of New York at Albany
Leslie E. Martin, Associate Professor of Sociology (2007, 2012)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Emory
University
Maria Isabel Martinez-Mira, Associate Professor of Spanish (2005, 2011)
B.A., University of Murcia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Mary Elizabeth S. Mathews, Professor of Religion (2000, 2017)
A.B., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Maya Mathur, Professor of English (2006, 2019)
B.A., St. Stephen’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University at Bualo, e State University of
New York
Jason P. Matzke, Professor of Philosophy (2007, 2017)
B.S., Ball State University; MAIS, Oregon State University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan
State University
282
Marco Millones Mayer, Assistant Professor of Geography (2016, 2016)
B.A., Ponticia Universidad Catόlica de Peru; M.A., University of Miami; Ph.D.,
Clark University
Marie E. McAllister, Professor of English (1998, 2009)
B.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Princeton University
Christine A. McBride, Professor of Psychology (1994, 2006)
B.A., University of Portland; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Riverside
Venitta C. McCall, Professor of Education (1980, 2005)
B.S., Niagara University; MBA, University of North Florida; Ed.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute & State University
Jeery W. McClurken, Professor of History (1999, 2013)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., Ph.D., e Johns Hopkins University
Kevin J. McCluskey, Associate Professor of eatre (2001, 2007)
BFA, University of South Dakota; MFA, Indiana University; MLS, Southern
Connecticut State University
Pamela S. McCullough Lecturer in Nursing (2014, 2018)
B.S.N., M.S.N., e Catholic University of America; D.N.P., Old Dominion
University
Jonathon F. McMillan, Associate Professor of Art (2011, 2017)
BFA, James Madison University; MFA, Southern Illinois University at Edwardsville
Lauren K. McMillan, Assistant Professor of Historic Preservation (2015, 2017)
B.A., University of Mary Washington; M.A., East Carolina University; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee
George R. Meadows, Professor of Education (1997, 2012)
B.S., Marshall University; M.S., Emory University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Keith E. Mellinger, Professor of Mathematics (2003, 2014)
B.S., Millersville University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Laura H. Mentore, Associate Professor of Anthropology (2010, 2017)
B.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Cambridge
Nina Mikhalevsky, Professor of Philosophy (2006, 2006)
B.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University
Krystyn R. Moon, Professor of History (2006, 2017)
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D., e Johns Hopkins University
Caitlin E. Moore, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2013,
2018)
B.S., MBA, University of Mary Washington
Sarah A. Morealli, Senior Lecturer in Environmental Sciences (2013, 2018)
B.S., Slippery Rock University; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
283
John T. Morello, Professor of Communication (1989, 1996)
A.B., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
Wayne State University
Ginny R. Morriss, Assistant Professor of Biology (2019, 2019)
B.S., Gonzaga University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico
Christopher Musina, Assistant Professor of Art (2016, 2016)
BFA, University of South Florida; MFA, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Hai T. Nguyen, Associate Professor of Physics (2010, 2015)
B.S., Saint Norbert College; Ph.D., Kansas State University
Joseph W. Nicholas, Associate Professor of Geography (1991, 1997)
B.A., Bemidji State University; M.S., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University
of Georgia
Bruce R. O’Brien, Professor of History (1990, 2003)
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Marjorie A. Och, Professor of Art (1994, 2008)
B.A., Towson State University; M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College
Deborah A. O’Dell, Professor of Biology (1992, 2016)
B.S., Ursinus College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook
Timothy M. O’Donnell, Professor of Communication (1999, 2011)
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
E. Davis Oldham, Associate Professor of Chemistry (2013, 2019)
B.A., Lawrence University; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Martha Patricia Orozco Watrel, Lecturer in Spanish (2007, 2010)
B.A., Universidad Autonoma de Nuevo Leon; M.A., University of North Dakota;
M.A., George Mason University; Ph.D., e Catholic University of America
Smita Jain Oxford, Senior Lecturer in Business Communication (2005, 2005)
B.A., Wellesley College; MBA, Columbia University; M.A., University of Maryland
Judith A. Parker, Professor of Linguistics (1987, 2008)
B.A., Sarah Lawrence College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
Melina A. Patterson, Associate Professor of Geography (2003, 2010)
B.A., Pitzer College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University
Kelly W. Perkins, Lecturer in Mathematics (2015, 2015)
B.S., Rice University; J.D., University of Houston Law School; M.S., Virginia
Commonwealth University
Angela L. Pitts, Professor of Classics (2002, 2016)
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison
284
Jennifer A. Polack, Professor of Computer Science (1998, 2010)
B.S., University of Scranton; M.S., Pace University; Ph.D., University of South
Florida
Allyson M. Poska, Professor of History (1992, 2004)
B.A., e Johns Hopkins University; M.A., Brown University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota at Minneapolis
Scott M. Powers, Professor of French (2002, 2017)
B.S. Ed., Arizona State University; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University
Colin T. Raerty, Associate Professor of English (2008, 2014)
B.A., Kansas State University; M.A., Iowa State University; MFA, University of
Alabama
P. Anand Rao, Professor of Communication (2002, 2016)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Veena Ravishankar, Assistant Professor of Computer Science (2018, 2018)
B.E., Visveswaraiah Technological University; M.S., Ph.D., State University of New
York at Albany
Margaret A. Ray, Professor of Economics (1993, 2005)
B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.A., Western Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee
Randall D. Reif, Assistant Professor of Chemistry (2014, 2014)
B.A., St. Mary’s College of Maryland; Ph.D., Texas Tech University
Michael J. Reno, Lecturer in Philosophy (2018, 2018)
B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
David A. Rettinger, Professor of Psychology (2006, 2019)
B.A., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado at
Boulder
Gary N. Richards, Professor of English (2008, 2017)
B.A., Trinity University; M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Lynne D. Richardson, Professor of Marketing (2011, 2011)
BBA, University of Montevallo; MBA, University of Alabama at Birmingham; Ph.D.,
University of Alabama
Woodrow D. Richardson, Professor of Management (2013, 2018)
B.S., Auburn University; MBA, Ph.D., University of Arkansas
Brian R. Rizzo, Associate Professor of Geography (2007, 2011)
B.A., M.A., University of Western Ontario; Ph.D., University of Virginia
Jason M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Art (2014, 2014)
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth University
Warren G. Rochelle, Professor of English (2000, 2010)
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.S., Columbia University; MFA,
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
285
Joseph M. Romero, Professor of Classics (2000, 2015)
B.A., Mary Washington College; Ph.D., Duke University
Marcel P. Rotter, Associate Professor of German (2004, 2010)
Diplome, Pad Hock Erfurt Muhlhausen; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison
Farhang Rouhani, Professor of Geography (2001, 2015)
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona
Robert S. Rycro, Professor of Economics (1977, 1989)
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
Christopher O. Ryder, Associate Professor of Music (2018, 2018)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., George Mason University; DMA,
Shenandoah Conservatory of Shenandoah University
Jose A. Sainz, Associate Professor of Spanish (2001, 2007)
B.A., Universidad de Deusto; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of
Maryland
Sayan Sarkar, Assistant Professor of Accounting (2016, 2016)
B.A., Delhi University; M.A., Sheeld Hallam University; MBA, Ph.D., University of
Texas at El Paso
Mara N. Scanlon, Professor of English (1999, 2011)
B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison
Holly H. Schirin, Professor of Psychology (2005, 2017)
B.S., Mary Washington College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami
Debra J. Schleef, Professor of Sociology (1999, 2011)
B.A., Indiana University at Indianapolis; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Federico Schneider, Associate Professor of Italian (2004, 2009)
Diploma, Berklee College of Music; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Yale University
Kyle T. Schultz, Associate Professor of Education (2017, 2017)
B.A., MAT, Miami University; Ph.D., University of Georgia
Jessica Zeitz Self, Assistant Professor of Computer Science (2016, 2016)
B.S., University of Mary Washington; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute &
State University
Jason R. Sellers, Associate Professor of History (2011, 2019)
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Irvine
Charles M. Sharpless, Professor of Chemistry (2004, 2016)
B.A., e Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., Duke University
Marie P. Sheckels, Professor of Education and Mathematics (1981, 1999)
B.A., Saint Mary’s College; M.A., e Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
286
Ranjit Singh, Associate Professor of Political Science (2004, 2010)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
Kelli M. Slunt, Professor of Chemistry (1995, 2008)
B.S., Mary Washington College; Ph.D., University of Virginia
Andréa D. Livi Smith, Associate Professor of Historic Preservation and Prince B.
Woodard Chair (2008, 2014)
B.A., Brown University; M.S., University of Vermont; Ph.D., University of Maryland
Michael G. Spencer, Associate Professor of Historic Preservation (2009, 2015)
B.A., Mary Washington College; MHP, University of Kentucky
Mukesh Srivastava, Professor of Management Information Systems (2004, 2015)
B.S., Garhwal University, India; MBA, Jackson State University; DBA, University of
Surrey, United Kingdom
W. David Stahlman, Associate Professor of Psychology (2012, 2018)
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Los
Angeles
Emily M. Stanley, Assistant Professor of Psychology (2016, 2016)
B.A., Trinity University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Michael C. Stebar, Lecturer in Biological Sciences (2014, 2014)
B.S., e College of William and Mary; M.T., University of Virginia
Hilary E. Stebbins, Associate Professor of Psychology (2010, 2016)
B.S., Mary Washington College; Ph.D., Brown University
Debra C. Steckler, Associate Professor of Psychology (1982, 1990)
B.A., Butler University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia
Jesse Stommel, Senior Lecturer in Digital Studies (2019, 2019)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado Boulder
Gregg Stull, Professor of eatre (1991, 2005)
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., University of Maryland
Sushma Subramanian, Assistant Professor of English (2015, 2015)
B.A., University of Southern California; M.S., Columbia University
Suzanne Sumner, Professor of Mathematics (1992, 2004)
B.S., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State
University
Melanie D. Szulczewski, Associate Professor of Environmental Science (2008, 2014)
B.A., Cornell University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison
Abbie M. Tomba, Associate Professor of Biology (2006, 2012)
B.S., M.S., Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., Auburn University
Matthew K. Troy, Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (2013, 2013)
B.S., M.S., West Virginia University
287
Cristina Turdean, Associate Professor of Historic Preservation (2011, 2017)
B.S., M.S., e Polytechnic Institute of Cluj-Hapoca, Romania; M.A., State
University of New York at Oneonta; M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Clarence W. Tweedy, III, Associate Professor of English (2006, 2013)
B.A., Virginia Military Institute; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Jo Tyler, Professor of Linguistics and Education (1999, 2009)
B.A., Michigan State University; M.Ed., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Florida
Craig R. Vasey, Professor of Philosophy (1986, 1999)
B.A., Towson State College; Doctorate, Université de Paris; Ph.D., Brown University
Jennifer D. Walker, Assistant Professor of Education (2014, 2014)
B.S., University of Mary Washington; M.Ed., Ph.D., George Mason University
Robert Parrish Waters, Assistant Professor ofBiology (2014, 2015)
B.A., University of North Carolina at Asheville; Ph.D., University of South Dakota
Marie A. Wellington, Professor of French (1991, 2000)
B.A., Wellesley College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
Melissa S. Wells, Assistant Professor of Education (2017, 2017)
B.A., M.A., Furman University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina
Robert L. Wells, Assistant Professor of Music (2017, 2019)
B.M., Furman University; M.A., M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
Zachary N. Whalen, Associate Professor of English (2008, 2014)
B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida
Charles E. Whipkey, Associate Professor of Geology (2000, 2006)
B.S., e Pennsylvania State University; M.S., North Carolina State University;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Laura C. Wilson, Associate Professor of Psychology (2013, 2019)
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Insitute & State University; M.A., e College of William
and Mary; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Insitute & State University
Rodrick L. Wood, Senior Lecturer in Athletics, Health, and Physical Education (1996,
1999)
B.A., Randolph-Macon College; M.Ed., National-Louis University
Grant R. Woodwell, Professor of Geology (1986, 1998)
B.A., Columbia University; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
April N. Wynn, Assistant Professor of Biology (2015, 2015)
B.S., McMurry University; M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., North Carolina
State University
Ping Yin, Associate Professor of Geography (2014, 2019)
B.E., M.E., Tsinghau University (China); Ph.D., University of Georgia
288
Eun Jung [Kelly] Yoon, Assistant Professor of Marketing (2019, 2019)
BBA, MBA, Kyung Hee University (South Korea); M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D.,
University of California at Irvine
Ronald A. Zacharski, Associate Professor of Computer Science (2007, 2013)
BFA, University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Xiaofeng Zhao, Professor of Management Science (2007, 2019)
B.S., Xiam Jiaotong University; M.Phil., Northwest University (China); MBA,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Tennessee
289
EMERITI
PRESIDENTS EMERITI
William M. Anderson, Jr., President Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of Business
Administration
B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; MPA, West Virginia College of
Graduate Studies; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Richard V. Hurley, President Emeritus
B.S., Richard Stockton College; M.A., Central Michigan University; L.H.D.,
University of Mary Washington
Grellet C. Simpson, President Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Randolph-Macon College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia; LLD, Randolph-
Macon College; Litt.D., Flagler College; L.H.D., Mary Washington College
VICE PRESIDENTS EMERITI
Meta R. Braymer, Vice President for Economic Development and Regional Engagement
Emeritus
B.A., Maryville College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee
A. Ray Merchent, Executive Vice President Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of
Education
B.A., Emory and Henry College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia
Ronald E. Singleton, Vice President of University Relations and Communications Emeritus
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.S., Shippensburg University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University
H. Conrad Warlick, Senior Vice President Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of
Education
B.A., Wake Forest College; M.A., University of North Carolina; Ed.D., University of
Virginia
Roy B. Weinstock, Vice President for Planning, Assessment, and Institutional Research
Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Hollins College; Ph.D., Syracuse University
DEANS EMERITI
Edward Alvey, Jr., Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia; D.Hum.L., Mary Washington College
James H. Croushore, Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., M.A., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University
Philip L. Hall, Vice President for Academic Aairs and Dean Emeritus
A.B., e College of Wooster; S.M., Ph.D., e University of Chicago
Reginald W. Whidden, Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., M.A., McMaster University; Ph.D., Yale University
290
CHIEF OF STAFF EMERITUS
Martin A. Wilder, Jr., Chief of Sta Emeritus
B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia
SENIOR ASSOCIATE DEAN EMERITUS
Robert U. MacDonald, Senior Associate Dean Emeritus
B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.S., Madison College
LIBRARIAN EMERITUS
LeRoy S. Strohl, III, University Librarian Emeritus
B.A., Hanover College; M.A., MSLS, University of Kentucky
DIRECTOR EMERITI
David S. Berreth, Director Emeritus of the Gari Melchers Home and Studio
B.A., Bowdoin College; M.A., Syracuse University
Edward H. Hegmann II, Director Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of Athletics, Health,
and Physical Education B.S., Bucknell University; M.S., Springeld College; Ed.D.,
Temple University
John N. Pearce, Director of the James Monroe Museum and Memorial Library, Director
of the James Monroe Presidential Center, and University Liaison for the Enchanted
Castle Site Emeritus
B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of Delaware
FACULT Y EMERITI
Ernest C. Ackermann, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science
B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ph.D., e Pennsylvania State University
Clavio F. Ascari, Professor Emeritus of Italian
Dottore in Lingue e Letterature Moderne, Università Bocconi
Bulent I. Atalay, Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Georgetown University
James E. Baker, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; D.M.A., e Catholic University of
America
Michael L. Bass, Professor Emeritus of Biology and Environmental Science
A.A., Clinch Valley College; B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University; M.S.,
Medical College of Virginia; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Rachel J. Benton, Professor Emerita of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
B.A., De Pauw University, M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa
J. Christopher Bill, Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., College of the Holy Cross; M.S., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., Dartmouth
College
291
Julien Binford, Professor Emeritus of Art
Graduate, Art Institute of Chicago; Ryerson Fellowship for study in France; Virginia
Museum Senior Fellowship; Rosenwald Fellowship
Roger J. Bourdon, Professor Emeritus of History
B.S, Loyola University of Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Los
Angeles
Marshall E. Bowen, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Geography
B.Ed., Plymouth Teachers College; M.A., Kent State University; Ph.D., Boston
University
Joseph Bozicevic, Professor Emeritus of Modern Foreign Languages
B.S., Juniata College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., Georgetown University
Juliette Breort-Blessing, Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
L.ès L., University of Lille; D.E.S., University of Paris; Diplome de L’Institut d’Études
Politiques de Paris; Doct. U., University of Dijon
Gail D. Brooks, Professor Emerita of Management Information Systems
B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University; Ph.D., George Mason
University
Nathaniel Brown, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Princeton University; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Stanley F. Bulley, Professor Emeritus of Music
L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music; Mus.Bac., Mus.Doc., University of Toronto;
A.R.C.O., Royal College of Organists
David W. Cain, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Religion
A.B., Princeton University; B.D., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University
Otho C. Campbell, Associate Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., American University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
Manning G. Collier, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.S., Furman University; M.S., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Herbert L. Cover, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Virginia
William B. Crawley, Jr., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., Hampden-Sydney College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
J Timothy A. Crippen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology
A.B., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Judith A. Crissman, Professor Emerita of Chemistry
B.A., iel College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
292
Steven L. Czarsty, Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
B.S., B.A., University of Hartford; M.B.A. University of Connecticut; D.B.A. George
Washington University
Jean A. Dabb, Professor Emerita of Art
B.A., Weber State College; M.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan at Ann Arbor
Fredrick Davidson, Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
B.S., Texas A & M University; MBA, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Galen F. deGra, Professor Emeritus of Management
B.S., MBA, University of Virginia; Ph.D., e George Washington University
Daniel A. Dervin, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Creighton University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University
Joseph C. Di Bella, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Art
B.A., Rutgers College; M.A., MFA, Northern Illinois University
Eileen K. Dodd, Professor Emerita of Psychology
Ph.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University
Mildred A. Droste, Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Longwood College; M.Ed., Women’s College of the University of North Carolina
Albert G. Duke, Associate Professor Emeritus of Speech
A.B., M.A., Syracuse University
Samuel T. Emory, Jr., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Geography
A.B., M.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Maryland
Lewis P. Fickett, Jr., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Political Science
A.B., Bowdoin College; L.L.B., M.P.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
Martha V. Fickett, Professor Emerita of Music (1968, 1996)
B.A., Mary Washington College of the University of Virginia; M.M., University of
Michigan at Ann Arbor; Ph.D., e Catholic University of America
Victor A. Fingerhut, Associate Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.A., M.A., Yale University
Delmont F. Fleming, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Eastern Baptist College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Stephen W. Fuller, Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
James F. Gaines, Professor Emeritus of French
B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John K. George, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
A.B., Columbia University; M.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., Clarkson College;
Ph.D., University of Virginia
293
Kurt M. Glaeser, Associate Professor Emeritus of Athletics, Health, and Physical
Education
B.A., Western Maryland College; M.A., Montclair State College
Donald E. Glover, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D. University of Virginia
James E. Goehring, Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., University of California at Santa
Barbara; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
Roy M. Gordon, Professor Emeritus of Athletics, Health, and Physical Education
B.A., Harpur College of the State University of New York; M.S., Springeld College
James B. Gouger, Professor Emeritus of Geography
B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida
Roy F. Gratz, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; A.M., Ph.D., Duke University
Stephen L. Grin, Professor Emeritus of Art
BFA, University of South Dakota; MFA, University of Wisconsin at Madison
Anne F. Hamer, Associate Professor Emerita of Music
B.M., University of Michigan; M.M., e Catholic University of America
Steve R. Hampton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., University of Houston; M.A., Stephen F. Austin University; Ph.D., Northern
Illinois University
Susan J. Hanna, Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Ohio State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
Richard E. Hansen, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Duke University
Anna Mae Harris, Associate Professor Emerita of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Mary Washington College; M.A., University of Virginia
Diane F. Hatch, Professor Emerita of Classics
B.A., Sweet Briar College; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina
Sonja Dragomanovic Haydar, Professor Emerita of Dance
Professional Dance Certicate, Zagreb State Opera Ballet School; Diploma, Meister für
Tranz, Berlin; Mozarteum Conservatory of Music, Salzburg
Rosemary H. Herman, Associate Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
A.B., Woman’s College of the University of North Carolina; M.A., University of North
Carolina
Henry W. Hewetson, Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University of British Columbia; Ph.D., University
of Chicago
294
Julie A. Hodge, Associate Professor Emerita of eatre
BFA, Northern Kentucky University; MFA, Indiana University
Margaret M. Hofmann, Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
A.B., Wellesley College; M.A., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., University of
Kansas
Miriam B. Hoge, Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Joseph E. Holmes, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.S., State University of New York at New Paltz; Ed.D., University of Virginia
Patricia J. Holmes, Associate Professor Emerita of Mathematics
B.A., University of Colorado; M.S., Oregon State University
Suzanne G. Hou, Professor Emerita of Education (2000, 2009)
B.S., Longwood College; M.Ed., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ed.S., e
George Washington University; Ph.D., Old Dominion University
Anna S. Hoye, Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences
A.B., Lynchburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Margaret Williamson Huber, Distinguished Professor Emerita of Anthropology
B.A., Bryn Mawr College; B.Litt., D.Phil., Oxford University
David E. Hunt, Jr., Professor Emeritus of eatre
B.A., State University of New York at Bualo; MFA, University of California at Los
Angeles
Rose Mary Johnson, Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences
A.B., Hood College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
omas L. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Biological Sciences
B.A., Lynchburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
J. William Kemp, Jr., Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Millsaps College; M.A., Mississippi State University; Ph.D., University of South
Carolina at Columbia
Joella C. Killian, Professor Emerita of Biology
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.A., University of North
Carolina at Greensboro; Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Christopher T. Kilmartin, Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S., Frostburg State College; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University
Richard J. Krickus, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., University of Massachusetts; Ph.D.,
Georgetown University
Bernard C. Lemoine, Professor Emeritus of Music
B.M., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; M.M., University of Illinois; Ph.D., e Catholic
University of America
295
Almont Lindsey, Professor Emeritus of History
B.S., Knox College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
Stephen L. Lipscomb, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.A., Fairmont State College; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
Kathryn E. Loesser-Casey, Professor Emerita of Biology
B.A., Drew University; Ph.D., Rutgers University and University of Medicine and
Dentistry of New Jersey–Robert Wood Johnson Medical School
David J. Long, Professor Emeritus of Music
B.M., Arizona State University; M.M., DMA, North Texas State University
B. David MacEwen, Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.A., LeVerne College; M.A., University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., Arizona
State University
Bernard L. Mahoney, Jr., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Boston College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Carol S. Manning, Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Delta State College; M.A., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., State Universtiy of New
York at Albany
Louis A. Martinette, Associate Professor Emeritus of Marketing
B.S., Old Dominion University; MBA, Golden Gate University; DBA, Nova
Southeastern University
Adrienne C. May, Associate Professor Emerita of Education
B.A., M.A.L.S., Mary Washington College; Ed.D,. Universtiy of Virginia
Robert L. McConnell, Professor Emeritus of Geology
B.S., M.S., University of Tennessee; Ph.D., University of California at Santa Barbara
Sammy R. Merrill, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of German
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Duke University; Ph.D., Cornell University
Barbara S. Meyer, Professor Emerita of Art
B.A., Trinity University; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University
Margaret A. Mi, Professor Emerita of Marketing
BBA, MBA, Eastern New Mexico University; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth
University
Fred E. Miller, Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., M.A., Colorado State College of Education
Nancy H. Mitchell, Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Yale University; Ph.D., e Catholic University of
America
296
Sidney H. Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
omas G. Moeller, Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa
W. Brown Morton, III, Professor Emeritus of Historic Preservation
BAH, University of Virginia; Diplome, École des Beaux Arts
Paul C. Muick, Professor Emeritus of Art
B.F.A., Ohio State University; A.M., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
Lorene C. Nickel, Professor Emerita of Art
B.A., Goshen College; MFA, University of Florida
Vera Niebuhr, Associate Professor Emerita of German
B.A., Douglass College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison
Nikola M. Nikolic, Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Belgrade University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University
Denis Nissim-Sabat, Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.A., Case Western Reserve University; Ph.D., Temple University
Patricia P. Norwood, Professor Emerita of Music
B.M., Wheaton College; M.M., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Cornelia D. Oliver, Distinguished Professor Emerita of Art
B.A., Smith College; A.M., Duke University; Ph.D., e Catholic University of
America
Joan T. Olson, Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Northwestern
University
Richard P. Palmieri, Professor Emeritus of Geography
B.S., State College at Boston; M.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of California
at Davis
Mary Jo Parrish, Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences
B.A., M.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Virginia
Aniano Peña, Professor Emeritus of Modern Foreign Languages
M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Larry W. Penwell, Professor Emeritus of Management and Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Mary W. Pinschmidt, Distinguished Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences
A.B., Western Maryland College; A.M., Duke University; Ph.D., Medical College of
Virginia
297
William C. Pinschmidt, Jr., Professor Emeritus of Biological Sciences
B.S., Mount Union College; M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Duke University
William Ray Pope, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.A., Middle Tennesse State University; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University
Alice B. Rabson, Professor Emerita of Psychology
A.B., Cornell University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University
Donald N. Rallis, Associate Professor Emeritus of Geography
B.A., B.S., University of the Witwatersrand; M.A., University of Miami; Ph.D., e
Pennsylvania State University
Claudia M. Read, Professor Emerita of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
B.S., Women’s College of the University of North Carolina; M.A., New York University
Joanna L. Reynolds, Associate Professor Emerita of Spanish
A.B., Wesleyan College; M.A., Duke University; Ph.D., George Washington University
John H. Reynolds, Professor Emeritus of Computer Science
A.S., Eastern Oklahoma A & M; B.S. Southeastern State College; M.S., State University
of New York at Stony Brook
Mary B. Rigsby, Professor Emerita of English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
Carmen L. Rivera, Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.A., Florida State College for Women; Ph.D.,
University of Salamanca
Key Sun Ryang, Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., Trinity University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
Douglas W. Sanford, Professor of Emeritus Historic Preservation
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Raymond B. Scott, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.A., Hartwick College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Raman K. Singh, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Saint Stephen’s College; M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., Purdue
University
Paul C. Slayton, Jr., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia
Roy H. Smith, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., University of Tennessee; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Charles A. Sletten, Professor Emeritus of Sociology
B.A., University of Virginia; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
298
David S. Soper, Associate Professor Emeritus of Athletics, Health, and Physical
Education
B.S., M.Ed., Frostburg State College
Stephen P. Stageberg, Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics
BSFS, M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University
Gary W. Stanton, Associate Professor Emeritus of Historic Preservation
B.A., University of California at Santa Barbara; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
Mary Ellen Stephenson, Professor Emerita of Modern Foreign Languages
B.A., Westhampton College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Chicago
Glen R. omas, Professor Emeritus of American Studies
B.A., Stanford University; M.A., American University; Ph.D., Emory University
Arthur L. Tracy, Associate Professor Emeritus of History and American Studies
B.A., Barrington College; M.A., Ph.D., American University
Joseph C. Vance, Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
George Montgomery Van Sant, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Philosophy
A.B., St. John’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Brenda E. Vogel, Professor Emerita of Education
BFA, Virginia Commonwealth University; M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University
Richard H. Warner, Professor Emeritus of History
A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University
Stephen H. Watkins, Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University
Katharine F. Wells, Associate Professor Emerita of Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation
B.S., New York University; Ed.M., Boston University; M.S., Wellesley College; Ph.D.,
State University of Iowa
Werner Wieland, Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., M.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ph.D., Auburn University
Janet F. Wishner, Professor Emerita of Philosophy
B.A., University of Leeds; M.A., Bedford College, University of London; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia
Lawrence Wishner, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
Rebecca T. Woosley, Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education
A.B., Women’s College of the University of North Carolina; B.S., Mary Washington
College; M.S., Louisiana State University
299
Marsha F. Zaidman, Associate Professor Emerita of Computer Science
B.S., Brooklyn College; M.S., e George Washington University
Janet G. Zeleznock, Associate Professor Emerita of Mathematics
B.S., Saint Francis College; M.A., Duquesne University
Benjamin F. Zimdars, Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., North Central College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Texas
Paul M. Zisman, Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., e College of William and Mary; M.A.T., Howard University; Ph.D., e
Catholic University of America
300
FACULTY AWARDS
S
ix University awards are presented each year to outstanding members
of the faculty. e rst four awards listed are presented at the
Commencement ceremonies. e "Topher" Bill Award is presented at
the opening general faculty meeting at the start of each fall semester.
e Waple award is
at the closing general faculty meeting in April.
GRELLET C. SIMPSON AWARD
E
stablished in 1972, the Grellet C. Simpson Award reects the importance
placed by the University on its primary mission as an undergraduate, teaching
institution. Named for former President Grellet C. Simpson, this award was
made possible by an anonymous donor and is presented to a faculty member in
recognition of excellence in undergraduate teaching. e faculty rank shown is
the person’s rank at the time of the award.
1972 Carmen L. Rivera, Professor of Modern Foreign Languages
1973 Sidney H. Mitchell, Professor of English
1974 Anna S. Hoye, Professor of Biology
1975 Earl G. Insley, Professor of Chemistry
1976 Donald E. Glover, Professor of English
1977 Glen R. omas, Professor of American Studies
1978 Nancy H. Mitchell, Professor of English
1979 Elizabeth A. Clark, Professor of Religion
1980 Janet G. Zeleznock, Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
1981 Arthur L. Tracy, Associate Professor of History
1982 Mary W. Pinschmidt, Professor of Biology
1983 Joseph C. DiBella, Associate Professor of Art
1984 Bernard L. Mahoney, Jr., Professor of Chemistry
1985 Susan J. Hanna, Professor of English
1986 George M. Van Sant, Professor of Philosophy
1987 Marshall E. Bowen, Professor of Geography
1988 Joanna L. Reynolds, Associate Professor of Modern Foreign Languages
1989 Roger J. Bourdon, Professor of History
1990 Michael J. Joyce, Associate Professor of Dramatic Arts
1991 Richard M. Zeleznock, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
1992 David W. Cain, Professor of Religion
1993 Sammy R. Merrill, Professor of Modern Foreign Languages
1994 William B. Crawley, Jr., Distinguished Professor of History
1995 Lewis P. Fickett, Jr., Distinguished Professor of Political Science
1996 Carol S. Manning, Professor of English
1997 Topher Bill, Professor of Psychology
1998 Bulent I. Atalay, Professor of Physics
301
1999 Steven A. Greenlaw, Associate Professor of Economics
2000 William Kemp, Professor of English
2001 Clavio F. Ascari, Professor of Italian
2002 Steve R. Hampton, Associate Professor of Psychology
2003 Rosemary Barra, Professor of Biology
2004 John H. Reynolds, Professor of Computer Science
2005 David J. Long, Professor of Music
2006 John M. Kramer, Distinguished Professor of Political Science
2007 omas G. Moeller, Professor of Psychology
2008 Margaret Huber, Distinguished Professor of Anthropology
2009 Jean Ann Dabb, Associate Professor of Art History
2010 Gregg Stull, Professor of eatre
2011 Teresa A. Kennedy, Professor of English
2012 Dawn S. Bowen, Professor of Geography
2013 Joella C. Killian, Professor of Biology
2014 Mara N. Scanlon, Professor of English
2015 Liane R. Houghtalin, Professor of Classics
2016 Marie E. McAllister, Professor of English
2017 Jonathon F. McMillan, Assistant Professor of Art
2018 Robert R. Barr, Associate Professor of Political Science
2019 Leslie E. Martin, Associate Professor of Sociology
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OUTSTANDING YOUNG FACULTY
MEMBER AWARD
e Alumni Association Outstanding Young Faculty Member Award, established
in 1989, recognizes the achievement and contribution of a faculty member who
has been at the University from two to ve years. e faculty rank shown is the
person’s rank at the time of the award.
1989 James E. Goehring, Assistant Professor of Religion
1990 George King, III, Associate Professor of Physics
1991 Grant R. Woodwell, Assistant Professor of Geology
1992 Larry W. Penwell, Assistant Professor of Psychology
1993 John T. Morello, Associate Professor of Speech
1994 Suzanne Sumner, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
1995 Gregg Stull, Assistant Professor of eatre
1996 Janusz Konieczny, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
1997 Mehdi Aminrazavi, Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion
1998 W. Gardner Campbell, Assistant Professor of English
1999 Christine A. McBride, Assistant Professor of Psychology
2000 Kelli M. Slunt, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
2001 Stephen J. Farnsworth, Assistant Professor of Political Science
2002 Carole A. Garmon, Assistant Professor of Art
302
2003 Claudia Emerson, Associate Professor of English
2004 Leanna C. Giancarlo, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
2005 Miriam N. Liss, Assistant Professor of Psychology
2006 Craig T. Naylor, Assistant Professor of Music
2007
Jason W. Davidson, Assistant Professor of Political Science
2008 Keith E. Mellinger, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
2009 W. Shawn Humphrey, Assistant Professor of Economics
2010 Robert R. Barr, Associate Professor of Political Science
2011 Krystyn R. Moon, Associate Professor of History
2012 Rosemary K. Jesionowski, Assistant Professor of Art
2013 Melanie D. Szulczewski, Assistant Professor of Environmental Science
2014 Chad M. Murphy, Assistant Professor of Political Science
2015 Eric C. Bonds, Assistant Professor of Sociology
2016 Jon M. Pineda, Assistant Professor of English
2017 Laura C. Wilson, Assistant Professor of Psychology
2018 Caitlin C. Finlayson, Assistant Professor of Geography
2019 Elizabeth A. Johnson-Young, Assistant Professor of Communication
MARY W. PINSCHMIDT AWARD
Members of the senior class select the winner of the Mary W. Pinschmidt
award. Established in 1999 in honor of a long-time professor of biology, this
award recognizes the faculty member who seniors select as the person they
will most likely remember as the one who had the greatest impact on their
lives. e faculty rank shown is the person’s rank at the time of the award.
1999 Stephen J. Farnsworth, Assistant Professor of Political Science
2000 Werner Wieland, Professor of Biology
2001 Erin H. Fouberg, Assistant Professor of Geography
2002 Topher Bill, Professor of Psychology
2003 Gregg Stull, Associate Professor of eatre
2004 José Ángel Saínz, Assistant Professor of Spanish
2005 William B. Crawley, Jr., Distinguished Professor of History
2006 Claudia Emerson, Associate Professor of English
2007
Kenneth D. Machande, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
2008 W. Brown Morton III, Professor of Historic Preservation
2009 Jean Ann Dabb, Associate Professor of Art History
2010 Stephen C. Davies, Assistant Professor of Computer Science
2011 Chad M. Murphy, Assistant Professor of Political Science
2012 Gary N. Richards, Assistant Professor of English
2013 Daniel J. Hubbard, Associate Professor of Accounting
2014 Lynn O. Lewis, Professor of Biology
2015 Maria Isabel Martinez-Mira, Associate Professor of Spanish
2016 Dawn S. Bowen, Professor of Geography
303
2017 Surupa Gupta, Associate Professor of Political Science
2018 Smita Jain Oxford, Senior Lecturer in Business Communication
2019 Jeremy G. Larochelle, Professor of Spanish
GRADUATE FACULTY AWARD
Established in 2003, this award recognizes an exceptional full-time faculty
member who demonstrates excellence in graduate teaching and professional
leadership in a graduate program. e person selected must have served in
a full-time position at the University for at least two years. e faculty rank
shown is the person’s rank at the time of the award.
2003 Andrew Blair Staley, Assistant Professor of Leadership and Management
2004 Jo Tyler, Associate Professor of Linguistics and Education
2005 Alan G. Hener, Professor of Leadership and Management
2006 Norah S. Hooper, Associate Professor of Education
2007 Gail D. Brooks, Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems
2008 Brenda E. Vogel, Professor of Education
2009 Kimberley L. Kinsley, Assistant Professor of Leadership and Management
2010 Suzanne Hou, Professor of Education
2011 Laurie B. Abeel, Associate Professor of Education
2012 Mukesh Srivastava, Associate Professor of Management Information Systems
2013 Louis A. Martinette, Associate Professor of Marketing
2014 Beverly D. Epps, Associate Professor of Education
2015 G. Robert Greene, Senior Lecturer in Management
2016 John P. Broome, Assistant Professor of Education
2017 Patricia E. Reynolds, Assistant Professor of Education
2018 Jane L. Human, Associate Professor of Education
2019 Woodrow D. Richardson, Professor of Management
J. CHRISTOPHER "TOPHER" BILL FACULTY SERVICE AWARD
e Topher Bill Award recognizes outstanding faculty service. Nominees must
have served a minimum of seven years as a member of the Mary Washington
teaching faculty and must have been heavily and consistently involved in a variety
of service roles through department, college, university, and/or community
service activities. is award is presented annually at the opening general faculty
meeting in August. Faculty rank shown is at the time of the award.
2003 Sammy R. Merrill, Distinguished Professor of German
2004 Roy H. Smith, Distinguished Professor of Psychology
2005 Patricia P. Norwood, Professor of Music
2006 Raymond B. Scott, Professor of Chemistry
2007 Martha V. Fickett, Professor of Music
2008 Debra L. Hydorn, Professor of Mathematics
2009 Ana G. Chichester, Associate Professor of Spanish
304
2010 Kelli M. Slunt, Professor of Chemistry
2011 Ernest C. Ackermann, Professor of Computer Science
2012 Jerey W. McClurken, Associate Professor of History
2013 Craig R. Vasey, Professor of Philosophy
2014 Louis A. Martinette, Associate Professor of Marketing
2015 Venitta C. McCall, Professor of Education
2016 Debra J. Schleef, Professor of Sociology
2017 Kenneth D. Machande, Associate Professor of Accounting
2018 Dana S. Hall, Associate Professor of Athletics, Health, and Physical
Education
WAPLE FACULTY PROFESSIONAL ACHIEVEMENT AWARD
First presented in 2013, this award recognizes a full-time faculty member
for the signicance/impact of their scholarly, creative, and/or professional
achievement(s). e recipient must have at least seven years employment at
UMW. is award is presented annually at the closing general faculty meeting in
April. e faculty rank shown is the person’s rank at the time of the award.
2013 Claudia Emerson, Professor of English
2014 Mindy J. Erchull, Associate Professor of Psychology
2015 Christopher T. Kilmartin, Professor of Psychology
2016 Stephen P. Hanna, Professor of Geography
2017 Marie P. Sheckels, Professor of Education and Mathematics
2018 E. Eric Gable, Professor of Anthropology
2019 Elizabeth F. Larus, Professor of Political Science
305
ACADEMIC Calendar
FALL SEMESTER 2019
Entering freshmen & new transfer students move in Wednesday, August 21
Honor Convocation Friday, August 23
Returning student move in to residence halls Saturday, August 24
Classes begin (8 a.m.) Monday, August 26
Last day to add courses (by 5 p.m.)
16-week semester and 1st 8-week term Friday, August 30
Labor Day (no classes) Monday, September 2
Last day to drop 1st 8-week term
course without grade of W Wednesday, September 4
Last day to drop 16-week semester
courses without grade of W Friday, September 13
Last day to withdraw from 1st 8-week
term course without a grade of F Friday, September 20
Last day to change to/from a pass/fail
grade for 1st 8-week term Friday, September 20
Declaration of major is due (B.A./B.S. students only) Tuesday, September 24
Family Weekend Friday-Sunday, October 4-6
Classes end for 1st 8-week term Friday, October 11
Last day to withdraw from the University
(all courses) if registered for a 1st 8-week course
(students may not be enrolled for 2nd 8-week
session if withdrawing from 1st 8-week session) Friday, October 11
*Fall Break (16 week semester) begins at 5 p.m.;
residence halls remain open Friday, October 11
Final exams for 1st 8-week term classes Monday-Friday, October 14-18
Fall Break ends; classes resume at 8 a.m. Wednesday, October 16
Pre-Registration Advising Wednesday - Friday, October 16-25
Homecoming Weekend Friday-Saturday, October 18-19
2nd 8-week term classes begin Monday, October 21
Last day to withdraw from a 16-week
course without a grade of F; last day to
change from/to pass/fail grade
(16-week semester courses) Friday, October 25
Last day to add courses for 2nd 8-week term Friday, October 25
306
FALL SEMESTER 2019 (continued)
Advance registration for upcoming Spring
semester Monday-Friday, October 28-November 8
Last day to drop a 2nd 8-week course without
a grade of W Wednesday, October 30
Last day to withdraw from a 2nd 8-week term
course without a grade of F Friday, November 15
Last day to change to/from pass/fail grade
for 2nd 8-week term Friday, November 15
*anksgiving Break begins at 8 a.m.;
residence halls (except Eagle Landing)
close at l0 a.m. Wednesday, November 27
Residence halls open at 2 p.m. Sunday, December 1
anksgiving Break ends; classes resume at 8 a.m. Monday, December 2
Classes end; last day to withdraw from the
University (if registered for 16-week courses
and/or 2nd 8-week term courses if no grade
was awarded for a 1st 8-week term course) Friday, December 6
Reading Period Saturday-Sunday, December 7-8
Final Examinations (16-week and 2nd 8-week term) Monday-Friday, December 9-13
Residence halls (except Eagle Landing)
close at 10 a.m. Saturday, December 14
*Out-of-state and international students may contact the Oce of Residence Life and Housing to
investigate possible housing options during Break.
SPRING SEMESTER 2020
Residence halls open 9 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
for new students Wednesday, January 8
New Student Orientation (B.A./B.S. students only) ursday- Saturday, January 9-11
Residence halls open 9 a.m.-5 p.m.
for returning students Sunday, January 12
Classes begin (16 week semester and 1st 8 week term) Monday, January 13
Late registration (16-week semester) Monday, January 13
Last day to add courses (by 5 p.m.),
16-week term and 1st 8-week term Friday, January 17
Martin Luther King Jr. Day (no classes) Monday, January 20
Last day to drop 1st 8-week class
without grade of W Wednesday, January 22
Last day to drop 16-week semester course(s)
without grade of W Friday, January 31
Declaration of major is due (B.A./B.S. students only) ursday, February 6
Last day to withdraw from 1st 8 week term
course without a grade of F Wednesday, February 12
307
SPRING SEMESTER 2020 (continued)
Last day to change to or from pass/fail
grading (1 st 8-week courses) Wednesday, February 12
Last day of classes for 1st 8-week term Friday, February 28
Last day to withdraw from the University
(all courses) if registered for a 1st 8-week course
(students may not be enrolled for 2nd 8-week
session if withdrawing from 1st 8-week session) Friday, February 28
*Spring Break (for 16 week semester) begins
at 5 p.m.; residence halls (except for Eagle Landing)
close at 9 p.m. Friday, February 28
Final exams for 1st 8-week term Monday-Friday, March 2-6
Residence halls open at 2 p.m. Sunday, March 8
Spring Break ends; classes resume at 8 a.m. Monday, March 9
Classes begin (2nd 8-week term) Monday, March 9
Registration for upcoming Summer semester begins Monday, March 9
Pre-Registration Advising Monday - Friday, March 9-20
Last day to register for 2nd 8-week term courses Friday, March 13
Exit Survey of currently enrolled graduating students Monday-Sunday, March 16-29
Last day to drop 2nd 8-week term course
without grade of W Wednesday, March 18
Last day to withdraw from a 16-week course Friday, March 20
without a grade of F; last day to change from/to
pass/fail grade (16-week semester courses);
Advance registration for upcoming Fall semester Monday-Friday, March 23-April 3
Multicultural Fair Saturday, April 4
Last day to change from/to pass/fail grading
in 2nd 8-week term classes Wednesday, April 8
Last day to withdraw from 2nd 8-week Wednesday, April 8
term course without a grade of F
Classes end; Last day to withdraw from the
University if registered for 16-week courses
and/or 2nd 8-week courses if no grade has been
received in 1st 8-week term Friday, April 24
Reading Period Saturday-Sunday, April 25-26
Final Examinations (16-week semester
and 2nd 8-week term) Monday-Friday, April 27-May 1
All residence halls close at 10 a.m.
(except for graduating seniors) Saturday, May 2
Graduate Commencement Friday, May 8
Undergraduate Commencement Saturday, May 9
Residence halls close at 10 a.m.
(for graduating seniors) Sunday, May 10
*Out-of-state and international students may contact the Oce of Residence Life and Housing to
investigate possible housing options during Break.
308
MAY/JUNE FIVE-WEEK SUMMER TERM 2020
Residence halls open Friday, May 15
Classes begin (8 a.m.) Monday, May 18
Last day to add courses for 1st 5-week term (by 5 p.m.) Wednesday, May 20
Memorial Day (no classes) Monday, May 25
(Daytime classes made up on Friday, May 29)
(Evening classes made up on rst open evening)
Last day to drop courses without a grade of W Tuesday, May 26
Reunion Weekend Friday-Sunday, May 29-31
Last day to change from to pass/fail grade Monday, June 1
Last day to withdraw from a course without
a grade of F Monday, June 1
Classes end; last day to withdraw from this term Tuesday, June 16
Reading Period Wednesday, June 17
Examinations ursday, June 18
Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Friday, June 19
EIGHT-WEEK SUMMER TERM 2020
Residence halls open Friday, May 15
Classes begin (8 a.m.) Monday, May 18
Last day to add courses (by 5 p.m.) Friday, May 22
Memorial Day (no classes) Monday, May 25
(Daytime classes made up on Friday, May 29)
(Evening classes made up on rst open evening)
Last day to drop courses without a grade of W Friday, May 29
Reunion Weekend Friday-Sunday, May 29-31
Last day to withdraw from a course
without a grade of F Friday, June 5
Last day to change from/to a pass/fail course
without a grade of F Friday, June 5
Last day to withdraw from this term Wednesday, July 1
Independence Day observed (no classes) Friday, July 3
Classes end Friday, July 10
*Registration for all summer terms begins on Monday, March 9, 2020.
309
TEN-WEEK SUMMER TERM 2020
Residence halls open Friday, May 15
Classes begin (8 a.m.) Monday, May 18
Last day to add courses (by 5 p.m.) Friday, May 22
Memorial Day (no classes) Monday, May 25
(Daytime classes made up on Friday, May 29)
(Evening classes made up on rst open evening)
Last day to drop courses without a grade of W Friday, May 29
Reunion Weekend Friday-Sunday, May 29-31
Last day to withdraw from a course
without a grade of F Friday, June 26
Last day to change from/to a pass/fail course
without a grade of F Friday, June 26
IIndependence Day observed (no classes) Friday, July 3
Last day to withdraw from this term Friday, July 17
Classes end ursday, July 23
JUNE/JULY FIVE-WEEK SUMMER TERM 2020
Residence halls open Sunday, June 21
Classes begin (8 a.m.) Monday, June 22
Last day to add courses (by 5 p.m.) Wednesday, June 24
Last day to drop courses without a grade of W Friday, June 26
Last day to withdraw from a course without a
grade of W Tuesday, June 30
Independence Day observed (no classes) Friday, July 3
Last day to withdraw from a course
without a grade of F Tuesday, July 7
Last day to change to/from pass/fail grade Tuesday, July 7
Classes end; last day to withdraw from this term Tuesday, July 21
Reading Period Wednesday, July 22
Examinations ursday, July 23
Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Friday, July 24
*Registration for all summer terms begins on Monday, March 9, 2020.
310
Index
Academic Advising ..............................................................................................................48
Academic Calendar ............................................................................................................306
Academic Dismissal ............................................................................................................. 75
Academic Disputes ...............................................................................................................69
Academic Distinction ..........................................................................................................56
Academic Honors ................................................................................................................. 55
Academic Progression Policy ........................................................................................32, 62
Academic Records ................................................................................................................ 57
Accelerated Degrees ............................................................................................................. 80
Program with George Mason University Law School .................................................95
Program with Shenandoah University School of Pharmacy ......................................96
Accounting ....................................................................................................................48, 249
Actuarial Science ................................................................................................................177
Administration, Directory of ............................................................................................267
Admission ........................................................................................................................13-23
Advanced Placement (AP) ............................................................................................16, 64
American Studies..................................................................................................................99
Anthropology ......................................................................................................................100
Applied Mathematics .........................................................................................................175
Arabic ...................................................................................................................................103
Art History ..........................................................................................................................104
Art, Studio ...........................................................................................................................218
Arts Administration ...........................................................................................................107
Arts and Sciences, College of ............................................................................................. 97
Arts, Literature, and Performance Requirements ............................................. 87, 93, 229
Asian Studies ....................................................................................................................... 107
Asian Studies, Leidecker Center for ................................................................................... 52
Athletics ................................................................................................................................. 39
Attendance.............................................................................................................................60
Audit Fee and Auditing a Course .................................................................................26, 62
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science Programs ........................................................85, 99
Bachelor of Liberal Studies Program .........................................................................20, 227
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (degree completion program) ..............................20, 238
Billing ..................................................................................................................................... 27
Biochemistry .......................................................................................................................115
311
Biology .................................................................................................................................108
Board of Visitors ................................................................................................................. 266
Bookstore ...............................................................................................................................38
Business, College of ............................................................................................................ 246
Business Administration ...................................................................................................248
Cambridge Examinations ..............................................................................................16, 64
Campuses.................................................................................................................................9
Career Services and Professional Development ............................................................... 42
Chemistry ............................................................................................................................114
Chinese ................................................................................................................................117
Class Standing .......................................................................................................................62
Classics ................................................................................................................................. 117
Colgate W. Darden Award ................................................................................................... 56
College Level Examination Placement (CLEP) ......................................... 50, 65, 231, 242
Commencement ...................................................................................................................63
Communication ..................................................................................................................119
Community Engagement, Center for ................................................................................53
Community Engagement Courses .....................................................................................89
Community Service .............................................................................................................38
Community Values, Statement of .........................................................................................7
Computer Science ..............................................................................................................123
Contemplative Studies .......................................................................................................127
Continuing at the University ..............................................................................................63
Corequisite ............................................................................................................................75
Course Changes ....................................................................................................................63
Counseling and Psychological Services, Talley Center ...................................................37
Creative Writing .................................................................................................................140
Credit rough Examination and Placement ...................................................... 26, 64, 82
Cybersecurity ......................................................................................................................128
Dance ...................................................................................................................................129
Data Science ........................................................................................................................130
DANTES ............................................................................................................... 65, 231, 242
Dean’s List .............................................................................................................................. 55
Debate ..................................................................................................................................119
Deferred Enrollment ............................................................................................................ 15
Degree Requirements
B.A./B.S. degrees ......................................................................................................... 85, 99
BLS degree .......................................................................................................................228
BSN degree ......................................................................................................................238
312
Delinquent Accounts ...........................................................................................................28
Departmental Honors .......................................................................................................... 56
Deposits .................................................................................................................................27
Digital Knowledge Center ...................................................................................................46
Digital Learning Support .....................................................................................................46
Digital Studies .....................................................................................................................121
Directory Information ......................................................................................................... 57
Disabilities Resources ..........................................................................................................49
Dismissal................................................................................................................................75
Diversity and Inclusion, Guiding Principles of ..................................................................8
Dual Enrollment ................................................................................................................... 16
Dual Nursing Degrees ......................................................................................................2340
EagleOne Card ...................................................................................................................... 25
Economic Development, Center for ..................................................................................10
Economic Education, Center for ........................................................................................50
Economics ...........................................................................................................................136
Education Abroad ................................................................................................... 26, 44, 51
Education, College of .........................................................................................................259
Education Records ...............................................................................................................58
Electives .................................................................................................................................89
Elementary Education .......................................................................................................262
Emeriti, Directory of .......................................................................................................... 289
English .................................................................................................................................139
Environmental Science ......................................................................................................131
Experiential Learning Requirement ............................................................................87, 94
Faculty Awards ....................................................................................................................300
Faculty, Directory of ...........................................................................................................272
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) .....................................................58
Final Examinations ..............................................................................................................66
Financial Aid ......................................................................................................................... 31
Financial and Quantitative Analysis ................................................................................250
First-Year Seminar Requirement ........................................................................ 88, 91, 146
French ..................................................................................................................................147
Full-Time Student ................................................................................................................67
Galleries ................................................................................................................................. 53
General Education Requirements, B.A./B.S. Degree Programs .....................................87
General Education Requirements, BLS Degree Program .............................................228
General Education Requirements, BSN Degree Completion Program ......................239
Geography ...........................................................................................................................150
313
Geographic Information (GIS) Certicate ......................................................................151
Geology ................................................................................................................................ 131
German ................................................................................................................................155
Global Inquiry Requirement ............................................................................... 87, 92, 229
Grade Appeals (Academic Disputes) ................................................................................. 69
Grade-Point Average ............................................................................................................ 69
Grading and Grade Reports ................................................................................................ 68
Graduate Courses, Undergraduates Taking .......................................................... 79, 95-96
Graduate Faculty Award ....................................................................................................303
Graduate Programs ..............................................................................................................85
Greek .................................................................................................................................... 157
Grellet C. Simpson Award .................................................................................................300
Guaranteed Admission Agreement ....................................................................................19
Health Center ........................................................................................................................37
Health Education ................................................................................................................ 158
Health Sciences .............................................................................................................48, 158
History and Development of the University .......................................................................6
Historic Preservation, Center for .......................................................................................51
Historic Preservation, Department of .............................................................................158
History .................................................................................................................................161
Honor System..........................................................................................................................8
Honors Program .................................................................................................... 16, 56, 166
Human Experience and Society Requirement ................................................. 97, 93, 229
Incomplete Grade .................................................................................................................71
Information Technologies ...................................................................................................46
Interdisciplinary Courses ..................................................................................................168
Interdisciplinary Science Studies ...................................................................................... 170
International Aairs ........................................................................................................... 170
International Baccalaureate (IB) ..................................................................................16, 65
International Education, Center for ...................................................................................51
International Students and Programs ..........................................................................22, 44
Internships ....................................................................................................................... 42, 72
Italian ...................................................................................................................................169
J. Christopher "Topher" Bill Award ..................................................................................303
James Farmer Multicultural Center ...................................................................................36
Jury duty and class attendance ............................................................................................61
Language Placement Course Credit ...................................................................................82
Language Requirement ..................................................................................................87, 92
314
Late Payment Fee ..................................................................................................................26
Latin .....................................................................................................................................172
Latin American Studies .....................................................................................................173
Leadership and Media Studies, Center for ....................................................................... 51
Learning Goals, Arts and Science Curriculum ................................................................98
Leave of Absence ..................................................................................................................73
Libraries .................................................................................................................................41
Linguistics ...........................................................................................................................174
Major Program, B.A./B.S. degrees ......................................................................... 85, 88, 99
Majors
Accounting ....................................................................................................................249
American Studies............................................................................................................99
Anthropology ................................................................................................................100
Applied Physics .............................................................................................................197
Art History ....................................................................................................................104
Biochemistry .................................................................................................................115
Biology ...........................................................................................................................110
Business Administration .............................................................................................249
Chemistry ......................................................................................................................114
Classical Archaeology ..................................................................................................118
Classical Civilization ....................................................................................................118
Communication and Digital Studies .........................................................................119
Computer Science ........................................................................................................123
Conservation Biology ..................................................................................................110
Creative Writing Concentration (English Major) ....................................................140
Cybersecurity ................................................................................................................129
Economics .....................................................................................................................137
English ...........................................................................................................................139
Environmental Geology ..............................................................................................133
Environmental Science ................................................................................................132
French ............................................................................................................................148
Geography .....................................................................................................................150
Geology .......................................................................................................................... 133
German ..........................................................................................................................155
Historic Preservation ...................................................................................................159
History ...........................................................................................................................162
Interdisciplinary Science Studies ................................................................................ 170
International Aairs ..................................................................................................... 171
International Business..................................................................................................249
Latin ...............................................................................................................................172
Leadership and Management Studies (open to BLS students only) ......................233
315
Marketing ......................................................................................................................250
Mathematics ..................................................................................................................176
Music .............................................................................................................................. 184
Nursing (Dual Degree, 1+2+1 Plan) .......................................................................... 240
Philosophy ..................................................................................................................... 189
Physics ............................................................................................................................197
Political Science ............................................................................................................199
Pre-Law Concentration (Philosophy Major) ............................................................189
Psychology .....................................................................................................................203
Religious Studies ...........................................................................................................208
Sociology .......................................................................................................................211
Spanish ........................................................................................................................... 215
Studio Art ......................................................................................................................218
eatre ...........................................................................................................................222
Women’s and Gender Studies......................................................................................225
Mandatory Processing Fee ..................................................................................................26
Mathematics ........................................................................................................................ 175
Meal Plans .............................................................................................................................25
Middle Eastern Studies ......................................................................................................180
Military Service, Policies for Students in.................16, 28, 29, 30, 32, 61, 71, 79, 83, 228
Military Science ..................................................................................................................181
Minor Program Requirements ...........................................................................................89
Minors
Actuarial Science ..........................................................................................................177
Applied Mathematics ...................................................................................................177
Applied Statistics ..........................................................................................................177
Arabic .............................................................................................................................103
Arts Administration .....................................................................................................107
Asian Studies .................................................................................................................107
Biology ...........................................................................................................................110
Business Administration .............................................................................................250
Business French ............................................................................................................148
Business German ..........................................................................................................155
Business Spanish ........................................................................................................... 215
Chemistry ......................................................................................................................115
Climate Science .............................................................................................................151
Computer Science ........................................................................................................123
Contemplative Studies .................................................................................................128
Cybersecurity ................................................................................................................129
Data Science ..................................................................................................................130
Digital Studies ...............................................................................................................121
Economics .....................................................................................................................137
316
English Literature .........................................................................................................140
Environmental Sustainability ...................................................................................... 133
Financial and Quantitative Analysis ..........................................................................250
French ............................................................................................................................148
German ..........................................................................................................................155
Latin American Studies ...............................................................................................173
Linguistics......................................................................................................................174
Mathematics ..................................................................................................................176
Middle Eastern Studies ................................................................................................180
Music .............................................................................................................................. 185
Musical eatre .............................................................................................................222
Museum Studies ...........................................................................................................183
Neuroscience ................................................................................................................. 203
Physics ............................................................................................................................197
Practical Ethics..............................................................................................................190
Pre-Conservation in Fine Art .....................................................................................202
Security and Conict Studies ......................................................................................200
Social Justice ..................................................................................................................211
Spanish ........................................................................................................................... 215
Sports Management .....................................................................................................194
Urban Studies ................................................................................................................ 224
Modern Languages and Literatures .................................................................................182
Mortar Board ........................................................................................................................56
Multicultural Student Aairs ..............................................................................................36
Museum Studies .................................................................................................................183
Music .................................................................................................................................... 184
Natural Science Requirement ............................................................................. 87, 91, 225
Neuroscience .......................................................................................................................203
Non-Degree Student ......................................................................................................22, 74
Non-Discrimination, Statement of ....................................................................................11
Nursing ................................................................................................................... 17, 21, 238
O Campus Student Services..............................................................................................38
Oce of Student Conduct and Responsibility (OSCAR) ...............................................39
Outcomes Assessment .........................................................................................................44
Overload ..........................................................................................................................26, 74
Pass/Fail Grade .....................................................................................................................74
Phi Beta Kappa......................................................................................................................56
Philosophy ........................................................................................................................... 189
Physical Education .............................................................................................................194
317
Physics ..................................................................................................................................197
Pinschmidt Award ..............................................................................................................302
Political Science ..................................................................................................................199
Portfolio Credit (BLS Program) .......................................................................................230
Practical Ethics ...................................................................................................................190
Pre-Conservation in Fine Art ...........................................................................................202
Pre-Law ..........................................................................................................................49, 189
Pre-Medical ........................................................................................................................... 48
Prerequisite ............................................................................................................................75
President’s List.......................................................................................................................55
Probation ...............................................................................................................................75
Psychology ...........................................................................................................................202
Public Safety .......................................................................................................................... 38
Quantitative Reasoning Requirement ................................................................ 87, 91, 228
Readmission/Reinstatement ...............................................................................................78
Recreation and Fitness Center ............................................................................................ 37
Refund of Fees.......................................................................................................................28
Religious Studies .................................................................................................................208
Repeating a Course .............................................................................................................79
Residence Life .......................................................................................................................35
Residence Requirement ....................................................................................................... 86
Residential Fee ......................................................................................................................25
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy .............................................................................. 31
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Grade .....................................................................................80
Scholarship and Loan Awards ............................................................................................31
Second Degree or Second Major (post baccalaureate) ............................................90, 229
Secondary Education .........................................................................................................262
Security and Conict Studies ............................................................................................200
Senior Citizens ...................................................................................................................... 29
Social Justice ........................................................................................................................211
Sociology .............................................................................................................................211
Spanish ................................................................................................................................. 215
Spatial Analysis and Research, Center for .........................................................................52
Speaking Center ....................................................................................................................46
Speaking Intensive Course Requirement .......................................................... 87, 95, 229
Special Education ...............................................................................................................262
Specialized Advisors.............................................................................................................48
Sports Management ...........................................................................................................194
Student Activities and Organizations ................................................................................35
318
Student Government ............................................................................................................ 35
Study Abroad ........................................................................................................... 26, 44, 51
Student Transition Program ................................................................................................17
Studio Art ............................................................................................................................218
Summer Session ....................................................................................................................43
Suspension .............................................................................................................................75
Teacher Education Program .......................................................................................49, 260
Teaching, Center for .............................................................................................................53
eatre .................................................................................................................................221
Title IX ..................................................................................................................................... 8
Transfer Courses, Deadlines, and Policies ........................ 17, 18, 65, 78, 82, 89, 231, 242
Tuition and Fees....................................................................................................................25
Tutoring .................................................................................................................................48
Undergraduate Research and Grant Program ..........................................................45, 224
University Mission Statement ............................................................................................... 5
University Honors ................................................................................................................56
Urban Studies ...................................................................................................................... 224
Veterans Benefits ..................................................................................................................29
Virginia Military Survivors and Dependents Education Program.................................29
Virginia State Policy on Transfer.........................................................................................18
Virginia Student, Classication as.......................................................................................28
Waple Faculty Professional Achievement Award............................................................304
Withdrawal, Administrative ...............................................................................................83
Withdrawal for a Term, Voluntary ..................................................................................... 83
Withdrawal from the University ........................................................................................83
Women’s and Gender Studies ...........................................................................................225
Writing Center ......................................................................................................................45
Writing Intensive Course Requirement .............................................................. 87, 95, 229
Young Faculty Member Award .........................................................................................301
Photo Credits
Page 2 - Adam Desio, page 4 - Clem Britt, Pages 12 and 24 - Adam Ewing, Page 54 -
Norm Shafer
Colophon
Layout and design by AJ Newell and John T. Morello.
Edited by John T. Morello with invaluable assistance by Amy J. O’Reilly,
Virginia E. Irvin, and AJ Newell.
